Church Rd Bellbowrie SPS SP303 Operations and ...

a

V

Church Rd Bellbowrie SPS SP303 Operations and Maintenance Manual

Q-Pulse Id TMS730 Active 29/01/2014 of 421

H

A

B

C

EMERGENCY OVERFLOW TO GULLY. REFER ERG. 93C007-61

SWITCHBOARD

375 OVERFLOW

VENT POLE LOCATION TO SUIT SITE LAYOUT REFER ERG. No. IWE-BWM-10 10000

2600

1470 1820 3310

SURFACE TREATMENT TO BE MAINTENANCE FREE STAMPED CONCRETE

020 WATER STOPCOCK WITH VACUUM BREAKER.

STANDARD 1830 DIA. GRIT COLLECTOR MAINTENANCE HOLE. REFER DRG. Nos. IWE-BN1M-07 & IWE-BWM-09

SUCTION CLEANING PIPES TO FACE ACCESS ROAD

SURVEY MARK ON TOP OF SLAB

GALVANISED STEEL -2000 HIGH WITH 300 WIDE MOWING STRIP UNDER


L.O.C.

300

r44---1--ili--1 PI ilf I

I I

-0- 4,

-T.

i y 'V'

1 I / tt /

-14- 1 L-44-«----4-.4--1

Ili V- -- ?

I

L.O.C.

ELECTRICITY PILLAR BOX. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM LOCATION

METRES

0 025 0.5 1 15 2 25 3 35

START OF L.O.C. RISING MAIN

AI- if*---0150 DILL RISING MAIN

SITE LAYOUT SCALE 1 i 50

GATE

NON-MOUNTABLE KERB (VERTICAL DISTANCE TOP OF HARDSTAND TO TOP OF KERB 300m)

130mn THICK CONCRETE WITH RF82 MESH

025 COPPER WATER SERVICE

AUTHORISED REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE (R.P.Z.) BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVIC

NOTES LO.C. DENOTES LIMIT OF CONTRACT

MACI Eig Registered

rofessional EntLaar

/ I.L. (12) STANDARD OVERFLOW FLAP /

VALVE CHAMBER TYPE 1

--I

460 x 230 PRECAST I L CULVERT

0600 ACCESS HOLE

' FALL

ice- -. ----------------------i_...li

I 11 1T

I I

J I -

EMERGENCY STORAGE REFER RETICULATION DRAWINGS 01350 RCP x 28 METRES LONG

04,

1350

FALL

R.P.6.677 ACCESS HOLE 01500 iI

460 x 230 PRECAST CULVERT

3-2-03 HT DRAIN DELETED SG

H 15-4-04

6 16-6-03

PS

HT

AS BUILT - LAYOUT AMENDED.

LAYOUT REVISED

111

SG

F 2-4-03 HT DIMENSIONS ADDED SG

18-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG NO. DATE BY REVISION

1 2

APP'D

3

I.WE Industrial & Water Engineers DRAFTER

H.T.

ONOCED

RPEQ 5219

OATS

31 -7 -02

(AD. ALE

IWE-BWM-01G

ONCKED DATE

15 -2 -03 PROL ENG.

S .GRAY

APPROVED

PROJECT

5

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

III 7

RILE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION SITE LAYOUT

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM-01

REVISION

A

8 9 10

SCALE 1:50

11 12



3 6 S I 6 7 I 8 9 10 11 I 12

600 x 200 OPENING FOR LEVEL PROBES REFER DETAIL DRAWING NO. IWE-BWM-12

SWITCHBOARD LOCATION (ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AND DUCTS UNDER SWITCHBOARD SHALL BE SEALED WITH DOW CORNING FLOWABLE SILICONE OR EQUAL.)

150 WIDE x 50 DEEP RECESS FOR CABLE DUCT. REFER DETAIL DRAWING NO. IWE-BWM-12

II II

11

11

II

II II

II

1-DN32 ELECTRICAL SUPP_Y CONDUIT 500mm BELOW F.S.L. CONDUITS MAY ENTER CABLE PIT FROM EITHER SIDE CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM.

\

/I ,/ I

= - -

,Y\ / ,

t

DN100 EARTH STAKE CONDUIT THROUGH FINISHED SURFACE LEVEL

DN25 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT (EARTH) UNDER SLAB

450x450x500 DEEP GRC ELECTRICAL CABLE PIT SET IN SLAB

1-DN100 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CONDUIT 500mm BELOW F.S.L. CONDUITS MAY ENTER CABLE PIT FROM EITHER SIDE CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM.

DN25 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT FOR CATHODIC PROTECTION (CAST CENTRALLY IN TOP SLAB)

18-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG

30 -1-03 HT LAYOUT REVISED SG

26 -10 -02 HT NOTE 1 ADDED SG

20-9-02 HT LAYOUT REVISED SG

16-6-03 HT LAYOUT REVISED SG DATE BY REVISION APP'

1 2 3

Ld

11

T

DN32 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT TO VALVE PIT 500mm BELOW F.S.L.

LI" i

I M m 1- _Ili - -- m 7-- ni._---Ogilltit,":11 11

-1

I

M EH I -411jii:-.-r - 7 - - -1- W W

i I

I

I

I

I

I I I

I I M

-III' _._,M - III_ _i_

----Nli111111e,,111 .L.

_l_____III---- Ill ___.J11.".111 __I I w HI W HT I I

1_ _I

PLAN

120mm SQUARE UPVC ELECTRICAL CONNECTION BOX CAST IN SLAB

m

_ ' N- W - \

\\%0

\. -

W w 4

j_31.

flTid

IT!

z 7a"

Li 0

AS BUILT

-D4q

...r

NOTES 1. REFER TO SITE LAYOUT DRG No. IWE-BWM-01 FOR SIZE AND ANGULAR LOCATION OF PIPE & SERVICE CONNECTIONS TO WELL.

I.W.E. Industrial & Water Engineers DRAFTER

H.T. DATE

31-7-02

CAD. FLE

IWE-BWM-02D

CHEOCED

RPEQ 5219

CHECKED DATE

15-2-03

4

PRO& ERG.

S. GRAY

S

APPROVED

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST CHURCH ROAD

PUFIP STATION

TITLE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PLAN

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM-02

REVISION

SCALE 1:25

6 7 8 9 10 11 12



H

4 5 6 a V 10

D.I.C.L. K12 FLANGE AND SOCKET CONNECTOR

300 LONG D.I.C.L. K12 SOCKET AND PLAIN TAILPIPE

'McBERNS' AUTO WELL WASHER (PROTECTED BY R.P.Z. VALVE) AND ON TIME CLOCK OPERATION WITH SOLENOID VALVE)

SUCTION CLEANING PIPE & AIR LINE TO FACE ROAD ACCESS REFER DRG. No. IWE-B WM-05

4175

D.I.C.L. K12 FLANGED BEND CUT TO SUIT. BEND TO BE ANGLED AT 22.5' VERTICALLY DOWNWARDS AND 22.5' HORIZONTALLY ANTICLOCKVISE

1600

- K12 D.I.C.L. SOCKETED INLET PIPE FROM GRIT COLLECTOR MAINTENANCE HOLE. DN225 MIN. REFER SITE LAYOUT FOR SIZE AND ANGULAR POSITION.

150 MIN. PRESSURE TAPPING (BINDER TWINLOK HOT PLUG 1/4' BSP STAINLESS STEEL)

DN32 BSP FEMALE SOCKET (ROTATED 45') WITH ISOLATING VALVE & UNION FOR VEGA PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

GRADE 316 STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS TO BE USED. FLANGES TO BE PROTECTED WITH POLYETHYLENE ADHESIVE WRAPPING CDENSO' ROCK WRAP 3000)

ANCHOR BLOCK TO SUIT THRUST & SOIL CONDITIONS.

FABRICATED M.S. HEADER TYPE 4. DN150 REFER DRAWING NO. IWE-BWM-15 FOR HEADER DETAILS. VENT POLE REFER

DETAIL DRAWING NO. IWE-BWM-10

4- -.I g r?,

DN150 U,P.V.C. CLASS 12 VENT PIPE

450 x 450 x 500 DEEP GRC ELECT. PIT CAST IN SLAB

START OF RISING MAIN

SCOUR VALVE

50 WIDE x 10 DEEP REBATE FOR 6nr) ALUMINIUM COVERS. REFER DETAIL DRG. NO. IWE-BWM 12

DOUBLE FLANGED D.I.C.L. PIPE TYPICAL

375 WIDE GRADE 316 STAINLESS STEEL LADDER. REFER WATER AND SEWERAGE RETICULATION STANDARDS DRAWING NO. 486/5/25-SF009 FOR LADDER DETAILS.

NOTES 1. REFER TO SITE LAYOUT DRG No. IWE-BWM-01 FOR SIZE AND ANGULAR LOCATION OF PIPE & SERVICE CONNECTIONS TO WELL.

D 3-2-03 HT DRAIN DELETED SG I.W.E. C 30-1-03 HT LAYOUT REVISED SG

B 26-10-02 HT NOTE 1 ADDED SG DRAFTER

H.T. F 16-6-03 HT LAYOUT REVISED SG

18-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG CHECKED

RPED 5219 NO. DATE BY REVISION APP'13

2 3

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION BOX REFER DETAIL DRAWING NO. IWE-BWM-14

PLAN (NOTE COVERS OMITTED)

DN100 RISING MAIN SCOUR. LOCATION MAY VARY

FLANGED DN150 SLUICE VALVE TYPICAL (ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION TO CLOSE) IN ACCORDANCE WITH AS 2638.1

PRESSURE TAPPING (BINDER TWINLOK HOT PLUG 1/4' BSP STAINLESS STEEL)

FLANGE ADAPTOR TABLE 'D' ('UNIFLANGE' TYPE) TYPICAL

FLANGED DN150 REFLUX VALVE

DOUBLE FLANGED DN150 D.I.C.L. PIPE WITH WEEP FLANGE TYPICAL

DN100 D.I.C.L. FLANGED WALL PIPE WITH WEEP FLANGE

AS UILT szict

RISING MAIN PIG WIDTH. 1.5 DIA. OF RISING MAIN. LENGTH' 2 X DIA. OF RISING MAIN.

TO BE MADE OF URETHANE FOAM TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF RISING MAIN.

EMERGENCY PUMP : CONNECTION POINT. 10Ornm 'KAMLOK' FLANGED ADAPTOR TO BE

PROVIDED IN PIT..

DN100 FLANGED SLUICE VALVE (ANTI- CLOCKWISE ROTATION TO CLOSE) IN ACCORDANCE WITH AS 2638.1

Industrial & Water Engineers DATE

31-7-02

(AD. ALE

IWE-BWH-03F

00(000 DATE

15-2-03

I.

PRO). DIG.

S. GRAY

5

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PU'ilP STATION

TIRE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION CIVIL REQUIREMENTS

PLAN

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM-03

REVISION

APPROVED

SCALE t25

7 1

8 9 10 11 12



2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

TABULATION OF GRIT COLLECTOR 8,

PUMPING STATION LEVELS REF. DESCRIPTION LEVEL

LEVEL 1 FUNISHED SURFACE LEVEL 18.2

LEVEL 2 INVERT OF INLET AND OUTLET OF GRIT COLLECTOR MAINTENANCE HOLE 13.170

LEVEL 3 TOP OF BASE OF REFLUX VALVE PIT 16.721

LEVEL 4 INVERT OF INLET SEWER AT PUMP WELL 11.940

LEVEL 5 TOP WATER LEVEL OF PUMP WELL 13.25 LEVEL 6 BOTTOM WATER LEVEL OF PUMP WELL 12.283 LEVEL 7 TOP OF BASE SLAB OF PUMP WELL 10.900

LEVEL 8 BOTTOM OF BASE SLAB OF PUMP WELL NOTE 2

LEVEL 9 TOP OF ROOF SLAB OF PUMP WELL 18.531

LEVEL 10 INVERT LEVEL OF RISING MAIN THROUGH PIT WALL 17.394 LEVEL 11 TOP OF BASE OF GRIT COLLECTOR MAINTENANCE HOLE 12.225 LEVEL 12 INVERT LEVEL OF OVERFLOW (ON TERMINAL MANHOLE) 17.532

NOTE' FOR R.L.(2) AND R.L.C11) REFER TO GRIT COLLECTOR MAINTENANCE HOLE. FOR R.L.(12) REFER TO OVERFLOW DETAIL.

r -

I

INLET :411

SEWER & EMERGENCY STORAGE DRAIN

3.

+.

.L.t. I

DIA. 1830

!STANDARD 1830 DIA, GRIT COLLECTOR

MAINTENANCE HOLE I REFER DRG, NOS,

IWE-BWM-07 TO IWE-BWM-09

1

ILO /eL,(5)

D.I.C.L. K 12 INLET SEWER DN250

I

-L

PROVIDE 100 MINIMUM CLEARANCE FOR MOTOR CABLE/PLUG

PROVIDE GAS PROOF SEALANT AT CABLE OPENINGS ('3M FIRE BARRIER 2001 SILICONE RTU FOAM KIT')

SWITCHBOARD 755 200 345 610

AIR BLEED

SIZE OF OPENING TO BE CONFIRMED AFTER PUMP SELECTION

915

450x450x500 DEEP GRC ELECTRICAL PIT SET IN SLAB

ALUMINIUM PART COVERS CHALLC' TYPE) WITH MAX, HALF LIFT OF 16 Kg, PER PART. COVERS TO BE PROVIDED WITH PADLOCK LOCKING MECHANISM AND LOCKED DOWN WITH B.C.0 177 KEYING SYSTEM, COVERS ARE TO BE GAS TIGHT. COVERS ARE TO BE FLUSH MOUNTED. COVERS ARE TO BE REMOVABLE (FIXED HINGES ARE NOT ALLOWED). PROVIDE LIFTING LUGS ON UNDERSIDE,

PRESSURE TAPPING (BINDER TWINLOK HOT PLUG 1/4' BSP STAINLESS STEEL)

- DN32 BSP FEMALE SOCKET (ROTATED 45°) WITH ISOLATING VALVE & UNION FOR. VEGA PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

-WEEP FLANGE

NOTE 5 4 MAX --=:z3 1 ODE HOOK REFER DETAIL

DRG, NO, IWE-BWM-13 1:SL.(1)

'McBERNS' AUTO WELL WASHER (PROTECTED BY R.P.Z. VALVEJ AND ON TIME CLOCK OPERATION WITH SOLENOID VALVE)

THICKEN WALL OF PUMP WELL TO PROVIDE WATER TIGHT SEAL AT FLANGES

.......

.... ..

DN150 RISER

1

I IN 1 0 i .1tv 3 DN150 TO DN100 ECCENTRIC REDUCER

SEPARATION OF & B.W.L. TO BE DESIGNED TO SUIT 5 STARTS/HOUR FOR A SINGLE PUMP. MIN, TO BE 600.

RL.(71

NOTE 2 /PLO

PROVIDE WATER TIGHT SEAL AT JUNCTION OF FLOOR AND WALL

MASS CONCRETE BENCHING

250

MIN.

SECTION

2440

DIA.

A

250

NO 90° BENDS OR TEES ALLOWED IN HEADER

450 X 450 X 300 DEEP SUMP WITH GALVANISED GRATE COVER

WEEP FLANGE

POLYETHYLENE LINING (WHERE SPECIFIED)

DN100 'DUCKFOOT BEND' CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL TO PUMP MANUFACTURERS MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM WELL FLOOR. RISER PIPE TO SUIT.

NOTES 1. L.O.C. DENOTES LIMIT OF CONTRACT,

2. FOR CONCRETE THICKNESS & tINFRCING DETAILS REFER TO STRUCTURAL .RAWINGS,

MIN. 3. ALL BURIED DICL PIPES SHALL BE 'GREENSLEEVE' WRAPPED.

4. AL DICL PIPES IN PUMP WELL 84 VALVE PIT SHALL BE EXTERNALLY COATED WITH 1000UM APPROVED ULTRA HIGH BUILD EPDXY.

02 & 0

(GRIT COLLECTOR MAINTENANCE HOLE ADDED TO SECTION) 4. PUMP GUIDE BARS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316.

5. STAMPED CONCRETE TO START 200 BELOW TOP OF STRUCTURES.

3-2-03 HT DRAIN DELETED. NOTE S ADDED .SG 30-1-03 HT PUMP RISER REVISED SG

54-04 PS AS BUILT LEVELS ADDED

F IA- 6- 03 HT

E 18- HT

REVISED POSITION OF AIR VALVE SG

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SD

I.W.E. Industrial & Water Engineers

CHASM

REVISION Mam

AMT

DA KZ

H., 31-7-02 WE-BIM-0AF

-03

IMSIL

S. GRAY

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

P11 1.- '7TATION

mu

SEWAGE PUMP STATION

SECTION A 9.1115

Al

()RAVING No.

IWE-BWM-04

REVISION

SEW 630



I 4 I 5 I 6 7 I 8 9 10 11 12

1' DIA. 'SURELOCK' 316 STAINLESS STEEL

CLAW COUPLING

DN63 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT LOCATION MAY VARY

PUMP GUIDE RAILS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316

DN32 PE100 PN16 P.E. AIR LINE FIXED TO SUCTION

CLEARING PIPE WITH. S.S. TIES OR POLY WELDED

DN160 PE8OB PN12.5 P.E. VACTOR PIPE

FIXED TO WALL WITH H.D.P.E. BRACKETS

AT 1500 CRS. WITH STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS

2 X 45° SWEEP BENDS

K12 DICL FLANGED SCOUR PIPE.

HOOK SHAPED DN32 PIPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL

CONNECTED TO AIR LINE WITH 2 STAINLESS STEEL CLIPS

SECTION B

Q)2 & 03

DN150 VACTOR COUPLING AS SUPPLIED BY 'FLEXIBLE PIPE CLEANING TOOLS'. HOT DIP GALV.

M.S. FLANGE TO TABLE 'D' OF A.S.2129 WELDED TO VACTOR COUPLING. TO BE HOT DIP GALVANISED AFTER FABRICATION.

DN160 PE80 STUB FLANGE

DN160 HOT DIP GALV. METAL BACKING FLANGC TO TABLE 'D' OF A.S.2129

DN160 PE8OB PN12.5 VACTOR PIPE

VACTOR PIPE COUPLING DETAIL

NOTES


AS BUILT /Ova "I'r

D 16-6-03 HT LAYOUT REVISED

C 13 -2 -03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

B 3 -2 -03 KT NOTE 1 ADDED

A 20-9-02 KT LAYOUT REVISED

0 31-7-02 NT mntmissuE

NO. DATE W REVISION

SG

SG

SG

SG

SG

APP*

MOM

Industrial & Water Engineers BELLBOWRIE WEST ORAF1131 COM CAI no CHURCH ROAD

H.T. 31-7-02 HIE -OWN-0W

PUMP STATION 01.1, INTO 52/9

PRI11

15-2-03 W4C

S. GRAY

7

SEWAGE PUMP STATION

SECTION B SHEET

SIZE

Al DRAWING No

IWE-BWM-05

REVISION

520

11



5 6 7 8 10 11 12

CLASS D MAINTENANCE HOLE COVER AND FRAME. REFER WATER AND SEWERAGE RETICULATION STANDARDS DRAWING NOS. 486/5/25-SF004 /1 TO 486/5/25-SF004 /

S ECTIO\ C3

375 WIDE GRADE 316L STAINLESS STEEL LADDER. REFER WATER AND SEWERAGE RETICULATION STANDARDS DRAWING NO. 486/5/25-SF009 FOR LADDER DETAILS.

150 X 150 X 150 TOE HOLES AT 300 CRS.

4

VALVE CHAMBER DETAILS AS PER WATER AND SEWERAGE RETICULATI ON STANDARDS DRAWING NO. 486/5/25-S8008.

F.S.L.

S

PE PIT (450 SQUARE) WITH LID OR SIMILAR.

100 'KAMLOK' FLANGED ADAPTOR

-100 FLANGED RISER PIPE (LENGTH TO SUIT)

ECTIO\ C3

100 x 90° FLANGED BEND

100 FLANGED SLUICE VALVE (ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION TO CLOSE) IN ACCORDANCE WITH AS 2638.1

AS BUILT

I.W.E. Industrial

RAMP

& Water Engineers wit

31-7-02 CAD.. fit

DiE-BW21-06A

PIIIECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

A 18-2-03 MT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG O 1-7-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG

NO DATE .r VISION ATY,

otmu RPEO 5219

Mal ENG

15-2-03 USA

S. GRAY

SEWAGE PUMP STATION

SECTION C SHEET

SIZE

Al DRAWING NO.

IWE-BWM-06

REVISION

t 0

6 III 7 1 10 11 12



U TU

1' DIA. 'SURELOCK' 316 STAINLESS STEEL CLAW COUPLING

c."

NOTE 2

FALL

POLYETHYLENE LINING (WHERE SPECIFIED)

SCREEN SUPPORT BRACKET REFER DETAIL DRG, IWE-BWM-22.

G.M.S. BAR SCREEN REFER DETAIL DRG. NO. IWE-BWM-21 .

LOCATING PINS REFER DRG. IWE-BWM-22.


1 2

DN32 PE100 PN16 P.E. AIR LINE FIXED TO SUCTION CLEARING PIPE WITH S.S. TIES OR POLY WELDED

DN160 PE8OB PN12,5 P.E. VACTR PIPE FIXED TO WALL WITH H.D.RE, BRACKETS AT 1500 CRS. WITH STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS

HOOK SHAPED DN32 PIPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL CONNECTED TO AIR LINE WITH 2 STAINLESS STEEL CLIPS

45° SWEEP BEND CUT TO SUIT

375 WIDE GRADE 316 STAINLESS STEEL LADDER. REFER WATER AND SEWERAGE RETICULATION STANDARDS DRAWING NO, 486/5/25-SF009 FOR LADDER DETAILS.

TYPE 316L STAINLESS STEEL WALL PIPE WITH WEEP FLANGE. REFER DETAIL DRG. NO. IWE-BWM-17

'SUPERSLEEVE' OR SIMILAR CONNECTOR TO SUIT APPROVED PIPEWORK FOR GRAVITY SEWER

G.M.S. BAR SCREEN REFER DETAIL DRG. NO. IWE-BWM-21

DN225 MINIMUM D.I.C.L. K12 SEWER TO PUMPING STATION

INLET SEWER

300 LONG PIPE


PLAN SECTION C

08

300 LONG K12 D.I.C.L. SOCKET AND PLAIN TAILPIPE

WEEP FLANGE


NOTE 1. FOR SIZES AMD ORIENTATION OF CONNECTIONS REFER TO SITE LAYOUT DRG. IWE -BWM -01.

AS BUILT a STAMPED CONCRETE TO START 200 ruY

BELOW TOP OF STRUCTURES.

18-2-03 HT

C 3-2-03 HT

B 12-11-01 HT

A 20 -9 -01 HT

O 31-7-01 HT

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG NOTE 2 ADDED

SG NOTE ADDED

SG LAYOUT REVISED

SG ORIGINAL ISSUE 56

Industrial & Water Engineers

H.T. 9.7 on al

31-7-02 UWE-OWN-07D

NO. DATE BY REVISION APP13

0ECKED

RPEO 5119

POOL

15 -2 -03 S. GRAY

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

ME

SEWAGE PUMP STATION

GRIT COLLECTOR MAINTENANCE HOLE

DETAILS Al DRAWING No. ..

IWE-BWM-07 SCM1

50 3 5 6 7 8 9

1 10 12



7 10

SLOPE GROUND AWAY FROM TOP SLAB

STAINLESS STEEL KNIFE GATE VALVE WITH RISING SPINDLE REFER DETAIL DRAWING NOS,

IWE-B \011-18 TO IWE-BWM-20


L..C.

INLET SEWER

CLASS D MAINTENANCE HOLE COVER AND FRAME.

REFER WATER AND SEWERAGE RETICULATION STANDARDS

DRAWING NOS. 486/5/25-SF004/1 TO 486/5/25-SF4/4 FOR COVER

AND FRAME DETAILS.

NOTE 2 PA, ,

111° TO PUMP

(2)

G.M.S, BAR SCREEN REFER DRG. NO. IWE-BWM721

150 MAX,

AdimpNATION tommaffil 1-'41011411Zat

375 WIDE GRADE 316 STAINLESS STEEL LADDER.

REFER WATER AND SEWERAGE RETICULATION STANDARDS

DRAWING NO. 486/5/25-SF009 FOR LADDER DETAILS.

SCREEN SUPPORT BRACKET REFER DETAIL DRAWING

NO. IWE-BWM-22

O

SCREEN LOCATING PIN REFER DETAIL DRAWING

NO. IWE-BWM-22 150 X 150 X 150

TOE HOLE

I

230

MIN.

1826

DIA.

230

MIN,

SECTION (A ) 07

WET WELL TWL RL(52

S B (1/4 ARACLEA,,,

gistered ' 4, 0.( wft""°3"lineer AS1

TABULATION OF GRIT COLLECTOR LEVELS REF. DESCRIPTION LEVEL

LEVEL 1 FINISHED SURFACE LEVEL 18.2


LEVEL 8 BOTTOM OF BASE SLAB OF PUMP WELL REFER STRUCTURAL DRGS.


LEVEL 10 INVERT LEVEL OF RISING MAIN THROUGH PIT WALL 17.394

LEVEL 11 TOP OF BASE OF GRIT COLLECTOR MAINTENANCE HOLE 12.225

ty, 4'

0 .

/ / /

/ /

1

; I

1

\

./ .

/ / /

1 /

1

I

k 1

1

,-- .

i I

I

\ \s

; .4. .

-1-1-4- S -

1_

I I . ,

I

1

\ 1

I

/

i i

.\

1

1 1 1

I

1

1

, ,

1 1

1/1 r-

i

i

i

I

1145 1

1145

2290

PLAN OF TOP SLAB

NOTES 1, L..C. DENOTES LIMIT OF CONTRACT.

CLASS D MAINTENANCE HOLE COVER AND FRAME. (COVER TO BE FLUSH WITH TOP SLAB LEVEL)

CAST IRON VALVE BOX AND COVER CAST INTO TOP SLAB REFER WATER AND SEWERAGE RETICULATION STANDARDS DRAWING NO, 486/5/25-SFO10. LOCATION TO BE CONFIRMED ON SITE (REF. DRAWING NO. IWE-BWM-01)

CLASS D MAINTENANCE HOLE COVER AND FRAME. (COVER TO BE FLUSH WITH TOP SLAB LEVEL)


15-4-01. PS AS BUILT LEVELS ADDED

14-6-03 HT NOTE ADDED SG 18-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG 3-2-03 HT NOTE 2 ADDED SG

A 2-t1-02 HT NOTE ADDED SG 31-7-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG


lit/l1111

H.T.

mrz

314-02 Ca RI

WE-DWI-08D

H0. DATE BY REVISION

3 4

OFOIO rr r RPEO 5219

ROI DC.

16-6-03 mm

S. GRAY

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

SEWAGE PUMP STATION

GRIT COLLECTOR MAINTENANCE HOLE

DETAILS

SHEET

SIZE

Al

DRAWING Na.

IWE-BWM-08

7 8 11 12



5 6 7 I 8 I

9 I 10 I 11 I 12

375 WIDE GRADE 316L STAINLESS STEEL LADDER

SCREEN LOCATING PINS REFER DETAIL DRAWING NO. IWE-BWM-22

DN225 MINIMUM D.I.C.L. CLASS 12 SEWER TO PUMPING STATION

INLET SEWER



I.W.E. C 18-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG

B 21-11-02 HT NOTE ADDED SG CRAFTER

H.T. A 20 -9 -02 HT LAYOUT REVISED SG

0 1-8-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG CHECKED

RPEQ 5219 NO. DATE BY REVISION APP'D

1 2

PLAN SECTION

(BAR SCREENS OMITTED FOR CLARITY)

NOTE 1. REFER TO SITE LAYOUT FOR ORIENTATION OF FITTINGS.

AS BUILT 111426


1 -8 -02

CAD. FRE

IWE-BWH-09C

CHECKED DATE

16-6-03

3

PRO). ENG.

S. GRAY

5

AFF'ROYED

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

TITLE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION GRIT COLLECTOR MAINT. HOLE

DETAIL

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM-09

REVISION

SCALE t20

6 7 9 10 11 I 12



6 III

V79 VENT COWL

100 DIA. U.F.V.C. (SWV) VENT PIPE

7 I 8 I 9 10 I 11 I 12

V74 WEATI -ERING APRON TO SUIT).

SEAL BETWEEN U.P.V.C. PIPE AND POLE WITH APPROVED SEALANT.

'POLO' POLE (1B15) HEIGHT CUT TO SUIT

INSPECTION OPENING AND COVER

150 DIA. U.P.V.C. (SWV) VENT PIPE

FINISHED SURFACE LEVEL

150 DIA. U.P.V.C. (CLASS 12) VENT PIPE FROM PUMPING STATION

4 x N28 GALVANIZED BARS THREADED M24 150 AT TOP. BAR LENGTH = 2.070ri MIN.

ELEVATION

1-W4 HELIX AT 125

GRADE N25 COICRETE

P.C.D.

VENT POLE DETAIL AS BUILT

AfQ/d 311

NOTE 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CONFIRMATION OF FOOTING DETAILS. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THIS DRAWING.

B 18 -2 -03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG

A 12 -11 -02 HT NOTE ADDED SG

0 1-8-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG

NO. DATE BY REVISION APP'D

1


H.T. OATH

1-8-02

CAD. FILE

IWE-BWM-10B

3

CHECKED

RPEQ 5219

CHECKED DATE

15-6-03 PROF. DCL

S. GRAY

APPROVAL FOR MAE

ENGRCERRIG

MANAGER

PROJECT

BEIBOWRIE WEST

CHJRCH ROAD

PUMP STATION 5

TITLE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION VENT POLE

DETAIL

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM-10

REVISION

SCALE. 1:20

Ne

10 1 11 12



5 6 7 8 9 10

POST (CCA TREATED IF TIMBER)

DN20 HOSE COCK WITH ANTI-VANDAL KEY TYPE (STOCK CODE 275)

HOSE VACUUM BREAKER

?'//////,'//,/~~//~/

AUTHORISED REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE (R.P.Z.) BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE

-.14 r ,711 047

BRANCH TO WELL WASHING SPRAY

WATER SERVICE DETAILS NOT TO SCALE

STANDARD PE METER BOX WITH WIRE ATTACHED LID

AS BUILT AO" 526

DN25 COPPER WATER SERVICE CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM LOCATION

I.W.E. DRAFTER

H.T. 18-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG

1-8-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG malmo

RPEQ 5219 DATE BY REVISION APP'D


1-8 0 2

TAD. FILE

IWE-BWM-11A

EMCEED DATE

15 -2 -03 mum

S. GRAY

APPROVED

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

TIRE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION POTABLE WATER DETAILS

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM--11

REVISION

RALE 1:10

1 I 2 I 3 I 6 l 5

F 10 11 I 12



A

5 8 9 10

OPENING FOR LEVEL PROBES

150x50 OPENING TO BE FILLED WITH SEALANT UPON COMPLETION OF W1gING

C.)

tee'

En

TO SWITCHBOARD

50 200

RECESS

50

RECESS

TAPPED THREAD IN ANGLE

316 STAINLESS STEEL LEVEL PROBE BRACKET FIXED TO SLAB WITH 4-M10 STAINLESS STEEL CHEMICAL ANCHORS <HILT' HIT-HY 150 HAS OR EQUAL).

ANCHORS TO BE FIXED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION.

o TO Fri PUMP

OPENING

En

v,

100 DEEP CABLE DUCT

DETAIL PLAN

CABLE DUCT RAMPS DOWN TO PUMP OPENING

TOP SLAB

50

50 450

COUNTERSUNK HOLE FOR SCREW

6m', THICK ALUMINIUM CHEQUER PLATE COVER

4mm NEOPRENE GASKET FIXED TO UNDERSIDE OF COVER

ALUMINIUM ANGLE WITH BRACKETS (300 MAXIMUM CENTRES) CAST INTO SLAB

150 50

316 STAINLESS STEEL LEVEL PROBE BRACKET REFER DETAIL DRAWINC NO. IWE-BWM-13

OPENING AND

PROBES CABLE DUCT

IN .TOP SLAB FOR LEVEL CHASE IN TOP SLAB FOR

(NOTE: COVERS OMITTED)

Industrial & Water Engineers C 16-6-03 HT DIMENSIONS REVISED SG

B 18-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG DRAFTER DATE (AD. FOE APPROVED

A 12 -11 -02 HT H001< DETAIL ADDED SG H.T. 1-8-02 IWE-BWM-12C

0 1 -8 -02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG CHECKED CHECKED DATE PROLENTF NO. DATE BY REVISION APPTI RPEQ 5219 15-2-03 S. GRAY

1 2 3 S

150

30 90

15 TYP.

30

Fs',\,, HOLE TYPICAL

40 BAR 316 STAINLESS STEEL TYPICAL

FRONT _ELEVATION

4s

L316 STAINLESS STEEL 75x6 PLATE

AS BUILT

1111 sLici

WELD AND GRIND FLAT

70

12 HOLE TYPICAL

FILLET WELD ALL AROUND

'10 BAR 316 STAINLESS STEEL TYPICAL

316 STAINLESS STEEL 75x6 PLATE

SIDE ELEVATIN

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

TITLE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION LEVEL PROBE BRACKET DETAILS

6 7 B I 9

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM-12

REVISION

10

SCALE 1:10 1:2

11 12



5 I 4 6 III 7 9 I 10 I 11 I 1Z

BAR ENDS MAY BE CONFIGURED TO SUIT REINFORCEMENT

OF PUMP WELL

145

20 DIA. GRADE 316

STAINLESS STEEL

ANODE HOOK DETAIL

AS BUOLT ighcs2,ct

B 16-6-03 HT DIMESION REVISED

A 18-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

0 3-8-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE

NO. DATE BY REVISION

1 2

I.W.E. Industrial & Water Engineers SG DRAFTER

H.T. DATE

3-8-02

CAD. FRE

IWE-BWM-13B APPROVED

SG

56 (NECKED

RPEC1 5219

CHECKED DATE

15-2-03 PRO/. ENG.

S. GRAY APP'D

S 6

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUPM STATION 7

TITLE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION ANODE HOOK

DETAIL

SHEET

SIZE

A2 SCALE

1:5

9 10

DRAWING No.

1WE-BWM-13

REVISION

11 12



120rin SQUARE UPVC ELECTRICAL CONNECTION BOX CAST IN SLAB

M20 THREADED BAR GRADE 316L STAINLESS STEEL WELDED TO WELL WALL REINFORCEMENT AND BENT UP TO 20nrn BELOW TOP OF SLAB R.L. (9)

14V

- -V"- -

AS BUILT 4h sill

18 -2 -03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION S

3-8-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE S

DATE BY REVISION APP 111

1 3

I.W.E. Industrial & Water Engineers PROJEC1

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

CRAFTER

H.T. oArt

3-8-02

cram IWE-BWM-14A

APPROVED

CHECKED

RPEQ 5219

CHECKED DATE

15-2-03 PRO/ ENG.

S. GRAY

S 6 7

TITLE

8

SEWAGE PUMP STATION .ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

DETAIL

1 9

SHEET SIZE .

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM-14

REVISION

SCALE 1:

10 11 12



1 I 2 3 4 5 I 6 7 8 9 10

HEADER SIZE

PIPE O.D.

MIN. WALL THICKNESS

FLANGE O.D.

FLANGE THICKNESS

NO. OF BOLTS

DIA. OF HOLES

P.C.D.

OF HOLES

150 165 6.5 280 15 8* 18 235

* OFF CENTRE DRILLING

HEADER FLANGE DETAILS (AS 4087)

FOR FLANGE DETAILS REFER TABLE ABOVE

G>

FABRICATED MILD FOR 2440 DIA.

FINISH

OUTSIDEt MEDIUM DENSITY FUSION INSIDEI CEMENT LINED

FOR FLANGE DETAILS REFER TABLE ABOVE TYPICAL

1016

TYPE 4

STEEL HEADER PUMP WELLS

BONDED POLYETHYLENE COATED

AS BUILT Atlit t


18 -2 -03 HT ISSUED FOR -CONSTRUCTION

3 -8 -02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE

DATE BY RE VISION

1

SG H.T. DATE

3 -8 -02

CAM FILE

IWE -BWM- 15A

SG

APP'D

Gan° RPEQ 5219

3

NECKED DATE

15-2-03

4

PRO). (Ma

S. GRAY

5

APPROVED

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

TITLE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION FABRICATED MILD STEEL HEADER DETAIL

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM-15

REVISION

SEMI 1:10

7 8 9 1

10 11 12



3 I 4 I 5 I 6 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 11 12

75

TOP OF PUMP STATION WELL

cs' ro

NOTE.- HANGING PUMP ARRANGEMENT IS LIMITED TO MAXIMUM 6 METRES DEEP WET WELL AND MAXIMUM 30kW PUMPS. PUMP STATIONS OUTSIDE THESE PARAMETERS TO HAVE A GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM.

1

P

. - AD

vv -

LNs

,t: .

c'e ,D

150NB DISCHARGE PIPE BEND ASSEMBLY

PUMP CHAIN TO HAVE OBLONG LINKS FITTED TO ALLOW MULTIPLE LIFTS TO BE PERFORMED WHEN LIFTING/ LOWERING PUMP

LINK ASSEMBLY

ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY

1 DNI50 FLANGED D.I.C.L. BEND 1

2 PUMP GUIDE RAILS - DETAILS TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR 1

3 25 NB BALL VALVE ('JOHNS' OR EQUIV.) 1

4 25 NB GALV. HEX. NIPPLE 1

5 DIA. 13 (NOM. SIZE) STAINLESS STEEL LARGE DEE SHACKLE GRADE IV (WLL 0.75t) C/W SCREWED PIN

NOTE.- ALL BOLTS, NUTS & WASHERS TO BE GRADE 316 STAINLESS STEEL.

AS BUILT h ski

16 -6-03 HT AIR VALVE RELOCATED

18 -2-03 ITT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG 3-2-03 HT AIR BLEED REPOSITIONED SG

B 30 -1-03 HT AIR BLEED NOTE ADDED S


A 2 n-o? HT VENT VALVE REPOSITIONED SG 0 3-8-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG H.T.

NO. DATE BY REVISION or,r 7;19

TIROL

0Ati 3-8-02

0.11. RE

IWE-BW11-16E

15-2-03 unit

S. GRAY

7

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

SEWAGE PUMP STATION

150NB HOSE CONNECTION BEND

ASSEMBLY

SKIT SIZE

Al DRAWING No

IWE-BWM-16 %AS ¶5

10 11 12



1 I 2 3 1. 5 6 7 I 8 9 I 10

650

305 365

C

P21

G PIPE PLATE THICKNESS (GRADE 316L STAINLESS STEEL)

A( OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF WALL PIPE TO BE EQUAL TO OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF INLET SEWER TO GRIT COLLECTOR MAINTENANCE HOLE

NOMINAL DIAMETER OF PIPE

A w B C JO E F 6

VC PIPE

DICL PIPE

PVC PIPE

150 195 177 160 281 12 235 8 18 5

225 277 259 250 371 16 324 8 18 5

300 356 345 315 455 16 406 12 22 5

WALL PIPE DETAIL

r- NUMBER OF BOLT HOLES DRILLED OFF CENTRE

F DIAMETER OF BOLT HIRES

BUOLT

Ad S.ZA Cf


18-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

3 -8 -02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE

DATE BY REVISION

2

SG

DRAFTER

H.T. DATE

3 -8 -02

(AD. FU IWE -BWM -17A

SG

APPTI

CHECKED

RPEQ 5219

CHECKED DATE

15-2-03

PROD. ENO.

S. GRAY

APPROVED

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHJRCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

TITLE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION GRIT. COLLECTOR MAINT. HOLE

WALL PIPE DETAILS

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM--17

REVISION

SCALE 1:10

3 4 5 6 7 8 I

9 10 11 12



1 I 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 I 10

VALVE SPINDLE CAP TO B.C.C. STANDARD AND S.K.F. "V' RINGSEAL

127

RISING STEM COVER TUBE (S/S. GRADE 316 TUBE) AND FLANGE FROM 3 THK. PL. LENGTH OF TUBE TO CLEAR MAX. SPINDLE HEIGHT BY 5Ornri.

FMANUAL GEARBOX RATIO 2:1

("HERCUS SV4" OR SIMILAR). N.B. TO BE EPDXY COATED TO SUIT A CORROSIVE AREA.

GROUT 60

GROUT-)

.7.

INSTALL SHIM WASHER REFER DETAIL.

GEARBOX SUPPORT BRACKET, REFER DETAIL.

PLUMMER BLOCK BEARING WITH NYLON BUSHING, REFER DETAIL DRAWING NO. IWE-BWM-20

BEARING BRACKET. REFER DETAIL DRAWING NO, IWE-BWM-20

SPINDLE SHAFT REFER DETAIL DRAWING NO. IWE-BWM-19

INLET VALVE

250

...

o.

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

4/M20 S/S. RAMSET BOLTS C/W S/S. NUTS 8. WASHERS 100mri PROTRUSION 8. THREADED LENGTH. PACK 8. GROUT AFTER INSTALLATION.

END ELEVATION

260x210x8 THICK G/BOX PLATE

GROUT

PLAN

175

FOR DIA. 35 HOLE

RISING SPINDLE

4/DIA. 17 HOLES FOR M16 HEX. HEAD M/C. SCREWS ON 165 PCD.

75x75x6 EA (U.N..)

ELEVATION

/DIA.

BORE

GEARBOX SHIM WASHER

SCALE 115

1 NO. OFF REQUIRED. INSERT BETWEEN GEARBOX A.< SUPPORT BRACKET/STOOL.

STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316

END ELEVATION

GEARBOX SUPPORT BRACKET

1 NO. OFF REQUIRED


AS RUBIS )00 "11

DIA. VALVE

DIMN.

'A' 150 219

225 225

300 228


18-2-03 HT

3-8-02 HT

DATE BY

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION G

DRAFTER

H.T. DATE

3-8-02

CAD. IFOLE

IWE-BWM-18A

ORIGINAL ISSUE SG CHECKED

REVISION

2 1

APP'C, RPEQ 5219

CHKICEDDME

15-2-03 PCMIENITA

S. GRAY

APPROVED

PROLE°.

BEIBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

TITLE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION MAINTENANCE HOLE INLET VALVE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM-18

REVISION

3 4 I 5 6 7 8 9 1 10

SCALE 1:10 1:25

11 12



1,1

O

O

1,1

1,1

O

ti

O

72

r- a

VI

VI

1 O

1,1

X .

CO

3

rn

7 Q.

C

A

rito rn

7 um.

5 ro

CO

A

U,

>

r:C

r" ti

GE

AR

BO

X

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

RIS

ING

S

PIN

DLE

C

UT

F

RO

M

TO

P

OF

V

ALV

E.

MA

CH

INE

B

OT

TO

M

AN

D

WE

LD

INT

O

MA

KE

U

P

PIE

CE

.

38

O.D

. x

50

LON

G

S.S

. M

AK

E-U

P

PIE

CE

. W

ELD

IN

TO

S

HA

FT

A

ND

D

RIL

L T

O

SU

IT

RIS

ING

S

PIN

DLE

DN

40

(8

0S

5.5,

) P

IPE

48

O

.D.

x 5.

1rirn

T

HIC

K

RIS

ING

S

HA

FT

38

O.D

. S

.S.

BA

R

SP

LIC

E

INS

ER

T

MA

CH

INE

T

O

FIT

2 N

'. 1/

2'

DIA

. S

.S.

RO

LL

PIN

S

x 60

LO

NG

-

RE

MO

VE

AB

LE

FO

R

DIS

AS

SE

MB

LY

2 N

'. 1/

2'

DIA

. S

,S.

SO

LID

B

AR

S

x 60

LO

NG

DN

40

(8

0S

S.S

.)

PIP

E

48

O.D

. x

5.1t

iri

TH

ICK

R

ISIN

G

SH

AF

T

SP

LIC

E

DE

TA

IL

(As

Req

uire

d) D

N

40

(80S

S

S.)

P

IPE

48

0.

0.

x 5.

1mrn

T

HIC

K

RIS

ING

S

HA

FT

EX

IST

ING

V

ALV

E

TO

P

FIT

TE

D

WIT

H

GU

IDE

B

US

H.

DR

ILL

TO

F

IT

IF

RE

QU

IRE

D.

NE

W

CLE

VIS

T

O

MA

TC

H

EX

IST

ING

KN

IFE

G

AT

E

VA

LVE

VA

LVE

C

ON

NE

CT

ION

SP

IND

LE

SH

AF

T

DE

TA

ILS

[I)



6 7 8 10 11 12

GROUT 25

12

C)

4/M16 S.S. RAMSET BOLTS C/W S.S. NUTS & WASHERS, WITH 60mm PROTRUSION AND THREADED LENGTH. PACK AND GROUT AFTER INSTALLATION.

ELEVATION

DRILL ALL HOLES 17mm DIA.

50 x 12 THICK S.S. GUSSET

100 x 12 THICK S.S. FLAT

170

ili

:

,

4 4 il- 4- 220

275

END ELEVATION

BEARING BRACKET NO. OFF REQUIRED - DEPENDS ON MH DEPTH


DIA. VALVE

DIMN.

'A' 150 192

225 198

300 201

DRIL_ 18rw DIA. HOLES DRILL 14mm

DIA. HOLES IN TOP BLOCK

DRILL & TAP BOTTOM BLOCK FOR M12 S.S. BOLTS

r 1+

PLAN

50 x 50 THICK S.S. BLOCKS 50 x 12 THICK S.S. FLAT

DRILL 18ru DIA. HOLES FOR M16 S/S BOLTS

PLUMMER BLOCK BEARING

60J

SIDE ELEVATION ELEVATION

END

TO SUIT 5Orn SHAFT

PLUMMER BLOCK BUSH

N.B.7 NYLON BUSHING MATERIAL TO BE USED.

AS UILT


A

0

NO.

18-2-03

3-8-02 DATE

HT

HT

BY

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

ORIGINAL ISSUE

REVISION

1

=AFTER

SG H.T.

S6 CHECKED

APPT, RPEQ 5219

3

DATE

3-8-02 CHECKED DATE

15-2-03

4

CAD. FILE

IWE DWI-20A

PROD. END.

S. GRAY

APPROVED

6

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION 7 8

TITLE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION MAINTENANCE HOLE INLET VALVE BEARING SUPPORT DETAIL

I 9 r- 10

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE -BWM -20 REVISION

SCALE ,

11 12



4 6 8 9 I 10

DIA. 13 STAINLESS STEEL PINS (WELDED)

MILD STEEL PLATE 1144x50x8 <2 OFF)

MILD STEEL PLATE 936x50x8 <3 OFF)

MILD STEEL BASE PLATE 350x50x8

MILD STEEL PLAT= REFER PLAN FOR DIMENSIONS

ELEVATION

NOTE:

ALL MILD STEEL WORK TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANISED AFTER FABRICATION.

MILD STEEL PLATE 334x50x8

SCREEN DETAIL 3 NO. OFF REQJIRED

PLAN

AS BUILT Aterd ac

I.W.E. Industrial & Water Engineers PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHJRCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

TITLE C 16 6- 3 HT QUANTITY REVISED SG

B 18 -2 -03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG DRAFTER

H.T.

DATE

3 -8 -02

CAD. FILE

IWE-BWM- 21C

APPROVED A 12 11- 2 HT SCREEN BARS REVISED SG 0 3-8-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG CHECKED

APP'd RPEQ 5219

CHECKED DATE

15-2-03 PRO) (MT.

S. GRAY NO. DATE BY REVISION

2 I 3 I 5 6 7 8

SEWAGE PUMP STATION GRIT COLLECTOR MAINT. HOLE BAR SCREEN DETAIL

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM--21

REVISION

SCALE

9 10 11 12



2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 I 10

NOTE:

ALL MILD STEEL WORK TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANISED AFTER FABRICATION.

INLET PIPE TO I PUMP WELL

1

178 222 118 222 178

r i

1109

DRILL 019 HOLES

-M.S PLATE 300x65x10

PLAN

tq INLET PIPE TO I PUMP WELL

76x38x 7 CHANNEL

DRILL 019 HOLES

ELEVATION

SCREE\ SLPPLRT BRAG KET

1 NO, OFF REQUIRED

IWE DRAFTER

H.T. 18-2-0 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG

3-8-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG OECICED

RPEQ 5219 DATE BY REVISION APPT,

2 3

ETAIL

DIA. 6 POINT

DIA. 25 GRADE 316 STAINLESS STEEL

SCREEN LOCATING PI\ 2 NO. OFF REQUIRED

AS BUILT 5-2.17


3-8-02 CHECKED DATE

15-2-03

6

CAD. FILE

IWE-BWM-22A

mum. S. GRAY

5

APPROVED

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PU'IP STATION

TITLE

6 7

SEWAGE PUMP STATION GRIT COLLECTOR MAINT. HOLE SCREEN DETAILS

9

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No.

IW.E-BWM-22

REVISION

10

SCALE 1:2.5 1:5

11 12



1 I

2 I 3 4 I 5 I 6 III 7 I 8 I 9 10 I 11 I 12

MAINTENANCE HOLE ARRANGEMENT SEE NOTE 3

AYMRO OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT STEP IRONS (238r'w WIDE) TO AUSTRALIAN STANDARD 1657

COMPRIBAND JOINT SEAL, OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT

DN 375 OUTLET TO LICENSED DI SCHARGE POINT

R.L. 18.531

O

N 230

F.S.L. 19.057 F.S.I. 19.061

IN. 1 IN4,100 GRAD

\

50mm SITE CONCRETE

LL, 17.35

230 r--

SEE NOTE 6

50 1000

x 0 In 14; I r I.L. 17.532 OVERFLOW

j 651

COMPRIBAND JOINT SEAL, OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT

I.L. 16.682

O \/\/,\/,(,\ /,\ /,/

460 x 230 PRECAST CONCRETE CULVERT CAST INS I TU CULVERT ( SEE NOTE 5)

01350 RCP

STANDARD OVERFLOW FLAP VALVE CHAMBER TYPE 1

REFER DRG. 486/6/25-SE001 A

r.

INLET SEWER

VET kra TVZ:i --

gt NOTE 1

.:1:1Z y.

;

DIA. 1830

STANDARD 1830 DIA. I GRIT COLLECTOR

MAINTENANCE HOLE I REFER DRG. NOS,

IWE-BWM-07 TO IWE-BWM-09

140 'eta)

1

L.O.C.

I.L. OD

1

1

GRIT COLLECTOR

2

E.(9)18.0

F.S.L. 18.035 ACCESS HOLE

It. 15.67 ..

01350 RCP

40< LITRE EMERGENCY STDRAC3 E: FOR DETAILS REFER TO SEWAGE RETICULATION DRAWINGS

1

1

1

1

17.40 R,(8)

ALARM LEVEL 13.55

TVL /ez.a 13.25

IPS B Utz., mAcLEAN

NOTE 2 /01.0 N Regiftred 0 MAW R.P.E.Q.677

ri

BlviL kl(6) 12283

ig

:

4.

INLET SEWER

I.L. 1147

NOTE 1

4 MAX -c:=11

TERMINAL ACCESS El L E: FOR DETAILS REFER TO

SEWAGE RETICULATION DRAWINGS.

30 FALL

1820

. 1 L. .C.

300

kLal

PUMP STATION

NOTES


TO GRIT COLLECTOR

I.L. 13.36

TABULATION OF GRIT COLLECTOR 8,

PUMPING STATION LEVELS REF. DESCRIPTION LEVEL

LEVEL 1 FUNISHED SURFACE LEVEL 18.2


LEVEL 3 TOP OF BASE OF REFLUX VALVE PIT 16.721

LEVEL 4 INVERT OF INLET SEVER AT PUMP WELL 11.940

LEVEL 5 TOP WATER LEVEL OF PUMP WELL 13.25

LEVEL 6 BOTTOM WATER LEVEL OF PUMP WELL 12.283

LEVEL 7 TOP OF BASE SLAB OF PUMP WELL 10.900

LEVEL 8 BOTTOM OF BASE SLAB OF PUMP WELL NOTE 2


LEVEL 10 INVERT LEVEL OF RISING MAIN THROUGH PIT WALL 17.394

LEVEL 11 TOP OF BASE OF GRIT COLLECTOR MAINTENANCE HOLE 12.225

LEVEL 12 INVERT LEVEL OF OVERFLOW FVCI 17.532

0 IS -0-04 PS AS Bar LEVELS ADDED

C 16 6 03 131 AIR VALVE RELOCATED. DRAIN REMOVED SG

B 1B -2 -03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG


A 3-2-03 HT MRIAIIMED SG

0 2-11-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG

mmn H.T.

IIAT!

2-11-02

FALL nu TWE-BWM-23B

NO. DATE BY REVISION

3 4

APP mm

RPEO 0219

C14

5-2-03 &Mk

S. GRAY

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

SEWAGE PUMP STATION

EMERGENCY STORAGE

SECTIONAL DIAGRAM

9

SHEET

SIZE

Al

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWM-23 X t 0

I. 12



2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12

2

CHURCH ROAD - SP303 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SEWAGE PUMP STATION

3

ELECTRICAL DRAWING LIST A

DWG N°. TITLE IWE-BWE-00 DRAWING INDEX

IWE-BWE-01 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

IWE-BWE-02 PUMP 01 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

IWE-BWE-03 PUMP 02 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

IWE-BWE-04 COMMON CONTROL & ALARMS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

IWE- BWE -05 PLC/RTU SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

IWE-BWE-06 PLC/RTU TERMINATION DIAGRAM

IWE-BWE-07 EQUIPMENT LIST

IWE-BWE-08 CABLE SCHEDULE

IWE-BWE-09 SWITCHBOARD LABEL SCHEDULE

IWE-BWE-10 SWITCHBOARD GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

IWE-BWE-11 SWITCHBOARD CONSTRUCTION NOTES

IWE-BWE-12 SWITCHBOARD GENERAL ARRANGEMENT SECTIONS

IWE-BWE-13 SWITCHBOARD CONSTRUCTION DETAILS

IWE-BWE-14 CATHODIC PROTECTION WIRING DIAGRAM

IWE-BWE-15 CATHODIC PROTECTION EQUIPMENT LAYOUT

IWE-BWE-16 CATHODIC PROTECTION LABEL SCHEDULE

.. IWE-8WE-1 7 RAG REDUCTION TUBE FOR THE VEGA LEVEL PROBE

p MACLEA, kOgiarefoo

Professional Engineer

R.P.E.Q.677

29-08-03 HR AS BUt


A 18-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR EONS TRUE Ira 0 A -8 -02 HI ORIGNAL ISSUE 50

CIUFRO

H.T. Mn

I. -8 -02

CAS nu 'WE -BICE -00A

DATE Br REIMAN APP13 RCM Pp.

BELLBOWRIE WEST DEVELOPEMENT

CHURCH ROAD

PUMP STATION

SEWAGE PUMP STATION

ELECTRICAL DRAWING LIST

AS CONSTRUCTED-

SHEI T

SIZE

Al ORAwSIG

IWE-BWE-00 REVISM" B

5 6 8 9 10 11 12



1 2 I 3 4 5 6 7 I B I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

ENERGEX SUPPLY 3 PHASE, 415V SUPPLY

35kA FOR 1 Sec.

N LI L2 L3

ENERGEX

METERING

TARRIFF 22

MAIN CIRCUIT

BREAKER (NOTE 5)

I i=t 1=1

_--1 I

V91) 80kA 63A

250A

400/5A CT's REQUIRED

(SUPPLIED BY ENERGEX).

(NOTE 1)

0000 REMOTE GEN SET TERMINALS

GEN SET CIRCUIT BREAKER

0.0

(NOTE 1&2)

(NOTE 1&2)0

92A SUB-DISTRIBUTION

BOARD ISOLATOR

C) 6A 670 X

X I 671

672

20A

XIK O

xyo

x LOA

673

674

675

1=1

1=1

1=1

10A

PHASE ROTATION RELAY

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP No.1 I Refer to Sheet 02 30kW for Pump Schematic Details )

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP No.2 I Refer to Sheet 03 30kW for Pump Schematic Details )

POWER

FAILURE (NI) RELAY

C 3 PHASE

C 20 AMP

C OUTLET

SURCHARGE IMMINENT ELECTRODE RELAY (Refer to Sheet 04 Line 4)

679 LI CATHODIC PROTECTION UNIT a

(NO 687

CRITEC SURGE FILTER

N7

N7

X

N7

X

N5

80 kW & CURRENT TRANSDUCERS AUX. SUPPLY

PUMP 1 (Refer to Sheet 02 Line 101

681 kW & CURRENT TRANSDUCERS AUX. SUPPLY

PUMP 2 (Refer to Sheet 03 Line 10)

82 RTU POWER SUPPLY (Refer to Sheet OS Lim 6)

41

I I H

z

10A

683 240VAC/ 24VDC

POWER SUPPLY

+ 692 6A e 695 + 693 69.3 - 24VDC I/O SUPPLY

C> 676

N2 -C GPO TN21

677 0 RTU LAPTOP GPO (10A)

6A 678000R SWITCHES 0

(Refer to Sheet 02 Line 8 8 LINE 231

FLOURESCENT IN RTU CUBICLE

FLOURESCENT IN SOFT STARTER CUBICLE x 6A 684

X

X 685

686

687

SPARE

NOTES 1. INCOMING. GENSET.PUMP b DIST. BOARD CIRCUIT BREAKERS

ARE LINE SIDE SHROUDED.

2. CIRCUIT BREAKERS RATINGS TO SUIT FAULT LEVEL

LOAD ENSURE TYPE 2 COORDINATION WITH

CONTACTORS & OVERLOADS TO EC 947-4-1.

3.11REUIT BREAKER SETTINGS 100%

4.All WIRES & CABLE (ORES ARE FERRULED WITH

GRAFOPLAST 5I2000 COMPATIBLE LABELLING. THE

FOLLOWING PREFIXES ARE USED.

MAIN PUMP No. 1 = 1

MAIN PLIMP No. 2 2

COMMON WIRING = 6 li.e. FLOW. LEVEL. PRESSURE/

S. FOR CLARITY CONNECTIONS TO NEUTRAL MOT ALWAYS

SHOWN. REFER TO DETAILED CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS.

6. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM THE SUITABILITY OF AND/OR

REPLACE ITEM 21 FOR POSSIBLE FUTURE SUPPORT OF 3

PHASE 20A WELDING EQUIPMENT.

LEGEND:

ROENLATAYCOTORR

FIELD DEVICE

R.T.U. FUSE TERMINAL

O R.T.U. LINK TERMINAL

SWITCHBOARD TERMINAL

a CATHODIC PROTECTION

TERMINAL

RTU DIGITAL INPUT

RTU DIGITAL OUTPUT

lz RTU ANALOG INPUT

EQUIPMENT ITEM No.

MACLEAm .,,sC-% Roofs-bred 0, Pro:Toss:ow Engl,eer

R.P.E.13.677

CI 29/1/03 ( 94.03 B 8-2-03 A 26-10-12

o 11-1-02

NR AS BURT

HT MOTOR SIZE REVISED

HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

so so

HT FARING REVISED so ITT 01/IGINAL ISSUE SG


01M119. 0611 H.T. 141-12 IWE-BWE-01C

2

NO. RATE 13T REVISION 0.11110

APP11

ISMER

BELLBOWRIE WEST DEVELOPMENT

CHURCH ROAD PUMP STATION

POWER DISTRIBUTION

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

AS CONSTRUC7ED

SHEET

SIZE

Al

CRAWWG No.

IWE-BWE-01 REVISION

6 7 t

8 9 10 11 12



A

B

2 I 3 4 I 5 6 7 9 I 10 I 11 I 12

415V SUPPLY (From Dwg 0431 -E -001)

1 E N L1 L2 L3

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

12

C 13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

E 23

F

24

25

26

27

28

29

(NOTE 1&2)

1K3

IK4

TL1

-C=D L1

-...---

F... _ ...

SOFT -I STARTER

LI 101 TI 0

L 2 T2

L3 T30

PE PEO

77 76 75

I 1

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP No.1

30kW

695

lAmp 11

100N

10.1 E 55 K1.1

to. 0,03 I START .,\ &STOP

6A Cle' W 47

102

IKS-1 05 106

108

114

_ - -..- 0 23

M2-1 0

111

1" 11 FULL910-LITA GE

102 0t1

III 111

M3-1 FAULT 117

111-2 113 12

°START/STOP

'

0 13

SOFT

I" RESET° STARTER " 101

115 w 116 RESET

30

( To Sheet 03 Line 1 )

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

H

39

1 I 2 1

OPE R5605

69

70

TH1

C>

TH2

RS4135-A

05485-8

PUMP I - START/STOP RELAY

16. 26,

PEW 1 - CONTROL (ROUT POWER ON RE-AY

PUMP 1 - HOURS RUN METER

PUMP I - LINE CONTACTOR ci) 20, 13,

SOFT STARTER BY-PASS CONTACTOR

3,

Mc I - SOFT STARTER FAULT AUXILIAFY RELAY

IL II. 5.

THERMISTOR3 j (x31

TO SOFT STARTER No.2

(SHEET 3 LINE 29)

24V DC

I From Sheet 01 Line 33

11(2-2

12

-0

Il

-0 20

-0 22

0

-0 26

RESET

11/03

II 06

693 -

RTU INPUTS

Ip;---( a-7-N 0L4.

10

1K5-2

25

11. C20.22221.0___(

(3/1:1_,(13 29

11/09 SOFT STARTER

FAULT (TRIPPED/

PUMP No.1

POWER ON

SPARE

SPARE

LOOIOUT STOP OPERATED

SPARE

SPARE

LOCAL RESET

PUMP RUNNING

SPARE

( To Sheet 04 Line 22 1

695 24V DC

( From Sheet 01 Line 33 lAmp

n RTU OUTPUTS

693 -

PUMP No.1

PUMP STATUS

PUMP START /STEP RELAY

To Sheet 03 Line 22 1

NOTES

1. ISNHCRMIONDGEot PUMP CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE LINE SPX

SHROUDED.

2. CIRCUIT BREAKERS RATINGS TO SUIT FAULT LEVEL 8,

LOAD ENSURE TYPE 2 COORDINATION WITH CONTACTOR

TO EC 947-4-1.

3. TERMINAL NUMBER SHOWN EITHER IMMEDIATELY BELOW,

RIGHT OR LEFT OF TERMINAL.

4. FUSE TERMINALS ARE TO BE FITTED WITH 100mA

FUSE-MS UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN.

5. CIRCUIT BREAKER SETTINGS 100%

6. ALL WIRES t CABLE CORES ARE FERRULED WITH

GRAFOPLAST 512000 COMPATIBLE LABELLING. THE FOLLOWING PREFIXES ARE USED

MAIN PUMP No. I A 1

MAIN PUMP No. 2 A 2

COMMON WIRING A 6 0.e. FLOW. LEVEL. PRESSURE!

T. PART 50 NOT USED.

8. PART IK2-1 DELETED.

9. PART 11C7.1 DELETED.

LEGEND:

CROELNATAYCOTORR

FIELD DEVICE


O R.T.U. LINK TERMINAL

1:1 SWITCHBOARD TERMINAL

A CATHODIC PROTECTION

TERMINAL

RTU DIGITAL INPUT

RTU DIGITAL OUTPUT

RTU ANALOG INPUT

EQUIPMENT ITEM No.

CI 29/8/03 9 -A -03

111-2-03

Fa:

HT

HT

AS BUILT

MOTOR SUE REVISED


WS

SG

SG

I . W. E. Industrial & Water Engineers

A 26-10-02 HT WIRING REVISED 5G

11-8-02 HT OPIGRUL ISSUE H.T.

Daft

11-0-02

Da all -BWE-02t

NO. OA TE BY REVISION to

APP .66A om. AM.

Mary



mu

PUMP No. 1

CONTROL

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

AS CONSIBUCTED

SHEET DRAWING

Me-

Al IWE-BWE-02 D

REVISION

Salt

5 6 111

7 8 1

9 10 I 11 12



(/ )

1 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

'_27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

415V SUPPLY (From Dwg 0431-E-0021

E N LI L2 L3

2K3

TL2

a= L2

(i) 2K4

E. SOFT STARTER

OL1 201 TIO

L2 120

013 13

OPE PEO

77 76 75

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP No.2 30kW

LL

695

lAmp

20014

LOCKOUT g

Zc\

E/ST

22> OP

200 37 201 202 1 .203 START

6A g .6207

202 2K2

208 HRM2

214 21(1-2

214

- - . - - - - 2020 23 21(3

201 1

2

202: 21

FULL VOLTAGE 2

20014

OPERAImN Z2 2 211 X4

201 eji 210-I FAULT 33 212 E 259 0

213,12 "'START/STOP

210-2

SOFT

STARTER 201

15 RESET

2

0 PE

ROARS

0

TO SOFT STARTER No.1 RS485-A

(SHEET 2 LINE 29) RS4135-B

69

70

TH1

PUMP 2 - START/STOP RELAY

to. 26.

PUMP 2 - CONTROL (KUM POWER ON RELAY

10,

PUMP 2 - NOURS RUN METER

PUMP 2 - LINE CONTACTOR 07

AO. 13. S.

SOFT STARTER BY-PASS CONTACTOR

3,

PUMP 2 - SOFT STARTER FAULT AUXILIARY RELAY

IL 11,

TO RTU

(SHEET 5 LINE 8)

THERMISTORS

(53)

24V DC

( From Sheet 01 Line 33 )

2K2-2

693 -

RTU INPUTS PUMP No.2 12 )- POWER ON

45 ice

46

12/01 SPARE

,

-q, SPARE

12/03 LOCKOUT STOP OPERATED

SPARE 02/.01.

Si

-0 SPARE

SS

12/ LOCAL RESET

57 51

RESET 2K4-2 12/07 PUMP RIMING -o

59 0

12/08 -0 SPARE 62 61

21(5-2 SOFT STARTER

FAULT (TRPPEO1 o

63 is

64

( To Sheet 04 Line 10 )

695 24V DC

1 From Sheet 02 Line 28 I

RTU OUTPUTS

01/04 SRI

693 -

10 91

PUMP No.2

PIMP STATUS

PUMP 2 START /STOP RELAY

"-

FAULT RESET RELAY

20.

NOTES

1. INCOMING b PUMP CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE LINE SIDE

SHROUDED.

2. CIRCUIT BREAKERS RATINGS TO SUIT FAULT LEVEL

LOAD ENSURE TYPE 2 COORDINATION WITH

CONTACTORS b OVERLOADS TO IEC 947-4-1.

-3. TERMINAL NUMBER SHOWN EITHER IMMEDIATELY

BELOW, RIGHT OR LEFT OF TERMINAL.

4. FUSE TERMINALS ARE TO BE FITTED WITH 100mA

FUSE -LINKS UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN.

5. CIRCUIT BREAKER SETTINGS 100%

6. ALL WIRES b CABLE CORES ARE FERRULED WITH

GRAFOPLAST 512000 COMPATIBLE LABELLING.

THE FOLLOWING PREFIXES ARE USED

MAIN PUMP No. 1 = I

MAIN PUMP No. 2 = 2

COMMON WIRING = 6 De. FLOW, LEVEL, PRESSUREI

7. PART 50 NOT USED.

8. PART 21(2-1 DELETED.

9. PART 2K7-I DELETED.

0 0 A

LEGEND:

RELAY OR

CONTACTOR COIL

FIELD DEVICE


R.T.U. LINK TERMINAL


CATHODIC PROTECTION

TERMINAL

RTU DIGITAL INPUT

RTU DIGITAL OUTPUT

RTU ANALOG INPUT

EQUIPMENT ITEM No.

0

MACLEAA, Registered "` dfo

R.P.E.Q.677

cc%

0

B

/9/8/03 9-3-04 49-2-03

TER AS BUILT WS

HT MOTOR SIZE REVISED so HT ISSUED FOR CCRISTRUCTION so


A 26-t0-02 HT WIRING REVISED so 0 11 -8 -02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE so

LAAFTER

ILT- MIT

11-8-02

um. lit 16IF-BWE-03C

DATE BY REVISION WPM ROA 06

3 4 5 A



PUMP No. 2

CONTROL

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Al3 CONSTRUCTED

SHEET

SIZE

Al

DRAWING Na

IWE-BWE-03 5.11

9 IT 11 12



A B D E H

1

ELV CONTROL

24V DC

(From sheet 02 line 21)

12

7

8

9

10

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32 28.

33

34

35

36

37

182 24V DC

(From sheet 03 line 21)

12

J2

RTU OUTPUTS -

COMMON CONTROL

SITE ATTENTION ALARM

RESET PUSHBUTTON

LOCAL/REMOTE STATION

SURCHARGE IMMINENT ALARM

SITE POWER ON

RTU POWER OK

SURGE DIVERTER ALARM

ENERGEX POWER ON

MAIN INCOMER CB CLOSED

BATTERY SYSTEM OK

ATTENTION INDICATOR

(SWITCHBOARD)

BATTERY CHECK RELAY ( Sheet 05 Line 5 1

SPARE

SPARE

24V DC

(Sheet OS Line 02)

WELL LEVEL TRANSMITTER

ADJUSTMENT UNIT

(VEGA)

24V DC CONTROL

LCR61

J4

WELL LEVEL TRANSMITTER

(VEGA)

DELIVERY LINE

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER ADJUSTMENT UNIT

(VEGA)

DELIVERY LINE

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

(VEGA)

Li C HI L012

.4- I

J2

SURCHARGE IMMINENT ALARM

JUT SURCHARGE IMMINENT

IF. ELECTRODE

RTU ANALOG INPUTS

FOR INSTRUMENTS

ANALOG LEVEL METER

RTU (Sheet 05 Line 2) 24VDC

)5 12

RTU (Sheet 05 Line 2) 24VDC

RTU ANALOG INPUTS (NOTE 28c3)

ow0

A111/1/211 Al-U

SPARE

li AAvil SPARE 1103 A1/2.

NT A1/3 SPARE

t±Y±.:____Ir 4____I M/4.

At-I4 M SPARE

l'IM°--/1- SPARE RS AT/5. ALAS

SI-

SPARE

8$ EICHER RRECL NO

DATE

AS W MANAGER IMINEEFSNG

DATE 11-3-03

Ha, DATE ALUNDUENT IRONS FRODUCTION DELEGAIE

DATE 11.07.03

OWED

JOB

CAD RE STR3604 RevA.OWG

SURVEY No

SURVEYED

REED BOON

AIL DATUM

SDI

NI

(Sheet 91 Line 32) 681

(Sheet 04 Line 14)

niteds-r 0 aem.dvs WaterAlig MOW

A B E

SD.

WELL LEVEL

DELIVERY PRESSURE

SURGE DIVERTERS

(Sheet 01 Line 9)

SD2 SD3

5012

12/29

ST123

W.1 ,

--JSDAR

NOTES

J

1. All WIRES P. CABLE CORES ARE FERRULED WITH GRAFOPLAST

512000 COMPATIBLE LABELLING. THE FOLLOWING PREFIXES ARE USED MAIN PUMP No. I t.

MAIN PUMP No. 2

COMMON WIRING r 6 fi.e. FLOW. LEVEL. PRESSURE/

2. TERMINAL NUMBER SHOWN EITHER IMMEDIATELY BELOW. RIGHT

OR LEFT OF TERMINAL.

3. FUSE TERMINALS ARE TO BE FITTED WITH 100mA FUSE

TERMINALS UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN.

4. DOOR SWITCHES TO BE INSTALLED ON ALL DOORS.

SURGE

FILTER

503F

SD ALARM RELAY

C

17,11oJEcT

BELLBOWRIE WEST DEVELOPMENT CHURCH PUMP STATION /.

SD-

"CLOSE" F HEALTHY

O

A

I/ Al 01

LEGEND:

RELAY OR

CONTACTOR COIL

FIELD DEVICE




CATHODIC PROTECTION

TERMINAL

RTU DIGITAL INPUT

RTU DIGITAL OUTPUT

RTU ANALOG INPUT

EQUIPMENT ITEM No.

TITLE

COMMON CONTROLS AND ROAD ALARMS

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

H

mA C L EA Registered ssional

cck

R.P. .Q.677

SCALE NTS

AS CONSTRUCTED

OF IS SILLTIS

DRAWING f'

IWE-BWE--04 AMEND



3

4 ZTOVAC FROM

SUB-DISTRIBUTION BOARD

5 ISheel 01 Um 321

_ 6

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

652-1

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

ITU POWER FAIL RELAY ISheel 04 Line DI

HOY AC

240 OC

BATT.

749 DC SUPPLIES

. SURCHARGE

IMMHENT

14 12

LEVEL TRANSMITTER

PRESSURE

TRANSMITTER

5 12 /6 12

3 40 f780179 5A/9 5 ANP

1B2 01830 9

SAW .SAW

SPARE

BATT OK

n el A

POWER

ON

1 \711)

doom 07546

TO

SAW 02 1

J3

-IF - 2 X 6.5 Ah

BATTERIES

PRINCIPAL

DOWER

1 A717

LE3..

249 IX

0.1905

TV 5 AMP MET

IP 111

13

(Sheet 03 Lino 29)

TO SOFT J2 STARTERS

12

POWER

SUPPLY CONNECTOR

IL

BANKSIA HY HOOCH

56K

ca" Fr3 ;FT]

072 T,

RS 485 PORTS

DIGITAL INPUTS MODULE iTo.1

RS 232 PORTS

TELSTRA

JACK

REFER TO SHEET 6

0 & 5 6 7 El.

MOTHER BOARD

ml El C0791 IS 14 3 2 11 10 9 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

41.

REFER TO SHEET 6

REFER TO SHEET 6

ed 16 I 18 19 20 I 22 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 30 31 COMM Ell

ANALOG 190115

DIGITAL OUTPUTS MODULI Ho. 1

mI E2 7 5

REFER TO Vint

2 COMM

RYE°. 103 DATE

B/1/73 AS Iii mac DATE C.A.

REFER TO SHEET 6

DATE

11-3-03

NO. DATE ASTENDLIETIT IIIMALS PRP:IT/COON hETTAIRK DELEGATE

/ DATE

CRAM 07.17.03

CHECKED

REFER TO SIXET 6

NOTES

1. TERMINAL NUMBER SHOWN EITHER IMMEDIATELY BELOW, RIGHT OR

LEFT OF TERMINAL.

0

A

A1-1:12

LEGEND:

RELAY OR

CONTACTOR COIL

FIELD DEVICE




CATHODIC PROTECTION

TERMINAL

RTU DIGITAL INPUT

RTU DIGITAL OUTPUT

RTU ANALOG INPUT

EQUIPMENT ITEM No.

JOB FILE

ACAD FLE 5IFD005 Re.A.DWG

SUMEY No. Ann Bow Brisbane Dry SURVEYED DATTAI

---../ .././FROJECT

Brisbane fted*-'1" BELLBOWRIE WEST ..0../EighwaftS CHURCH ROAD Waterjail a SEWAGE PUMP STATION

TITLE .

PLC/RTU SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

B C E

0 ."3

MA C L Eik Regisbsracl

R.P.E. .677

6,

AS CONSIRSCTED

SCALE NTS r 6 OF 15 SHEETS

°RAVING or .

IWE-BWE-05 AMER°.

1



2

3 SUPPLY FROM BATTERY {

SURCHARGE DINVIENT KUL TITRIME

5 SPARE { SPARE {

6 SPARE {

7 RTU SUPPLY

RADIO SUPPLY { 8

24V RE SUPPLY { 9

POWER CM RELAY III L 10 SPARE - T1

12

EIIERGENCYSEOP

13

RTU

TERMINAL STRIP

2

3 -1a1-

5

17

12

18

12

7

B

9

13

14

18

181

IS

IVOR

181

-o- 19

OR

21

22

SPARE

13 SOFT STARTER FAULT RELAY 155 L _ wos

LOCAL RESET I 11/06

14 131

PIMP RUNNING RELAY 0(3 L w01

15

16

17

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

25

26

21

28

29

181

18 SITE ATTENTION ALARM RESET P/B L_, 11/12

-1 )1, s Terme [VEAL/REMOTE I..L. R 11/13

19 181

SURCHARGE IMMITENT ALARM RELAY LC61 L 11/14

----* 181 20 SITE POWER ON RELAY PF11-2 L was

.....--° )2

21 21.V DC SUPPLY { 111

. 182

POWER ON RELAY 281 L 12/16

SPARE 22

23

24

_I. 25

26

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

3e

39

40

42

43

41.

46

40

49

SO

51

SO

7/0'

-1E1-

53

54

55

56

EMERGENCY STOP 1,.._r_o_l_2/19

SPARE

/82 SOFT STARTER FAULT RELAY IRS L wit

59

60

61

62

LOCAL RESET

. 182 PLR? RUNNING RELAY 21(3 L 12/23

27 66

SPARE 67

lo-

65

28

29

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

RTU POWER OK

31 SURGE INVERTER ALARM

ENERGEX POWER (111 RELAY PER-1 32

33

34

35

36

37

SPARE

102

12/78

182

102

0/10

-ThePRINCFAL ENGINEER

68

69

70

71

72

73

75

76

77

73

79

80

81

82

I

I I

I

1 BAIII..-RIORTU J POWER SUPPLY

2410 0/74110 J PCNIR SUPPLE

74/116YDC POWER

J SLF911

1 LIST IX POWER

J RIPPLY

C

DIGITAL

INPUT

MODULE

1

24V DC

COMM

DIGITAL

INPUT

MODULE

2

24V DC

R.P.E0. ND. air

NY OE

1381,0(

MUTE 041E

24V DC SUPPLY

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

MAIN RTCOHER CB CLOSED

BATTERY SYSTEM OK

SPARE

SPARE

a 79/1/11 AS MI avocut mutual%

DATE C./

A

NO, DATE AUENINTENT 911114LS

PRODUCTION / NETWORK DELICATE

DATE

DRANN OPM 17.17.03

CHECKED

B C

JOB TAE

RTU

TERMINAL STRIP

12

183

AU 1301.

183

BLA 13/45

Ell III=1 umg 1111111==

Mii= 11:11

13111M311

caimm pii 'ammo° 1110 Mirl E:11111

.11 EB1151.1 11:11 Icamt° tammalm camsimi

EIMEM EMOI 101111111 IIDICI=11 11:1 111

MP=11 101 NO=N ram

11:1 MOO

OV DC

13/33

13/34

13/35

13/36

13/37

13/39

N/39

1300

13/41

13/42

13/43

13/44

13/45

13/46

MAO FILE 571:0006-ReyA111i6

SURVEY /h. FED BOOK I

Cay 51.021EYED AR DARN

24V DC SUPPLY { PLIMP 1 STATUS

TERMINAL

12

RTU

STRIP

184

0 0

LEGEND:

RELAY OR

CONTACTOR COIL

FIELD DEVICE




CATHODIC PROTECTION

TERMINAL

RTU DIGITAL INPUT

RTU DIGITAL OUTPUT

RTU ANALOG INPUT

EQUIPMENT ITEM No.

1I7 COMM

77.

NO

DIGITAL

NO OUTPUT

MODULE HO

1

No 24V DC

NO

NO

COMM

DIGITAL

INPUT

MODULE

3

24V DC

15 118

119 0000 \201/00

120 01/01 0 t01

PUMP I START / STOP n/

RELAY 186 122 01/02 0 "1/202

PULP I FAULT RESET 123

RELAY DO I

124 01/03

SPARE

01/01. PUMP 2 STATUS

025

126 01/04

127 (/ ® 32 ICEATION -A 01/05

1,) 01/05

PUMP 2 START / STOP 0 RELAY 21(6 32

130 0006 01/06

PUMP 2 FAULT RESET 131

RELAY Zt(7 I0 32 132

01/01 SPARE

24,/ DC SUPPLY { SPARE { SPARE { SPARE { SPARE

133 --1'

134

185 135 01111

HO

NO

NO

DIGITAL NO

OUTPUT

110 MODULE

2 Ito 24V DC

NO

NO

136

{ 02/12

137 02/08

138 02/09 09

140 02/0

141

142 02/11

143

_D- 02/1?

1144

ATTENTION INDICATOR ® 145 -0 02/13

(SWITCHBOARD/ 021/1

BATTERY CHECK RELAY 07 6K2 ID 12 148 --./

02/14 SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE i

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE {

SPARE

{ {

149

150 0205.

151

152

A100. 153

154

{

as

ANALOGUE

INPUT

MODULE

155 A1VO.

156

A11/1. 157 'SHIELD

158

159 A11/1..

160

AIV2. 161 SHIELD

(62 -1E1- 163

AIV2-

164

AI1/3. 165 SHIELD

166

167 MI/

168

AIV4. 169

170

SHIELD

171 All/4

172

A11/5. 023 SHIELD

174

175 A11/5-

176

24V DC.

177

178

SHIELD

WELL LEVEL { 12 179

12

TRANSMITTER A11/6.

181

182

SHIELD 16

24V DC. DELIVERY LINE IT 193 12

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER A117. 184

ATV).

MAIN INSTRUMENT EARTH

05 SHIELD E/I

186 El

187 E2 E/2

188 E3 El)

ISO E4 E/4

O ES E/S

/92 E6 E/6

192 El E/1

193 El E/8

E9

195 (II

PROJECT

Brisbane BELLBOWRIE WEST ,Embierhrl CHURCH ROAD Water SEWAGE PUMP STATION

TINE

PLC/RTU TERMINATION DIAGRAM

SCALE NTS

AS COPOSTRUCIED

11' 7 OF 15 SHEETS

DRAWING If

IWE-BWE-06 AMEND.



1 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 I 10 I 11 12

INN No 011 OESERVENN MANUFACEURER CATALOGUE No - 501410 OAR

5ENE TO NOD NAM won

CORRECTLY INSTALLED NI. OAR

OD I SURGE WENN (MEC 1115--03-15-777

001 1 .SURGE WRIER ALAN RELAY (RUE( 040-7791

01 I MAN CANT BREAKER SNOW TERASAKI 5545810/250 1.01B001913 Mona MINTS CAIN ERIN 0AI0611

LI 1 000 511 ORM BREAM slew El:luso xs4S6N/750 1.021001911 MOM 0I11235 IVARIIVIN NINO

_

02 I INIP CRON BREAKER SHROUD MASAN Minium NUN DIARDEPTH FUJIDLEI

03 2 PUN SON StARTER DONOR NSF-045

UNW loruc runt 14 t 5441-051080101 BOARD EIS 518010E04 SUB CNEIRACCOR (0

KONEN OS I SLONNENBUTION BOARD 011555 INAS= 113250A00 '

66 4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

MILK (ABLE Kir 01-107-41 DORN 10 Alt 119445 01111 131

17 2 NW CONTACEINS SPRECHER 1 50110 I SEE NNE 2. SHE 2 1

48 3 PUPP SOFT STARTER

BY-PASS CONTACTOR WOO 1 501311 01-15

19 2 PUP STATUS WIXOM WRENN 1 501.11 D5P-NC1.0

1 I PHASE ROTATOR MAY MINER E1041501-2

11 101 USED

V

12 2 NW NEUTRAL CART. ',a tom 11 05281 WHITE 1

02* 2 MAW NEUTRAL 1.118( ALSTON NIPPER INK

13 2 REP IISTRIINNT CT MINN INSERINENTS 700-9431 inn 14 1 it/STRUM:NT FUSES ALStOti 15108

%I 6 FUSE (*HERONS ALSTON 0017

5 4 ET 1E5111115 KUPPON SAKT2/35 1055921.

5.1 2 END PLATE NIPPON AP 037119

5.2 6 541E LID( 2 WAY . KUPPON 0957 11317311 .

5.3 1 SLEEVE (199110 11111 03311001

5.4 0 SCREW NIPPON 13110314101

16 2 POP MINTER CRONIN NST0UEINT5 71341266 0400/617

II 2 ROWAN TRANSDUCER MINI( 11110-WA2 .

II 2 MINE IRANSOUCER NULTITEK 11000.661

19 1 PHASE FAIN RELA1 CROMPTON NSTAINENTS 750-PS011

ZO I PHASE FAURE 021111 BREMIR MASAN 09X6-306

11 1 3 PHASE NUT (INUIT BREAKER !IWASAKI 01116-320

22 1 i NOSE OUTLET COON BREAKER 11115110 07144104/1. 1/11

23 1 MD 9195.94 4E163/2/30 r

24 I (NU LAP40 CPO (IONE BREAKET TONSAKi 01116-014/1.1118T

25 1 SW/BD FIORD OMIT BREAKER 4ER09310 006.176

76 i (ATM PROTTEINII ERNE BAR IERASAKI 0016-106

T) 1 2091E MD SUPPLY CREW en '0A580 0016-176

PI 2 NUNINCERS (RELIT BREAKER TERASAKI 0914406

29 i ON (ANN BREAKER TEILASAKI 01416410

30 101 USED

II 4 SPARE ORME BREWERS INASAXI 916406

32 2 NM DOOR NERO MORNS CA16E0 91217

33 3 SWAN IN KO MI FIERO 115115 TINNI 2130191

34 1 'FELL LEVEL MATER CRONIN 11510.141115 2444916 1-7016

35 t MUM TWANSNTTER VEGA 010

354 1 FRESSURE 11375114011 UNIT VEGA VEGA 0517

36 t WELL LEVEL IRANNITER VEGA 016

364 1 WELL LEVEE AONSTNENT WE VEGA VEGA 0511

36.2 1 RAG REDLKTOI 1 10101E

37 2 RAP MOROI (ARIN BREAKER MASAN 01116-06

38 7 AMP 1933125 RIN NEER NATIONAL 112639

)1 NOT USED

41' 2 RIN START/STOP MAY INN 181231-U-21011(

41 7 ENTREE LIMN NI RELAY 17110 0111-U440vAC

42 2 INV FAULT MAY ION 00121-11-7109AL

43 MT USED

41 IN USED

45 I ROD COAX SINN PROTIUM POLIPHASER CORPERATOL 15-5004.2

46 7 P09 VANS SPEEDIER 1 5001 FP443110

17 2 PUT START FM BUTTON WRENN 1 SCEIN 914331X11

11 3 POW EleG. STEP 0.91 13101091 MIER 1 50134 09-116341161/11

49 I RN RESET 91121 BUTTON SPRECHER 1 5004 03,46010

54 2 POP 518P 5491 BUTTON SPRINKEL 1 SOW Drip -9)9X9

51 2 9114 FAINT RESET RELAY !API 50213-U-741DE

57 3 Kw START/SUP RELAY 12411 latro-o-nror

ITEM No 011 LE5(PP11311 MANNAUUPIR CATALONK No OM MR

SENT 10 SWBD BUILDER

OAR (DIRECTLY 115)3IIED

mn. 0A1E

53 1 SURCHARGE ALAIN RELAY MAMMON MER-7

S4 tiOt USED -

55 2 fitor CONTROL SELECTOR SW. ONUS I NAIHER CAD11-27004101356/001

SE 1 SITE AMNON! RESET SPRENIER 1 500 NPF631X0

57 NOT USED

sa NOT USED

59 I ATE ANENT= AN,RN SNEERER 1 500.11 05P-9SE3.0

60 . NOT USED

61 1 3 PHASE OUTLET OSSA 56067011

62 1 1 PHASE 0UT1E1 ' CIPSAL 15129113

63 1 NEUTRAL 1191 NONE orosoo

64 I EARTH EN( 0,511. PION!

65 mown 117041A65 RUM

65.1 16 ANALOGUE DISIENINT NOM 1111-5

65.3 16 'END PLATE NNW 10 5311 125

651 76 FUSE TERINAL PHOENIX 111 -S 1451

45.4 16 ND PLATE PROM TO 5111 UK -5 451 .

65.5 N FUSE CARERNE PHOENa RISE 045.e 654 01 LISCOINET 9911043. P1NN0 GI( -5

65.7 5 ERB PLATE N0 117 TO SLIT UKS

401 9 UM STEP PHOENIX TO 9111UK-S

66 1 MAIN MURAL MK CLIPSAL 1904E1

67 1 MAN EARTH Uro CIPSAL :fruit M I 16TR0NENIATION EARTH LH( (IPSAL (19165(18

69 (0 711500

10 NM 15ED

71 .1101 05E0

72 NOT USED

1) I 34V11 3A NEAR POWER ONLY PRYER BOX E 24/03 GP

14 1 24114 ERNIE BREAKER . ITRASAKI 09116406

75 1 MU SURGE REENTON FILTER CRON SRFRODC-SE

76 1 (AMON PROICEIVII UNE

77 i BATTERY ENELOSURE NETWORK DWG 110143 MEAL 1

78 1 BANTRY INT Fen 111311564

19 1 NU LAPTOP GPO. GPSAL 5 / 419 / 441A

80 7 DEMENTIA MARECHAL DS/ MA013 HulaiN

11 2 ANNE ADAPTOR MAME 056 B(6AS) mot*

12 7 PLUG TIL MANION

I) i (TURNER FAA. RELAY INN 9121341-241169

IL 2 KU 8A0E01 135003109 SOLE GNI psi213-U-1790(

IS I RN POWER APPLY 13.820( POWERBOX NB 14451

06 1 11111 EIV/I4VDE CONVERTER MINN VTA 265U2

17 2 (611131 ARNO I08121/70

II I RAND TRID 10-9000/6

19 l EXPANSION BASE SYKAX 11005EBUI

90 I IELINTRY MT MITER WAIER1EP1 905514

91 2 MEAL 1PU1 1931101.1 smix Inman%

R 1 OLNEY MENU 5010 810501111

9) 2 010111 OUTPUT NOUN. 5 SYMAX 11105041141

14 1 ANALOGUE KV WW1 11111E0 IMIER4E01 995001

95 7 CP. RUG/500I17 4011 CLIPSAL 560 %RES 569310 5650411

16 NOT 115ED

17 1 NEMO 01.101500E5 tB806-12

11.1 I AMNON MST SW53 WIDER

97.2 I COAX CABLE CONEROU O. INOUSERES R6519

11.3 1 (0611 (ABLE came R.F. NOUSTRIS N2t)

17.4 1 COAX PLUG RI 11015INES SL1A

97.5 I COAX PLUG RI. II05TR45 NU DUNI

07.6 2 COAX PLUG RI. METRES Hill P1ALEI

97.7 1 U (LANS RF Nousitals 1301

NOTES.

1. PART 87: BATTERIES ALTERNATE BATTERIES MUST BE

SEALED LEAD-ACID, RECOMBINA TE TYPE NOM. 12V. 7Ah.

2. ITEM 50 TO BECOME NOT USED.

B

A

0

29-111-03

9-3-04 N-2-03

2640-02 104-02

NO DATE

NO

HT

HT

141

BY

AS 11.11

11E16 k Lt. 2. 3, 8. 10, IN 1 12 EAT. Nos RE

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUETTON

EOUPNENT REVLSED

MORAL ISSUE

REVOON

I.W.E. & Water Engineers

..oat

BELLBOWRIE WEST

CHURCH ROAD

SEWAGE PUMP STATION

EQUIPMENT LIST

AS COPISIRUCTED SG Industrial SO

SHEET

SUE

Al

GRAWDTG No.

IWE-BWE-07 SO CRAM,

III. 11442 L. NE

(WE-clidE-070 55

APP Nam Molly A.M.

1 2 6 9 -1 10 11 12



as a

11

7 B I 9 10

CABLE No. SIZE mm2 CORES TYPE LENGTH FROM - TO - VIA ROUTE CABLE FUNCTION

CORRECTLY DISTALLED

NOTE:

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE AND SUBMIT TO PRINCIPAL FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING AND INSTALLATION.

DONAL DATE

PO1 240 (MINI Circular ENERGEX Supply to switchboard Incoming Mains

P02 ID Building wire Switchboard to earth stake Main Earth

P03 35 (MINI '3iearth Flexible Pump 1 to Switchboard Pump 1 Motor

PO4 35 (MINI 3.earth Flexible Pump 2 to Switchboard Pump 2 Motor

X01 Lo loss Coax Switchboard radio to aerial Radio Communications

(01 Special Wet well level Transmitter to switchboard Wet Well Level Signal

(01 Special To switchboard Delivery Pressure Transmitter Delivery Pressure Signal

1 I 2

B 19 03-0I NR AS BIM A 18 -7 -03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION so

0 n-o-o7 HT OR15INAL ISSUE so

NO OAIIE BY REVISION ANT

S

0

I.W.E. Industrial 8 Water Engineers

Ill PUT

TI-8-02

out HE

ME-1331E-03A

awl

MOM

BELLBOWRIE WEST DEVELOPMENT AS CONSTRUCTED

SHEET DRAWING No.

CHURCH ROAD PUMP STATION CABLE SCHEDULE SIZE

Al IWE-BWE-08

6 7 8 9 10 11 12



2 4 5 6 7 8 9 I 10 I 11 I 12

ITEM No OESO1'11011 LAIR I (ABEL Z N IICESSARYI 1151 MGM MATERIAL / (O MR (WACKY MSTALLED HO lb DEMPP110N LABEL 1 LAIR 2 W NECESSARY! IEXT 106111 MATERIAL / COM UMW! WOMB 10 SUM INERTIA 1.0101118 ARRESTORS km FUME

WAIN k TOP STOP PUSH BUTTON PUP

KIM STOP

5.2(21 RESO

POP LOCKOUT S OP

MERGENCE STOP ULM RESET

km km Am lm

EMIL W/B/If TOROTH

W/O/W

II NAM MOH BREAKER MAN SWITC14

ODA Co Um

ERA/FOTO 13/W/8

0 PS, MEI PUSH SUTTON

02 . PUMP (!RUT BREAKER MARIO IT MA

6mm is 50 POW kW PUSH BUTTON SNP MCP km , T.1 ME

W/D/W 03 PO. SOFT STARTER

POP SUN Sall

las ias

Wilialli Si OUP FALL? RESET PS

OL

WAVY OE 511321151RIBUE1311 BOARD ES .; -I' . Y .

92/1 lm liaill.1

52 TOW START/SEOP RELAY km

11/BM 04.1

57 SUROIARGE ALARM . EOM

SOKKARGE MOT km Emb

IRAFFOLYTE

W/BAT 041

54

05 SS POO MEWL SELECTOR SW.

PUMP LEN PLOP CONTROL Um

km WON ERAFFOME V/B/V

as OIRRENE TRIMMER CURRENT TRANSFORHER CUTMNETIMISKINIER TRAEFOXIE

8/W/0 54 5111 OEM" RESET

ALARM SET

06.1 57

PLOP CONTA(TOR N4

MUM 210

(MEM RAFFOLYTE

V/B /V 51

17.1 II SM /MUM ALARM A IDIOM ALARM km TRAFFOLYIE

If At 1171

61

17.3 61 !MASI OUTLET

OTTE .1 ROE 080110E0)

km TRAFFOLYIE

WM 08 IT-PASS KRUM

-PASS CONTACTOR

34 If-PASS ONTACTOR ces 62

63

1 PRASE OUTLET

fauna UM

OE

KO PROIRTEDI

NOME

km

ibm W/B/W VIRAFFNOLY1E

09

R a EARTH UM EARM ERAFfOLITE

W/B/W 11

65

It POI MOW lb 1

11/E10( PUP lb 2

NAIR W fOl

WAN 65.1

iza 652

0 PIMP MERMEN (1 PUP No 1

NO A

PUP lb 2

100/5A

kr lm

TRAFFIXIVE

V/B/V 65.1

N INSTRUMENT FUSES IF1

2/20A 12

2/204 1.es km

TRAFFOLLIE

W/B/1/ 65.4

ICI 65.0

(T MST LW RI rt.i Aes tRAFAXYTE W/B/W 65.6

52 65.7

52 65.11

IS) 66 MAN NEUTRAL LIII IRAN 10 1 km

km

0. W/D/W TRATFOLYTE

V/B/V

ILE 67 116111 EARTH tIM MAN FIRIII

PUMP METER POW Ib I PUMP 6. 2 km TRAFFOYEE

W/8/11 61

69

VISTRUMENTATIRE EARN UNK 16TRUNEHAIKIN

EARN .

lm km

ERMFOLYTE

WOW IV HIARSOUCERS 'WO .

KILOWATT TRAMEUCER

WIZ KLOWATT 'RAMMER

Emm

lami

OMIT 1RANSOM/11 OMEN TRANSDUC01

L

(LRAM 1111115011alt

Emm

48s 71

PHASE FAURE RELAY PRA AY

lor km

1%11m 7I

21 PHASE MUM (WORT BREAKER AO FAURE SIAM km !Rik=

72

ti 3 PRASE OUTLET CROW BREAKER 7 PHASE OUTLET

5 TOR

lab km

ERAFRIETTE

li Al '

73 AVM k MAR POWER SUPPLY AVM POWER SIMI Ems FOLYIE

V N I PHASE OWLET MOAT NEARER

1 PHASE CAR 1 Ms I 1 FOY 1

W/8/W 71 AWL (11(1.11 MAKER

I/O SONNY

WM km TRAFFOLYIE

W/13/W 23 no RO) DEISM .110115 t SPARES lea TRAFRLYTE

a A 75

14 AEU LAP TOP CPO CROW BIM LAP l Ur 76

IS 11/BU FROM (MIT BREATH S10 :71T,, tens lab m OLT

W/ON 71 BATTERY ENCLOSURE OWE li

26 CAMEL PROTIUM ORM MR CA NILIC PRO11001 bem ',I' . n Pri

TE MCC POWER SMILE OR1.81 DV MOE POWER APPLY

Um T ' 79 1112 UMW GAIL

TU UMW W.

km {®

ERAFFOLITE

W/BAT 20 TRANSDUCERS (14111 BREAKER

AIRY km kb

Wi II OFCCNTACTOR

110 kr W/1/

29 REU CMT MAKER A L Y Lm

HEIM II

31 12

II 17 AEU POWER FAL RELAY 5 Am AFFOLYEE

W/B/W 32

114 11111 BOORT 0150.0EM RELAY Efl Ema ' I' 01.

W/B/W 33 n SUPPLY ITU POWER SY an .

POWER SPUN km km

TRA FFOLITE

W/0/11 31. NEIL OYU MATTI WELL MYR lm ERAFFOLYR

W/8/W '

R 11/2LVDE WAM 12/240( (131513801

/m Las

mantra WON

IS PRESSEN ERANSIMIER RELAY TRA11918111

6m TRAFTOITI

W/8/1/ 36 WO LEVI !AMMETER WEIL LEVEL

ERA/1911TER km

Emm

km

TRAK011TE

WERTMITE W/8/W

37 PIRO MIRO MOM BKR PIR9 lb 1

EUNTRO. ' PLOP lb 2

ONEROL

33 TEMP MUM RIM METER NOM RUN

TOP lb I

MIIRS RUN

PLOP Re 2

km 5. TRAFFOLYIE

W/8/11 39

41

El CONTROL IRON OM RELAY (1 UT- ON

Wm km

OLYTE

W/B/W 42 POW FAULT MAY IS MS lam MAR-OTTE

W/B/W El PUMP HIPPED ILI FAULT FIAT lm ERAFFILYIE

W/8/1/ 44 PUMP ANAL RELAY

AY ABLE AIRLINE hifil= 46 PlPFP 51011E 0020102 TIE

1 i MN 47 PUP START PUSH WHOM FOP

" SIAM POP STAR

len le TRAMLYIE

W/B/W

4

1101E

LABELS TOTED ADJAIDIE Assooato (ammo. LABELS OBSERELTED BY SWITCEBOARO 911316 APf RELOCATED TO ABOUNE DUCT Ill O(1 LB SECURED BY SW/ CANE II Al ONE (OVER

I.W.E. & Water Engineers

'kW


CHURCH ROAD PUMP STATION LABEL SCHEDULE

Industrict B 29 -08 -03 NR AS BUTT

A M-2-03 HT ISSUED FOlt CONSTRUCTION SG RUM" 11411

11-8-02

OA It! IWE-BWE-09A 0 I1 -0 -02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG

NO. DATE BY REVISION APP 01021, 14020 .11.

5 6 8 9 le

ALS CONSTRUCTED

MEE SIZE

Al

ORAWING No-

IWE-BWE-09 REVISION

STAN

11 I 12



7 8 9 10 11 12

G r+ SLOPING AN ROOF REMOVABLE

REFER DEEM. I

OCIOR S SEIB PADLOCK

[

[

rn ENERGEDUAL X

0

TEETERS

CON IMAM NAT KM A

ODOR STAYED 05*

DOW 6 MY FERIA

[

[

METERING cis

PM MANX NM KM

0

DOOR STAYED 175'

DOOR 7 ITT RUNAB

[

[

OUTLETS

MI =NN WNI KM

A A

i

DOOR STAYED RS'

G L+

LEFT HAND VIEW

TEST 8E00(

EMERGE%

6511 ItTER

122

ration= IdC

H

-

i p_ ,,, wI m r-7 I ragagm

c-,

co 1 ®1

LEFT HAND ELEVATION

DOORS & SHIELDS REMOVED

25 1620

D r+ F r+

RID PARMA ASPIRE

SIN

PETER

SNEED

SHERI

WAIL RUSH WITH

PROOF

531311101

Si

DUO

VDI

ODA 1 MT RC416ABC

TRIAL d

N Not Kan mow*

MIR MP ENIAZIONE1

Ma 19/ARAF NM MI5 A

DOOR STAYED NV

0008 I Ku RUSIA

0

MEAL 0

ROI OP NNLA POP 114

0008 STAVED 1115*

__J

HOLD DOWN TAG

REFER DETAIL 13

Mlle tinted type X salerial meter Reel

WEATHERPROOFED MINI MORO VENT

REMOTE GENSET TER/RALS

SEAL INS 2(11311

REST BY WICING

400

D L+ E

FRONT VIEW

400

F L+

IL

EYE BOLTS MIMED & SUN ROOF REMOVED FOR 911 (EMERY (6) TRUER CUM CI

REHR CETNI

PV3(ET

-- el - PG!

5100 PVC 91(1 CT

RTU

OM PVC MET

0

- R x 3

g

- R

X

a

g

0 ;_____-0-

150 100

2P2

MINIM

El

WM

MIME

IMMO

IAA PVC DUCT

A

HUMOR LAME DMA R

(ROOT MAUR GELS.% IITAt gITEI1S 75 71

MOUNTED ON SIX WALL

FRONT ELEVATION


TRIAL

DEM I 01611 Tr GAL 11/F ELBOW

040 GAL RANGE (/v TEOPRENE GASKET t FIX MTH 116 5/51111 SOLES NITS 1 WAFERS

LA/ TOP SUPPORT SNIF REER DEIM 11

ON GAL (AP

044 GALVANSED WATER PIPE

VENN PROOF VENT

1

DOOR 3 KEY IRMA DOA 4

--t-

MT RC496A

/ SEM SNEID '=. .-

DIFIR DETAA e e n 4

DOOR STAYED DS

,

ii SIN

MIR OETAL

VENN

i STATED

SHIELD

5

PROOF

030/031

175*

=1 t .\.........._,

V01

II

UM DERR

MD PLUSH

SHIELD

DEfAX

nix

1

PROD

81

OCOR

Ill [I:I

REAR VIEW

L

la

WM PVT OUT =.

la ID

tarsi MAI PVC NET

Q3:1 ti).

UM PVC DAT

'---------"-----' CP01 ............... -----................._

a 1 ® 1

®

8 100 150

REAR ELEVATION


760

700

915117

REFER °ETA( 8

(METAL SUPPORT NOT 910M0

((TAX P

WIATIERTROOFED 1 VERNII PROOFED VENT

350

RIGHT HAND VIEW

21-08-03 NR

R-2-03 HT

A 26 10-02 HT

AS BUILT


LAYOUT REVISED

SG


SG

0 16-11-02 HT ORR:ANAL ISSUE SO

WA Re KT.

OAR

11-8-02

VA Hu 1141-8W1 -108

NO. DATE REVISION APPT Mel UM APR.



SWITCHBOARD

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

48 CONSTRUCTED

SHEET SIZE

Al Sat

DRAWING Na

5 6 9 11

IWE-BWE-10

1

12



1 2 I 3 4 5 I 6 7 8 I 9 10 I 11 12

UNSTRIXTOI

(Mile cretrarien lsm Marne rade Al.:a. GM. Piero conercetim NMI darnel Nil II Grade Alteram. Fd4.t ?Ms 115 0 "NG welded 0155 oR MOM team cod joists Idly velar& tree fres spieler and revel smooth Ore needed. (renal dons aid coven Filled 00 UM 011-01 sell mg seal. 1/' Nudes filled slam eaten! on The drmings.

116 Curb clods Fared h Ne Wear of all doors end hard muddle= and m adjure dere Wrier solaces. Boer stiffeners. doe days, cable shops, lad demote bottlers ell !Ned Mere then ea the droving. Lill-ell cows ant sanding pares fixed re5 10 sleds / chime orern Ws. Oand Flees serrefothred Ira her Baterde. Gland plate maims reinforced silt BMus not doena. bar. Gland pale teals attached lo tobide eel gland plate. Gond Oat. Them are 1431 are Wan ISO en opal beer Ord Fl

*yes Selerri, 11.8450.

She rashers filled =kr all bine Mews. ustiSma-,1 6-7

Setectrie PSCU1 Male Serbia 1107-5103 kit lecicood 71 Baal 5.0 Into 909.83 roller reel

Rey Cedes 08490, RC416AB, MOAN ten le eat der he dirge/rim.

Lad D1 S

Seectris 1137-PS(01 Inch Stele. 1177-11121 le can Edo 100-03 roller rod

SEIB Woad No2348 brass pin hotter padlock. Kneed emblems fired wlh TAU VA I.. 1110-0142

OPERANT* PARAKTERS .

%Mad AS NMI Weed 0 Frementy AC SOM '

Rated Opereisral Voltage In LIS VAC

Rated Maligns Village IA 664 V

Rated Aosinry Venage 31 YE / 2411 VAC

Rated Come OEM Bead 400 MOS Wet Carat Nand Iry 30 kA

Dram of kr t sec Dmree of Protection v 53 le AS 190 Ilemsre a Prerlice by borer' s

are admires Susie Conkers Outdoors /lass Not excerkg 200069 Form of Segregation Farm 1

Ecalling Syron T11-5

Algeria Seam Preprelier. Nish swab an esposed relth, than. demde. and decease el cedae .

pretr.tood in mordant WI% AS ISIO I AS 1715 min None LF add eel shares. 110,01001 TI conversion caring 0 dem voler nun Andy IXALN WHAT'RE! NO mere tool Is nneslachrees recomardalim. USW t EXTERNAL CoMPONENTS NM Wen 1136612 WI Fisk RITMO( 11136 Isamtig pmts. errolthems. et1.1 OULU% BriOd Vlore 1121641

Krim Dry Fin theress all relates mirrs,

All Ming Is be OW 011 M 0,6/1:0 Geode sin lined MOW.. (sere and intnventatin Ming Ins TIMM agar asetelore orel is oho coded as de oled below, earbend each end. eel leransled a the re of

Mrschre re-isolated Map logs.

Pam 0619 la be Mims Mem Mended reaper mentlors. lase Man Wed es Waled Wm. Loy Ire insInneetalisn Mph t 4-2110 Moe, vied n Melded yab sin arm sin 05tra. Forted el cce end only.

Earth oder Minn ?Sam Amble. Doors and lined etc:Mama breed WO Lars firth each shop. Wire emberin Al be ere le Crendest TRASP system. Wire 'wirers are reeds* le To hOt, lop la beim es sham.

DOOR

MIN EWE

Please veiny Al NT Red. We. She 2.5sam Rif Perini Ntlerirg 120/415 FAO Red. Wt. Noe. Blast Uwe (wed Plehriej ISeanderyl Rot Mae, BM, Grey 3300is NI VAC Cord Arne Red ' 15091en

NO 96( here Block 1.5sgrin

IL V ELV Poetic, Grey 1.5mse It Y ELY Marlin Gny 13sme 24 V 4112 Prilire Goy 1.Ssgm 34 V RR1 Negative Grey 11.5smos

kdrinsindly sale vein flhee L5ms. Drib Greenfrelm 1.5s1ns berd Door I Emethean Earth Ibeals Grem/Yrenr t gm LOOS Meese lobels 6/B/W emend tralletyle h lotell ttheale. Von* labels R/W/R rimmed Intfhlyte'.

Moin svdch labels Meet! 8/5619

MAIN SWITCH E." 401A Ma

Ecaparhent

Venting lob&

Otter keels

RTU 113m

I DANGER tow -1-h° I ISOLATE ELSE VIM 1-- U.

NAP SIATIS

OR ROOMS

SLOW 11591 - FAULT

1651 FLASH - 516.01 10011ED--

Las

Intend W/8/11

Material ft/V/R

Platered 1141/51

Mend labels termed by M throw phial veld Meads.

lents Mery eel by nariard Mil on relented le addren1 der Cd.

The dcrl rile served by a sigh cable be at me mar. (where labels served 05 RI 316 Orden Me old )bnds.

DETAIL K

1000R SUN SHIELD DETAIL)

LAM TEXT TEXT

ICON PANT FILL

LETTERS& OPIDISIMS MEMO

A SUPPLI 6J009 IT ICIER PATEL Men Eyck 100.11 I

B SPINolell Mho Block 15005 1

( 111115 Me Black 351000 1

INS STIE IS 110/1101E0 BY TENNI CONTROL

PLEASE NORM 1156 OPERATOR

BEFORE 1501.40* NAPS OR STATION

0 PLEASE MCI 5869 THE

PUMPS ARE N REMO

MODE BEFORE LENNIE SITE

Ns Nark 2T100 I

S DANCER LEV lin Red 02105 I

F MOIR= SOFT STARTERS Met I Mel Ohs Mack KANE 1

(stereo Find nth

labels Ina OA. NI grade seamless OM. M3 316 stmers sleet see Meads.

DETAIL 0 (EXTERNAL STAINLESS STEEL LABEL DETAIL)

Surge Arrestors

POWER WIRING DETAIL

DETAIL No5

1240VAC GPO)

DETAIL L

ICES HANDLE MOUNTING DETAIL)

DETAIL No6

(3 PHASE OUTLET)

DETAIL M

SUB-DISTRIBUTION BOARD ARRANGEMENT

0 III

4-

2

MP ,_.u.,_ T- 11 4-

A...A_ Off ''' OPT

...

....

RI

St 56 55

0 80 60 60

e

16

LS II LI EA L7

(6 21E0_

80

1)5° (13'

80

IL

105

11.0

O

OS

47

59.5

119 07

I

ION DERRNTION OR CUT

11 Mrs Owl Breaker 00 12 Pimp Cenil Breaker 040 SI SiNcilatrindica 8..d US 015

Neter Dead U

OS 50-6strtedna Board Oasis 16401 16 Pug Ureter Ma 34 Meagre Level Her 12113

31 Pam Hers km Meer 45.225

46 Pura %las bawler 022.5 47 Noy Slarl Pash-bathen 0313 411 Lacteal Slap Eargency Slop P66-latha 0123 L9 Non Lad Reset Oast -W11 0223 SO Need 0215 SI Nem Feet Reset 0333 55 lreal/Resee Selectee Setrb . 0333 56 Ste Allerdien AIWA 120041 PaJt-bit,, 0105 51 *helix bird.. 0173 II 3 Phase Oallet Refer Oche I 63 NINA VO Rehr Iletai 5

DETAIL R

(ESCUTCHEON CUTOUT DETAIL)

NOTES:

1. LOCATION OF ITEM 50 TO RETAINED BUT NOT INSTALLED.

0 2

MAC LEA Registered

I.W.E. & Water Engineers BELLBOWRIE WEST DEVELOPMENT


SWITCHBOARD

CONSTRUCTION DETAILS

29-08-03 AS BUILT Industria. *-2-03 HI ISSUED FOR C0NS(RIXTP311 SG SNEET

SIZE

Al A 26 TO OP HT LAYOUT REVISED SG aea6rte

It f. Dart

11-8-07

OA RI 11-8-02 Nl ORIONAL ISSUE SG

DATE BY REVISOR APP-S set= 1.11131 esn uric

5 6 8 9 I-

10

AS CONSTRUCTED

GRAYING Re.

IWE-BWE-11

11 I 12



2 I 3 I 4 I 5 6 7 I 8 9 10 I 11 I 12

TO S61

m

51

I.toso Mao I/11

AT tOte titAl

SN

rl ,

AA

Ts I- as -17 IN-

.

fn

an

Mit= MO Ill11 A

Ste

658

WOW= Wee 0114 A

SECTION A-A

ise Sn

NT sn "' -I" AO

MU= Wet 414A

Ste

SI

UP TOD SUPPORTA/0E KM OEM \\N

MILL= MI WA A

SECTION B-B

ADO

an

/ m--:-1

OJT OUT

500.350

ID CAW NAV

eltie Oteg A

3N

m

]III " "1-1

U a CO 011010 &

HT WPM RATE

MUMS NM WA A HAISMIIMINTO A

Ill . Ste

n an ill

SECTION C-C

55

OS

lY

ns

pn

ISOns

CANE

TRAT

OETAl

CITA

WI

0e2

SECTION D-D

an

OPEI

0.1S 1315 OPEN

le

61131 NAM WELDED N

10P WIT RANO COMER

Fart OCOR SWIM

ITEM A B C Qty Chassis til 200 113 I

&cal Ms NS 200 335 I

Hot Sections (Supplied Loose)

Ll Holz TAPED PIC

DETAII. No 1 - 2 off Required DETAIL No 2 - 2 off Regard

((Opal 56C Series Outlets) Oforerhal 3201A0 2 g g pole DoionhtTort

SECTION E-E

NOTE:-

All mounting panels 3mm aluminium with 20mm returns

Ill Al

Want SI WO

I WAT

AM

0.

OS Hs

d

AA

OREL

DETAI.

TO

0

D-

I

-I

as

m

05T25s0 00W

ETTSal Mat

Cru-

9.' 115:2S SRO

WELDED IIS1N

T- _

Oa P -..1., r"

NOTE:- SECTION F-F All mounting panels 3mm aluminium with 20mm returns

Mal PROP TOM BM SW BIM

0100 CIBCIE SEEM MUT KIDD TO P0(3081 WISS GASSES 10 0110 %TIM

-I SECTION G-G

IINI1N PANEL NAL wont OUP FOR

MOM Left

0,10 PLATE INIDEO

CP RINE mum MAO COM 0(00 MORN

010 SRO SUPPER!

NIT WIN NIS TO MAR II 108 RAI IITAt

O

zo 08 03 ILA AS BUILT


A V 2 03 HT KANO FOR CONS TRUE RON

0 T1 0 02 ORINNAL ISSUE

SD

SD

MOTO!

KT. DAR

R -0 -02

(At Re WE -OWE -124

NO. DAZE BY REVISION *POT MO. PG.

MOAT



Tau

SWITCHBOARD

SECTIONS & DETAILS

AS CONSTRUCTED

RUT

Al

DRAWING No.

IWE-BWE-12 REVISION

4 6 7 9 10 11 .12



1 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 I 11 I 12

Door Seal Eska 1011.217 EMI Sell Gip Seal

Melbas thermal bedalin DSc. 1101

Ira TNT Aloweiew cam feltd to bold isolation it plate.

Hi Acorn ref A Nal washer 8 @If ca full boom! bore

MA Alabrian Sled welded To fear of bar

DETAIL A

(THERMAL INSULATION & DOOR SEAL)

WZ3Z7Zi Saitchboard (2ET.

Ne(0elf GoRoI

VMS ride S Ian IN. all rowel

Mb% 16046004 Alanorato Dowd Part lb NU TN

Sh StledM all e40. razed rel ID rfinlit

WIN

WO DOWN BRACKET

Cover area ea elf 115 sel sows

1 adbeeke EOM goskel

110

Aro

B

c B Zr

FRONT VIEW

0

SECTION B-8

Ahrobba San Shield

San shield corners rotors 115 COME

Aka** b "4 -IN I ZS 316 S/sled boll

central Meat Kt

,V00,011 50041 add TINT 144 Peithan

DETAIL B

ISDN SHIELD MOUNTING TO SIDES. REAR AND DOORS)

KNOT

Ofh/II BRACKET

IS

JO

DETAIL E

MOLTING DOWN FACILITIES DETAIL)

18

125 IS

-Jill SECTION A-A

T-

I --1111- ?..-

51.

7545.1

Mt

I ZIP

[t.utlI"

LEFT HAM VIEW

DETAIL J

(BATTERY ENCLOSURE DETAIL)

(boo Trearreal Pond eat CFI 11 oicreval

141

IIS

REAR VIEW

HOLES 01

WIN PLATE CUT OUTS

RENEWED ICH 2Seiee FIAT FIXING HOLES NOT IM RE MAN taw APART

CASKET AMMO TO MOW NOT 0.AND PLATE e

=11101111111111

DETAIL F

(GLAND PLATE FIXING DETAIL)

PCO OLD

011 HOLES ISS

DETAIL G

(BATTERY VENT FIXING DETAIL)

Iwo Akeitinin San Roof %Nen; fro. front lo rear

025 Nankin boss central edema! Mead 111

HO I ZS 314 5 /sled Batton Head Scab, Scam 1/0 116 5 /stool swag t flat vosNer secong roof In a mem of pentens.

Weld bens id. posiliat

DETAIL C

(SUN ROOF FIXING DETAILI

TO

5

S

011Tab GALVANISED WATER PIPE

1Na NATIEUTE SPACER

ROME fa AUNIIHRI (MR

NN 5/STEEL SADDLE

FRED WITH Hi NT SISTER DUTTON TOD SOCKET SCREWS.

HUTS I WASHERS

1dP.1.101P4.111.1":1:1 °ft'

RA 011 clearance Tel in abide t arile

Alwobito tole central moral Dena 1116

015 1 3 Abram plate added to boas to peered bytes el rater

SOrShies Alanirion Angle welded bee paean

DETAIL (EYE BOLT FIXING DETAIL)

DETAIL H

IRTU LAPTOP SUPPORT SHELF)

DETAIL N

(AERIAL SUPPORT BRACKET DETAIL)

MALT MUM TO OBOE

-Aar SMITE SPACER

Olbe GAMED WATER PPE

0 DETAIL P

(FIT 3mm NEOPRENE GASKET BETWEEN PLINTH 8 FLANGE)

(FIXINGS 316 S/STEEL BOLTS, NUTS, FLAT E SPRING WASHERS)

(AERIAL FLANGE MOUNTING DETAIL)

MA C-L EA A,

Registered "` 4 Preessional Erslneer

R.P.E:Cfi77

LIA

29-1113-13 AR AS BULT


A 18-2-03 /IT 159/10 FOR CONSTRUCTION so

O 11-8-02 HT ORIGITAL ISSUE 56

VAPID 0111

U-8-02 Cal Kt

IWE- BWE -13A

DATE BY REVISION APPT .31 DIG



SWITCHBOARD

CONSTRUCTION DETAILS

AS CONSTRUCTED

SHEET

Al DRAWING Nix

IWE-BWE-13 REVISION

5 6 8 9 1

10 11 I 12



, 1 I 2 I 3 1 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I B I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12

C

- 1

I 21.0 VAC FROM SHEET 01 LINE 28 I SWITCHBOARD

_ 2 AN E AN RECTIFIER UNIT

FIELD

3

- 4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

_ 12

- 13

1 4

15

16

- 17

_ 18

_ 19

20

21

_ 22

-23

24

Mr I 1 I

.VE

4c 2.5mm2 PVC

1---

1..-

TO ANODE -- a 4t 2.51=2 NEOPRENE m TO PUMP No.1

VARISTOR

-VE CATHODE PUMP P1 - Et illIMINIF

11 RECTIFIER

UNIT MAIN SWITCH

SI - S3 CATHODE PUMP P1

10111111.1.111 IC

1 -VE

SS CATHODE REF RETURN PUMP PI - A 19.11...

GI \\\\

ZINC REF PUMP PI Cc 2.5mm2 NEOPRENE - c2 .2111111111 TO PUMP No.2 0 CATHODE PUMP P2 MIMI. al

VARISTOR 0 n CATHODE PUMP P2 - 53 P2 MIMI. ft

CATHODE REF RETURN PUMP EMI. G

G

K3.1

0;

v o >

(--,

BI

r-, /-1

G BI

r1

- RA ZINC REF PUMP P2

ZSZ

.VE OUTPUT SEE NOTE

0 AMMETER

qi

_ R-BAR CONNECTION

NEON 0 x2

G

I--

BANANA PLUG SOCKETS ON

FRONT PANEL

SWITCHBOARD CP. DE-CONTACTOR

0 K1 0 0

" I REMOTE INTERRUPT

K21

z a'

a 7 ,..., o. 2'," a. 0.

E Z o. Z E 0_ EX Ce 7 7 , I- I- I. ll. I

a. cc o., CC ,o

4.... ,.... .: z .: z CC CC EC CC 1.0 Sal 41

LL la/ .1

4.I LI- lal Y..

o ... 0 ... o DE o m = = , ,..1 .- ll Q . < . l-I /77 l.I F.-,

i',.'b-- ./

CA,

0 MANUAL MINATERRUPT SWITCH

z ,.. . < .

%-, zi ,..

35 f

NOTES

L TRANSFORMER OUTPUT CURRENT L VOLTAGE

TO SUIT APPLICATION PROVIDING SUITABLE

RESOLUTION L CONTROL

2. AMMETER & VOLTMETER TO PROVIDE

SUITABLE RESOLUTION FOR SYSTEM

3. POSITIVE WIRING TO BE RED

- NEGATIVE WIRING TO BE BLACK

L.V. AC WIRING TO BE 4mm2 BLUE/WHITE

DC WIRING TO BE 4mm2

240V AC WIRING TO BE 1.5mm2-BROWN/BLACK

REFERENCE WIRING 10 BE 1.5mm2-GREY

LEGEND

.

C>1. X I- "-

SZ

VARIAC 0,500mA RI 11--7,- 0.5Amps

0,SValls TRANSFORMER

G 1 G.

00 I = 3,

'W>^ 's

0 GAYRAD (SEE NOTE 11

o

33 "3.,

MANN

FTX/DMV-/(1 50mA

0 I- 0 L

IHentsink under bridge/

DIODE FUSE " BRIDGE . 31

2SA 0 TT

VOLTMETER

K2

la K3 /7-0\

1;\L'-/ 14

E

91

4 'S. 4 - - a 4 a g

.

F-\

G

r \ r \ r K1.1

0 m:017am

I

0

I ) 1 11 1 I l 1 1 1,1 I

25 TERMINALS WITH imm TEST PLUG SOCKETS

- 26

27

28

_ 29

Z3-0--- 070,,,O, _ 30 Ea_ E L..

31

32

33

34

35

it

. 3- .1 Z cc CC u_ ce a z ce " I-- 1- 7 o t-,

`ci z z oo_oo_ z z 7 E _ a- =,

Ix '. ;23 tc. L-', z 0, ce , cr ce v....0 ...

ErcEE -- c < c i'v , I<

TO RTU (

is o .... rg

''' 0 z e) v a ac ... E C4 g < ca

SHEET

la

.0

Q CC

Y . 04 I

a In a o La z

La - o 13.

,...

e,

... z

..... ac L0

al Cc

Cl - 240V RELAY

K2.1(3 - 24V DC RELAYS

121 - SHUNT RESISTOR (SIZED TO PRODUCE A 1V

DROP AT FULL LOAD)

VE AND -VE DC FUSES 70 BE SIZED APPROX.

SAMPS ABOVE NORMAL OUTPUT CURRENT

Z cc

' <

.

36

37

_ 38

MA C L EA

Pm"tessiorml Engineer <4

" <0

R.P.E.C677

_ 39 1. W. E.

& Water Engineers

MET


CHURCH ROAD PUP STATION

CATHODIC PROTECTION

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

AS CONSTRUCTED

Industrial 8 NR AS BOLT SHEET

SIZE

Al 5043

ORAIONG No.

IWE-BWE-14 REW51101

B A

19-08-03

81-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR TONSTRINTION SG eucuut H.T.

Oart

11-8-62

013 NI NE -13S6-33A 0 11-6 02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG

NO. DATE BY REVISION APPY OCC03 MICA. ......

at 4 5 6 I

8 1

9 1

11 12 1

10



1 2 3 6 5

560

110

120

SEE NOTE 1

4 OFF DOOR CATCHES

80 110

50

11

1

2

115

115

145 90 I 335

ENCLOSURE DOOR LAYOUT 77

6 7 8 9

I

L9

1 26 L10

13 12

.L11 1

14 L12

16

&

31 3

34 35 ___.

15

- L221 1L23

L16 L13 L14 11.171

32 25 25;

28

17

&

29

17

&

30

17

&

30

illir 24 II 0 22

L15 l 23

18

L18 L19 L20 122

20 21 19

ENCLOSURE INTERIOR LAYOUT

NOTES

I0 11 12

1. L1 TO L20 REFER TO LABEL SCHEDULE'

2. TEST PLUG BOLTS, 14 OFF FOR TERMINALS

50,51,52,53,54,56,57,SP,RB,58,55 & 53,C1 & ANODE

3. EACH LIGHT NEEDS 2 PVC STRIP CONNECTORS.

REFERENCE DRAWINGS

1. FOR LABEL SCHEDULE SEE SHEET 15

2. FOR WIRING DIAGRAM SEE SHEET 14

ITEM DESCRIPTION MAKE AND MODEL No. ITEM DESCRIPTION MAKE AND MODEL No.

1 VOLTMETER CROMPTON 19 7 TERMINALS KLIPPON TYPE SAK 10

2 . AMMETER CROMPTON 20 14 TERMINALS KLIPPON TYPE SAK 4

3 SWITCH CUTLER HAMMER E22XBFIA 21 11 TERMINALS KLIPPON TYPE SAK 10

4 SWITCH CUTLER HAMMER E22XBFIA 22 "6" RAIL, END PLATES & CLAMPS WEIDMULLER TYPE

5 PUSH BUTTON CUTLER HAMMER E22PB2B 23 2 TERMINALS KLIPPON TYPE SAK 10

6 PILOT LAMP RED RS 576-608 (SEE NOTE 3) 24 EARTH STUD

7 PILOT LAMP WHITE RS 576-620 (SEE NOTE 3) 25 FUSE HOLDER/FUSE FEDERAL FC20, 20A, 440V/16A HRC

8 PILOT LAMP AMBER RS 576-563 (SEE NOTE 3) 26 TRANSFORMER GEC ALSTHOM 240/32V, TYPE 040 9 METER PLUG BLACK RS 444-618 27 VARISTOR DC SUPPLY RS 239-264 10 METER PLUG GREEN RS 444-630 28 VARISTOR AC SUPPLY RS 649-251 11 PVC ENCLOSURE FISKARS FISSC563818G, IN GREY 29 RELAY IZUMI RY4S 240V AC

12 PVC ENCLOSURE MOUNTING PLATE 30 RELAY IZUMI RY4S 24V DC

13 VARIAC 0-260VOLTS AC 31 DIODE FUSE 25A, RS 414-752 14 HEAT SINK RS 402-945 32 RESISTOR R1 REFER WIRING DIAGRAM 15 BRIDGE RECTIFIER RS 264-917 33 TEST PLUG BOLT WEIDMULLER No.16990 SEE NOTE 2

16 FUSE HOLDER GEC Safec lip 34 flANSDUCER MANN FTX/DCV-/4-1VDC 17 RELAY BASE IZUMI RY4S 35 flANSDUCER MANN FTX/DMV-/0-50mA 18 PVC SLOTTED DUCT SO x 30

B 29 OB 03 NR AS BUILT


A tB-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION so 0 HT %ZONAL ISSUE SG

-AMP Ili

RR 11 -8 -02

(8. RI WE-UWE-ISA

NO. DATE Br REVISION APPT

MOM



CATHODIC PROTECTION

PANEL LAYOUT

4S COUSTRUCTED

SHEET SIZE

Al DRAWING

IWE-BWE-15

REVISION

bAftu nts

5 6 8 9 10 11 12



1 I 2 I 3 I 4

I 5 I 6 7 8 I 9 10

H30H 3° I 3° ---I

1-- CURRENT

20 OUTPUT

REFERENCE

VOLTAGE

L21 TEXT 3mm HIGH

100

L22 TEXT 3mm HIGH

SWITCHBOARD RATING /PRIMARY 240V AC

SECONDARY 32V DC/10

TEXT 5mm HIGH

20

I-

50

L1

RECTIFIER

L11

70

REMOTE

INTERRUPT

L5

T 3° -I 3° -I H H H VARIAC OUTPUT POWER 20 20 20 ALARM 20

0-260 AC CONTROL L ON

L 3 \ - TEXT 4mm HIGH L7 HIGH TEXT 4mm HIGH

5 -I 30

T I

25 STRUCTURE 1

TEXT 3.5mm HIGH

POSITIVE

111. OUTPUT

TEXT 5.5mm HIGH L13

L9

30

ZINC REF.1 14 -

NEGATIVE

OUT UT

L8

TEXT 4mm HGN L10

TEXT 4mm HIGH

30 I---

ZINC

REF.2 J STRUCTURE 2

TEXT 3mm HIGH

TEXT 3.5mm HIGH L14 TEXT 3.5mm HIGH L2

TEXT 4mm HIGH

DIODE

FUSE

20A

20

1

50

10

51

1---

52

L18

53

\ 54

\ TEXT

56

.4mm

57

HIGH

70 71 72 73 74 75

L19

80 81 82

\ 83

\ TEXT

84 85

3.5mm

SPSP

HIGH

513 R.B 58 \ 56

TEXT

C2 C2

4mm HIGH

55

L2

53

0

C1 Cl

A N

0

P\

---1

90

20 K1 - K2 K3

L15

I--- 25 -I R 20

INTERRUPT SWITCH

MANUAL 20 R1, 2 R3

L4

50

TEXT 5mm HIGH L16 TEXT 3.5mm HIGH

L12 TEXT 4.5mm HIGH

TEXT 3mm HIGH

22mm DIA.

TEXT 3.5mm HIGH.

L6

TEXT 3mm HIGH

REFERENCE DRAWINGS

1. FOR EQUIPMENT LAYOUT REFER TO SHEET 15

2 FOR WIRING DIAGRAM REFER TO SHEET 14

NOTES

1. LABELS MADE OF -TRAFFOLYTE" 2mm THICK, WHITE ON BLACK BACKGROUND

2 LABELS FIXED WITH DOUBLE SIDED TAPE

3 L19 LABEL FIXED TO INSIDE OF DOOR NEXT TO APPROPRIATE WIRING

I.W.E. B 29-08-03 NR AS BUILT DRAFTER

H.T. A 18-2-03 HT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SG

0 11-8-02 HT ORIGINAL ISSUE SG CHECKED

NO. DATE BY REVISION APPTI

1

Industrial & Water Engineers DATE CAD. FILE

11-8-02 IWE:BWE-16A

CHECKED DATE PROD. ENG.

APPROVED

PROJECT

BELLBOWRIE WEST CHURCH ROAD PUMP STATION

TITLE

SEWAGE PUMP STATION CATHODIC PROTECTIN

LABEL SCHEDULE

SHEET

SIZE

A2

DRAWING No. As count/MED

IWE-BWE-16

REVISION

4 6 9 10

SCALE NTS

11 12



VEGA CABLE CLAMP / SUSPENSION EYLET

OTY MATERIALS LIST

I 1 LENGTH OF HEAVY DUTY 40 mm

ORANGE PVC CONDUIT

2 1 40 mm CONDUIT END CAP

3 1 20mm METAL ALCO CABLE GLAND

TYPE UFP1B (AUSLEC)

20mm GLAND

END CAP

INSTALL AS FOLLOWS

1. Remove the neoprene seal and washers, then drill out the nut and body of the gland to lOmm dia. and re-assemble

2. Insert the 20mm gland into the conduit end cap.

3. Thread the probe's cable through the gland. 4. Cut conduit length as long as practical ( max. 4 metres

allowing for removal of the probe 5. Drill 4 x 6mm holes, 150mm from each end and every 300mm

of the cut length, prior to installation. 6. Install so that 50mm of the probe protrudes out of the

end of the conduit. Glue the conduit to the end cap.

7. Tighten the securing gland.

8. Suspend the probe at the calculated level, off the .

"Site Level Survey". .

See Note 8 DRILLED 6mm HOLES

AT 300mm INTERVALS ALONG THE LENGTH

OF THE CONDUIT

<4 metres

VEGA PROBE

B 21-06-03

A 1 11-2-03

I.W.E. Industricl & Water Engineers

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION II-1-02

Liana INE-EINE-11A



VEGA LEVEL PROBE

CABLE CLAMP MODIFICATION

DETAIL

SHEET

9ZE

Al IWE-BWE-17



90

80

70

60

D3

CD

50

40

30

20

Bel

lbow

rie W

est -

Chu

rch

St

Pum

p S

tatio

n

DIC

L K

12,1

50 r

isin

g m

ain

-fou

led

max

sta

tic h

ead

- -

.228

Im

pelle

r (C

urre

ntly

fitte

d)

-- -Tes

t P

oint

(fie

ld m

easu

red

by B

W)

Min

Sta

tic H

ead

217

impe

ller

(Pro

pose

d)

200

Impe

ller

. ----

.---

..---

..---

....-

-- -

--

-

p--7

, ---

--'--

----

N

ara,

.

......

.--'-

.-- -

----

---

---

--.

-.

. .-

.

----

----

-.

....

----

----

----

-

--

War

,. .

- --

--

. ..

_ .

. _.

----

- .

. ..

.

----

----

- --

----

- .

...

.

----

----

-- ...-

.--

- ft

--...

.....-

----

-, --

----

-..-

----

----

-- -

----

----

---

. --

----

-,-.

0.1.

... n"

. --

----

--

".. 4

rms

.

.... .

.." .

..-

11.1

. so

ma

- - w

ar.

as.

- --

----

--

-

- -

----

,

----

.---

--_-

____

----

----

----

--__

_ _.

____

__--

----

----

--

._--

----

--_-

----

-- --

-___

__--

._.-

---

. ----

----

----

-_-_

-_--

- a

a a

.-- -

--_-

____

__-_

- ---

a

- a

0 10

Flow

(L

/s)

20

30



Order No: 1091074 1

Operating Instructions VEGABAR 64 -4 ... 20 mA/HART®



Contents

Contents

1 About this document

1.1 Function 4

1.2 Target group 4

1.3 Symbolism used 4

2 For your safety

2.1 Authorised personnel 6

2.2 Appropriate use 6

2.3 Warning about misuse 6

2.4 General safety instructions 6

2.5 CE conformity 7

2.6 Safety instructions for Ex areas 7

2.7 Environmentally responsible behaviour 7

3 Product description

3.1 Configuration 8

3.2 Principle of operation 9

3.3 Adjustment 9

3.4 Storage and transport 10

4 Mounting

4.1 Mounting procedure 11

2 VEGABAR 64 -4 20 mA/HART®



5 Connecting to power supply

5.1 Preparing the connection 14

5.2 Connection procedure 16

5.3 Wiring plans 17

6 Set-up with the indicating and adjustment module PLICSCOM

6.1 Short description 23

6.2 Adjustment system 23

6.3 Menu schematic 24

6.4 Set-up procedure 26

7 Set-up with PACT waren.' and PC

7.1 Connecting the PC 33

8 Maintenance and fault rectification

8.1 Maintenance 35

8.2 Fault rectification 35

8.3 Instrument modification 36

8.4 Repairing the instrument 37

9 Dismounting

9.1 Dismounting procedure 38

9.2 Disposal 38

Supplement

Technical data 39

Dimensions 44

VEGABAR 64 -4 ... 20 mA/HART® 3



About this document

1

A


1.1 Function

This operating instructions manual has all the information you need for quick set-up and safe operation of VEGABAR 64. Please read this manual before you start set-up.

1.2 Target group

All instructions described in this manual must be carried out only by trained and authorized personnel. The contents of this manual should be made available to this personnel and put into practice by them.

1.3 Symbolism used

Information, tip, note This symbol indicates helpful additional information.

Caution This symbol informs you of a possible and danger- ous situation. Ignoring this cautionary note can impair the person and/or the instrument.

Ex applications This symbol indicates special instructions for Ex applications.

4 VEGABAR 64 -4 ... 20 mA/HART®



About this document

N3

m

0 O ts.)

List The dot set in front indicates a list with no implied sequence.

-> Action This arrow indicates a single action.

1 Sequence Numbers set in front indicate successive steps in a procedure.




For your safety

2 For your safety

2.1 Authorised personnel

All operations described in this operating instructions manual must be carried out only by trained and authorised personnel. For safety and warranty reasons, any internal work on the instruments must be carried out only by qualified VEGA personnel.

2.2 Appropriate use

VEGABAR 64 is a pressure transmitter for level and pressure measurements.

2.3 Warning about misuse

Inappropriate or incorrect use of the instrument can give rise to application-specific hazards, e.g. vessel overfill or damage to system components through incorrect mounting or setting.

2.4 General safety instructions

VEGABAR 64 is a high-tech instrument requiring the strict observance of standard regulations and guidelines. The user must take note of the safety instructions in this operating instructions manual, the country-specific installation standards (e.g. the VDE regulations in Germany) as well as all prevailing safety regulations and accident prevention rules.




ii

C/1 1'43

m

0 O C.71

For your safety

2.5 CE conformity

VEGABAR 64 process pressure transmitter is in CE conformity with EMC (89/336/EWG) and NSR (73/23/EWG) and fulfils the Namur recommendations NE 21. Conformity has been judged acc. to the following standards: EMC Emission EN 61326: 1997

Susceptibility EN 61326: 1997 + A1: 1998 NSR EN 61010: 2001

VEGABAR 64 is not subject to the pressure device guideline 1).

2.6 Safety instructions for Ex areas.

Take note of the Ex specific safety instructions for Ex applications. These are part of the operating instructions manual and come with Ex approved instruments:

2.7 Environmentally responsible behaviour

Protection of the environment is one of our most important duties. That is why we have introduced an environment management system with the goal of continuously improving company environmental protection. The environment management system is certified acc. to DIN EN 14001.

Please help us fulfil this obligation by observing the environmental instructions in this manual.

1) Due to the flush diaphragm, no additional pressure compartment is formed.




Product description

Scope of delivery


3.1 Configuration

The scope of delivery encompasses: VEGABAR 64 process pressure transmitter documentation - this operating instructions manual - Ex-specific safety instructions (with Ex ver-

sions) and, if necessary, further certificates.

Components VEGABAR 64 consists of the following components: process connection with measuring cell housing with electronics housing cover with indicating/adjustment module (option)

The components are available in different versions.

Housing cover with integrated indicating and adjustment module PLICSCOM (option)

Process connection with measuring cell

Housing with electronics

Fig. 1:

Example of a VEGABAR 64 with process connection G1A and plastic housing

8 VEGABAR 64 -4 ... 20 mAii -TART®



Product description

CJI

m z 0 \ O \ CFI

Area of application

Physical principle

Power supply

3.2 Principle of operation

VEGABAR 64 is a pressure transmitter for use in the paper, food processing and pharmaceutical industry as well as in water/waste water applications. Depend- ent on the version, it is used for measurement of the level, the gauge pressure, the absolute pressure or the vacuum. Measured products are gases, vapours and liquids also with abrasive constituents.

The actual sensor element is the CERTEC® measuring cell with a flush, abrasion resistant ceramic diaphragm. The hydrostatic pressure of the product or the process pressure effects via the ceramic diaphragm a capacitance change in the measuring cell. This capacitance change is converted into a 4 ... 20 mA/HART® signal.

VEGABAR 64 has a two-wire 4 ... 20 mA/HART® electronics requiring supply voltage: - 12 ... 36 V DC (non Ex instrument) - 12 ... 30 V DC (EEx is instrument) - 18 ... 36 V DC (Ex d instrument).

3.3 Adjustment

VEGABAR 64 can be adjusted with three different media:

with the indicating and adjustment module PLICSCOM with the adjustment software PACTwareTM and PC with a HART® handheld.

The entered parameters are generally saved in VEGABAR 64, when adjusting with PACTwaren" and PC, also optionally in the PC.

VEGABAR 64 -4 ... 20 mA/HART© 9



Product description

Packing

3.4 Storage and transport

Your instrument was protected by packaging during transport. Its capacity to handle normal loads during transport is assured by a test acc. to DIN 55439.

The packaging consists of easily separatable monomaterials that are environment-friendly and recyclable. Dispose of the packing material via specialised recycling companies.

Material, packaging and padding: carton

Storage and transport tern- Storage and transport temperature:-50 1)

perature Rel. humidity: 20 ... 85 %

') See Supplement, Technical data, Ambient conditions




Mounting

Select installation position

Weld the socket

4 Mounting

4.1 Mounting procedure

VEGABAR 64 functions in any installation position'). Select an installation position that lets you reach the instrument easily during mounting and connection as well as later retrofitting of-an adjustment module. When carrying out these operations, the housing can be rotated by 330°,without the use of any tools.

To mount VEGABAR, a welded socket is necessary (dependent on the process fitting). Use components from the line of VEGA accessories:

welded socket G11/2A, article no. 2.21993 welded socket Tri-Clamp 2", article no. 2.10974 welded socket, hygienic fitting with groove nut F40, article no. 2.23898 welded socket DN 40 DIN 11851, article no. 2.10955 welded socket DN 50 DIN 11851, article no. 2.4177 welded socket DN 50 DIN 11864, article no. 2.xxx welded socket DRD, article no. 2.10500 welded socket M44x1.25, article no. 2.15986

Take note of the applicable welding standards (seg- mental welding procedure).

0 In case of position correction, see 6.4 Set-up procedure".




Mounting

Sealing/Screwing in Use the seal attached to the appropriate process fitting:

thread G11/2A:

Klingersil 48 x 55 x 2, article no. 2.4191 seal behind the thread Tri-Clamp 2" PN 10:

EPDM, art. no. 2.10975 hygienic connection with groove nut: EPDM 40x5, article no. 2.17682 bolting DIN 11851 DN 40: NBR, article no. 2.10956 bolting DIN 11851 DN 50: NBR, article no. 2.4178 bolting DIN 11864 DN 50: article no. xxx DRD PN 40: PTFE, article no. 2.10360 thread M44 x 1.25: Viton, article no. 2.10491

Seal with a suitable, resistant seal: flange connections acc. to DIN/ANSI

Seal the thread with Teflon, hemp or similar resistant seal materials:

thread 11/2 NP

-> Screw VEGABAR into the welded socket or insert it into the flange .

-> Tighten the hexagon screw or the process screw with a suitable wrench.




CT1 cy,

m z

O 01

Mounting

Protection against moisture

Protect your VEGABAR against moisture penetration. with horizontally installed instruments:

-> turn the housing so that the cable entry points downwards with vertically installed instruments:

-> lead the connection cable downward in front of the cable entry.

Fig. 2: Measures against moisture penetration

Rain and condensation water can thus drain off. This applies mainly to mounting outdoors, in areas where moisture is expected (e.g. by cleaning processes) or on cooled or heated vessels.




Connecting to power supply

Note safety instructions

Take note of safety instructions for 6E-applications

5 Connecting to power supply

5.1 Preparing the connection

Always observe the following safety instructions: Connect only in the complete absence of line voltage If overvoltages are expected, overvoltage arresters should be installed.

We recommend VEGA overvoltage arresters US- F -LB -I and USB 62-36G.X.

In hazardous areas you should take note of the appropriate regulations, conformity and type approval certificates of the sensors and power supply units. The sensors must only be operated on intrinsically safe circuits. The permissible electrical values are stated in the certificate.

Select voltage supply Provide a reliable separation between the supply circuit and the mains circuits acc. to DIN VDE 0106 part 101. The VEGA power supply units VEGATRENN 149AEx, VEGASTAB 690, VEGADIS 371 as well as all .

VEGAMETs meet this requirement. When using one of these instruments, protection class III is ensured for VEGABAR 64.

Bear in mind the following factors regarding supply voltage:

the reduction of output voltage of the power supply unit under nominal load the influence of additional instruments in the circuit (see load values in Technical data).




Select connection cable

Select connection cable for Ex applications

. Connecting to power supply

. VEGABAR 64 is connected with standard two-wire cable. An outer diameter of 5 ... 9 mm ensures the seal effect of the cable entry.

If strong electromagnetic interference is expected, shielded cable is recommended. The screen should be grounded on both ends.

Take note of the corresponding installation regulations for Ex applications.




Connecting to power supply a

5.2 Connection procedure

Proceed as follows: 1 Unscrew the housing cover 2 Loosen compression nut of the cable entry 3 Remove approx. 10 cm of the cable mantle, strip

approx.. 1 cm insulation from the ends of the individual wires

4 Insert the cable into the sensor through the cable entry

5 Lift the opening lug of the terminals with a screwdriver

6 Insert the wire ends into the open terminals according to the wiring plan

Fig. 3: Connection steps 5 and 6

7 Press down the opening lug of the terminals, you will hear the terminal spring closing

8 Check the hold of the wires in the terminals by lightly pulling on them

9 Tighten the compression nut of the cable entry, the seal ring must completely encircle the cable

10 Screw the housing cover back on

The electrical connection is finished.





Overview

Top view, electronics and connection compartment

5.3 Wiring plans

Single chamber housing

Fig. 4: Overview of the materials for the single chamber housing

Contact springs for PLICSCOM

Plug connector for VEGACON- NECT 3 with adapter cable

Spring-loaded terminals for the 4...20 mA con nection

Ground terminal 1)

Spring-loaded terminals for connection of VEGADIS 61

Fig. 5: Top view of the electronics and connection compartment

1) Connect cable screen here, connect ground terminal on the housing exterior to ground as prescribed. The two terminals are galvanically connected.

VEGABAR 64 -4 ... 20 mAMART® 17




Wiring plan

Overview

Power supply - 12...36 V DC/ 4...20 mA

PC with PACT ware"'

Display Plug connection

_

VEGADIS 61

Fig. 6: Wiring plan, single chamber housing

Double chamber housing

Connection compartment

Cable entry (pressure- tight with Exd)

Electronics compartment

Fig. 7:

Double chamber housing with non-Ex instrument or Exd instrument




Top view electronics compartment

Top view, connection compartment

1) Connect cable screen here, connect ground terminal on the housing exterior to ground as prescribed. The two terminals are galvanically connected.

2) Not with Exd



Plug connector for VEGACON- NECT 3 with adapter cable

N Internal connection cable to the connection compartment

Fig. 8: Top view of the electronics compartment with double chamber housing


Plug connector2) for VEGACON- NECT 3

Spring-loaded terminals for the 4...20 mA connection

Ground terminal 1)

Fig. 9: Connection compartment, double chamber housing





Wiring plan

Top view, connection compartment Exd 1)

A

Power supply 12...36 V DC/ 4...20 mA

Plug connection

VEGA- ', CON- \ NECT 3

PC with PACTwareTM

Fig. 10:

Wiring plan, double chamber housing

Spring-loaded terminals for the 4...20 mA con tion

Fig. 11:

Connection compartment, double chamber housing Exd

1) The indicating and adjustment module PLICSCOM can be used with Exd only in the electronics compartment.




CJl N m z 0 O 0)

Connecting to power supply.

Wiring plan, Exd

Overview

Power supply 12...36 V DC/ 4...20 mA

Fig. 12:

Wiring plan, double chamber housing Exd

IP 68 housing

1111M1

ITMA A is

Fig. 13:

VEGABAR 64 with IP 68 housing and direct cable outlet, separate electronics

1) Connect screen to +-terminal or ground terminal. Ground the ground terminal on the outside of the housing acc. to regulations. The terminals are galvanically connected.





Wiring plan, plug connector for separate electronics

1) Connect cable screen here, connect ground terminal on housing exterior to ground as prescribed. The two terminals are galvanically connected._

a

Contact springs for PLICSCOM Plug connector

for VEGACON- NECT 3 with adapter cable

Spring- loaded terminals for the 4...20 mA connection

Ground terminal

Plug connector to VEGABAR

Fig. 14:

View of the combined electronics and connection compartment of the separate electronics

Screen

Breather facility Suspension cable

2

3E 0 C;)

1 0

Fig. 15:

Wiring plan, plug connector for separate electronics

Fig. 16: Wiring plan, separate electronics


Cs1 0 F\

z w CD C1

C1



Set-up with the indicating and adjustment module PLICSCOM

Function/Configuration

6 Set-up with the indicating and adjustment module PLICSCOM

6.1 Short description

The indicating and adjustment module PLICSCOM is used for measured value display, adjustment and diagnostics with VEGABAR 64. It is mounted into:

the single chamber housing or the double chamber housing (optionally in elec-

. tronics or connection compartment) or the separate electronics or the VEGADIS 61.

6.2 Adjustment system

Indicating and adjustment elements

LC display for in cation of: - measured value - menu item - parameter

[ESC]: - interrupt input - move to the next higher

menu [ +]: - modify value - menu

of the param- - menu item

eter - select parameter from the list

Indication of the menu item number

[OK]: - jump to menu

range - confirm parameter - edit parameter - save value`

Adjustment system You adjust the sensor via the four keys and display of the indicating and adjustment module PLICSCOM. The functions are shown in the above illustration. 15 minutes after the last key is pressed, an automatic reset to measured value display is triggered.





6.3 Menu schematic

2.653 bar

2.653 bar

Sensor

2.653 bar Sensor

Sensor Sensor 18.5°C

> Basic adjustment 1 Basic adjustment 2 Basic adjustment 3 Basic adjustment 4 Basic adjustment 5

Display > Display Display Display Display Diagnostics Diagnostics > Diagnostics Diagnostics Diagnostics Service Service Service Service Service Info Info Info Info > Info

Units of 1.1

measurement bar

Displayed value 21

1. Pressure 2. Temperature

Sensor mounting 12 correction - Offset =

+ 0000.0 mbar j, 53,0 mbar P

Peak values 3.1

T-min.: -12.5°C T-max.: +85.5°C p-min.: -0.58 bar p-max.: 16.765 bar

Units 22

Pressure Level

ZERO 000.0%

000.0 mbar 000.0 mbar

1.3

4P

Current output 4.1

Output mode 4..20mA Failure mode 20,5mA min.current 4mA

Sensor status 3.2

OK

Scaling 23

0% =0 m, 100%= 1000m,

SPAN 1(30.03%

1000.0 mbar 000.0 mbar

1.4

4P

Sensor type 5.1

VEGABAR 64

Serial number 12345678

Simulation 4.2

Simulation Start?

Damping 1.5

1s





Date of 52 manufacture

17. Dezember 2001 Software version.

4.10.00

Date of last 5.3

change 14. Januar 2002

17:48 Uhr

Sensor details 5.4

Electronics version

Reset

Reset select?

4.3 Language

Deutsch

4.4 Sensor address 4.5

001

[ESC]

[OK]

With these keys you move in the menu field

Linearization curve

linear

1.6 Sensor tag

Sensor

1.7

VEGABAR 64 -4 ... 20 rnA/HART® 25




Boot phase

6.4 Set -up procedure

a

After VEGABAR 64 is connected to power supply, the instrument carries out a self-test:

internal test of the electronics indication of the instrument type output current jumps to the set fault value (3.6 mA or 22 mA).

The actual measured value is then displayed and the corresponding current value between 4 ... 20 mA is outputted.

VEGABAR 64

2.653 bar

Set-up procedure for VEGABAR 64: .1 Select unit of measurement 2 Carry out position correction 3 Carry out min. adjustment (zero) 4 Carry out max. adjustment (span).

In the menu item "units of measurement" you select the physical unit in which the adjustment should be carried out, e.g. m (h), %, bar...

The position correction compensates the influence of the installation position or a static pressure on the measurement. A position correction after the adjustment will shift the values of zero and span. The size of the adjustment span, however, remains un- changed.

1) The values correspond to the actual level as well as the settings already carried out, e.g. default.




).

m z 0 O (11

1


In the menu items "zero" and "span" you determine the measuring span of the sensor.

Max.

Mm

Span 100,0%

2.653 bar

12

Zero 000,00%

0,053 bar

1 . 1

20 mA

= 4 m A

These steps are not necessary for instruments which are already adjusted acc. to the customer's request!

These data are stated on the type label of the instrument and in the menu items of the zero/span adjustment.

PLICSCOM enables the adjustment without filling or pressure. You can carry out the settings in the work- shop without the instrument having to be installed.

In the menu items "zero" and "span", the actual measured value is also displayed.

VEGABAR 64 -4 ... 20 mA/FiART® 27




Select the adjustment unit By default, VEGABAR is set to the following adjustment units:

mbar" for measuring ranges 0.1 bar; 0.2 bar and 0.4 bar. bar" for measuring ranges,1.0 bar and higher.

Proceed as follows when switching over to another adjustment unit') (in the example from bar to mbar):

1 Push [OK] in the measured value display, the menu overview will be displayed:

> Basic adjustment 1

Display Diagnostics Service Info

2 Confirm the menu Basic adjustment" with [OK], the menu item "Units of measurement" will be displayed:

Units of 1.1

measurement bar

3 Activate the selection with [OK] and select the requested unit (in the example mbar) with [->1.

4 Confirm with [OK] and move to position correction with [->].

The adjustment unit is now changed from bar to mbar.

') Options: mbar, bar, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, in Hg, mm Hg, in H20, mm H20, m, mm, cm, ft.


O N 9 z w

U)

(.6

N




When changing to a height unit (in the example from bar to m), it is also necessary to enter the density. Proceed as follows:

1 Push [OK] in the measured value display, the menu overview will be displayed

2 Confirm the menu Basic adjustment" with [OK], the menu item "Units of measurement" will be displayed

3 Activate the selection with [OK] and select the requested unit (in the example m) with [->]

4 Confirm with [OK], the submenu Density unit" is

displayed

Units of measurement Density units > kg/dm3

loci

1.1

5 Select the requested unit, e.g. kg/dm3 with [->] and confirm with [OK], the submenu Density" is

displayed

Units of measurement Density 0001.000 > kg/dm3

1.1

6 Enter the requested density value with [->] and [+], confirm with [OK] and move to position correction with [->1.

The adjustment unit is now changed from bar to m.





Carry out position correc- Proceed as follows: tion

1 Edit the offset value in the menu item Position correction" with [OK]:

Cursor .

position

Sensor mounting 1.2 correction

Offset = 3,8111 mbar - .0 mb;

5 ,0 mbar

Actual measured value

2 Set the requested offset value with [->] and [OK], e.g. the actual measured value with reciprocal sign

3 Confirm with [OK] and move to the min. adjustment (zero) with [->1.

The actual measured value is now 0.0 mbar, the position correction is finished.

Carry out min. adjustment Proceed as follows: (zero)

1 Edit the mbar value in the menu item zero" with [OK]:

Cursor position zero

000.0 %,

12

0 mbar 000.0 mbar

Percentage value of the filling or the pressure (0.0 % = 4 mA)


Corresponding pressure for 0.0 %

2 Set the requested mbar value with [+] and [->]

Adjustment range: Value for pressure between -20 % ... +95.0 % of the nominal range.

30 VEGABAR 64 -4 ... 20 mA/HARP



I)


1

3 Confirm with [OK] and move to the max. adjustment (span) with [->]. .

If you do not know the pressure for 0.0 %, but instead a pressure corresponding to a value greater than 0.0 %, set the mbar value accordingly, e.g. for 10 %. VEGABAR calculates then automatically the current value for 0.0 %.

The min. adjustment (zero) is finished.

Carry out max. adjustment Proceed as follows: (span)

1 Edit the mbar value in the menu item span" with [OK]:

Cursor position span 1.3

100.0%

000 mbar 053.0 mbar -,..,


Percent value of the filling or the pressure (100.0 % = 20 mA)

Appropriate pressure for 100.0 %

The displayed pressure for 100 % corresponds to the nominal measuring range of the sensor (in the above example 1.0 bar = 1000 mbar).

2 Set the requested mbar value with [->] and [OK]

Adjustment range: Value for pressure between -120.0 % ... +120.0 % of the nominal range.

3 Confirm with [OK] and move with [ESC] to the menu overview.





If you do not know the pressure for 100.0 %, but instead a pressure corresponding to a value less than 100.0 %, set the mbar value accordingly, e.g. for 90 %. VEGABAR calculates then automatically the current value for 100 %.

The max. adjustment (span) is finished.

The set-up of VEGABAR is finished. The other menu items are described in the separate operating instructions manual of PLICSCOM.




(J1 (43

m

N_

O

A Set-up with PACTwareTM and PC

Connecting the PC directly to the sensor

7 Set-up with PACT wareTm and PC

7.1 Connecting the PC

I2C bus plug

Adapter cable

Power supply . unit

VEGABAR 64 VEGACON- NECT 3

RS232 connection PC with PACT warem

Fig. 17:

PC connected directly to the sensor

Necessary components VEGABAR 64 PC with PACT waren" VEGACONNECT 3 with I2C bus plug and adapter cable, article no. 2.27323 power supply unit




Set-up with PACTwareTM and PC

Connecting to the PC to the signal cable Communication

resistance > 250 Ohm

VEGABAR 64 VEGACON- NECT 3

Power supply unit

m RS232 connection PC with PACTwareT

Fig. 18:

PC connected to the signal cable

Necessary components: VEGABAR 64 PC with PACT wareTm

VEGACONNECT 3 with adapter for HART® communication resistance >250 Ohm power supply unit

The individual set-up steps are described in the help texts of PACT wareTm




Maintenance and fault rectification

Check the 4 ... 20 mA signal


8.1 Maintenance

In normal operation, the VEGABAR 64 process pressure transmitter is completely maintenance-free.

8.2 Fault rectification

Connect a hand-multimeter with a suitable measuring range acc. to the wiring plan.

Fault Possible reason Rectifying measure

4 ... 20 mA signal not stable

level fluctuations set integration time via PLICSCOM or PACT waren"

no atmospheric pressure compensation

check capillaries, if necessary cut clean

Check pressure compensation in the housing, if necessary clean filter element

4 ... 20 mA signal missing

incorrect connection ,

to power supply check connection acc. to chapter 5.3 and correct if necessary acc. to chapter 5.2

.

no power supply check cables for line break, repair if necessary

power supply too low or load resistance too high

check and adapt if necessary

Current signal 22 mA or less than 3.6 mA

electronics module or meas. cell defective

exchange instrument or return for repair





Fault messages via PLICSCOM

in Ex applications, the regulations fgr the wiring of intrinsically safe circuits must be observed.

Error code Meaning

E013 Measuring cell defective

E017 Adjustment span too small

E036 No operable sensor' software

E041 Hardware error, electronics defective

8.3 Instrument modification

Insert/remove PLICSCOM. PLICSCOM can be inserted or removed at any time. An interruption of the power supply is not necessary.

1 To install proceed as follows: 1 Unscrew housing cover 2 Place PLICSCOM in the desired position on the

electronics.

You can choose any one of four different positions (each displaced by 90°).





Fig. 19:

Installation of PLICSCOM

3 Press PLICSCOM lightly on the electronics and turn it to the right until it snaps in.

4 Screw housing lid with inspection window tightly back on

Removal is carried out in reverse order.

PLICSCOM is powered by the sensor, an additional connection is not necessary.

8.4 Repairing the instrument

If it is necessary to repair VEGABAR 64, please send the instrument to the following address:

VEGA Grieshaber KG Repair department Am Hohenstein 113 77761 Schiltach Germany

VEGABAR 64 -4 20 mA/HART® 37



Dismounting

9 Dismounting

9.1 Dismounting procedure

Take note of chapters "4 Mounting" and '5 Connect- ing to power supply" and carry out the listed steps in

reverse order.

9.2 Disposal

VEGABAR 64 consists of materials which can be recycled by specialised recycling companies. We have purposely designed the electronic modules to be easily separable. Mark the instrument as scrap and dispose of it according to government regulations (electronic scrap ordinance, etc.).

Materials: see technical data

If you cannot dispose of the instrument properly, please contact us about disposal methods or return.

38 VEGABAR 64 -4 20 mAMART



Supplement

Supplement

Technical data

General data

Instrument name pressure transmitter VEGABAR 64

Materials, wetted parts - process connection - diaphragm

- seal measuring cell

stainless steel 1.4435 sapphire ceramic® (99.9 % Oxideceramic) Viton, Kalrez Spectrum, EPDM

Materials, non-wetted parts - housing

- inspection window PLICSCOM - ground terminal

plastic PBT (Polyester), Alu-die casting, powder-coated, stainless steel 1.4435 Lexan stainless steel 1.4571/1.4435

Weight

Output variable

0.8 ... 8 kg (dependent on process fitting)

Output signal Resolution Fault signal Current limitation Integration time 1)

Rise time Met Namur recommendation

4 ... 20 mA/HART® 6 pA 22 mA (3.6 mA), adjustable 22 mA 0 ... 999 s, adjustable 150 ms (ti : 0 s, 0 ... 100 %) NE 43

The time required by the output signal to reach 63 % of the actual height after a jump of the input variable. After the triple integration time has passed, the output signal has reached 95 % of the jump height.




Supplement

Input variable

Zero adjustable Span adjustable

-20 ... +95 % of nominal range -120 ... +120 % of nominal range

Nominal meas. range Gauge pr. resistance Low pr. resistance Gauge pressure 0...0.1 bar / 0...10 kPa 15 bar / 1 500 kPa .-0.2 bar / -20 kPa 0...0.2 bar / 0...20 kPa 20 bar / 2 000 kPa -0.4 bar / -40 kPa 0...0.4 bar / 0...40 kPa 30 bar / 3 000 kPa -0.8 bar / -80 kPa 0...1.0 bar / 0...100 kPa 35 bar / 3 500 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa 0...2.5 bar / 0...250 kPa 50 bar / 5 000 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa -0.05...+0.05 bar / -5...+5 kPa 15 bar / 1 500 kPa -0.2 bar / -20 kPa -0.1...+0.1 bar / -10...+10 kPa 20 bar / 2 000 kPa -0.4 bar / -40 kPa -0.2...+0.2 bar / -20...+20 kPa 30 bar / 3 000 kPa -0.8 bar / -80 kPa -0.5...+0.5 bar / -50...+50 kPa 35 bar / 3 500 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa -1.0...0.0 bar / -100...0 kPa 35 bar / 3 500 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa -1.0...+1.5 bar / -100...+150 kPa 50 bar /5 000 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa -1.0...+5.0 bar / -100...+500 kPa 65 bar / 6 500 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa -1.0...+10.0 bar / -100...+1 000 kPa 90 bar / 9 000 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa -1.0...+25.0 bar / -100...+2 500 kPa 130 bar / 13 000 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa -1.0 ...+40.0 bar / -100...+4 000 kPa 200 bar / 20 000 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa -1.0...+60.0 bar / -100...+6 000 kPa 200 bar / 20 000 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa Absolute pressure 0...1.0 bar / 0...100 kPa 35 bar / 3 500 kPa 0...2.5 bar / 0...250 kPa 50 bar / 5 000 kPa 0...5.0 bar / 0 ...500 kPa 65 bar / 6 500 kPa 0...25.0 bar / 0...2 500 kPa 130 bar / 13 000 kPa 0...40.0 bar / 0...4 000 kPa 200 bar / 20 000 kPa 0...60.0 bar / 0...6 000 kPa 200 bar / 20 000 kPa

Accuracy 2)

Reference conditions acc. to IEC 60770-1 - temperature 18 ... 30°C - relative humidity 45 ... 75 % - pressure 860 ... 1060 mbar (86 ... 106 kPa)

Determination of characteristics limit point adjustment acc. to DIN 16086 Characteristics linear

2) Similar to DIN 16086, DINV 19259-1 and IEC 60770-1.




z

O Na

Supplement

Deviation in characteristics 3)

Accuracy class 0.1 Turn down Deviation in

characteristics 1 : 1 < 0.1 %

up to 1 : 5 < 0.1 %

up to 1 : 10 < 0.15 %

Influence of the ambient temperature

Accuracy class 0.1 Turn down

1 : 1

up to 1 : 5

up to 1 : 10

Average temperature coefficient of the zero signal4) 0.05 %/10 K

0.1 %/10 K 0.15 %/10 K

Long-term stability

Long-term drift of the zero signal 2) 5) < 0.1 % per 2 years

Ambient conditions

Ambient, storage and transport temperature - without PLICSCOM - ' with PLICSCOM

-50 ... +85°C -50 ... +70°C

Process conditions

Product temperature, dependent on the measuring cell seal - Viton - EPDM

- Kalrez Spectrum

Calibration position Influence of the installation position Vibration resistance

-20 ... +120°C -40 ... +120 °C (1 h: +140°C cleaning temperature) -10 ... +120°C

upright, diaphragm points downwards > 0.2 mbar/20 Pa mechanical vibrations with 4 g and 5 ... 100 Hz 6)

3)

4)

5)

Relating to the nominal range, incl. hysteresis and repeatability. In the compensated temperature range between 0°C ... 80°C, reference temperature 20°C. Acc. to IEC 60770-1, relating to the nominal range. Tested acc. to the regulations of German Lloyd, GL-directive 2.




SuppleMent

Electromechanical data

Cable entry/Plug - single chamber housing - 1 x M20 x 1.5 (cable-e 5 ... 9 mm),

1 x blind stopper - 1 x 1/2 NPT, 1 x blind stopper - 1 x plug M12 x 1. 1 x blind stopper

- double chamber housing - 2 x M20 x 1.5 (cable-fa 5 ... 9 mm), 1 x blind stopper

- 1 x plug M12 x 1, 1 x blind stopper - spring-loaded terminals for wire-cross section up to 2.5 mm2 Connection cable between IP 68 instrument and separate electronics: - max. length 180 m - max. bending radius 2.5 cm

Indicating and adjustment module PLICSCOM

Power supply and data transmission through VEGABAR via sliding contacts (12C bus)

Display Adjustment elements

LC display in full Dot matrix 4 keys

Protection

Materials - housing ABS - inspection window Polyester foil

IP 20 (mounted into VEGABAR IP 40)

Power supply

Power supply - non-Ex instrument 12 ... 36 V DC - EEx is instrument 12 ... 30 V DC - Exd instrument 18 ... 36 V DC Residual ripple - < 100 Hz U. 5 1 V

- 100 Hz ... 10 kHz U. 5 10 mV Load see diagram

900

675

450

250

0

HART® load

Voltage limit Non-Ex instrument/Exd instru- r

Voltage limit ment

EEx is instrument

'12 15 18 21 24 27 33 36 V Power supply




Supplement

Indicating and adjustment circuit

For connection to Data transmission Connection cable Max. cable length

VEGADIS 61 with PLICSCOM digital (12C bus) 4-wire (standard cable) 25 m

Electrical protective measures

Protection - housing - separate electronics Overvoltage category Protection class

IP 66/IP 67 or IP 68 IP 65 III

11

Approvals 7)

ATEX II 1G, 1/2G, 2G EEx ia IIC T6, ATEX II 1/2G, 2G EEx d ia IIC T6, WHG, ship approvals

7) Deviating data with Ex applications: see separate safety instructions.




Supplement

Dimensions Plastic hous- Stainless Aluminium dou- Aluminium housing steel housing ble chamber

housing ing

IP 68 housing

AMIN 1/2 APT

* with display

External indicating unit




cn

9) m 0 O CJI

Supplement

Instruments with screwed connection

GG

064

CA

RD SS

GN

TA

RT

78(082

RAIRB

ohm" 1:111

mor-

ammo or I

.65

AA




Supplement

Instruments with flange connection

EA, FE, FE

EB, ED, EE

D = outer flange diameter b = flange thickness k = diameter of hole circle d2 = diameter of holes d4 = seal ledge diameter d5 = extension tube diameter f = seal ledge height

= extension tube length

Flange connection acc. to DIN 2501, seal ledge acc. to DIN 2526 form D

Order code

Flange Size D b

Holes k No. d2

Seal ledge d, f

Extensions RL') cl,

Length L without display

with display

EA DN 40/PN 40 150 18 110 4 18 88 3 -- -- 156 165 FB DN 50/PN 40 165 20 125 4 18 102 3 -- -- 158 167 FE DN 80/PN 40 200 24 160 8 18 138 3 - -- 162 171 EB DN 40/PN 40 150 18 110 4 18 88 3 38 140 149 ED DN 50/PN 40 165 20 125 8 18 138 3 38 142 151 EE DN 80/PN 40 200 24 160 8 18 138 3 38 146 155

Flange connection acc. to ANSI B 16.5, seal ledge RF

Order Flange Holes Seal ledge Extension Length L code Size D b k No. d2 d, f RL d5 without

display with display

FH 2" 150 lbs 152.4 19.1 120.7 4 19.1 91.9 1.6 157.1 166.1 Fl 3" 150 lbs 190.5 23.9 152.4 4 19.1 127.0 1.6 161.9 170.9

I) Order-specific.




a

m z 0 O

Supplement

Instruments with connection for processes in the paper industry

BA/BB

* with display

e 48

e 115

FT

e38 0115

FG

VEGABAR 64 -4 ... 20 mA/FIARTe 47



VE VEGA Grieshaber KG Am Hohenstein 113 77761 Schiltach Germany Phone (07836) 50-0 Fax (07836) 50-201 E-Mail [email protected] www.vega.com

ISO 9001

CE All statements concerning scope of delivery, application, practical use and operating conditions of the sensors and processing systems correspond to the information avail-

able at the time of printing.

Technical data subject to alterations 27526-EN-021025



Order No: 1091074_2

Operating Instructions VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mA/HART®

Vi



Contents

Contents

1

2

About this document

1.1 Function

1.2 Target group

1.3 Symbolism used

For your safety

4

4

4

4

6

2.1 Authorised personnel 6

2.2 Appropriate use 6

2.3 Warning about misuse 6

2.4 General safety instructions 6

2.5 CE conformity 7

2.6 Safety instructions for Ex areas 7

2.7 Environmentally responsible behaviour 7

3 Product description 8

3.1 Configuration 8

3.2 Principle of operation 9

3.3 Adjustment 10

3.4 Storage and transport 10

4 Mounting 11

4.1 Select installation position 11

4.2 Mounting procedure with straining clamp 12

4.3 Mounting procedure with screwed connection 13

2 VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mA/HART



Contents

5 Connection to power supply 15

5.1 Prepare connection 15

5.2 Connection procedure 17

5.3 Wiring plans 18

6 Set-up 19

6.1 With VEGADIS 12 19

6.2 With PC and VVO 21

7 Maintenance and fault rectification 22

7.1 Maintenance 22

7.2 Fault rectification 22

7.3 Repairing the instrument 23

8 Dismounting 24

8.1 Dismounting procedure 24

8.2 Disposal 24

Supplement 25

Technical data 25

Dimensions 29

CE conformity declaration 31

VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mA/HART. 3



About this document

1

A


1.1 Function

This operating instructions manual gives you all the information you need for quick set-up and safe operation of VEGAWELL 72. Please read this manual before you start set-up.

1.2 Target group

This operating instructions manual is addressed to trained specialist staff. The contents of this manual should be made available to this personnel and put into practice by them.

1.3 Symbolism used

Information, tip, note This symbol indicates helpful additional information.

Caution This symbol informs you of a possible and danger- ous situation. Ignoring this cautionary note can impair the person and/or the instrument.

Ex applications This symbol indicates special instructions for Ex applications.

4 VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mA/HARP



I.

O

O

a

About this document

List The dot put in front indicates a list with no implied sequence.

-> Action This arrow indicates a single action.

1 Sequence Numbers set in front indicate successive steps in a procedure.

VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mA/HART® 5



For your safety

2 For your safety

2.1 Authorised personnel

All operations described in this operating instructions manual must only be carried out by trained and authorised personnel. For safety and warranty reasons, any internal work on the instruments must only be carried out by qualified VEGA personnel.

2.2 Appropriate use

VEGAWELL 72 is a suspension pressure transmitter for level and gauge measurement.

2.3 Warning about misuse

Inappropriate or incorrect use of the instrument can give rise to application-specific hazards, e.g. vessel overfill or damage to system parts by wrong mounting or setting.

2.4 General safety instructions

VEGAWELL 72 is a high-tech instrument requiring the strict observance of standard regulations and guidelines. The user must take note of the safety instructions in this operating instructions manual, the country-specific installation standards (e.g. the VDE regulations in Germany) as well as all prevailing safety regulations and accident prevention rules.

6 VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mA/HART®



2.5 CE conformity

For your safety

The VEGAWELL 72 pressure transmitter is CE conform to EMC (89/336/EWG) and NSR (73/23/EWG) and fulfils the Namur recommendation NE 21. Conformity has been judged acc. to the following standards:

EMC - Emission EN 61326: 1997/ A1: 1998 (class B) - Susceptibility EN 61326: 1997/A1: 1998 NSR EN 61010-1: 1993.

2.6 Safety instructions for Ex areas

Take note of the Ex specific safety instructions for Ex applications. These are part of the operating instructions manual and come with Ex approved instruments.

2.7 Environmentally responsible behaviour

Protection of the environment is one of our most important duties. That is why we have introduced an environmental management system that focuses on continuous improvement of company environmental protection. The environmental management system is certified acc. to DIN EN 14001.

Please help us fulfil this obligation by observing the environmental instructions in this manual.

VEGAWELL 72- 4 ... 20 mA/HART® 7



Product description

Scope of delivery

Components


3.1 Configuration

The scope of delivery encompasses: the VEGAWELL 72 pressure transmitter with suspension cable optional straining clamp or screwed connection documentation - this operating instructions manual - test protocol - Ex-specific safety instructions (with Ex ver-

sions) and if necessary further certificates.

VEGAWELL 72 consists of the following components: transmitter suspension cable

The components are available in different versions. By combining them in various ways in the order code, manifold instrument versions can be created (see technical data in the supplement).

Fig. 1:

Example of a VEGAWELL 72 with screwed connection




Product description

Application area

Principle of operation

Power supply

3.2 Principle of operation

VEGAWELL 72 is used for level and gauge measurement in wells, basins and atmospherically open vessels') especially in drinking water and waste water treatment.

The sensor element is a CERTEC® measuring cell with a flush ceramic diaphragm. The hydrostatic pressure induces a capacitance change in the measuring cell via the ceramic diaphragm. This capacitance change is converted by the integrated digital electronics into a 4 ... 20 mA output signal.

Fig. 2: The CERTEC61) measuring cell is flush mounted into the pressure transmitter

The VEGAWELL 72 has a two-wire electronics 4 ... 20 mA/HART® for power supply with:

12 ... 36 V DC (non-Ex instrument) 12 ... 29 V DC (EEx is instrument).

') For use in atmospherically closed vessels under vacuum, VEGAWELL 72 is available with absolute pressure ranges.




Product description

Packing

3.3 Adjustment

VEGAWELL 72 with 4 ... 20 mA / HART® offers three adjustment options:

External connection housing VEGADIS 12

PC with adjustment software VVO HART® handheld.

The entered parameters are generally saved in

VEGAWELL 72, if you adjust with VVO they can also be saved in the PC.

3.4 Storage and transport

Your instrument was protected by packaging during transport. Its capacity to handle normal loads during transport is assured by a test acc. to DIN 55439.

The packaging consists of carton. It is environmental-friendly and recyclable. Dispose of the packing material via specialised recycling companies.

Climatic conditions t Storage and transport temperature -50°C up to') Relative humidity 20 ... 85 %.

11 See technical data, product temperature under process conditions.




Mounting

1

4 Mounting

4.1 Select installation position

Keep the following points in mind when selecting the installation position:

Lateral movements of the transmitter can cause measurement errors.

-> Mount VEGAWELL in a calm area or in a suitable protective tube. The suspension cable contains a capillary for atmospheric pressure compensation.

-> Lead the cable end to a dry environment or into a suitable terminal housing.

VEGA recommends VEGADIS 12 for this purpose. It

contains connection terminals and a filter element for pressure compensation. For outdoor mounting , a suitable protective cover is available.

The measuring cell cover prevents mechanical damage to the measuring cell. It may only be removed when the instrument is used in extremely dirty water.

I To the processing unit and power sup-

' Ply

Fig. 3: Mounting example deep well measurement

VEGAWELL 72 -4 20 mA/HART 11



Mounting

4.2 Mounting procedure with straining clamp

Suspension cable

Suspension opening

Clamping brackets

Fig. 4: Straining clamp

Mount VEGAWELL 72 with straining clamp as follows: 1 Hang the straining clamp on a suitable wall hook 2 Lower VEGAWELL to the requested measuring

height 3 Move the clamping brackets upward and push the

suspension cable between the clamping brackets 4 Hold the suspension cable, shift the clamping

brackets downward and fix with a light blow

Dismounting is carried out in reverse order.

12 VEGAWELL 72 -4 20 mA/HART®



1

Mounting

1

4.3 Mounting procedure with screwed connection

Fig.5: Screwed connection

Mount VEGAWELL 72 with screwed connection as follows: 1 Weld mounting boss G11/2A 0111/2 NPT into the

vessel top

We recommend the following VEGA mounting acces- sory:

Mounting boss G11/2A of stainless steel 1.4571, article no. 2.21 993.

2 Lower VEGAWELL through the mounting boss to the requested height

3 Slide the seal ring') for the screwed connection over the suspension cable

4 Lead the suspension cable from below through the opened screwed connection

5 Slide the seal cone and cone bushing over the suspension cable, fasten manually with the seal screw

6 Turn the screwed connection into the socket, fasten with SW 30, then fasten seal screw with SW 19

') only with G 1 '12 A

VEGAWELL 72 -4 20 mA/HART 13



Mounting

Height correction: 1 Loosen seal screw with SW 19 2 Slide seal cone and cone bushing over the re-

quested position on the cable 3 Fasten seal screw

Dismounting is carried out in reverse order.

14 VEGAWELL 72- 4 20 mA/HART



Connection to power supply

Note safety instructions

1 Take note of safety instructions for Ex applications

Select voltage supply

5 Connection to power supply

5.1 Prepare connection

Always observe the following safety instructions: Connect only in the complete absence of line voltage If overvoltages are expected, overvoltage arresters for the power supply side') should be installed.

We recommend VEGA overvoltage arresters USB 62-36G.X.

In hazardous areas you should take note of the appropriate regulations and type approval certificates of the sensors and power supply units. The sensors must only be operated on intrinsically safe circuits. The permissible electrical values are stated in the certificate.

Provide a reliable separation between the supply circuit and the mains circuits acc. to DIN VDE 0106 part 101. The VEGA power supply units VEGATRENN 149AEx, VEGASTAB 690, VEGADIS 371 as well as all VEGAMETs meet this requirement. When using one of these instruments, protection class III is ensured for VEGAWELL 72.

Bear in mind the following factors regarding supply voltage:

Reduction of the output voltage of the power supply unit under nominal load Influence of additional instruments in the circuit (see load values in Technical data).

1) VEGAWELL 72 has an integrated overvoltage protection.





Select connection cable

Select connection cable for Ex applications

VEGAWELL 72 is connected with standard two-wire cable. When connecting to VEGADIS 12, the cable must have an outer diameter of 5 ... 9 mm to ensure the seal effect of the cable entry.

VEGAWELL 72

VEGADIS 12

Power supply

Connection cable

Power supply

Fig. 6: top: direct connection of VEGAWELL 72 to power supply bottom: connection of VEGAWELL 72 via VEGADIS 12 to power supply

If strong electromagnetic interference is expected, shielded cable is recommended. The screen should be grounded on both ends ".

Take note of the corresponding installation regulations for Ex applications.

I) Connect screen to .- terminal. Earth the ground screen correctly outside on the housing. The two terminals are galvanically connected.

16 VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mAMART®



0

9 z w 0 CD

Direct connection to power supply

Connection to power supply via VEGADIS 12


5.2 Connection procedure

Proceed as follows: 1 Lay the suspension cable') up to the terminal

compartment. The bending radius must have at least 25 mm

2 Connect the individual wires to the terminals acc. to the wiring plan

Proceed as follows: 1 Snap VEGADIS 12 into carrier rail or screw onto

mounting plate 2 Loosen cover screws and detach cover 3 Lead suspension cable through the cable entry

into VEGADIS 12 4 Loosen terminal screws with a screwdriver 5 Insert wire ends into the open terminals acc. to

the wiring plan 6 Tighten terminal screws with a screwdriver 7 Check the hold of the wire ends in the terminals

by slightly pulling on them 8 Tighten the compression nut of the cable entry,

the seal ring must cover the cable completely 9 Connect supply cable acc. to steps 3 to 8

10 Screw the housing cover back on

The electrical connection is finished.

1) The suspension cable is prepared and ready for use ex works. If the cable is shortened, fasten the type identifica- tion tag with holder back onto the cable.





Direct connection

Connection via VEGADIS 12

5.3 Wiring plans

Screen

Breather capillaries

Suspension cable

12 ... 36 V DC for power supply or to the

ae processing system (4 ... 20 mA)

is used in conjunction with VEGADIS 12, otherwise connect to minus

Fig. 7:

Wiring suspension cable

Breather capillaries

Suspen- sion cable

Warommihmml liffaiwar

Screen

For power supply or to the processing system (4 ... 20 mA,

- 12 ... 36 V DC)

Control instrument (4 ... 20 mA measurement)

Fig. 8: Terminal assignment VEGADIS 12

') Connect screen to -terminal. Earth ground cable correctly outside on the housing. Both terminals are galvanically connected.




Set-up

Scope of adjustment

Adjustment elements

6 Set-up

After mounting and electrical connection, VEGAWELL 72 is ready for operation.

-> Switch on power supply

The electronics carries out a self-test for approx. 2 s.

Then VEGAWELL 72 delivers a current of 4 ... 20 mA according to the actual level.

6.1 With VEGADIS 12

zero - begin of the meas. range span - end of the meas. range ti - integration time

Rotary switch: Key *+" -

select the re- change value quested function (rising)

Key '-" -

change value (falling)

Fig. 9: Adjustment elements of VEGADIS 12




Set-up

Adjustment system

Set-up procedure

WE A

Select the requested function with the rotary switch. With the [+] and [-] key you set the signal current or the integration time. Finally, the rotary switch is set to position "OPER- ATE".

The set values are transferred to the EEPROM memory and remain there even in case of voltage failure.

For adjustment with VEGADIS 12 you proceed as follows: 1 Open housing cover 2 Connect hand-held multimeter to terminals 10 and

12

3 Begin of the meas. range: Set rotary switch to "zero"

4 Empty the vessel/basin or pull out VEGAWELL completely

5 Set a current of 4 mA with the [+] and [-] keys 6 End of the meas. range: Set rotary switch to

"span" 7 Fill the vessel/basin or lower VEGAWELL com-

pletely 8 Set a current of 20 mA with the [+] and [-] keys 9 Operation: Set the rotary switch to "OPERATE" 10 Close the housing cover

The adjustment data are effective, the output current 4 ... 20 mA corresponds to the actual level.

20 VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mANHART®

1

A



Set-up

Connect the PC

6.2 With PC and VVO

Communication resist:. ance 250 Ohm"

Fig. 10: Connection of the PC to VEGADIS 12 or to the communication resistance

Required components: VEGAWELL 72 PC with VVO VEGACONNECT 3

Communication resistance 250 Ohm Power supply, e.g. power supply unit

Take note of the appropriate installation regulations for Ex applications.

11 The input resistance of the power supply is generally low- resistance. This damps the HART® signal. The communication resistance of 250 Ohm increases the resistance of the signal circuit and prevents damping.






7.1 Maintenance

In standard operation, the VEGAWELL 72 process pressure transmitter is maintenance-free. '

When the instrument is being cleaned externally, care should be taken to avoid mechanical damage, especially to the diaphragm. Cleaning detergents should neither corrode the seal nor other components of VEGAWELL 72.

7.2 Fault rectification

Fault Possible reason Rectifying measure 4 ... 20 mA signal not stable

level fluctuations set integration time via VEGADIS 12 or VVO

no atmospheric pressure compensation

check capillaries, if necessary cut them clean

check pressure compensation of VEGADIS 12; if necessary clean filter element

4 ... 20 mA signal missinc

incorrect connection to power supply

check connection acc. to chapter 5.3 and correct if necessary acc. to chapter 5.2

no power supply check cables for .

line break and re pair if necessary

power supply too low or load resistance too high

check and adapt if necessary

22 VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mA/HART0



Maintenance and. fault rectification

Fault Possible reason Rectifying measure

Current signal 22 mA

electronics module or meas. cell defective

exchange instrument or return for repair

For Ex applications, the regulations for wiring of intrinsically safe circuits must be observed.

7.3 Repairing the instrument

If it is necessary to repair VEGABAR 72, pease send the instrument to the following address:

VEGA Grieshaber KG Repair department Am Hohenstein 113 77761 Schiltach Germany




Dismounting

8 Dismounting

8.1 Dismounting procedure

Take note of chapters "4 Mounting" and "5 Connect power supply" and carry out the listed steps in reverse order.

8.2 Disposal

VEGAWELL 72 consists of materials which can be recycled by specialised recycling companies. We have purposely designed the electronic modules to be easily separable. Mark the instrument as scrap and dispose of it according to government regulations.

Materials: see technical data

If you cannot dispose of the instrument correctly, please contact us concerning disposal methods or return.




Supplement

Supplement

Technical data

General data

Instrument name suspension pressure transmitter VEGAWELL 72

Materials, wetted parts - transmitter - diaphragm

- suspension cable - meas. cell seal - protective cover

stainless steel 1.4435 sapphire-ceramic® (99.9 % oxide ceramic) PE, FEP, PUR Viton, Kalrez, EPDM PA

Materials, non-wetted parts - straining clamp - closing screw - external connection

housing VEGADIS 12

stainless steel 1.4301 stainless steel 1.4435

plastic PBT (Polyester)

Weights - basic weight - suspension cable - straining clamp - screwed connection

approx. 0.7 kg approx. 0.1 kg/m approx. 0.2 kg approx. 0.4 kg

nput variable

ominal measuring ranee au e/absolu Gauge pressure resistad Low pressure resistance 0...0.1 bar / 0...10 kPa 15 bar / 1 500 kPa -0.2 bar / -20 kPa

0...0.2 bar / 0...20 kPa 20 bar / 2 000 kPa -0.4 bar / -40 kPa


0...1.0 bar /0...100 kPa 35 bar / 3 500 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa



0...10.0 bar / 0...1 000 kPa 90 bar / 9 000 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa

0...25.0 bar / 0...2 500 kPa 130 bar / 13 000 kPa -1.0 bar / -100 kPa

Zero

Span

adjustable between -20 ... +95 % of nominal range adjustable between 3.3 ... +120 % of nominal range




Supplement

Output variable

A

Output signal Resolution Fault signal Current limitation without fault Integration time') Rise time Fulfilled Namur recommendation

4 ... 20 mA/HART® 6 pA 22 mA, 3.6 mA adjustable 20.5 mA 0 ... 10 s, adjustable 70 ms (ti : 0 s, 0 ... 63 %) NE 43

Accuracy 2)

Reference conditions acc. to IEC 61298-1 - temperature - relative moisture - air pressure

Determination of characteristics Characteristics

18 ... 30°C 45 ... 75 % 860 ... 1060 mbar (86 ... 106 kPa)

lit:nit point adjustment acc. to DIN 16086 linear

Deviation in characteristics 3)

Accuracy class 0.25

Turn down 1 : 1

Deviation in character. < 0.25 %

up to 1 : 5 < 0.3 % up to 1 : 10 < 0.4 %

0.1 1 : 1 < 0.1 % up to 1 : 5 < 0.1 % up to 1 : 10 < 0.2 %

Influence of the ambient temperature

Accuracy class

0.25

Turn down

1 : 1

Average temperature coefficient of the zero signal4) <0.15 %/10 K

up to 1 : 5 <0.225% /10 K up to 1 : 10 <0.3 %/10 K

0.1 1 : 1 <0.05 %/10 K up to 1 : 5 0.075 %/10 K

up to 1 : 10 0.1 %/10 K

1)

2)

3)

4)

The time required by the output signal to reach 63 % of the actual height after a jump. After the triple integration time, the output signal has reached 95 % of the height. Similar to DIN 16086, DIN V 19259-1 and IEC 60770-1. '

Incl. hysteresis and repeatability relating to the nominal measuring range. In the compensated temperature range of 0 ... 80°C, reference temperature 20°C. Acc. to IEC 60770-1, relating to the nominal measuring range.

26 VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mA/HARTe



VE Supplement

Long-term stability

Long-term drift of the zero signal 5) < 0.1 % per 2 years

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature -40 ... +85°C (PE +60°C) Storage and transport temperature -40 ... +100°C

Process conditions

Product temperature depending on material Suspension cable/Meas. cell seal - PE/Viton -20 ... +60°C - PURNiton -20 ... +80°C - FEP/Kalrez -10 ... +80°C

Calibration position Influence of the installation position Vibration resistance

upright, diaphragm points downward < 0.2 mbar/20 Pa mechanical vibrations with 4 g and 5 ... 100 Hz 6)

Electromechanical data

Suspension cable - configuration

wire cross-section wire resistance

- tensile load - max. length

min. bending radius - diameter - colour

- PE non-Ex/Ex - PUR non-Ex/Ex - FEP non-Ex/Ex

four wires, one suspension cable, one breather capillary, screen braiding, foil, cover 0.5 mm2

0.036 Ohm/m 1.200 N

1000 m (with VEGADIS 12: 200 m) 25 mm (at 25°C) approx. 8 mm

black/blue blue/blue blue/blue

Cable entry VEGADIS 12 2 x M20 x 1.5 (cable-e 5 ... 9 mm)

6) Tested acc. to the regulation of the German Lloyd, GL directive 2.




Supplement

External energy

Power supply 12 ... 36 V DC Permissible residual ripple - < 100 Hz Us, 5.. 1 V - 100 Hz ... 10 kHz Uss 5. 10 mV Load see diagram

900

650

450

250

Voltage limit ,non-Ex sensor

Voltage limit HARTS load Ex sensor

- Power supply 12 15 18 21 24 27 29 33 36 V

Integrated overvoltage protection

Nominal leakage current (8/20 pS) 10 kA Min. response time < 25 ns

Electrical protective measures

Protection - transmitter IP 68 (25 bar) - VEGADIS 12 IP 65 Protection class III

Overvoltage category III

Approvals')

ATEX II 2G EEx is IIC T6, ship approval

7) Deviating data for Ex applications see separate safety instructions.

28 VEGAWELL 72 - 4 ... 20 mAMART®



A Supplement

Dimensions

Fig. 11:

Dimensions VEGAWELL 72, standard version

Fig. 12:

Dimensions straining clamp and screwed connection

VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mA/HART5 29



Supplement

Fig. 13: Dimensions VEGAWELL 72, left: version deep wells, right: version PE coating

30 VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 mA/HARP



Supplement

CE conformity declaration

CE Konformitatserklarung

Declaration of conformity Declaration de conformite

VEGA Grieshaber KG Am Hohenstein 113

77761 Schiltach

erklart in alleiniger Verantwortung, dab das Produkt I declare under our sole responsibility that our product / declare sous sa seule

responsabilite que le produit

VEGAWELL 72

auf das sich diese Erklarting bezieht, mit den folgenden Normen Obereinstimmt / to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the following standards I auquel se Were cette declaration

est conforme aux normes

EN 61326: 1997 / Al : 1998 (Klasse B) EN 61326: 1997 /A1 : 1998

EN 61010 - 1 : 1993

gemaB den Bestimmungen der Richtlinien / following the provision of Directives conformement aux dispositions des Directives

73/23 EWG 89/336 EWG

Schiltach, 16.09.2002 Ppc 7. 77.2/.i..rf.44,

Josef Fehrenbach Entwicklungsleitung

VEGAWELL 72 -4 ... 20 rnA/HARr 31



VEGA Grieshaber KG Am Hohenstein 113 77761 Schiltach Germany Phone 07836 50-0 Fax 07836 50-201 E-Mail [email protected] www.vega.com

it

ISO 9001 4 CE All statements concerning scope of delivery, application, practical use and operating conditions of the sensors and processing systems correspond to the latest information at

the time of printing.

Technical data subject to alterations 27630-EN-030320



Level and Pressure

Order No: 1091074_3

Operating Instructions VEGADIS 12



VESA Safety information, Note Ex area

Safety information Please read this manual carefully, and also take note of country-specific installation standards (e.g. the VDE regulations in Germany) as well as all prevailing safety regulations and accident prevention rules.

For safety and warranty reasons, any internal work on the instruments, apart from that involved in normal installation and electrical connection, must be carried out by qualified VEGA personnel.

Note Ex area Please note the approval documents (yellow binder), and especially the included safety data sheet.

2 VEGADIS 12



Contents

Contents

Safety information 2

Note Ex area


1.1 Function and configuration 4

1.2 Types and versions 4

1.3 Technical data 5

1.4 Approvals 7

1.5 Dimensions 8

2 Mounting 8

3 Electrical connection

3.1 Connection instructions 9

3.2 Wiring plan 10

4 Setup

4.1 Adjustment elements 12

4.2 Adjustment and indicating elements (version with display) 12

4.3 Adjustment of the transmitter 13

4.4 Scaling of the indication 13

5 Diagnostics

5.1 Maintenance 14

5.2 Failure rectification 14

VESA

VEGADIS 12 3



Product description


1.1 Function and configuration

VEGADIS 12 is an external connection housing with integrated adjustment elements. It is

connected via the VEGA special cable with breather capillaries or a three-wire standard cable to the hydrostatic pressure transmitter D80 ... D87 or D76, D77. VEGADIS 12 is connected to the supply and signal circuit of the pressure transmitter and does not require a separate external energy source.

VEGADIS 12 has the following functions: - adjustment of zero, span and ti

- atmospheric pressure compensation for the pressure transmitter

- measured value display (optional).

As a standard feature, VEGADIS 12 is equipped with an adjustment module for the pressure transmitter. The optional display is

located in the housing cover and is equipped with a bar graph and a digital display indication. In this version, additional adjustment elements for indication scaling are integrated.

1.2 Types and versions

VEGADIS 12 without display

VEGADIS 12 with display

/2) VE CAA

105

4 VEGADIS 12



Product description

1.3 Technical data

Standard data

Materials and weight Housing Ground terminal Display window Breather facility Weight

Adjustment and indicating elements Adjustment elements

Adjustment elements with display Display (option)

Connection

high-resistance plastic PBT (Polyester) stainless steel 1.4305 Lexan PTFE filter element approx. 0.5 kg

2 keys, 1 rotary switch

2 x 2 keys, 2 x 1 rotary switch LC multifunctional display with - bar graph (20 segments) - digital value (4 digits) - tendency indicator for rising or falling values

Cable entry Screw terminals

Adjustment circuit

M20 x 1.5 (for cable (a 5 ... 9 mm) for wire cross-section up to 2.5 mm2

Connection to connection cable

Cable length

;) air permeable and humidity blocking

pressure transmitter D80 ... D87, D76, D77 VEGA special cable with breather capillaries or 3-wire standard cable max. 200 m

VEGADIS 12 5



Product description

Supply and signal circuit (analogue transmission, 4 ... 20 mA)

Supply voltage via pressure transmitter in conjunction with VEGADIS 12

- without display - with display Max. input current Range of the current signal Max. permissible load

Load diagram without display

Load diagram with display

Protective measures

12 ... 36 V DC 17 ... 36 V DC 150 mA 3.5 ... 22 mA depending on the supply voltage (see load diagrams)

O 900 07 30

S3

2

600

12

700 E

0 500

0 -1 300

100

18 24 30 36

Voltage of the external energy UH in Volt

18 24 30 36

Voltage of the external energy UH in Volt

Housing Protection class Overvoltage category

Ambient conditions

IP 65 1)

III

III

Ambient temperature - VEGADIS 12 -40°C ... +85°C - VEGADIS 12 with display -20°C ... +70 °C Storage and transport temperature -40°C ... +85°C

It Maintaining the housing protection IP 65 or IP 67 requires the use of a seal in the cable entry fitting to the cable. If the supplied seal does not fit, the customer has to provide a suitable one.

6 VEGADIS 12



Product description

1.4 Approvals

If a pressure transmitter or the external housing is used in hazardous areas, approved versions should be used.

The respective official documents (test reports, test certificates and conformity certificates) must be noted for these applications. These are supplied with the respective instrument.

General approvals VEGADIS 12 . CENELEC EEx is IIC

CE conformity C C

The external housings VEGADIS 12 or VEGADIS 12 Ex meet the protective regulations of EMC (89/336/EWG) and NSR (73/23/EWG). The conformity has been judged acc. to the following standards: EMC Emission EN 50 081

Susceptibility EN 50 082 NSR EN 61 010

NAMUR regulations Full compliance with NAMUR regulations NE21, May 1993.

VEGADIS 12 7



Product description, mounting

1.5. Dimensions

without display 38

with display

2 Mounting

A 7- EB 5

VEGADIS 12 can be mounted in the following ways: - on carrier rail 35 x 7.5 acc. to EN 50 022

on mounting sheet or to the wall.

In case of vertical wall mounting, the cable entry must point downwards to avoid moisture ingress.

If VEGADIS 12 is additionally used for atmospheric pressure compensation for the pressure transmitter, the following must be noted: - there must be the same atmospheric pressure on the breather facility as on the vessel - the breather facility must not be clogged or dirty.

8 VEGADIS 12



Electrical connection ' NEM 3 Electrical connection

3.1 Connection instructions

VEGADIS 12 is connected to the supply and signal circuit of the pressure transmitter and does not require a separate external energy source.

Block diagram

Pressure transmitter

VEGADIS 12

Option: Display

External energy source

The elecitronics in the pressure transmitter is designed in two-wire technology and re- quireg a supply voltage of 12 ... 36 V DC, with. display 17 ... 36 V DC. Supply voltage and current signal are led via the same two- wire:connection cable to the connection terminals.:Thethird cable between pressure tran'iMitter. and VEGADIS 12 is used for transmission of the adjustment data.

The external energy is provided via a separate power supply unit: - power supply unit, e.g. VEGASTAB 690 - processing unit with integrated DC current

source (e.g. active DCS input)

Make sure that the external energy source is

reliably separated from the mains circuits acc. to DIN VDE 0106, part 101. The above mentioned VEGA instruments meet this requirement and protection class III is therefore ensured.

The external energy source must deliver a

terminal voltage of at least 12 V or 17 V to the transmitter. The actual terminal voltage on the transmitter depends on the following factors: - output voltage UH of the external energy

source under nominal load. load resistances of the instruments in the current circuit.

For electrical connection in general, the following points should be given attention: - The connection must be made according to

the national installation standards (e.g. in

Germany acc. to the VDE regulations). -. To avoid damage of the electronics, the

terminal voltage must not exceed 36 V.

- The connection elements have built-in protection against polarity reversal.

- The wiring between pressure transmitter and VEGADIS 12 or between VEGADIS 12 and the power supply can be made with .

standard three or two-wire cable. - If strong electromagnetic interferences are

expected, screened cable is recommended. The screening must be made on both ends. For use in Ex areas, the installation regulations must be noted.

- If overvoltages are expected, we recommend the installation of VEGA overvoltage arresters.

- A seal fitting the cable must be used in the cable entry.

VEGADIS 12 9



NEMElectrical connection

3.2 Wiring plan

VEGADIS 12 without display

Pressure transmitter with direct cable outlet

Suspension cable Capillaries

br

Screen

Adjustrtk ite

' I

VEGADIS 12

ge

Pressure transmitter with terminal insert in housing

Adjustment

External energy source 12 ... 36 VDC 4 ... 20 mA

Control instrument 4 ... 20 mA measurement

10 VEGADIS 12

1



Electrical connection V"SA VEGADIS 12 with display

Pressure transmitter with direct cable outlet

Suspension cable

Capillaries

br

Screen

bi

Adjustpent

1;

Pressure transmitter with terminal Insert in housing

VEGADIS 12

JO vat TRANSMITTER DISPLAY

OPERATE OPERATE IQ b

ZERO

EROL END I

SPAN POINT

(.1 Z

o< D19 2

Adjustment

Display

External energy source '

17... 36VDC 4 ... 20 mA

Control instrument 4 ... 20 mA measurement

VEGADIS 12 11



NEM 4 Setup

4.1 Adjustment elements

Rotary switch: Select the requested function

Adjustment for pressure transmitter

Setup

Key Change value (rising)

Key' -': Change value (falling)

Adjustment system (transmitter)

Choose the requested function with the rotary switch. With the '+' and '--* keys you modify the signal current to the requested values or set the suitable integration time. Set the rotary switch to position 'OPERATE'. The set values are transferred to the EEPROM memory and remain there even in case of voltage loss.

4.2 Adjustment and indicating elements (version with display)

Key Change value (rising)

Rotary switch. Select requested function

Adjustment for pressure transmitter Adjustment for

display

Key' -': Change value (falling)

Tendency indication

Bar graph

16.85

Key Change value (raising)

Rotary switch: Select requested function

Key Change value (falling)

Adjustment system (transmitter) (see section 4.1)

Adjustment system (display)

With the rotary switch you choose the requested function. With the u-1-" and keys you change the display indication to the requested values or set the suitable decimal point. Then set the rotary switch to position 'OPERATE. The set values are transferred to the EEPROM memory and remain there even in case of voltage loss.

Digital value: - 4 digits as well as sign and decimal point - individual scale from -9999 ... +9999

12 VEGADIS 12



Setup

4.3 Adjustment of the transmitter

Adjustment

To adjust the beginning of the measuring range and end value of the measuring range, connect an ammeter to terminals 10 and 12.

The measured value is identical to the output current.

1 Adjust zero (vessel empty) Set the rotary switch to zero. Set a current of 4 mA by pushing the '+' and '-' key.

2 Adjust span (max. vessel level) Set the rotary switch to span. Set a current of 20 mA by pushing the '+' and key.

Adjustment range of the measuring range final value: 3.3 % ... 120 % of nominal range

Adjustment Instructions: - A modification of the beginning of the

measuring range does not influence the adjusted span.

- It is also possible to adjust currents for partial fillings, e.g. 8 mA for 25 % and 16 mA for 75 %. The electronics then calculates automatically the current values for 0 % and 100 % (only possible with a delta

3 %). - The current value first changes in steps of

6 pA steps, then after approx. 10 sec. of pressing, in steps of about 300 pA. If the current values react to the key pressing with a time delay, this can have two reasons: - the last adjustment was carried out with

a level considerably deviating from the actual level.

Integration time

An integration time A of 0 ... 10 sec can be set for damping level fluctuations.

Procedure: Set rotary switch to A.

By pushing the key 10 times, make sure that the integration time is set to 0 sec. For every 1 sec requested integration time, push the '+' key once.

The integration time is the time required by the current output signal to reach 90 % of the actual level after a sudden level change.

4.4 Scaling of the indication

The display provides the current values 4 ... 20 mA as bar graph and as digital value.

Bar graph At 4 mA no segment of the bar graph appears, at 20 mA all segments appear. This assignment is fixed.

Digital value The digital value can be scaled individually between -9999 ... +9999 via the adjustment module.

1 Adjust zero Set the rotary switch to zero. Set the requested value, e.g. 0 by pushing the '+' and key.

2 Adjust end Set the rotary switch to end. Set the requested value, e.g. 1000 by pushing the '+' and '-' key.

3 Adjust the decimal point (point) Set the rotary switch to point. Set the requested values, e.g. 8888 (no decimal point) by pushing the '+' and '-" key.

VEGADIS 12 13



Diagnostics

5 Diagnostics

5.1 Maintenance

VEGADIS 12 is maintenance-free.

5.2 Failure rectification

In case of an instrument failure, please check the following: - the atmospheric pressure compensation - the electrical connections and components.

Check atmospheric pressure compensation First of all open the housing cover. The indicated measured value must not change. However, if the indicated value. changes nevertheless, the compensation of the atmospheric pressure is not ensured. Please therefore check: - the breather facility on the housing - the capillaries in the special cable.

Note: There must be always the same atmospheric pressure on the breather facility as on the open vessel.

Check electrical components

Terminals VEGADIS 12

raInnurra Voltage Current

External energy source

Current .

Instruction for Ex applications Deviating from the previous assignment, the terminals 10 and 12 are here used for brief connection to a certified, active, floating (max. value: 470 mW) or to an individual passive, floating measuring instrument. For connection, the regulations for wiring of intrinsically safe circuits (measuring instrument, supply and signal circuit) must be noted.

Voltage - Check the terminal voltage on VEGADIS 12

(must be at least 12 V DC or 17 V DC with display).

Current

Current value Condition

3.8 ... 20.5 mA standard range for output current

0 mA signal cable interrupted

< 3.6 mA electronicS or pressure sensor element defective

22 mA electronics or pressure sensor element defective

14 VEGADIS 12



Notes NEM

VEGADIS 12 15



VESA VEGA Grieshaber KG Am Hohenstein 113 D-77761 Schiltach Phone (0 78 36) 50 - 0 Fax (0 78 36) 50 - 201 E-mail [email protected] www.vega.com

ISO 9001

CE All statements concerning scope of delivery, application, practical use and operating conditions of the sensors and processing systems correspond to the latest information at the time of printing.

Technical data subject to alterations

2.20592 / Febr. 2000



ISO 9001

WEQ

Prillzertifikat far Druckmessumformer

Test certificate for pressure transmitters

VEGA

VEGA bestatigt, dass die zur Qualitatspriifung des Erzeugnisses eingesetzten Messmittel gultig kalibriert and auf nationale Normale der Physikalischen Technischen Bundesanstalt (PTB) riickftihrbar sind. VEGA confirms that all instruments used to assure the quality of our products are calibrated and traceable to national standards of PTB (Physikalischen Technischen Bundesanstalt)

VEGA Grieshaber KG, Am Hohenstein 113, 77761 Schiltach, Tel. 0 78 36/50-0, Fax. 0 78 36/50 201

Druckmessumformer / Pressure transmitter: BAR64

Messbereich / Meassuring range: -1 bis/to 5 bar rel.

-100 bis/to 500 kPa rel.

Seriennummer / Series no.:

Ausgang / Output:

Zulassungen / Approvals:

12494080

4 ... 20mA, HART

OHNE

Kennwerte / Characteristics: -0,970 bis/to 5,000 bar rel.

Kennliniencharakteristik / Output characteristics: max. zul. Abweichung bezogen auf Messbereich: / Dev. in linearity rel. to measuring range

0,49 bis/to 100,00 %

< 0,10 %

Kundennummer Customer ID

Auftragsnummer Order number

Auftragsposition Order position

44741

1091074

1

1

- -

1 Ref.-Druck / Ref. pressure [bar]: -0,970 0,498 1,998 3,498 5,000

Soll-Ausgang / Ideal output [°/.]: 0,49 24,96 49,96 74,96 100,00

I Ist-Ausgang / Real output [%]: L._

0,49 24,97 49,98 74,98 100,00

i 1 Abweichung / Accuracy [%]: 0,00 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,00

0,5

-0.970 0.498

-0,5

Temperatureinfluss / Temperature influence:

Temperaturfehler bei 0 bar rel. / Temperature accuracy at 0 bar rel.

Bezogen auf den Messbereich / Related to the measuring range

Bezugstemperatur 20 °C / Ref. temperature 20 °C

1.998

Temperatur [°C] Temperature

Ist-Ausgang [%] Real output

Abweichung [%] Accuracy

Datum / Date: 18.06.2003 Unterschrift / Signatur

3.498 5.000 P / bar

0 20 60 100

16,73 16,73 16,72 16,71

0,00 0,00 -0,01 -0,02



FTX Series Isolated

4-Wire Transmitters

CaHbraUon and casPliiicUon -

Manual (Version 2.02)

FTX series

-

A NN

MANN INDUSTRIES



Important Note:

As of December 1998, all Mann Industries' instrument in aluminium housing are manufactured in a new format where one side of the DIN rail mounting and G-rail mounting are incorporated in the body of the instrument for added stability and strength. Any of the DIN rail profiles with a 35mm overall width and 27mm channel width can now be used with this product in addition to the standard G-rail profile.

CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENT

The information in this manual is confidential and must not be passed on to any third party without prior

written permission from MANN INDUSTRIES PTY LTD.



CONTENTS

Section Page #

introduction

1.1 Scope 1 - 1

1.2 Revision history 1 - 1

1.3 Manual organisation 1 - 1

1.4 General description 1 - 2

Installation

2.1 General description 2 - 1

2.2 Location 2 - 1

2.3 Wiring information 2 - 1

2.4 Electrical connections 2 - 2

2.4 (i) FTX Output signal connections 2 - 3 2.4 (ii) DC current inputs (FTX/DMA) 2 - 4

2.4 (iii) DC voltage inputs (FTX/DMV and FTX/DCV) 2 - 5

2.4 (iv) Thermocouple inputs (FTX/TCX and FTX/TCL) 2 - 6

2.4 (v) RTD transmitter (FTX/RTD, FTX/RTL) 2 - 7

2.4 (vi) Resistance inputs (FTX/RES) 2 - 8

2.4 (vii) differential resistance inputs (FTX/DRT) 2 - 8 2.4 (viii) Potentiometer/slidewire wiper position inputs (FTX/POT) 2 - g

2.4 (ix) AC voltage inputs (FTX/AVX) 2 - 9 2.4 (x) Differential milliamp inputs (FTX/MAS) 2 - 10 2.4 (xi) High/low selector (FTX/HLS) 2 - 11

2.5 Cable preparation 2 - 11

2.6 Mechanical dimensions 2 - 12

(i)



CONTENTS

Section Page #

Calibration

3.1 General 3 - 1

3.2 Equipment requirements 3 - 2

3.3 Power supply connections 3 - 2

3.4 Output signal monitoring 3 - 2

3.5 ZERO adjustment 3 - 3

3.6 SPAN adjustment 3 - 3

3.7 DC current and voltage inputs (FTX/DMA, /DCV and /DMV) 3 - 4

3.8 Thermocouple inputs (FTX/TCX and FTX/TCL) 3 - 5

3.9 Resistive temperature detector inputs (FTX/RTD and FTX/RTL) 3 - 6

3.10 Resistance inputs (FTX/RES) 3 - 7

3.11 Differential resistance inputs (FTX/DRT) 3 - 8

3.12 Potentiornetedslidewire position inputs (FTX/POT) 3 - 9

3.13 AC voltage inputs (FTX/AVX) 3 - 10

3.14 Differential milliamp inputs (FTX/MAS) 3 - 11

3.15 High/Low Selector (FTX/HLS) 3 -11



CONTENTS

Section Page #

Modifications

4.1 General 4 - 1

4.2 Fixing screw locations 4 -1

4.3 Disassembling the housing 4 - 2

4.3 (i) Removing/replacing the Left Hand side plate 4 - 2

4.3 (ii) Removing/replacing the main board and terminal board 4 - 3 4.4 Output signal format modification 4 - 4

4.5 Input signal range modification 4 - 5

4.5 (i) General 4 - 5

4.5 (ii) Programmable thermocouple inputs (FT(/TCX/P) 4 - 5

4.6 AC power supply modifications 4 - 8

4.7 Internal adjustments 4 - 9

4.7 () General

4.7 (ii) SET ZERO control

4.7 (iii) Thermocouple inputs

4.7 (iv) FTX/RTD & FTX/RTL lead length compensation adjustment . . .

4.7 (v) FTX/DRT input balancing adjustment

4.7 (vi) FTX/MAS input balancing adjustment

4.7 (vii) High/Low selector (FTX/HLS)

4.8 Attaching a gearplate mounting bracket

4 - 9

4 -10 4 -11

4 -13 4 -14 4 -15 4 -16 4 -17

Procedure for returning equipment covered by Mann Industries' two year product warranty



AMANN INDUSTRIES

A 1404 FTX series Introduction

Introduction 1.1 Scope

This manual contains all the information necessary to configure, calibrate and install the following instruments from Mann Industries' FTX range of 4-wire transmitters:

FTX/DMA DC milliamp transmitter;

FTX/DCV DC Voltage transmitter;

FIX/DMV DC millivolt transmitter; FTX/TCX Thermocouple transmitter, FTX/TCL Linearised thermocouple transmitter; FTX/RTD RTD transmitter,

FTX/RTL Linearised RTD transmitter; FTX/POT Potentiometer/slidewire transmitter; FTX/RES Resistance transmitter;

FIX/DRT Differential resistance transmitter, FTX/AVX AC voltage transmitter; FTX/MAS Differential milliamp transmitter; FTX/HLS High/Low Selector.

Service manuals containing circuit descriptions, board layouts, parts lists, and circuit diagrams (for those situations where equipment will be serviced by the user) are available for all instruments - please contact your local representative for details.

1.2 Revision history

V2.02 Includes HLS, AVX/.../RMS, and TCX/P July 1992

1.3 Manual organisation

The manual is divided into three sections:

Installation, which provides the necessary connection information;

Calibration, which provides the information needed for routine calibration; and

Modifications, which covers operations like changing the mounting bracket, major input range changes, input type conversion, etc..

To obtain quick and efficient service of any equipment covered by our standard 2 year warranty please follow the procedures given on the inside back cover of this manual.

1 - 1



MANN INDUSTRIES

A NN FIX series Introduction

1.4 General description

The transmitters in the FTX range accept inputs from a number of plant based signal sources. The input measurement is converted into proportional current/voltage signal for connection to PLC/Comput- ers/DCS and other receiving devices. The instruments covered by this manual have a number of common physical features:

Input types selected by plug in personality card; Mains powered;

Non-interacting zero and span controls; Front panel mounted test points for output signal monitoring; Three port isolation to 1.5kV (ac and dc); Compact metal enclosure; Switch selectable, analogue output formats; Zero based and offset zero outputs; Temperature stable operation; 35mm Top Hat and G-rail mount (with optional gear-plate bracket);

Connections via removable, screw type, terminal blocks. The major qualification for inclusion in this manual is that the input

type is governed by the addition of a personality card. Members of the FIX series that do not feature input selection by personality card are covered by separate manuals.

Outputs are high level analogue signals. The output format is selected from a number of standard formats using DIP switches on the main board. In some cases units may have been ordered with custom- ised outputs (NSO option) in which case the output switch selections will be invalidated.

The units are all powered devices, which can accept DC or AC supplies depending on the power supply board used in the unit. In all cases the input and output circuits of the units are isolated from each other and from the power supply (3 port isolation).

Standard units clip directly onto 35mm Top Hat rail and G-rail. A gearplate mounting bracket is available as an option.

1 - 2



MkA MANN INDUSTRIES

A NM FTX series Installation

Installation 2.1 General description

This chapter gives you some guidelines for installing the 4-wire transmitters covered by this manual (see section 1.1 for details).

2.2 Location

The model number label is on the left hand side panel of the instrument and includes calibration information, input type, output signal format and power supply requirements. You should check your requirements against the model number before installation. Note: all new instruments are fully calibrated before leaving the factory and should not need adjustment until the next scheduled calibration.

Test points are provided to monitor the output signal when the transmitter is in operation. The test points output a voltage for both current and voltage outputs. They allow current loop outputs to be monitored without breaking the output loop.

A mounting clip that fits both 35mm Top Hat rail and G-rail is normally fitted to all transmitters.You can also order them with a gearplate mounting bracket as an option. Section 4.8 gives instructions on changing the clip to a gearplate bracket.

Locate the instrument in an area that is free from dust, moisture and corrosive gases.

2.3 Wiring information

In general, you should choose your cables to avoid large voltage drops for any signal (input or output). Thermocouple transmitters require suitable thermocouple extension/compensating wire to connect the thermocouple to the instrument. Twisted pair cable is recommended for all other input types.

Thermocouple extension/compensating cable runs should avoid high temperature gradients and all cable runs should avoid electrically noisy environments.

If you use shielded cable, you should only connect the shield/drain at the source of the signal carried by the cable.

2 - 1



MMANN INDUSTRIES

A NH FTX series Installation

2.4 Electrical connections

The diagram below gives external connection information for the FTX series. Input connections can be found in the following pages. Note: earth connections must be attached to the stud on the underside of. the housing for AC power supplies; this connection must be attached before mains power is applied to the alarm (for compliance with AS 3000 - clause 5.4.4). For DC powered devices, terminal 9 can be used for the earth connection (complies with AS3000 clause 7.16).

tii .1A-41 out Ji*:(6

FTX/DMA U.,

FOUR WIRE ISOLATED

DC MILLIAMP TRANSMITTER

10

Input signals (see following sections)

Analogue output Output -ye Output +ve

Power supply, L(+) N(-)

Fig 2.1: General connection diagram for FTX

2 - 2



hA MANN INDUSTRIES

N N FTX series Installation

FTX series 4-wire

Transmitter

Additional device

(voltage inputs)

/ \

Receiving device

(voltage inputs)

Twisted pair cable \ /

FTX series 4-wire

Transmitter

13 14

Additional device

(Current inputs)

1 -1+

Twisted pair cable

Receiving device

(Current inputs)

1-1+

\.

Fig 2.2: Connection diagram for FTX series analogue outputs.

2.4 (i) FTX Output signal connections Fig 2.2 (above) gives connection information for the FTX series

analogue outputs. For voltage based outputs, you must use shielded cable to reduce the effects of induced noise (unless the cable run is particularly short). Connect the cable sheild/drain to ground at the transmitter end only.

Section 4 explains how you can change the output signal format.

2 - 3



-0- MANN INDUSTRIES

NN FTX series Installation

FTX/DMA DC mA source

Twisted pair cable'

FTX/DMA

14151

Zero-based signal

DC mA source

-1+

Twisted pair cable'

Offset zero signal

'Ground cable shield at signal source only

Fig 2.3: Input connection diagrams for mA current inputs.

2.4 (ii) DC current inputs (FTX/DMA)

Fig 2.3 (above) gives connection information for zero based and offset zero, DC current signals. For details of the input impedance consult the current issue of the FTX/DMA specification sheet in the catalogue.

2 - 4



kA MANN INDUSTRIES

A FTX series Installation

FTX/DMV

FTX/DCV

F '

Zero-based signals

) Twisted pair cable'

DC voltage source

1 -1 +1

FTYJDMV or

FTX/DCV

1415

Offset zero signals

DC voltage source

Twisted pair cable* () 'Ground cable shield at signal source only

Fig 2.4: Input connection diagrams for voltage and millivolt inputs.

2.4 (iii) DC voltage inputs (FTX/DMV and FTX/DCV) Fig 2.4 (above) gives connection information for zero based and

offset zero, DC voltage transmitters. For both voltage and millivolt signals, you must use shielded cable to rcducc the effect of induced noise.

For details of the input impedance consult the currant issue of the =levant specification sheet in the catalogue.

Note: some offset ranges will also connect between terminals 4 & 5; check the label on the top of the instrument for the correct connections.

2 - 5



Itui MANN INDUSTRIES

NN I4R FTX series Installation

FTX/TCL Or

FTX/TCX

Transmitter set uo for internal CJC,

+ 4 5 or 6

T/C extension wire

Instrument type Thermocouple +ve Thermocouple -ye

ITXITCX/.../X* 4 5

ITX/TCU..JX* 4 5

ITX/1-CX/..JEP* External CJC board (see below)

ITX/TCU..JEF" External CJC board (see below)

B-type TIC inputs 4 1

6

'Except type B thermocouples

i

..:'

; sac .0av

lir a T/C extension wire .4 '1

.

,._-:- a

Fig 2.5: Input connection diagrams for thermocouple inputs

2.4 (iv) Thermocouple inputs (FTX/TCX and FTX/TCL)

There are a number of different options for connecting the input to the FTX series thermocouple transmitters. They are summarised in the table in fig 2.5. The /EP option is an external CJC board that can be used for improved results with extremely small input spans. The ITX/TCX/P (which has switch selectable input ranges) can be set-up for use with the external CJC board using an internal link. All other types must be ordered with the ../EP option for small ranges. See section 4 for instructions on setting the ITX/TCX/P input range switches and internal/ external CJC link.

Note: You must always use suitable thermocouple extension wire for the automatic cold junction compensation to be effective. You should also choose cable tuns to avoid large temperature gradients and electrically noisy environments. If you use a saftey barrier, calibrate the transmitter with the bather connected to the input for best results.

2 - 6



MANN INDUSTRIES

FTX series Installation

FTX/RTD Or

FTX/RTL

4 5 6

/ N

R T

bsense

b

I

Ground cable shield at RTD end only

Fig 2.6: Input connection diagram for RTD inputs.

2.4 (v) RTD transmitter ( FTX/RTD, FTX/RTL)

Fig 2.6 below shows connections for both linearised and non-linearised transmitters. For 2-wire RTDs connect terminals 5 & 6 on the connector. For 4-wire RTDs leave one sense wire disconnected.

The lead length compensation method uses constant current excita- tion to compensate for the lead resistance. This method suits applications that include safety barriers, i.e., monitoring temperatures in hazardous areas. The barrier should be installed between the RTD, which is placed in the hazardous area, and the transmitter, which is installed in a safe area. Follow the manuafacturcrs instructions when - installing the barrier.

2 - 7



MLA MANN INDUSTRIES

A FTX series Installation

FTX/RES

Ground cable shield at signal source only

Fig 2.7: Input connection diagram for resistance inputs.

2.4 (vi) Resistance inputs (FTX/RES)

Fig 2.7 (above) gives connection information for resistance inputs. Note: you should fine tune the transmitter calibration after instalation for best results.

2.4 (vii) differential resistance inputs (FTX/DRT)

Fig 2.8 (below) gives connection information for differential resistance inputs. Note: RI must be greater than R2.

Note: you can use the FTX/DRT to monitor temperature differences if you use two, 2-wire, RTDs. The only restriction is that Ti must always be greater than 12.

FTX/DRT

2

6 5 4 T

Ground cable shield at signal source only

Fig 2.8: Input connection diagram for differential resistance inputs.

2 - 8



kA MANN INDUSTRIES

NH FTX series Installation

Fig 2.9: Input connection diagram for position inputs.

2.4 (viii) Potentiometer/slidewire wiper position inputs (FT)UPOT)

Fig 2.9 (above) gives input connections for the position measurement transmitter FTX/POT.

2.4 (ix) AC voltage inputs (FTX/AVX) Fig 2.10 (below) gives connection information for AC voltage

transmitters (FTX/AVX). Standard units require a true sine wave input signal with frequency in the range 47-63 Hz. However, you can order the FTX/AVX with the /RMS option, which calculates the true nns voltage for non-sinusoidal waveforms.

FTX/AVX AC voltage source

Fig 2.10: Input connection diagram for AC voltage inputs.

2 - 9



MANN INDUSTRIES

A NN FTX series Installation

FTX/MAS

4 5 6

4-20 mA signal

source B

4-20 mA signal

source A

Fig 2.11: Input connection diagram for differential milliamp inputs.

2.4 (x) Differential milliamp inputs (FTX/MAS) The FTX/MAS monitors the difference between two milliamp sig-

nals (normally both in 4-20mA format). At least one of the signals must be isolated and both signals must be in the same format. Fig 2.11 gives the input connections for auxiliary powered signal sources. The output of the FTX/MAS is proportional to signal A minus signal B.

Fig 2.12 explains the connections if you have two 2-wire transmitters as the input signal sources.

FTX/MAS

141516

Loop power supply

2-wire Transmitter

B

2-wire Transmitter

A

+ I 1

Fig 2.12: Input connection diagram for 2-wire transmitter inputs.

2 -10



MANN INDUSTRIES

FTX series Installation

FTX/HLS

4 5 6

4-20 mA signal

source B

4.20 mA signal

source A

Fig 2.13: Input connection diagram for high/low selector inputs.

2.4 (xi) High/low selector (FTX/HLS) You can set the FTX/HLS to select either the higher, or the lower,

of two input signals. Section four explains how to position the jumpers on the personality card for each action.Both input signals will normally be 4-20mA signals and must always be in the same format. Figure 2.13 gives connection information.

2.5 Cable preparation

When you are preparing the input and output wires for connection to the removable terminal blocks you should strip the wires to around 7 turn (0.27 inch) from the ends.-Do not tin multi-core cables-as the . solder can bend and crack when you tighten the screws. The result is- a poor connection; which may get worse. if there is any flux left behind', to corrode the contacts. It is better to use a crimp lug for multi-stranded connectors.

2 -11



MANN INDUSTRIES

A m FTX series Installation

2.6 Mechanical dimensions

Figure 2.14 give the mechanical dimensions of the housing. Values for the depth of the housing vary according to the mounting method. Depths given refer to the distance to the mounting plate surface.

RIGHT HAND SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW,

In

TOP VIEW

Effective depth: 35mm "Top hat" rail 123 mm G-rail (DIN 50035) 128 mm Gear-plate mount 107 mm

to surface (including rail/mounting plate)

Fig 114: F7X series transmitters' mechanical dimensions.

44 MM

2 -12



MMANN INDUSTRIES

A FTX series Calibration

Calibration 3.1 General

This section covers routine calibration of the FIX range of 4-wire transmitters. New units are calibrated and checked before being; dispatched and should not require recalibration before being installed (provided that they were ordered with the correct range).

The external calibration adjustments are:

ZERO - to give the output required, e.g., 4mA, with the input signal at the bottom of the range; and

SPAN - to give the required full scale output, e.g., 20mA, with the signal at the top of the range.

The ZERO and SPAN controls are provided with wide adjustment capability - for minor changes of output and input range these adjustments should be sufficient. If the output type or input type is to be altered, or if major range changes are required, section 4 (modification) should be consulted.

General calibration procedures are given first, followed by separate connection diagrams, equipment lists and calibration point set-up instructions for each input type. Since all transmitters will have the same provisions for power supply and output signal monitoring, connection details are only given once.

In addition to the external adjustments described below, there are internal factory adjustments to compensate for component. tolerances, .. -

etc. Procedures for adjustment of the internal controls are.given in-- section four for completeness.

Note: turn the controls 0 clockwise to increase the adjustment

,s_611))i(D},iiix(Dab_xvirlui

- - -

0E100130110

FTX/DIVIC

FOLIC DID. isOLTEN

DC tAtttlact TRANSICIrr ER

EIMBEICSIBLOOM

ZERO adjustment

SPAN adjustment

Output signal test points

3 - 1



i MANN INDUSTRIES

A NH FTX series Calibration

3.2 Equipment requirements

Equipment required to calibrate specific input types is listed with the relevant calibration set-up diagram. In addition the following equipment will be required for all models:

1 x 4+1/2 digit, digital voltmeter (for output signal monitoring). To calibrate current outputs you will need an accurate standard resistor (say 10D ±0.05%). A suitable power supply. Flat bladed screwdriver with blade width less than 2.54mm (0.1 inch).

3.3 Power supply connections ,

See section 2.4(i).

3.4 Output signal monitoring

Connect the 4+1/2 digit DVM across the output of the transmitter as shown below. As an alternative, you can use the front panel test points (with a short across pins 13 and 14 for current outputs). For current outputs the test point signal is a millivolt signal with 10mV change for lmA change in output current, i.e., a 4 - 20mA output gives 40

across the test points.

FTX

113114

DVM (Millivolt range)

nn

113 14,

Current outputs

10 fl resistor

DVM (Voltage range)

1.1-1

Voltage outputs

Fig 3.1: Connection diagram for FIX series analogue output monitoring.

3 - 2



NN

MANN INDUSTRIES

FTX series Calibration

3.5 ZERO adjustment

The ZERO control provides ±25% (of output span) adjustment in the minimum output signal level. Section 4 gives information necessary to make major changes to the output range and type. The ZERO potentiometer can be found on the front panel of the transmitter.

1. Connect up the instrument according. to figs 2.1, 3.1 and the appropriate input connection diagram. .

2. Set the input signal source to the lowest value in the input range required, e.g., 1 V for an FTX/DCV with a 1-5 V input range.

3. Turn the ZERO adjustment until the output is at the lowest value in the required output range, e.g., 4mA for a 4-20mA output range. -

This completes the ZERO adjustment.

3.6 SPAN adjustment

The SPAN control provides ±25% adjustment in output span. Its operation is independent of the ZERO control provided that the internal SET ZERO control has been correctly adjusted (see section 4). The SPAN potentiometer can be found on the front panel of the transmitter.

1. Set the ZERO adjustment according to section 3.5 above.

2. Set the input to the highest value in the input range required, e.g., 5 V for a FTX/DCV with a 1-5 V input range.

3. Turn the SPAN adjustment until the output is at the highest value, in the required output range. E.g. 20mA for a 4-20rnA output range.

4. Re-check ZERO adjustment.

This completes the SPAN control adjustment procedure.

3 - 3



MANN INDUSTRIES

FIX series Calibration

DC mA current source


F-1

FTX/DMA

10 fl resistor

DC Volt/millivolt source


FTX/DMV or

FTX/DCV

Fig 3.2: Calibration set-up for DC current and voltage inputs.

3.7 DC current and voltage inputs (FTX/DMA, /DCV and /DMV)

Connection information is given above for DC current and voltage transmitters - the choice of terminals 4 or 5 depends on the input range (check the top label for details). Addition equipment requirements (above those given in section 3.2) are as follows:

1 x 4+1/2 digit, digital voltmeter An accurate standard resistor (say 10f1 1-0.05%)for current inputs.

A signal source (e.g. Mann Industries P1000 or P275) with the appropriate voltage or current outputs.

For the ZERO adjustment the input should be set to the lowest value in the range required. E.g. 6mA for a 6-20mA input FTX/DMA, OV for a 0-3V input range FTX/DMV or 10mV foi a 10-30mV input range FTX/DMV.

For the SPAN adjustment the input sould be set to the highest value in the range required. E.g. 20mA fora 6-20mA input range FTX/DMA, 3V for a 0-3V input range FTX/DMV or 3OmV for a 10-30mV input range FTX/DMV.

3 - 4



Jha MANN INDUSTRIES

li NH FTX series Calibration

Thermocouple simulator

Transmitter set-up for internal CJC

FTX/TCX Or

FTX/TCL

4 5/6

Extension/compensatinq cable to suit T/C type

Thermocouple simulator

Transmitter set-up for external CJC

FTX/TCX Or

FTX/TCL

Ext CJC card

1+

Extension/compensatina cable to suit T/C type

Fig 3.3: Calibration set-up for thermocouple inputs. Note: use terminal 6 for 8-type -re.othenvise use terminal 5

3.8 Thermocouple inputs (FTX/TCX and FTX/TCL)

Connection information is given above for thermocouple transmitter calibration. Note: for type B thermocouple transmitters connect the simulator between terminals 4 and 6, otherwise connect between terminals 4 and 5. Additional equipment requirements (above those given in section 3.2) are as follows:

1 x Thermocouple simulator Linearised thermocouple transmitters are linearised to a particular

range, if a change of range is required the user should consult the factory for details of new resistor values, etc.

For the ZERO adjustment the thermocouple simulator should be set to the lowest value in the input range required, e.g., 0°C for a 0-400°C input range.

For the SPAN adjustment set the thermocouple simulator to the highest value in the input range required, e.g., 400°C for a 0-400°C input range.

The linearity curve of the linearised FTX/TCL is optimised for a particular range at the factory. Included in the optimisation is the LINEARITY control adjustment described in section 4.7 (ii).

3 - 5



MMANN INDUSTRIES

NH FTX series Calibration

RTD simulator

FTX/RTD Or

FTX/RTL

1415k

b

bsense

Fig 3.4: Calibration set-up for RTD inputs.

3.9 Resistive temperature detector inputs (FTXJRTD and FTXJRTL)

Connection information is given above for RTD transmitter calibration. Additional equipment requirements (above those given in section 3.2) are as follows:

1 x RTD simulator. 1 x loon +/-0.3% resistor (for lead length compensation ad-

justment) A factory adjustment to balance the lead length compensation cur-

rents is described in section 4.7(iii). There are no linearisation adjustments required for the FTX/RTL.

For the ZERO control adjustment set the RTD simulator to the lowest value in the input range required, e.g., -50°C for a -50°C thru +50°C input range. -

_ For the SPAN control adjustment procedure set the RTD simulator to the highest value in the input range required, e.g., +50°C for a -50°C thru +50°C input range.

3 - 6



MANN INDUSTRIES

FTX series Calibration

Resistance box

T1

FTX/R ES

-61

Fig 3.5: Calibration set-up for resistance inputs.

3.10 Resistance inputs (FTX/RES)

Connection information is given above for resistance transmitter calibration. Additional equipment requirements (above those given in section 3.2) arc as follows:

1 x accurate decade resistance box.

For improved performance the transmitter can be fine tuned after installation to compensate for any cable resistance.

During the ZERO control adjustment set the decade box to the lowest resistance in the input range required, e.g., 100. for a 10-2000 input _

range.

During the SPAN control adjustment set the decade box to the lowest resistance in the input range required, e.g., 2000 for a 10-2000 input range.

3 - 7



MMANN INDUSTRIES

A 104 FTX series Calibration

Fig 3.6: Calibration set-up for differential resistance inputs.

3.11 Differential resistance inputs (FTX/DRT)

Connection information is given above for differential resistance transmitter calibration. Additional equipment requirements (above those given in section 3.2) are as follows :

2 x accurate resistance box Note : one resistance box can be replaced by an accurate resistor

equal to the minimum value of R2. '

While the ZERO control is being adjusted, set decade box 2 to the minimum resistance of R2 and set decade box 1 so that the difference in the input resistances. is equal to the minimum difference to be measured. E.g. To set the ZERO on an FTX/DRT with R2 minimum- value 2000 and input range 10-400 , set box 2 at 2000 and box 1 at. 2100.

While the SPAN control is being adjusted, decade box 2 remains set at the minimum value of R2 and decade box 1 is set to give the maximum difference to be measured. E.g. To set the SPAN control on an FTX/DRT with R2 minimum value 2000 and input range 10-400 ,

set decade box 2 at 2000 and box 1 at 2400 .

The input measurement is taken by feeding equal currents to both resistors and measuring the resulting difference in potential across the resistors. This method has the advantage of automatically compensating for cabling resistances. An internal adjustment is provided to allow for component tolerances which would otherwise result in unequal currents to the resistors. The adjustment procedure is described in section 4.7(iv).

3 - 8



MANN INDUSTRIES

NN FTX series Calibration

FTX/POT

4 5 161

4+1/2 digit DVM

(mV scale) mV source

Fig 3.7: Calibration set-up for positional inputs

3.12 Potentiometer/slidewire position inputs (FTX/POT)

Connection information is given above for potentiometer/slidewire position transmitter calibration. Additional equipment requirements (above those given in section 3.2) are as follows:

1 x resistor (RI in fig 3.7) with value equal to the measured end to end resistance of the potentiometer or slidewire;

1 x 4+1/2 digit Multimeter (DVM):

1 x accurate, stable, millivolt source; e.g., Mann Industries' Portacal 275.

Measure the voltage across resistor Rt. This voltage represents. 100% open and OV represents closed. If your range is not from 0-100% you must calculate the values that you require for zero and full scale output. Set the millivolt source to those values when you adjust the zero and span controls.

3 - 9



-0- k A MANN INDUSTRIES

A FTX series Calibration

FTX/AVX

F F

DVM (Vac scale)

AC voltage source

Fig 3.8: Calibration set-up for AC voltage inputs.

3.13 AC voltage inputs (FTX/AVX)

To calibrate a FTX/AVX you will require : A suitable stable AC voltage source 1 z 4+1/2 digit, digital voltmeter for input signal monitoring Equipment as listed in section 3.2

While the ZERO control is being adjusted the input signal source should be set to the lowest value in the input range required. E.g. for a 0-500Vac FTX/AVX set the input to OVac during the zero adjustment.

While the SPAN control is being adjusted set the input voltage to the highest voltage in the input range required. E.g. for a 0-500Vac FTX/AVX set the input to 500Vac during the span adjustment.

3 -10



IM

O-

64 MANN INDUSTRIES

W NN FTX series Calibration

FTX/MAS

1-41T7

DVM (mV scale)

n

DC mA source

A

10 fl Resistor

DVM (mV scale)

n

DC mA source

B

1 1

10 fl Resistor

Fig 3.9: Calibration set-up for differential milliamp inputs.

3.14 Differential milliamp inputs (FTX/MAS)

To calibrate the FTX/MAS you will require :

2 x accurate, stable, milliamp source, e.g., Mann Industries' Portacal 1000;

2 x 4+1/2 digit, digital multimeter (not required if the signal sources have displays);

2 x precision 10f2 resistor (not required if the signal sources have displays)

Equipment as listed in section 3.2 For the FTX/MAS both current inputs have the same range, if the

range is zero based then the second current source will not be required (leave input B open circuit during calibration).

While the ZERO control is being adjusted both milliamp sources should be set to the lowest value in the input range required, e.g., 4mA for a 4-20mA input range FTX/MAS,

While the SPAN control is being adjusted set milliamp source A to highest value in the input range and set milliamp source B to the lowest value in the range, c.g., for a 4-20mA input range FTX/MAS set milliamp source A to 20mA and source B to 4mA.

3.15 High/Low Selector (FTX/HLS)

The set-up for FTX/HLS calibration is the same as for the FTX/MAS (see above). To adjust the ZERO control set both signals sources to the lowest value in the input range required (normally 4 mA). To calibrate the SPAN control set both signal sources to the highest value in the input range (normally 20 mA).

3 - 1 1



-0- MANN INDUSTRIES

A NH FTX series Modifications

Modifications 4.1 General

This section covers major modifications to the models covered-by the manual including changes of input/output type, power supply requirements and mounting bracket. It also includes procedures for adjustment of all internal, factory calibration controls (for completeness).

All transmitters covered by this manual (see section 1.1) use the same main board with different personality. cards..Personality cards. for particular input types can be obtained from the factory.

All the transmitters in this manual have switch selectable outputs.The instrument will be fitted with either an AC or a DC power supply board depending on the model ordered. The AC power supply voltage can be selected by soldering across pads provided on the AC power supply board.

4.2 Fixing screw locations

The drawing below shows the locations of the side plate fixing screws.

G & H

TERFEFI 69:11 HL i LEITEmi

rCi)

1 'I

i.

111

5

Fig 4.1: Side plate Ping screw locations. 17w left hand side plate (shown) normally carries the model/ serial number label.

4 - 1



64 MANN INDUSTRIES

Vb. FTX series Modifications NN

4.3 Disassembling the housing

4.3 (i) Removing/replacing the Left Hand side plate Two M3 countersunk bolts attach the power supply board to the left

hand side plate; they are marked G and H in fig 4.1 above.

To remove the left hand side plate:

1. Remove the six self tapping screws marked A, B, C, D, E and F and the two M3 countersunk bolts marked G & H (see fig 4.1).

2. Remove the left hand side plate and note the position of the plastic insulator covering the power supply board.

When operating AC powered instruments without the housing, take care to avoid touching the pads on the power supply board as there are high voltages present.

To replace the left hand side plate:

1. Remove the power supply board from the instrument and fix it to the side plate using bolts G & H. Make sure that you place the plastic cut-out correctly between board and side plate.

2. Plug the power supply board and side plate assembly into the terminal board. The edges of the side plate should line up with the case.

3. Replace the remaining six screws.

4 - 2



-0- kA MANN INDUSTRIES


4.3 (ii) Removing/replacing the main board and terminal board

Removing the main board

1. Remove the power supply board as described above (section 4.3

(i));

2. Remove the six self tapping screws from the right hand side plate so that you can remove the right hand side of the case with main board still attached (i.e., equivalents of A, B, C, D, E and F on the left plate).

3. Remove the top cover.

4. Slide the base extrusion off the terminal board.

5. Remove the side plate and insulator from the main board by removing the remaining two M3 countersunk screws.

Replacing the main board

1. Position the insulating cut-out between the main board and side plate and tighten the bolts.

2. Slide the base extrusion onto the terminal board (the side plate should line up with the edges of the base extrusion) and replace the four side plate fixing screws.

3. Attach the power supply board/ left side plate assembly to the connector in the terminal board. The edges of the plate should line. up with the sides of the extrusion. Replace the four side plate fixing screws.

4. Insert the top extrusion into the front cavity and fix in place using the remaining four screws.

4 - 3



-0--kA MANN INDUSTRIES

NN FTX series Modifications

4.4 Output signal format modification

On standard units you can select the output type (from six common output ranges) using switches on the main board. There is also a push fit jumper that you may need to move (so that the test points output the correct voltage for the output type that you have selected).The table below gives the switch settings and jumper positions. Fig 4.2 shows the location of the switch bank.

Output Switch bit CN

Link Note: Fccifossweditclhosnettaings

O--.Open / Off

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0-20mA 0 CO C 0 Current

4-20mA 0 0 0 G 0 sC 0 Current

0-5V 0 T.e 0 0 Voltage For current/voltage link the board is marked C for current position & V for voltage position

1-5V 0 0 . 0 0 Voltage

0-10y . 0 re. 0 .6: 0 0 Voltage

2 -WV o o o o 0 Voltage

To modify the output type/range the power supply board must be removed and the switches/jumpers changed to the appropriate positions. The instrument will then need a complete calibration - including the SET ZERO adjustment (section 4.7).

Fig 4.2: F7X main board showing switch bank and current/voltage Pamper location, for current outputs jumper is to the left.

4 - 4



ha MANN INDUSTRIES

M l NN FTX series Modifications

4.5 Input signal range modification

4.5 (i) General

The FTX/TCX/P has switch selectable input ranges and thermocouple types. Most other instruments have a fixed input range with wide zero and span adjustment using the front panel ZERO and SPAN potentiometers. For major changes of input range and changes of input type, you can buy a new personality card. The only other changes that you might need to make are: attaching a CJC transistor to the terminal board (for thermocouple inputs) and the addition of a resistor on the terminal board (for high voltage inputs).

A new front cover and procedures for modifying the inputs will accompany each kit.

4.5 (ii) Programmable thermocouple inputs (FTX/TCX/P)

To change the FTX/TCX/P input range, select the appropriate switch settings for the range you want using the table below and fig 4.6. You must adjust the CJC tracking control (see section 4.7), and the zero and span controls (see section 3). To select internal or external CJC use the jumper illustrated in fig 4.6.

Type B thermocouple

Input range # Offset range Span range Switch settings

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

A 60 °C to 492 °C 805 °C to 1050 °C 0 0 0 0 0 =

0 0 0 0

B 60 °C to 695 °C 1050 °C to 1400 °C oted C 60 °C to 844 °C 1400 °C to 1820 °C ZOZO

For the switch settings 0 = Off / Open and C = On / Closed

Type E thermocouple


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

A -19 °C to 20 °C 55 °C to 85 °C C000000000 B -42 °C to 39 °C 85 °C to 140 °C OCCC C -63 °C to 57 °C 140 °C to 235 °C = -6oao D -127 °C to 101 °C 235 °C to 400 °C

P.

TE

... _

d t 0 .0

E -190 °C to 166 °C 400 °C to 620 °C Ca: E o

F -190 °C to 221 °C 620 °C to 940 °C E. ZZ.C---'6-


4 - 5



'O- ki MANN INDUSTRIES


Type J thermocouple Input range # Offset range Span range Switch settings

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9110

A -24 °C to 23 °C 65°Cto 100 °C 0

-4_,

0000OOOO B -49 °C to 46 °C 100 °C to 175 °C OCCC C -73 °C to 67 °C 175 °C to 295 °C Z 0 6- 0 D -147 °C to 120 °C 295 °C to 530 °C 1E1E O

E -190 °C to 204 °C 530 °C to 800 °C -CCdo F -190 °C to 276 °C 800 °C to 860 °C 5 CD--


Type K thermocouple Input range # Offset range Span range

1

Switch settings

3 4 5 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

E

F

-30 °C to 29 °C

-60 °C to 59 °C

-95 °C to 85 °C

-245 °C to 156 °C

-270 °C to 270 °C

-270 °C to 366 °C

80 °C to 130 °C

130 °C to 230 °C

230 °C to 390 °C

390 °C to 700 °C

700 °C to 1100 °C

1100 °C to 1372 °C

0 0 0 0 0 0 o CCC

LOCO CC C CC

O

0 0

0 C 0


Type N thermocouple Input range # Offset range Span range

1 2

Switch settings

3 4 5 6 7 8 910 A

B

C

E

F

-47 °C to 44 °C

-99 °C to 87 °C

-160 °C to 124 °C

-270 °C to 214 °C

-270 °C to 346 °C

-270 °C to 454 °C

115 °C to 190 °C

190 °C to 290 °C

290 °C to 480 °C

480 °C to 800 °C

800 °C to 1250 °C

1250 °C to 1300 °C

0 0 0 C 0 0 0000 OCCC :COCO

0:6 CC CO '67 Ei


4 - 6



-C'kA MANN INDUSTRIES

M A 1.04 FTX series Modifications

Type R thermocouple


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

A -50 °C to 168 °C 390 °C to 590 °C 0 0 0 0 C ,--

=

=

0 0 0 0 0 0 CC B -50 °C to 299 °C 590 °C to 900 °C

C 0 C 0 C -50 °C to 408 °C 900 °C to 1400 °C

C C O E D -50 °C to 670 °C 1400 °C to 1760 °C


Type S thermocouple


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

A -50 °C to 171 °C 490 °C to 605 °C 0 0 0 0 F 0 ..--- - -,.=---

6-.1

o o o -- 0 C ---

C B -50 °C to 308 °C 605 °C to 950 °C - -COD()

--. C -50 °C to 424 °C 950 °C to 1550 °C

-:-. C C 0 D -50 °C to 711 °C 1550 °C to 1768 °C


Type T thermocouple


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

A -32 °C to 30 °C 80 °C to 120 °C 0 0 6. 0

.--ff --

.5.i.,

0 0 0 0 0 0 B -67 °C to 58 °C 120 °C to 200 °C o Z 6=

B060 C -104 °C to 83 °C 200 °C to 320 °C

t'dod D -190 °C to 143 °C 320 °C to 400 °C


Millivolt Inputs

Input range # Offset range Span range Switch settin.s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

A -1.20 mV to 1.20 mV 3.2 mV to 5.6 mV 0 0 0 0 = C 0 a- ...-..

B.

--"ri

z

0 0 0 0 offg . El 0 El 0

B -2.4 mV to 2.4 mV 5.2 mV to 9.4 mV

C -3.5 mV to 3.5 mV 8.8 mV to 16.2 mV

D -6.4 mV to 6.4 mV 15.9 mV to 2.9.5 mV gitg 0 E

MEg 0 E -11.0 mV to 11.0 mV 28.0 mV to 48.0 mV

D t a E F -15.0 mV to 15.0 mV 42.0 mV to 72.0 mV


4 - 7



NNI

MANN INDUSTRIES

FTX series Modifications

4.6 AC power supply modifications

The AC power supply board can be modified to operate at 110Vac or 240Vac by soldering and dc- soldering pads on the back of the power supply board.

The procedure for changing the power supply voltage is as follows:

a) Remove the power supply board as described in section 4.3(i).

b) Detach the board from the side plate by removing the 2 x M3 bolts from the side plates. Take note of the position of the insulating cutout between the plate and the board.

c) When altering the supply from 240Vac to 110Vac cut the track between the central pair of pads (marked 240V, see below). Place a solder bridge between each of the outer pairs of pads (marked 110V, see below).

d) Remove all traces of flux from the boards.

c) Re-assemble side plate, insulator and power supply board assembly.

f) Re-assemble the Transmitter (see section 4.3 (i)).

Bridge this pair of pads for 240Vac

operation.

Bridge these two pairs of pads for

110Vac operation.

Fig 4.3: View of AC power supply board solder side showing the locations of the AC voltage selection pads for 240 Vac and 110Vac operation.

4 - 8



'LAD- MANN INDUSTRIES

11 A NH FTX series Modifications

4.7 Internal adjustments

4.7 (i) General The external control on the instruments have wide adjustment capa-

bility and for minor changes of output and input these adjustments will be sufficient. Several instruments in the FTX series also have internal controls to compensate for component tolerances during manufacture. There is no need to adjust any internal controls unless you have replaced components during a repair. The only exception is the FTX/TCX/P (with switch selectable inputs), where you must follow the cold junction compensation adjustment procedure if you change the input range. All instruments despatched from the factory are fully calibrated.

The list below gives a brief explanation of the internal adjustments for each instrument:

Set zero adjustment - all instruments have a set zero adjustment potentiometer. The SET ZERO control removes the interplay between the ZERO and SPAN potentiometers. You should only adjust it if you have changed the output range.

FTX/TCX and FTX/TCL - Both types of thermocouple transmitter have CJC tracking adjustment controls. The FTX/TCL also has a LINEARITY control. FTX/TCX/P - the FTX/TCX/P has switch selectable input ranges jumper selection for internallextemal CJC. The personality card is different to the FTX/TCL and FTX/TCX so a different procedure is given for the CJC tracking adjustment. If you have an FTX/TCX/P (switch selectable input range) then you will need to adjust the CJC tracking after a change of input thermocouple type and check the adjustment after each range change.

FTX/RTD and FTX/RTL - Both types of RTD transmitter have a control to balance the input circuit for effective lead length compensation. This is a factory control and you should not need to adjust it.

FTX/DRT - the differential resistance transmitter inputs have a balance control. This is a factory control and you should not need to adjust it.

FTX/MAS - the differential current transmitter inputs have a balance control. This is a factory control and you should not need to adjust it.

FTX/HLS - the High/Law selector has an internal balance adjustment. This is a factory control and you should not need to adjust it.

Procedures for adjusting the factory controls are given in the following sections. You will always have to remove the left band side plate of the housing before calibration. The power supply board is shaped to allow easy access to the controls on the personality card and main circuit board.

Note: Take care to avoid touching the pads on the power supply board when operating the transmitter without a side plate as lethal voltages are present

4 - 9



MANN INDUSTRIES

Ai FTX series Modifications

4.7 (ii) SET ZERO control Note: this control is factory set: It should not need adjustment unless

you have changed the input type or found a significant amount of interplay between the external ZERO and SPAN adjustments.

a) Remove the left hand side plate (see section 4.3 (i)).

b) Connect the instrument according to figs 2.1, 3.1 and the appropriate calibration diagram (see section 3)

c) Set the input signal to the minimum value in the range required. E.g. 6rnA for 6-600mA input range FDUDMA.

d) Connect the DVM used to monitor the output across TPI on the main board (see below)

e) Turn the ZERO adjustment until the voltage across TP1 is 0.00ra V.

f) Reconnect the output DVM.

g) Adjust the SET ZERO adjustment until the output is at the lowest value in the required output range, e.g., 4 mA for a 4-20 mA output range. Note: there is a small interplay between the ZERO and SET ZERO adjustments so steps d) thin g) may have to be repeated.

h) Readjust the ZERO and SPAN adjustments if ner-csary.

i) Replace the left hand side plate.

This completes the SET ZERO adjustment.

Fig 4.4: Top edge of main board (actual size) showing location ofTP1 and SET ZERO adjustment (shaded ).

4 -10



101

M MANN INDUSTRIES


4.7 (iii) Thermocouple inputs For the FIXITCL personality card, the linearity curve is optimised

for the specified range at the factory by selecting particular components. The LINEARITY adjustment compensates for component variations and is unlikely to require adjustment. A similar adjustment (TRACKING) , on both Fnura. and FTX/TCX, compensates for component variations in the first stage input and CJC tracking circuits. Although they are unlikely to be required, procedures for altering these adjustments are given for completeness (in sections 4.5 (i) and 4.5 (ii) below).

CJC TRACKING adjustment (for FTX/TCX and F7XITCL) Note this procedure only applies to the FTX/TCL and FTX/TCX not

the FTX/TCX/P, which has a different personality card. The procedure is as follows:

a) Remove the left hand side plate (see section 4.3). Remove the side plate from the power supply board and plug the power supply board back into the unit.

b) Connect the terminals according to figs 3.1 and 3.3,

c) Set the thermocouple simulator to the temperature at which a 4 mA (or 10 mA) output is required,

d) Adjust VRl on the personality card (see fig 4.3 below) until the voltage between pins 8 and 9 of the personality card is 0.00mV.

This completes the TRACKING adjustment.

VR1

Fig 4.3: F7X general purpose personality card showing the location olfactory adjustments VRI &VR2 and the test points on the connector (pins 8 & 9).

4 -11



MANN INDUSTRIES


CJC select jumper

7

Fig 4.6: F7X/TCX/P personality card showing CJC tracking control location.

CJC Tracking adjustment for the FTX/TCX/P The FTX/TCX/P has switch selectable input ranges, jumper selec-

tion of intemal/extemal CJC and a CC tracking adjustment. To adjust the CC tracking, follow the procedure given for the FTX/TCX and FTX/TCL, but set the voltage across 1P1 to 0.00mV using VR1. Fig 4.6 (above) shows the FTX/TCX/P personality card and the locations of JP1 and VR1.

FTX/TCL linearity adjustments Before following the linearisation adjustment procedure check that

the error at 50% or 75% input is greater than about 0.2% of span. For example, for a type K, linearised for a 200°C to 1200°C range with 4-20mA outputs. At 700°C (50%) the output should be outside the range 11.968mA to 12.032mA before the lincarisation requires adjustment, at 950°C (75%) the range is 15.968mA to 16.032mA.

a) Remove the left hand side plate (see section 4.3 (i)).

b) Reconnect the unit (according to figs 2.1, 3.1 and 3.3) with a suitable earth connected to the earth stud. Take care with mains powered instruments as mains voltages are present on both the power supply and terminal boards.

c) Set the input to minimum, e.g., 200°C for a 200-1200°C range.

d) Adjust the ZERO adjustment to obtain a zero output, e.g., 4mA for a 4-20mA output range.

e) Set the input to 50% and adjust the SPAN adjustment to obtain a 50% output, e.g., with input at 700°C .(for 200-1200°C input range) adjust output to 12.00tnA (for a 4-20mA output range).

1) Set the input to 100% and turn the LINEARITY adjustment (VR2 on personality card) to obtain a full scale output, e.g., With input at 1200 °C (for 200-1200°C input range) adjust the output to 20.00tnA (for a 4-20mA output range).

g) Repeat steps e) thin 6) until no further improvement can be made.

This completes the FTX/TCL LINEARITY adjustment procedure.

4 -12



-0- LA MANN INDUSTRIES

NH FTX series Modifications

4.7 (iv) FIX/RTD & FTX/RTL lead length compensation adjustment Lead length compensation for 3-wire RTDs is achieved by injecting

equal currents into both sides of the RTD the third (sense) wire is used as a return. This allows the effect of lead resistances to be cancelled, if the resistances in each lead are approximately equal (as is generally the case). A potentiometer (VRI) is provided to allow for minor differences in component values that would otherwise deliver unequal currents to the RTD.

a) Remove the left hand side plate as described in section 4.3 (i).

b) Reconnect the power supply board.

c) Reconnect the unit (according to figures 2.1, 3.1 and 3.4) with a suitable earth connected to the earth stud. Take care with mains powered instruments as mains voltages are present on both the power supply and terminal boards.

d) Connect the 1000 resistor in series with pin 6.

e) Set the RTD simulator to 0°C.

f) Adjust VRI on the personality card until the voltage across the 1000 resistor is twice the voltage across terminals 4 and 5 of the transmitter.

g) Readjust the ZERO, SET ZERO and SPAN adjustments.

h) Reassemble the unit.

This completes the lead length compensation adjustment.

4 -13



MANN INDUSTRIES

FTX series Modifications

4.7 (v) FTX/DRT input balancing adjustment The input measurement is taken by feeding equal currents to both

resistors and measuring the resulting difference in potential across the resistors. This method also has the advantage of providing compensation for cabling resistances. A potentiometer adjustment (VR I) compensates for minor differences in component values that would otherwise deliver unequal currents to the resistors.

a) Remove the left band side plate as described in section 4.3 (i).

b) Reconnect the power supply board.

c) Reconnect the unit (according to figures 2.1, 3.1 and 3.6) with a suitable earth connected to pin 9. Care must be taken with mains powered instruments as mains voltages are available on both the power supply and terminal boards.

d) Set both decade boxes to the minimum value of R2.

e) Adjust VR1 until the voltages across the decade boxes are equal.

0 If necessary readjust the ZERO, SET ZERO and SPAN controls (see section 3).

g) Reassemble the instrument.

This completes the FTX/DRT input balancing procedure.

4 -14



a MANN INDUSTRIES rl A FTX series Modifications

4.7 (vi) FTX/MAS input balancing adjustment Control VR1 on the FTX/MAS personality card compensates for

minor differences in component values that would otherwise produce unequal gains in the input amplifiers. Balancing the input gains ensures that equal changes in both input signals do not affect the

outputs; so the output is the same with both signals at 20 mA as with both signals at 4 mA. Since most FTX/MAS transmitters have 4-20mA inputs, examples are given using these inputs.

The balancing procedure ensures that the output is the same with 4

mA in both inputs as with 20 mA in both inputs.

a) Remove the left hand side plate as described in section 4.3(i).

b) Connect up the inputs, outputs and power supply as shown in figs 3.8, 3.1 and 2.1 respectively.

c) Connect a DVM to TT' 1 on the main board (see fig 4.5).

d) Set both input milliamp sources to 4mA.

e) Adjust the ZERO control until the voltage across TP1 is 0.0mV.

f) Set both input milliamp sources to 20mA.

g) Adjust VR1 on the personality card (fig 4.4) until the voltage across TP1 is 0.OmV.

h) Repeat steps d) thru g) until no further improvement can be made.

i) Set both inputs to 4mA

j) Adjust the SET ZERO control to give the required zero output, e.g., IV for a 1-5V output signal format.

k) Set milliamp source A to 20mA

1) Adjust the SPAN control to give the required full scale output, e.g., 5V for a I-5V output signal format.

4 -15



LA MANN INDUSTRIES


4.7 (vii) High/Low selector (FTX/HLS)

Input balancing The FTX/HLS has an input balancing adjustment that balances the

two inputs. The adjustment is an internal factory adjustment that compensates for component variations during manufacture and it does not need routine adjustment.

While following this procedure you should refer to the personality card diagram (fig 4.5 below) and the set zero adjustment diagram (fig 4.2) for the location of R21. The procedure assumes a 4-20 mA input format.

The procedure for balancing the FTX/HLS inputs is as follows:

a) Remove the electronics from the housing;

b) Connect up the instrument according to fig 3.9 (diagram is for the FTX/MAS but also applies to the FTX/HLS);

c) Switch sources A and B to 20 mA;

d) Adjust VR1 (see fig 4.7) for 0.00 mV across terminals 4 and 5 of the transmitter;

e) Reassemble the unit and recalibrate according to section 3.

This completes the FTX/HLS input balancing procedure

Choosing High or Low select for FTX/HLS

a) To choose high or low select for the FTX/HLS place the jumper on the personality card according to fig 4.7 (below).

Link these pins for high selector!

Link these pins for low selector

/ANN 1

j3Rn- cal

.11 Marl:

w 0 (r7 LJ

U2 ( Os

MU 2 ..cAlati T.nsT:ki..- 0 ° 'Oin- \' -r=0-

( )t 4 C:2

LA

0

Fig 4.7: FTX/HLS personality card showing balance control location.

4 -16



ICI MANN INDUSTRIES

M NH FTX series Modifications

4.8 Attaching a gearplate mounting bracket

Units ordered with gearplate mounted brackets will have the mounting factory fitted. This section is aimed at users who intend to retrofit the bracket to a unit fined with DIN rail mounting clip. When fitting a gearplate bracket the transmitter will have to be disassembled completely to allow holes to be drilled in the back of the unit.

Before attempting to modify the mounting ensure that the mounting screws (2 x 3/8 countersunk self tappers), gearplate mounting bracket, mounting hole template, and a suitable sized drill (2.5mm) are available. The procedure for attaching the bracket is as follows:

a) Remove the base extrusion from the FTX main board as described in section 4.3(11).

b) Slide the plastic Top hat/ G-rail mounting clip off the base extrusion.

c) Drill two 2.5mm mounting holes in the base extrusion according to the template provided with the gearplate mounting bracket (see also below).

d) Attach the gearplate mounting bracket to the base extrusion using the 2 self tapping screws provided.

e) re-assemble the transmitter (see section 4.3 (ii)).

4 -17



Procedure for returning equipment covered by Mann Industries' two year product warranty

i) Advise your local Mann Industries sales representative . by phone that you intend to return the unit for service. You will need the serial number and model number. In

addition you will need the name and telephone number of a person to contact should more information be required.

ii) Pack the equipment to be returned carefully so that no damage occurs during transport to the factory

iii) Enclose a return address, telephone number and some proof of purchase.

Manufactured by:

Mann Industries Pty Ltd 4/26 Leighton Place, Hornsby 2077 NSW, Australia Tel: 61 2 9477-5822 Fax: 61 2 9477-5819 Web site: www.mannind.com.au Email: [email protected]

Distributed by:



emotron'

SERIAL COMMUNICATION OPTION

INSTRUCTION MANUAL - ENGLISH



Valid for the following models: EMOTRON Modbus RTU

Document number: 01-1989-01 Edition: rl Date of release: 1999-10-07

Copyright Emotron AB 1999 Emotron retain the right to change specifications and illustrations in the text, without prior notification. The contents of this document may not be copied without the explicit permission of Emotron AB.



SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Instruction manual It is important to be familiar with the main product (softstarter/ inverter) to fully understand this instruction manual.

Technically qualified personnel Installation, commissioning, demounting, making measurements, etc. of or on the Emotron products may only be carried out by personnel technically qualified for the task.

Installation The installation must be made by authorised personnel and must be made according to the local standards.

Opening the frequency inverter or softstarter

DANGER! ALWAYS SWITCH OFF THE MAINS VOLTAGE

BEFORE OPENING THE UNIT AND WAIT AT LEAST 5 MINUTES TO ALLOW THE BUFFER CAPACITORS TO

DISCHARGE.

Always take adequate precautions before opening the frequency inverter or softstarter. Although the connections for the control signals and the jumpers are isolated from the main voltage. Always take adequate precautions before opening the inverter or softstarter.

EMC Regulations EMC regulations must be followed to fulfill the EMC standards.

2



CONTENT

1. GENERAL INFORMATION 7

1.1 Introduction 7

1.2 Description. 7

1.3 Users 8 1.4 Safety 8 1.5 Delivery and unpacking. 9

2. MODBUS RTU 10 2.1 General 10 2.2 Framing 13 2.2.1 Address field 14 2.2.2 Function field 14 2.2.3 Data field 15 2.2.4 CRC Error checking field 15 2.3 Functions 16 2.3.1 Read Coil Status 16 2.3.2 Read Input Status 17 2.3.3 Read Holding Registers 18 2.3.4 Read Input Registers 20 2.3.5 Force Single Coil 21 2.3.6 Force Single Register 22 2.3.7 Force Multiple Coil 23 2.3.8 Force Multiple Register 24 2.3.9 Force/Read Multiple Register 26 2.4 Errors, exception codes 27 2.4.1 Transmission errors 27 2.4.2 Operation errors 28

3. SOFTSTARTER MSF DATA 29

3.1 Installation bookshelf types 29 3.2 Installation of MSF-170 to MSF-1400 31 3.3 RS485 Multipoint network 31 3.3.1 RS485 connection 31 3.3.2 RS485 termination. 32 3.4 RS232 point to point network 33

3



3.4.1 RS232 connection 33

3.4.2 RS232 wiring 33

3.5 Set-up Communication Parameters for Softstarter MSF 34

3.6 Softstarter MSF in serial comm. control mode 37

3.6.1 Selection of control mode [006] 38 3.7 Parameter List 39

3.8 Coil status list 40 3.9 Input status list 41 3.10 Input register list 42

3.11 Holding register list 45

3.12 Parameter description MSF 48 3.12.1 Softstarter type (30028). 48 3.12.2 Serial comm. contact broken (30034). 48 3.12.3 Operation mode (30041). 49 3.12.4 Operation status (30042). 49 3.12.5 Alarm (30103). 50 3.12.6 Relay indication K1 (40023). 50 3.12.7 Relay indication K2 (40024). 51 3.12.8 Analogue output value (40037). 51

3.12.9 Reset to factory setings (42032) 51

3.13 Performance 52

3.13.1 MSF response delay 52

4. INVERTER VFB/VFX DATA 53

4.1 Installation bookshelf types 53 4.1.1 Mounting option card 54

4.2 Installation of VFX types 55

4.3 RS485 Multipoint network 55

4.3.1 RS485 connection 55

4.3.2 RS485 termination. 56 4.4 RS232 point to point network 57 4.4.1 RS232 connection 57

4.4.2 RS232 wiring 57

4.5 Set-up Communication Parameters for frequency inverter VFB/VFX 58

4.6 Frequency inverter VFB/VFX in serial comm Control Mode 59

4.7 Parameter List 60 4.8 Coil status list 61

4



4.9 Input register list 62 4.10 Holding register list 65 4.11 Parameter description VFB/VFX 73 4.11.1 Inverter software version (30017). 73 4.11.2 Inverter type (30028). 74 4.11.3 Warning, Tripmessage 1-10 (30040, 30103,

30106, 30109, 30112, 30115, 30118, 30121, 30124, 30127,30130). 75

4.11.4 Relay, Digout and CRIO relay (40023,40024,41014, 41015,41020, 41021). 75

4.11.5 5.x.x Auto restart mask (41006) 76 4.11.6 Digln (41008,41009). 76 4.11.7 Representation of speed. 76 4.12 Performance 77 4.12.1 VFB/VFX response delay 77

5. CRC GENERATION 78

List of tables Table 1 Character frame with no parity. 11 Table 2 Character frame with parity. 11 Table 3 Exception codes. 28 Table 4 RS485 pinning 31 Table 5 RS232 pinning 33 Table 6 Parameter types 39 Table 7 Coil status list 40 Table 8 Input status list 41 Table 9 Input register list 42 Table 10 Holding register list 45 Table 11 Softstarter type 48 Table 12 Serial comm. contact broken 48 Table 13 Response delay table for setting (forcing) registers 52 Table 14 RS485 pinning 55 Table 15 RS232 pinning 57 Table 16 Parameter type 60 Table 17 Coil status list 61 Table 18 Input register list 62 Table 19 Holding register list 65 Table 20 Parameter set A 70 Table 21 Parameter set B, C and D 72

5



List of figures Fig. 1 Network configuration. 10 Fig. 2 Shows the MODBUS RTU data exchange. 11 Fig. 3 Timing diagram for a transaction (query and response

messages) (bottom in figure), a message frame (middle in figure) and a character frame (top in figure) 12

Fig. 4 MODBUS RTU option card. 29 Fig. 5 Installation of the option card. 30 Fig. 6 Mounting of the option card seen from the top. 30 Fig. 7 RS 485 mulitpoint network 31 Fig. 8 RS485 wiring 32 Fig. 9 Termination is OFF. 32 Fig. 10 Termination is ON. 32 Fig. 11 RS232 point to point network 33 Fig. 12 RS232 wiring. 34 Fig. 13 MODBUS RTU option card. 53 Fig. 14 Installation of the option card in VFB. 54 Fig. 15 Mounting of option card from above in VFB. 54 Fig. 16 RS 485 multipoint network 55 Fig. 17 RS485 wiring 56 Fig. 18 Termination is OFF 56 Fig. 19 Termination is ON 56 Fig. 20 RS232 point to point network 57 Fig. 21 RS232 wiring 57 Fig. 22 CRC example. 80

6



1. GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1 Introduction The MODBUS RTU optional card is an asynchronous serial interface for the frequency inverters of the VFB/VFX series and the softstarters of the MSF series to exchange data asynchro- nously with external equipment.

The protocol used for data exchange is based on the Modbus RTU protocol, originally developed by Modicon.

Physical connection can be either RS232 or RS485. It acts as a slave with address 1 - 247 in a master-slave configuration. The communication is half duplex. It has a standard non return to zero (NRZ) format. Baudrates are possible from 2400 up to 38400 bits per sec. The character frame format (always 11 bits) has:

one start bit eight data bits one or two stop bits even or no parity bit

(The frequency inverters VFB/VFX have no parity). A Cyclic Redundancy Check is included.

1.2 Description. This instruction manual describes the installation and operation of the MODBUS RTU option card, which can be built into the following products.: - VFB/VFX Frequency inverters:

VFB40-004 to VFB40-046 VFB40-018 to VFX40-1k2 VFX50-018 to VFX50-1k2

specific information about the frequency inverters is in chapter 4. page 53. -MSF softstarters:

MSF-017 - MSF-1400 specific information about the sofstarters is in chapter 3. page 29.

GENERAL INFORMATION 7



1.3 Users This instruction manual is intended for: - installation engineers - designers - maintenance engineers - service engineers

1.4 Safety Because this option is a supplementary part of the frequency inverter or sofstarter, the user must be aquainted with the original instruction manual of the VFB/VFX frequency inverter and the MSF sofstarter. All safety instructions, warnings etc. as mentioned in these instruction manuals are to be known to the user. The following indications can appear in this manual. Always read these first and be aware of their content before continuing.

NOTE! Additional information as an aid to avoiding problems.

CAUTION Failure to follow these instructions can result in malfunction or damage to the softstarter or the frequency inverter.

WARNING Failure to follow these instructions can result in serious injury to the user in addition to serious damage to the softstarter or the frequency inverter.

8 GENERAL INFORMATION



1.5 Delivery and unpacking. Check for any visible signs of damage. Inform your supplier immediately of any damage found. Do not install the option card if damage is found.

If the option card is moved from a cold storage room to the room where it is to be installed, condensation can form on it. Allow the option card to become fully acclimatised and wait until any visible condensation has evaporated before installing it in the inverter or softstarter.




2. MODBUS RTU

2.1 General Devices communicate using a master-slave technique, in which only one device (the master) can initiate transactions (called 'queries'). The other devices (the slaves) respond by supplying the requested data to the master, or by taking the action requested in the query. Typical master devices include host processors and programming panels. Typical slaves include programmable controllers, motor controllers, load monitors etc, see Fig. 1.

Modbus RTU

Master

F01

Modbus RTU

Slave node #1

tiTri Modbus RTU

Slave node #2 Modbus RTU

Slave node #n

Fig. 1 Network configuration.

The master can address individual slaves. Slaves return a message (called a 'response') to queries that are addressed to them individually.

The Modbus protocol establishes the format for the master's query by placing into it the device address, a function code defining the requested action, any data to be sent, and an error checking field. The slave's response message is also constructed using Modbus protocol. It contains fields confirming the action taken, any data to be returned and an error-checking field. If an error occurred in receiving the message, or if the slave is unable to perform the requested action, the slave will construct an error message and send this as its response, see Fig. 2.

10 MODBUS RTU



Modbus RTU

Master

Query Frame

Trailer Output Data Header

Response Frame

IModbus RTU Slave

Immediate response

Header Input Data Trailer

F02

Fig. 2 Shows the MODBUS RTU data exchange.

Modbus RTU uses a binary transmission protocol. If even parity is used, each character (8 bit data) is sent as:

Table 22 Character frame with no parity.

1 Start bit.

8 Data bits, hexadecimal 0-9,A-F, least significant bit sent first.

1 Even parity bit.

1 Stop bit.

If no parity is used each character (8 bit data) is sent as:

Table 23 Character frame with parity.

1 Start bit.

8 Data bits, hexadecimal 0-9,A-F, least significant bit sent first.

2 Stop bit.

MODBUS RTU 11



o Ion Ion Ion o 1 I o l I on I no I on I on

[10. 1111.

1)atLbit 7SwP/P Dat bit 6

-111. Data bit 5

.1 Da a bit 4 -I. D to bit 3 .------- Data bit 2

......

-11. ......-- - Data bit I

^- 1)a a bit 0 -11. Start bit

time

1.0 High -III. CRC Los

Data character n

-10, Data character 2

Data character I

Functio 1 code lime between characters must aot_exere8'3 5 character times.

Slave adress

time The master recognises end of message.

At least 3.5 character silence time. Slave has finished transmission of response

Transmission time. Slave start sending the response message.

Al. Response del y time. Slave processes the query and prepare a response.

-0, The addressed slave recognise end of message.

At least 3.5 character silence time. -P. Master has finished transmission of query.

Teas smission time. -I. Master start sending a query message.

4 At least 3.5 haracter silence time.

C

H

A

A

C

T

A

M

E

M E

S

S

A

G E

F

A

M

E

F03

A

N

S

A

C

T

0 N

Fig. 3

12

Timing diagram for a transaction (query and response messages) (bottom in figure), a message frame (middle in figure) and a character frame (top in figure).

MODBUS RTU



2.2 Framing Messages start with a silent interval of at least 3.5 character times. This is easily implemented as a multiple of character times at the baud rate used on the network (shown as T1- T2 -T3 -T4 in the table below). The first field then transmitted is the device address.

The allowed characters transmitted for all fields are hexadecimal 0-9,A-E Network devices monitor the network bus continuously, including during the 'silent' intervals. When the first field (the address field) is received, each device decodes it to find out if it is the addressed device.

Following the last transmitted character, a similar interval of at least 3.5 character times marks the end of the message. A new message can begin after this interval.

The entire message frame must be transmitted as a continuous stream. If a silent interval of more than 3.5 character times occurs before completion of the frame, the receiving device flushes the incomplete message and assumes that the next byte will be the address field of a new message.

Similarly, if a new message begins earlier than 3.5 character times following a previous message, the receiving device will consider it a continuation of the previous message. This will set an error, as the value in the final CRC field will not be valid for the combined messages. A typical message frame is shown below.

Header

START T1-T2-T3-T4

ADDRESS 8 bits

FUNCTION 8 bits

Data DATA n x 8 bits

Trailer CRC CHECK 16 bits

END T1-T2-T3-T4

MODBUS RTU 13



2.2.1 Address field The address field of a message frame contains eight bits. The individual slave devices are assigned addresses in the range of 1 - 247. A master addresses a slave by placing the slave address in the address field of the message.

When the slave sends its response, it places its own address in this address field of the response to let the master know which slave is responding.

2.2.2 Function field The function code field of a message frame contains eight bits. Valid codes are in the range of 1 - 6, 15, 16 and 23. See 2.2, page 13.

When a message is sent from a master to a slave device, the function code field tells the slave what kind of action to perform.

Examples are: - to read the ON/OFF states of a group of inputs; - to read the data contents of a group of para-

meters; - to read the diagnostic status of the slave; -to write to designated coils or registers within the slave.

When the slave responds to the master, it uses the function code field to indicate either a normal (error-free) response or that some kind of error occurred (called an exception response). For a normal response, the slave simply echoes the original function code. For an exception response, the slave returns a code that is

equivalent to the original function code with its most significant bit set to a logic 1.

In addition to its modification of the function code for an exception response, the slave places an unique code into the data field of the response message. This tells the master what kind of error occurred, or the reason for the exception, see 2.4.2, page 28.

The master device's application program has the responsibility of handling exception responses. Typical processes are to post subsequent retries of the message, to try diagnostic messages to the slave and to notify operators.

14 MODBUS RTU



Additional information about function codes and exceptions comes later in this chapter.

2.2.3 Data field The data field is constructed using sets of two hexadecimal digits (8 bits), in the range of 00 to FF hexadecimal.

The data field of messages sent from a master to slave devices contains additional information which the slave must use to take the action defined by the function code. This can include items like discrete and register addresses, the quantity of items to be handled and the count of actual data bytes in the field.

For example, if the master requests a slave to read a group of holding registers (function code 03), the data field specifies the starting register and how many registers are to be read. If the master writes to a group of registers in the slave (function code 10 hexadecimal), the data field specifies the starting register, how many registers to write, the count of data bytes to follow in the data field, and the data to be written into the registers.

If no error occurs, the data field of a response from a slave to a master contains the data requested. If an error occurs, the field contains an exception code that the master application can use to determine the next action to be taken.

2.2.4 CRC Error checking field The error checking field contains a 16 bit value implemented as 2 bytes. The error check value is the result of a Cyclical Redun- dancy Check (CRC) calculation performed on the message contents.

The CRC field is appended to the message as the last field in the message. When this is done, the low-order byte of the field is appended first, followed by the high-order byte. The CRC high-order byte is the last byte to be sent in the message.

Additional information about CRC calculation, see chapter 5. page 78.

MODBUS RTU 15



2.3 Functions Emotron supports the following MODBUS function codes.

Function name Function code

Read Coil Status 1 (01h)

Read Input Status 2 (02h)

Read Holding Registers 3 (03h)

Read Input Registers 4 (04h)

Force Single Coil 5 (05h)

Force Single Register 6 (06h)

Force Multiple Coils 15 (0Fh)

Force Multiple Registers 16 (10h)

Force/Read Multiple Holding Registers

23 (17h)

2.3.1 Read Coil Status Read the status of digital changeable parameters.

EXAMPLE Requesting the motor PTC input ON/OFF-state. It is ON.

PTC input: Modbus no = 29 (1Dh) On: Yes = 1 coil = 0001 1 byte of data: Byte count=01

16 MODBUS RTU



Request message.

Field name Hex value

Slave address 01

Function 01

Start address HI 00 Start address LO 1D

Number of Coils HI 00

Number of Coils LO 01

CRC LO 6D

CRC HI CC

Response message.


Slave address 01

Function 01

Byte count 01 Coil no.29 (1Dh) status 01

CRC LO 90

CRC HI 48

See 3.8, page 40 and 4.8, page 61 for all parameters readable with this function code.

2.3.2 Read Input Status Read the status of digital read-only information.

EXAMPLE Request the Pre-alarm status. It is no Pre-alarm. Pre-alarm status: Modbus no 2.

MODBUS RTU 17



Request message.


Slave address 01

Function 02

Start address HI 00

Start address LO 02

Number of Inputs HI 00

Number of Inputs LO 01

CRC LO 18

CRC HI OA

Response message.


Slave address 01

Function 02

Byte count 01

Input no.2 (02h)status 00

CRC LO Al CRC HI 88

See 3.9, page 41 for all digital status readable with this function code.

2.3.3 Read Holding Registers Read the value of analogue changeable information. Example, requesting the Nominal Motor Voltage, Nominal Motor Frequency and the Nominal Motor Current. Their values are 400.0 V, 60 Hz and 15.5 A.

400.0V, unit 0.1V - 4000 (OFAOh) 60Hz unit 1Hz - 60 (003Ch) 15.5A, unit 0.1A - 155 (009Bh)

18 MODBUS RTU



Request message.


Slave address 01

Function 03

Start address HI 00 Start address LO 00

Number of Registers HI 00

Number of Registers LO 03

CRC LO 05

CRC HI CB

Response message.


Slave address 01

Function 03

Byte count 06

Reg no. 0, (Oh) data HI OF

Reg no. 0, (Oh) data LO AO

Reg no. 1, (1h) data HI 00

Reg no. 1, (1h) data LO 3C


Reg no. 2, (2h) data LO 9B

CRC LO 20

CRC HI 34

See 3.11, page 45 and 4.10, page 65 for all analogue changeable parameters readable with this function code.

MODBUS RTU 19



2.3.4 Read Input Registers Read the contents of analogue read-only information.

EXAMPLE Request the Shaft Torque. It is 452.0 Nm. It has a long representation, 2 registers are used.

452.0 Nm, unit 0.1 Nm - 4520 (000011A8h).

Request message.


Slave address 01

Function 04

Start address HI 00

Start address LO OA



CRC LO 51

CRC HI C9

Response message.


Slave address 01

Function 04

Byte count 04

Reg no. 10 (0Ah) data HI 00

Reg no. 10 (0Ah) data LO 00

Reg no. 11 (06h) data HI 11

Reg no. 11 (0Bh) data LO A8

CRC LO F6

CRC HI 6A

See 3.10, page 42 and 4.9, page 62 for all analogue read-only information readable with this function code.

20 MODBUS RTU



2.3.5 Force Single Coil Set the status of one changeable digital parameter.

EXAMPLE Set the Start Command to ON. This will cause the motor to start.

Modbus no = 1 - adress LO 1 (01h) Run = 1 - 0 Data HI 255 (OFFh), Data LO 00 (00h)

Request message.


Slave address 01

Function 05

Start address HI 00

Start address LO 01

Data HI FF

Data LO 00

CRC LO DD

CRC HI FA

Response message.


Slave address 01

Function 05

Start address HI 00

Start address LO 01

Data HI FF

Data LO 00

CRC LO DD

CRC HI FA

See 3.8, page 40 and 4.8, page 61 for all parameters changeable with this function code.

MODBUS RTU 21



2.3.6 Force Single Register Set the value of one analogue changeable parameter.

EXAMPLE Set the Response Delay Max Alarm to 12.5 sec.

Modbus no 13 -> address LO (0D11)

12.5s, unit 0.1s - 125 (7Dh)

Request message.


Slave address 01

Function 06

Start address HI 00

Start address LO OD

Data HI 00

Data LO 7D

CRC LO D8

CRC HI 28

Response message.


Slave address 01

Function 06

Start address HI 00

Start address LO OD

Data HI 00

Data LO 7D

CRC LO D8

CRC HI 28

See 3.11, page 45 and 4.10, page 65 for all parameters changeable with this function code.

22 MODBUS RTU



2.3.7 Force Multiple Coil Set the status of multiple digital changeable parameters.

EXAMPLE Set the Alarm Reset ON and Start Command to ON. This will cause an alarm reset before the motor starts.

Coil no. = 0-1 Reset -> 1

Run = 1

->- 00000011 (03h)

Request message.


Slave address 01

Function OF

Start address HI 00

Start address LO 00

Number of Coils HI 00 Number of Coils LO 02 Byte count 01

Coil no. 0-1 status (0000 0011B) 03

CRC LO 9E

CRC HI 96

MODBUS RTU 23



Response message.


Slave address 01

Function OF

Start address HI 00

Start address LO 00

Number of Coils HI 00

Number of Coils LO 02

CRC LO D4

CRC HI OA

See 3.8, page 40 and 4.8, page 61 for all parameters changeable with this function code.

2.3.8 Force Multiple Register Set the contents of multiple changeable analogue parameters.

EXAMPLE Set the Response Delay Min Alarm to 25.0 sec and the Min Alarm Level to 55%.

25.0 sec, unit 0.1 sec -> - 250 (00FAh) 55%, unit 1% -> 55 (0037h)

24 MODBUS RTU



Request message.


Slave address 01

Function 10

Start address HI 00

Start address LO 11



Byte count 04

Data HI reg 17 (11h) 00

Data LO reg 17 (11h) FA

Data HI reg 18 (12h) 00

Data LO reg 18 (12h) 37

CRC LO 52

CRC HI 88

Response message.


Slave address 01

Function 10

Start address HI 00

Start address LO 11



CRC LO 11

CRC HI CD

See 3.11, page 45 and 4.10, page 65 for all parameters changeable with this function code.

MODBUS RTU 25



2.3.9 Force/Read Multiple Register Set and read the contents of multiple analogue changeable parameters in the same message.

EXAMPLE Set the Parameter Set parameter to 2 and Relay 1 function to 1

and read the Nominal Motor Speed and the Nominal Motor Power. They are 1450 rpm and 17000 W.

1450 rpm, unit 1 rpm -> 1450 (05AAh) 17000 W, unit 1 W -> 17000 (4268h)

Request message.


Slave address 01

Function 17

Start read address HI 00

Start read address LO 03

Number of read Regs HI 00

Number of read Regs LO 02

Start write address HI 00

Start write address LO 15

Number of write Regs HI 00

Number of write Regs LO 02

Byte count 04

Data HI Reg 21 (15h) 00

Data LO Reg 21 (15h) 02

Data HI Reg 22 (16h) 00

Data LO Reg 22 (16h) 01

CRC LO 62

CRC HI 77

26 MODBUS RTU



Response message.


Slave address 01

Function 17

Byte count 04


Reg no. 3, (3h) data LO AA


Reg no. 4, (4h) data LO 68

CRC LO E8

CRC HI 85

See 3.11, page 45 and 4.10, page 65 for all parameters changeable with this function code.

2.4 Errors, exception codes Two kinds of errors are possible: - Transmission errors. - Operation errors.

2.4.1 Transmission errors Transmission errors are: - Frame error (stop bit error). - Parity error (if parity is used). - CRC error. - No message at all.

These errors are caused by i.e. electrical interference from machinery or damage to the communication channel (cables, contact, I/O ports etc.). This unit will not act on or answer the master when a transmission error occurs. (Same result as if a non-existing slave is addressed). The master will eventually cause a time-out condition.

MODBUS RTU 27



2.4.2 Operation errors If no transmission error is detected in the master query, the message is examined. If an illegal function code, data address or data value is detected, the message is not acted upon but an answer with an exception code is sent back to the master. This unit can also send back an exception code when a set (force) function message is received during some busy operation states.

Bit 8 (most significant bit) in the function code byte is set to a

'1' in the exception response message. Example with an illegal data address when reading an input register.

Exception response message.


Slave address 01

Function 84

Exception code 02

CRC LO C2

CRC HI C1

Table 24 Exception codes.

Exc. code Name Description

01 Illegal function

This unit doesn't support the function code.

02 Illegal data address

The data address is not within its boundaries.

03 Illegal data value

The data value is not within it's boundaries.

06 Busy The unit is unable to perform the request at this time. Retry later.

28 MODBUS RTU



3. SOFTSTARTER MSF DATA

3.1 Installation bookshelf types Fig. 4 shows the parts of the MODBUS RTU option.

Flat cable to the control board.

MODBUS RTU option module.

RS485 4-pole connector and counter piece.

RS232sub d 9-pole connector.

Termination switch

4 ,1101BUS R71 option (41,4

WARNING! Opening the softstarter. Always switch off the mains voltage before opening the softstarter and wait at least 5 minutes to allow the buffer capacitors to discharge.

Remove first the lid on the top side of the softstarter. Mount the option card according to the sequence in Fig. 4.

SOFTSTARTER MSF DATA 29



1) 4) Remove the origi- Use tiewrap for nal lid before strain relief. installing the option card.

3) Mount the flat cable between the option card and the control board. Either of the two connectors on the option card can be used

2) Mount the 3 screws in their position.

Fig. 5 Installation of the option card.

Fig. 6 .1Iounting of the option card seenfroin the top.

30 SOFTSTARTER MSF DATA



3.2 Installation of MSF-170 to MSF-1400

NOTE! Under construction, to be defined.

3.3 RS485 Multipoint network The RS485 port (see Fig. 4) is used for multi point communication. A host computer (PC/PLC) can address (master) maximum 247 slave stations (nodes). See Fig. 7.

BUS MASTER

RS485

VFB

Id 1

MSF

Id 2 VFX

Id 3

F10

Fig. 7 RS 485 mulitpoint network

3.3.1 RS485 connection

Table 25 RS485 pinning

RS485 pin Function

1 Ground

2 A-line

3 B-line

4 PE

The connector is a 4-pole male connector. The wiring should be done according to Fig. 8.




Master Slave 1 Slave 2

1

i GND I w I GND I II R598 111.11 Rs. 11 IIMINIIIIINIIIMMIll III MOM II IP T III v v

Shield Shield

Connection to Modbus RTU Host PC/PLC

Male connectors on Modbus RTU option cards

Fig. 8 RS485 wiring

3.3.2 RS485 termination. The RS485 network must always be terminated, to avoid transmission problem. The termination must take place at the end of the network. In Fig. 8 this means that the termination must take place at the slave 2 unit.

Switch S1 (see Fig. 4) sets the termination ON or OFF as

indicated in the Fig. 9 and Fig. 10.

OFF

ON

F14

OFF

ON

F15

Fig. 9 Termination is OFF.

Fig. 10 Termination is ON.

NOTE! Physical connection can be either RS232 or RS485, not both on the same time.




3.4 RS232 point to point network The RS232 port is used for point to point communication as a master slave. See fig Fig. 11.

PC RS232 Emotron product

F13

Fig. 11 RS232 point to point network



RS232 pin Function

2 TX from module

3 RX to module

5 Ground

3.4.2 RS232 wiring The RS232 port consists of a sub-D 9 pole female connector. The wiring should be done according to Fig. 11.

NOTE! Use an 1:1 cable WITHOUT a pin 2-3 crossing.




Master

GND

RS232-RX

RS232-TX

Shield

PE

Connector to Female connector on

Slave

Modbus RTU Subd Modbus RTU Sub-d option card

Fig. 12 RS232 wiring.


3.5 Set-up Communication Parameters for Softstarter MSF

The following parameters have to be set-up: - Unit address. - Baud rate.

Parity - Behaviour when contact broken.

Setting up the communication parameter must be made in local 'Keyboard control' mode. See 3.6.1, page 38.




Serial comm. unit address[111]

11111°° o

1 Serial comm unit address

Default: 1

Range: 1-247

This parameter will select the unit address.

Serial comm. baudrate[112]

112 0°

9. 6 Serial comm baudrate

Default: 9.6

Range: 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 kBaud

This parameter will select the baudrate.

Serial comm. parity[113]

1130

0 Serial comm parity

Default: 0

Range: 0.1

This parameter will select the parity. 0 No parity. 1 Even parity.




Serial comm. broken alarm[114] If control mode is 'Serial comm. control' and no contact is

established or contact is broken the Soft starter consider the contact to be broken after 15 sec, the softstarter can act in three different ways:

1 Continue without any action at all. 2 Stop and alarm after 15 sec. 3 Continue and alarm after 15 sec.

If an alarm occurs, it is automatically reset if the communication is re-established. It is also possible to reset the alarm from the soft starter keyboard.

114 °°

I Serial comm. contact

interrupted

Default: 1

Range: oFF, 1, 2

This parameter will control the behaviour in the soft starter when the serial comm. is interrupted. oFF No alarm and continue operation. 1 Alarm and stop operation. 2 Alarm and continue operation.




3.6 Softstarter MSF in serial comm. control mode

The source from where operation and parameter settings are made is selected in the Control Mode para-meter menu 006. When serial communication control mode (3) is selected, it is possible to:

Operate the soft starter only via serial comm. Set up parameters only via serial comm. Exceptions for the serial comm. parameters described above. Readout all view information and all parameters. Set up the control mode parameter from local MSF keyboard, but not via serial comm. Inspect all parameters and open the menu expansions from local MSF keyboard.




3.6.1 Selection of control mode [006] Setting up the control mode has to be done from the local MSF keyboard.

006 ° 0

2 Selection of control mode

Default: 2

Range: 1, 2, 3

This parameter will select the control mode (source). 11 Keyboard control. 2 Remote input control. 3 Serial communication control.

In all control modes it is possible to read out all the information in the soft starter via serial communication, both parameters and view information.

NOTEI When Reset to factory settings is made via serial comm., the control mode will remain in serial comm. control.

See also 6.1.7 'Overview of soft starter operation and parameter set-up' in MSF instruction manual.




3.7 Parameter List Logical number is often used to give a parameter a unique number. But it is not the logical number inside the actual MODBUS message.

The following table explains the relations between logical numbers and actual numbers inside MODBUS messages.

Table 27 Parameter types

Parameter type Modbus logical numbers Modbus actual numbers

Coil Status 1 - 10000 0 - 9999 (Logical-1)

Input Status 10001 - 20000 0 - 9999 (Logical-10001) Input Registers 30001 - 40000 0 - 9999 (Logical-30001)

Holding Registers 40001 - 50000 0 - 9999 (Logical-40001)

The product MSF menu column show the menu number on the PPU (Parameter Presentation Unit) for the parameter.

For more information on any parameter/function, see Instruction Manual Master Start MSF Softstarter.




3.8 Coil status list Table 28 Coil status list

Modbus logical

no

Modbus no Function/Name Range/Unit

Product MSF menu

1 0 Alarm reset 0->1 = Reset

2 1 Run I-Stop Stop=0, Run=1

5 4 Auto-set monitor 0->1 = Auto-set 089

6 5 Reset power consumption 0->1 = Reset 206

26 25 Pump control Off, on; off=0, on=1 022

27 26 Full voltage start D.O.L. Off, on; off=0, on=1 024

28 27 By pass Off, on; off=0, on=1 032

29 28 Power factor control PFC Off, on; off=0, on=1 033

30 29 Motor PTC input No, yes; no=0, yes=1 071

31 30 Run at single phase input failure No, yes; no=0, yes=1 101

32 31 Run at current limit time-out No, yes; no=0, yes=1 102

33 32 Jog forward from keyb. enable No, yes; no=0, yes=1 103

34 33 Jog reverse from keyb. enable No, yes; no=0, yes=1 104

35 34 Phase reversal alarm Off, on; off=0, on=1 088




3.9 Input status list

Table 29 Input status list

Modbus logical

no


Product MSF menu

10001 0 Locked keyboard info 0=Unlocked, 1=Locked 221

10002 1 Extended start ramp time No, yes; no=0, yes=1 S05

10003 2 Pre-Alarm status 0=No Pre -Alarm,

10004 3 Max Pre-Alarm status

0=No Pre-Alarm, 1=Pre-Alarm

10005 4 Min Pre-Alarm status

0=No Pre-Alarm, 1=Pre-alarm




3.10 Input register list Table 30 1 gnu register list

Modbus logial

no

Modbus no

Function/Name Range/Unit Product

MSF menu

30001 0 Power consumption high word 0-2E9 Wh,1Wh<->1 205

30002 1 Power consumption low word 205

30003 2 Electrical power high word 0-+-2E9 W,1 W<->1 S51

30004 3 Electrical power low word S51

30005 4 Output shaft power high word 0-+-2E9 W,1 W<->1 203

30006 5 Output shaft power low word 203

30007 6 Operation time high word 0.1 days <->1 208

30008 7 Operation time low word 0.1 days <->1 208

30011 10 Shaft torque high word 0- +-2E8 Nm, 0.1Nm <-> 1

207

30012 11 Shaft torque low word ii 207

30017 16 Software version r23 -> r = release, Bit 15-14 = 0,0 LB =23

30018 17 Software variant v001 -> HB =O, LB=01

30019 18 Current 0-6553.5A, 0.1A<->1 005

30020 19 Phase 1 current 211

30021 20 Phase 2 current ii 212

30022 21 Phase 3 current II 213

30024 23 Line main voltage II 202

30025 24 Line main voltage 1 ., 214

30026 25 Line main voltage 2 i, 215

30027 26 Line main voltage 3 ii 216

30028 27 .> Product type number 1-19 See description in 3.12.1.

30029 28 Control start by / Control mode

1= Keyboard 2= Remote 3= Serial comm.

006

30031 30 Serial comm. unit address 1-247 . 111




Table 30 1 ;put register list (continuing)

Modbus logu

. al no

Mono bus Function/Name Range/Unit Product

MSF menu

30032 31 Serial comm. baudrate 2400-38400 Baud, 100 Baud <-> 1 112

30033 32 Serial comm. parity parity 0=No p 1=Even parity 113

30034 33 Serial comm. contact broken tion in 0-2 See description 3.12.2. 114

30035 34 Actual parameter set 1-4

30036 35 Shaft power % - - 2 00% +200% 1/0 < ->1 090

30037 36 Cooler temperature 30.0 100.0° 0.1°

-

C <-> 1 100.0°C

30041 40 Operation mode 1-7 See description in 3.12.3.

30042 41 Operation status 1-11 See description in 3.12.4.

30047 46 Used thermal capacity 0-150 %, 1%<->1 073 30048 47 Power factor 0.00-1.00,0.01<->1 204 30049 48 Current ratio 80 -150%, 1%<->1 30050 49 Voltage ratio 50 -150%, 1%<->1 F12

30051 50 Phase sequence

0-2 0 = None, 1 = RST, 2 = RTS

087

30052 51 Emotron product 1=VFB/VFX, 2=MSF

30103 102 Trip message 1 0- 16 See description in 3.12.5. 901

30106 105 Trip message 2 See trip message 1. 902






Table 30 Input register list (continuing)

Modbus lope!

no


Product MSF menu










3.11 Holding register list Table 31 Holding register list

Modbus logical cal

no

M dbus no Function/Name Range/Unit

Product MSF menu

40001 0 Nominal motor voltage 200.0-700.0V 0.1V<->1 041

40002 1 Nominal motor frequency 50-60Hz 1Hz<->1 046

40003 2 Nominal motor current 25 %- 150% Insoft in 042

40004 3 Nominal motor speed - 500 3600 Rpm Bit15=0->1rpm<->1 044

40005 4 Nominal motor power -

25% -150% Pnsoft in W; Bit15=0->1W<->1 Bit15=1->100W<->1

043

40006 5 Nominal motor cos phi phi = Cos 50-100, p 1.00 < > 100 045

40013 12 Start delay monitor 1-250sec,1sec<->1 091 40014 13 Max alarm response delay 0.1-25.0sec 0.1s->1 093 40015 14 Max alarm limit 5-200% Pn 1%<->1 092 40017 16 Max pre-alarm 5-200% Pn 1%<->1 094 40018 17 Min alarm response delay 0.1-25.0sec 0.1s<->1 099 40019 18 Min alarm limit 5-200% Pn 1%<->1 098

40020 19 Min pre-alarm response delay 0.1-25.0sec 0.1s<->1 097

40021 20 Min pre-alarm 5-200% Pn 1%<->1 096

40022 21 Parameter set 0 = External input

selection 1-4 = Par. set 1-4.

061

40023 22 Relay 1 1-3 See description in 3.12.6. 051


40028 27 Arlin 1, setup

0= OFF, No remote analogue control. 1= 0-10V/0-20mA 2= 2-10V/4-20mA

023




Table 31 Holding register list (continuing)

Modbus logical

no

Modbus no

Function/Name Range/Unit Product

MSF menu

40037 36 An Out 1, function 1- 3 See description in 3.12.8.

40038 37 AnOut 1, setup

0= OFF, No analogue output. outp 1= 0-10V/0-20mA 2= 2-10V/4-20mA

054

40040 39 AnOut 1, scaling 5 - 150% 1% <-> 1 056

42001 2000 Initial voltage at start 25-90% U, 1% Un<->1 001

42002 2001 Start time ramp 1 1-60sec, 1 sec<->1 002

42003 2002 Step down voltage at stop 100-40% U,1% Un<->1 003 42004 2003 Stop time ramp 1 Off,1-120sec, 1s<->1 004 42005 2004 Initial voltage start ramp 2 30-90% U, 1% Un<->1 011

42006 2005 Start time ramp 2 Off,1-60sec, lsec < ->1 012

42007 2006 Step down voltage stop ramp 2

100-40% U, 1% Un<->1 013

42008 2007 Stop time ramp 2 Off,1-120sec, 1s<->1 014

42009 2008 Initial torque at start 0-200% Tn,1% Tn<->1 016

42010 2009 End torque at start 50-200% Tn, 1% Tn<->1 017

42011 2010 Torque control

Off = Torque control OFF 1 = Linear

characteristic. 2 = Square

characteristic.

025

42012 2011 Voltage ramp with current limit

Off, 150-500% In 1% In<->1 020

42013 2012 Current limit at start Of 150-500% In f, 1% In<->1 021

42014 2013 DC-Brake current limit 100-300% In 1% In<->1 035

42015 2014 DC-Brake active time Off, 1-120sec, 1s<->1 034

42016 2015 Torque boost current limit 1% In<-300-500%

In >1 031

42017 2016 Torque boost active time 1-2 Off, 0. .0sec 0.1sec<->1 030




Table 31 Holding reg'ster list (confirming)

Modbus logical

no

Modb us no Function/Name Range/Unit

Product MSF menu

42018 2017 Slow speed digital input Off, 1-100 edges, 1 edge 036

42019 2018 Slow speed torque 10-100, 10 <->10 037 42020 2019 Slow speed time at start Off, 1-60sec, 1s<->1 038 42021 2020 Slow speed time at stop Off, 1-60sec, 1s<->1 039 42022 2021 Slow speed DC-Brake time Off, 1-60sec, 1s<->1 040

42023 2022 Motor thermal protection class Off, 2-40sec, 1s<->1 072

42024 2023 Starts per hour limitation Off, 1-90/hour, 1<->1 074

42025 2024 Locked rotor alarm Off, 0sec 0. 1-10. 0.1 sec<->1 075

42026 2025 Voltage unbalance alarm 5-25% Un, 1% Un<->1 081

42027 2026 Response delay voltage unbal. Off,1-60sec, lsec < ->1 082

42028 2027 Over voltage alarm 100-150 1% Un<->%

Un 1 083

42029 2028 Response delay over voltage Off, 1-60sec, 1s<->1 084

42030 2029 Under voltage alarm 75 -100% Un 1% Un<->1 085

42031 2030 Response delay under voltage

Off, 1-60sec, lsec < ->1 086

42032 2031 Reset to factory settings No, yes; no=0, yes=1 199




3.12 Parameter description MSF The MODBUS logical number inside brackets.

For more information on any parameter/function, see Instruction Manual Master Start MSF Softstarter.

3.12.1 Softstarter type (30028).

Table 32 Softstarter type

1 MSF-017 2 MSF-030 3 MSF-045 4 MSF-060 5 MSF-075 6 MSF-085



19 MSF-1400

3.12.2 Serial comm. contact broken (30034).

Table 33 Serial comm. contact broken

0 No action when communication is lost.

1 Stop and alarm after 15 sec. when communication is lost.

2 Continue and alarm after 15 sec. when communication is lost.

Communication is considered lost if no request is made to this unit within 15 sec.




3.12.3 Operation mode (30041).

1 Voltage control.

2 Torque control.

3 Current limit control.

4 Ramp with current limit control.

5 Pump application.

6 Analogue input voltage control.

7 Direct On Line start.

3.12.4 Operation status (30042).

1 Stopped.

2 Stopped with alarm condition.

3 Run with alarm condition.

4 Run acceleration.

5 Run full voltage.

6 Run deceleration.

7 Run by passed.

8 Run power factor control.

9 Run DC brake.

10 Run at slow speed forward.

11 Run at slow speed reverse.




3.12.5 Alarm (30103).

1 Phase input failure Fl

2 Motor protection, overload F2

3 Soft start overheated F3

4 Current limit timeout F4

5 Locked rotor F5

6 Above max power limit F6

7 Below min power limit F7

8 Voltage unbalance F8

9 Over voltage F9

10 Under voltage F10

11 Starts/hour exceeded F11

12 Shorted thyristor F12

13 Open thyristor F13

14 Motor terminal open F14

15 Serial comm. broken F15

16 Phase reversal alarm F16

3.12.6 Relay indication K1 (40023).

1 Indicates 'Operation'.

2 Indicates 'Full voltage'.

3 Indicates 'Pre alarm'.




3.12.7 Relay indication K2 (40024).

1 Indicates 'Operation'.

2 Indicates 'Full voltage'.

3 Indicates 'Pre alarm'.

4 Indicates 'DC-brake function is chosen'.

3.12.8 Analogue output value (40037). 1 RMS current (range 0 - 5(1n).

2 Main input RMS voltage (range 0 - 532V).

3 Output shaft power (range 0 - 2(Pn).

3.12.9 Reset to factory setings (42032) Reset to factory settings from serial communication will have the same effect as if it was done from the PPU keyboard, except for one parameter. The control mode (menu 006) will remain in 3 (serial comm. control) instead of being set to the default value 2 (remote control).




3.13 Performance It is important to configure the communication master according to the slave performance/restrictions. The total message size must not exceed 64 bytes. Max number of registers at a time is limited to 25 (both for read and write).

Max 2 requests per sec. to reduce system disturbance. Min 1 request per 15 sec. to avoid serial comm. contact bro-

ken alarm.

3.13.1 MSF response delay The read function codes (1 - 4), will have a maximum delay of 250 ms.

Table 34 Response delay table for setting (fming) registers

Modbus logical nr Parameter

Response delay/ recommended time

out

40001-40006 Nominal motor data 500 ms/data

42032 Reset to factory settings 3.5 sec

Other registers 250 ms




4. INVERTER VFB/VFX DATA

4.1 Installation bookshelf types Fig. 13 shows the parts of the MODBUS RTU option.

Flat cable to the control board.

MODBUS RTU option module.

RS485 4-pole connector and counter piece.

RS232sub d 9-pole connector.

Termination switch Sl.

Fig. 13 MODBUS RTU option card.

WARNING! Opening the inverter. Always switch off the mains voltage before opening the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes to allow the buffer capacitors to discharge.

Remove first the lid on the top side of the inverter. Mount the option card according to the sequence in Fig. 14.

INVERTER VFB/VFX DATA 53



4.1.1 Mounting option card

1) Remove the original lid before installing the option card.

4) Use tiewrap for strain relief.

2) Mount the 3 screws in their position.

3) Mount the flat cable between the option card and the control board. Either of the two connectors on the option card can be used.

Fig. 14 Installation of the option card in VFB.

Fig. 15 Mounting of option card from above in VFB.

54 INVERTER VFB/VFX DATA



4.2 Installation of VFX types

NOTEI Pictures are under construction, to be defined.

4.3 RS485 Multipoint network The RS485 port (see Fig. 13) is used for multi point communication. A host computer (PC/PLC) can address (master) maximum 247 slave stations (nodes). See Fig. 16.

BUS MASTER

RS485

VFB

Id 1

MSF

Id 2

VFX

Id 3

F10

Fig. 16 RS 485 multipoint network



RS485 pin Function

1 Ground

2 A-line

3 B-line

4 PE

The connector is a 4-pole male connector. The wiring should be done according to Fig. 17.




Master Slave 1 Slave 2

1

A GND A w A GND i II Rs485-A Milli nsassA II IMIIMIIIIOIIMIIAOMII

IIII 1 IIIII1 11 II v Inv v

Shield Shield

Connection to Modbus RTU Host PC/PLC

Male connectors on Modbus RTU option cards

Fig. 17 RS485 wiring

4.3.2 RS485 termination. The RS485 network must always be terminated, to avoid transmission problem. The termination must take place at the end of the network. In finure 5 this means that the termination must take place at the slave 2 unit.

Switch S1 (see Fig. 4) sets the termination ON or OFF as indicated in the Fig. 18 and Fig. 19.

'OFF

ON

F14

OFF

ON

F15

Fig. 18 Termination is OFF

Fig. 19 Termination is ON





4.4 RS232 point to point network The RS232 port is used for point to point communication as a

master slave. See fig Fig. 20.

PC RS232 Emotron product

F13

Fig. 20 RS232 point to point network



RS232 pin Function

2 TX from module

3 RX to module

5 Ground

4.4.2 RS232 wiring The RS232 port consists of a sub-D 9 pole female connector. The wiring should be done acc. to Fig. 20.

NOTE! Use an 1:1 cable WITHOUT a pin 2-3 crossing.

Master

@)=-1

00

Slave

GND n rg, v

00 RS232-11X

RS232-TX

Shield

PE

Connecto to Female connector on Modbus RTU Subd Modbus RTU Subd option card

Fig. 21 RS232 wiring




NOTEI Physical connection can be either RS232 or RS485, not both on the same time.

4.5 Set-up Communication Parameters for frequency inverter VFB/VFX


Serial comm. unit address[262]

262 Address Stp 1

Default: 1

Range 1-247


Serial comm. baud rate[261]

261 Baudrate Stp 9600

Default: 9600

Range 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400





4.6 Frequency inverter VFB/VFX in serial comm Control Mode

The serial comm link will have access to all parameters in the VFB/VFX inverter. If a valid setting for a parameter is received over the serial link that parameter will be accepted and changed. This means that the control panel and serial comm can be used in parallel. There are some limitations of writing data when the inverter is started, see manual for further information. The only parameters that can't be used in parallell is start/stop and reference values, see 4.5.

Ref control To be able to use the serial comm as a source for the speed or torque reference menu 212 has to be set to Comm or Comm/ DigIn1. See Instruction Manual VFB/VFX for further description.

212 Ref Control Stp Comm

Default: Remote

Range Remote, keyboard, Comm, Rem/ Diglnl,or Comm/DigInl

This parameter will select reference source

Run/Stp ctrl To be able to use the serial comm as a source for starting and stopping the inverter menu 213 has to be set to Comm or Comm /DigInl. See Instruction Manual VFB/VFX for further description.

213 Run/Stp Ctrl Stp Comm

Default: Remote

Range Remote, keyboard, Comm, Rem/ Diglnl, or Comm/DigInl

This parameter will select run/stop source




4.7 Parameter List Logical number is often used to give a parameter a unique number. But it is not the logical number inside the actual MODBUS message.

The following table explains the relations between logical numbers and actual numbers inside MODBUS messages.

Table 37 Parameter type

Parameter type Modbus logical

numbers Modbus actual numbers

Coil Status 1 - 10000 0 - 9999 (Logical-1)

Input Registers 30001 -

40000 0 - 9999 (Logical-30001)

Holding Registers 40001 -

50000 0 - 9999 (Logical-40001)

The product VFB/VFX menu column show the menu number on the control panel for the parameters.

For more information on any parameter/function, see Instruction Manual VFB/VFX.




4.8 Coil status list

Table 38 Coil status list

Modbus logical no

Modbus no Range/Unit

Product VFB/VFX

menu

1 0 Alarm reset 0->1 = Reset

2 1 Run I-Stop Stop =O, Run=1

3 2 Run Right 1=Run R

4 3 Run Left 1=Run L

5 4 Auto-set monitor 0->1 = Auto-set 815

6 5 Reset power consumption 0->1 = Reset 6F1

7 Reset Run-Time 0->1 = Reset 6D1

8 7 Reset Trip Log 0->1 = Reset 7B0

10 9 Auto-restart, Over- temp trip

Off, on; off=0' on=1 242

11 10 Auto-restart, 12t oOnff,ion; off=0, 243

12 11 Auto-restart, Overvolt D

Off, on; off=0 ' on=1 244

13 12 Auto-restart, Overvolt G

Off, on; off=0' on=1 245

14 13 Auto-restart, Overvolt L

Off, on; off=0, on=1 246

15 14 Auto-restart, PTC Off " on; off=0' on=1 247

16 15 Auto-restart, External trip


17 16 Auto-restart, Phase loss motor


18 17 Auto-restart, Alarm

Off, on; off=0, on=1 24A

19 18 Auto-restart, Locked rotor

Off, on; off=0, on=1 24B

20 19 Auto-restart, Power fault

Off, on; off=0, on=1 24C

30 29 Motor PTC input no, yes; no=0, yes=1 271




4.9 Input register list Table 39 Input register list

Modbus logical

no


Product VFB/VFX

menu

30001 0 Power consumption high word 0-2E9 Wh, 1 Wh<->1 6F0

30002 1 Power consumption low word 6F0

30003 2 Electrical power high word 0 -+ -2E9 W, 1 W<->1 640 30004 3 Electrical power low word 640

30005 4 Output shaft power high word

0 - + - 2E9 W, 1 W<->1 630

30006 5 Output shaft power low word 630

30007 6 Operation time high word 0 - 65535 h, 1 h<->1 6D0 30008 7 Operation time low word 0 - 59 Min, 1 min<->1 6D0

30009 8 Mains time hour 0 - 65535 h, 1 h<->1 6E0

30010 9 Mains time min 0 - 59 Min, 1 min<->1 6E0

30011 10 Shaft torque high word 0- +-2E8 Nm, 0.1Nm <->1 620

30012 11 Shaft torque low word 620

30013 12 Process speed high word 1 - + - 2E8 Rpm, 1 rpm<->1000 6G0

30014 13 Process speed low word 6G0

30015 14 Shaft speed high word 0-2E8 rpm,1 rpm<->1 610 30016 15 Shaft speed low word 610

30017 16 Software version

V1.23 -> Release Bit 15-14= 0,0 Bit 13-8=1, LB =23 See 4.11.

920

30018 17 Option/variant version OPT V2.34 -> HB = 2, LB =34

920

30019 18 Current 0-6553.5 A, 0.1A <-> 1 650

30023 22 Output voltage 0-6553.5 V, 0.1V<->1 660

30028 27 Product type number See description in 4.11. 910




7ithle 39 Input register list (continuing)

Modbus logical

no


Product VFB/VFX

menu

30029 28 Control start by / Control mode

0 1=Remote, =Keyboard, 2=Serial comm

30030 29 Control ref by 0=Remote 1=Keyboard 2=Serial comm

30031 30 Serial comm. unit address 1-247 262

30032 31 Serial comm. baudrate 1=2400, 4=19200, 2=4800 5=38400 3=9600,

261

30035 34 Actual parameter set 0-3; 0= A, 2=C, 1=B 3=D

3XX

30036 35 Shaft torque % -400%-+400% 1%<->1 620

30037 36 Cooler temperature -40.0-+100. 0°C, 0.1°C<->1 690

30038 37 Frequency 0-2000.0Hz, 0.1Hz<->1 670

30039 38 DC-link voltage 0-1000V, 0.1V<->1 680

30040 39 Warning 0-31 See description in 4.11.3. 6H0

30043 42 Digital input status See description in 4.11.6. 6130

30044 43 Analog input status 1 -100 -+100%, 1%<->1 6C0 30045 44 Analog input status 2 -100 -+100%, 1%<->1 6C0 30046 45 Param_version For internal use

30052 51 Emotron product 1=VFB/VFX, 2=MSF

30101 100 Trip time 1 h 0-65535 h, 1h<->1 710 30102 101 Trip time 1 min 0-59 Min, 1 min<->1 710

30103 102 Trip message 1 0-31 See description in 4.11.3. 710

30104 103 Trip time 2 h 0-65535 h, 1h<->1 720 30105 104 Trip time 2 min 0-59 Min, 1 min<->1 720




Table 39 Input register list (continuing)

Modbus logical

no


Product VFB/VFX

menu

30106 105 Trip message 2 See trip message 1. 720 30107 106 Trip time 3 h 0-65535 h, 1h<->1 730 30108 107 Trip time 3 min 0-59 Min, 1 min<->1 730 30109 108 Trip message 3 See trip message 1. 730 30110 109 Trip time 4 h 0-65535 h, 1h<->1 740 30111 110 Trip time 4 min 0-59 Min, 1 min<->1 740 30112 111 Trip message 4 See trip message 1. 740 30113 112 Trip time 5 h 0-65535 h, 1h<->1 750 30114 113 Trip time 5 min 0-59 Min, 1 min<->1 750 30115 114 Trip message 5 See trip message 1. 750 30116 115 Trip time 6 h 0-65535 h, 1h<->1 760 30117 116 Trip time 6 min 0-59 Min, 1 min<->1 760 30118 117 Trip message 6 See trip message 1. 760 30119 118 Trip time 7 h 0-65535 h, 1h<->1 770 30120 119 Trip time 7 min 0-59 Min, 1 min<->1 770 30121 120 Trip message 7 See trip message 1. 770 30122 121 Trip time 8 h 0-65535 h, 1h<->1 780 30123 122 Trip time 8 min 0-59 Min, 1 min<->1 780 30124 123 Trip message 8 See trip message 1. 780 30125 124 Trip time 9 h 0-65535 h, 1h<->1 790 30126 125 Trip time 9 min 0-59 Min, 1 min<->1 790 30127 126 Trip message 9 See trip message 1. 790 30128 127 Trip time 10 h 0-65535 h, 1h<->1 7A0 30129 128 Trip time 10 min 0-59 Min, 1 min<->1 7A0 30130 129 Trip message 10 See trip message 1. 7A0




4.10 Holding register list Titbit' 40 Hold* rutster list

Modbus logical

no


Product VFB/VFX

menu

40001 0 Nominal motor voltage 100.0-700.0V 222 40002 1 Nominal motor frequency 50-300Hz 223 40003 2 Nominal motor current 25% l_nom-3200.0A 224

40004 3 Nominal motor speed 100-18000 rpm Bit15=0->1rpm<->1 Bit15=1->10Orpm<->1

225

40005 4 Nominal motor power 1-3276700W Bit15=0->1W<->1 Bit15=1->100W<->1

221

40006 5 Nominal motor cos phi 50-100, cos phi =1.00<->100 226

40007 6 Motor ventilation 0=Off, 1=Se lf, 2=Forced

227

40008 7 Remote input level edge 0=Level, 1=Edge 215

40009 8 Encoder pulses 5-32767 pulses/rev 252

40010 9 Encoder enable 0=Off 1=On 251

40011 10 Aarm select

0=Off, 1=Max, 2=Min, 3=Min+max

811

40012 11 Ramp enable 0=Off, , 1=0n 812

40013 12 Start delay monitor 0-3600sec 813

40014 13 Max alarm response delay 0.1- 90.0sec 814

40015 14 Max alarm limit 0-400% Tn 816 40017 16 Max pre-alarm 0-400% Tn 817 40018 17 Min alarm response delay 40014 is used for all delays

40019 18 Min alarm limit 0-400% Tn 818

40020 19 Min pre-alarm response delay 40014 is used for all delays

40021 20 Min pre-alarm 0-400% Tn 819





Modbus logical

no


Product VFB/VFX

menu

40022 21 Parameter set

0=A, 4 =Dl3, 1=13, 5=DI3+4, 2=C, 6=Comm 3=D,

234



40025 24 Relay 3 Not defined yet.

40026 25 Relay 4 Not defined yet.

40027 26 An In 1, function 0=Off, 1=Speed, 2=Torque

411

40028 27 An In 1, setup 0=0-10V/0-20mA 1=2-10V/4-20mA 2=User defined

412

40029 28 An In 1, offset -100% - +100% 1% <-> 1 413 40030 29 An In 1, gain -4.00 - +4.00, 0.01 <-> 1 414

40031 30 An In 1, bipolar 0=Off, 1=On 415

40032 31 An In 2, function 0=Off, 1=Speed, 2=Torque

416

40033 32 An In 2, setup 0=0-10V/0-20mA, 1=2-10V/4-20mA, 2=User defined

417

40034 33 An In 2, offset -100% - +100% 1% <-> 1 418

40036 35 An In 2, bipolar 0=Off, 1=On 41A

40037 36 An Out 1, function

0=Torque, 1=Sp 4=Current 1= Speed, 4= Current, 2=Shaft power, 5=El.power, 3=Frequency, 6=Outp.voltage

431

40038 37 An Out 1, setup 0=0-10V/0-20mA 1=2-10V/4-20mA 2=User defined

432

40039 38 An Out 1, offset -100% - +100% 1% <-> 1 433 40040 39 An Out 1, gain -4.00 - +4.00 0.01 <-> 1 434





Modbus logical

no


Product VFB/VFX

menu

40041 40 An Out 1, bipolar 0=Off, 1=On 435


0=Torque, 4=Current, 1=Speed, 5=El.power,

power, 6=Outp. 3=Frequency, voltage

436

40043 42 An Out 2, setup 0=0-10V/0-20mA, 1=2-10V/4-20mA, 2=User defined

437

40044 43 An Out 2, offset -100% - +100% 1% <-> 1 438 40045 44 An Out 2, gain -4.00 - +4.00, 0.01 <-> 1 439

40046 45 An Out 2, bipolar 0=Off, 1=On 43A


0=Torque, 4=Current, 1=Speed, 5=El.power, 2=Shaft power, 6=Outp 3=Frequency, voltage


40049 48 An Out 3,offset -100% - +100% 1% <-> 1

40050 49 An Out 3, gain -4.00 - +4.00, 0.01 <-> 1

40051 50 An Out 3, bipolar 0=Off, 1=On




40054 53 An Out 4, offset -100% - +100% 1% <-> 1

40055 54 An Out 4, gain -4.00 - +4.00, 0.01 <-> 1








Modbus logical

no

Modb us no Function/Name Range/Unit

Product VFB/VFX

menu

40059 58 An Out 5, offset -100% - +100% 1% <-> 1

40060 59 An Out 5, gain -4.00 - +4.00, 0.01 <-> 1

40061 60 An Out 5, bipolar 0=Off, 1=On

41001 1000 Comm, ref 100% <-> 0x2000

41002 1001 Operation.drive mode 0=Speed, 1=Torque, 2=V/Hz

211

41003 1002 Operation.ref ctrl 0=Remote, 1=Keyboard, 2=Comm

212

41004 1003 Operation.run stop ctrl

0= Remote, 3= Rem /diginl, 1=Keyboard, 4=Comm/ diginl 2=Comm,

213

41005 1004 Operation.rotation 0=R+L, 1=R, 2=L 214 41006 1005 Utility.auto restart mask 16-bit mask

41007 1006 Utility.auto restart 0-10 241

41008 1007 Digln 1 0-11 See description in 4.11.6. 421




41014 1013 Dig Out 1 0-21 See description in 4.11.4. 441

41015 1014 Dig Out 2 0-21 See description in 4.11.4. 442

41018 1017 Crio enable 0=Off, 1=On 281

41019 1018 Crio control 0=4-Speed, 1=3-pos, 2=Analogue

282




Table 40 Holding reg'ster list (continuing)

Modbus. logical

no


Product VFB/VFX

menu

41020 1019 Crio relay 1 021 See description in 4.11.4. 283

41021 1020 Crio relay 2 0-21 See description in 4.11.4. 284

41022 1021 Process unit 0=None, 3=m/s, 1=rpm, 4=/min, 2=%, 5 = /hr

6G1

41023 1022 Process scale 0-10.000, 0.0001 <=> 1 6G2

41024 1023 Multiple display 1

0=Speed, 6=Frequency, 1=Torque, 7=DC voltage, 2=Shaft power,8=Temp, 3 =El power, 9=Drive 4=Current, status, 5=Voltage, 10=Process

speed

110

41025 1024 Multiple display 2 See 41024 120

41026 1025 Utility language 0=English, 3=Dutch, 1=German, 4=French 2=Swedish,

231

41027 1026 Utility keyboard locked 0=Unlocked, 1=Locked 232 41028 1027 Serial com. address 1-247 262

41029 1028 Serial corn. Baud-rate 1=2400, 4=19200, 2=4800 5=38400 3=9600,

261

41030 1029 Serial corn. parity 0=None

41032 1031 MVB card on/off 0=Off, 1=On 291




Table 41 Parameter set A

*** *** VFB/VFX Parameter set A

*** ***

41101 1100 Acceleration time 0.00-3600.00 See description in 4.11.7 311 41102 1101 Deceleration time 0.00-3600.00 See description in 4.11.7 313 41103 1102 Q-stop time 0.00-3600.00 See description in 4.11.7 31B

41104 1103 Acceleration shape 0Linear 1==S-curv, e

312

41105 1104 Deceleration shape 0=1=S-curLinearv,

e 314

41106 1105 Q-stop shape 0=Linear

41111 1110 Wait before brake time 0.00-3.00, 0.01s<->1 319

41112 1111 Vector brake 0=Off, 1=On 31A

41113 1112 Spinstart 0=Off, 1=On 31C

41114 1113 Motor pot function 0=Volatile, 325

41115 1114 Minspeed mode 0=Scale, 1=Limit, 2 =Stop

323

41116 1115 Minimum speed - 0 Maximum speed, see description in 4.11.7 321

41117 1116 Maximum speed Minimum speed-2*motor sync speed, see description in 4.11.7 322

41118 1117 Preset speed 1 02 *Motor sync speed, see description in 4.11.7 326



41121 1120 Preset speed 4 0-2*Motor sy speed, sync sp ,

see description in 4.11.7 329

41122 1121 Preset speed 5 0-2*Motor sy sync speed, see description in 4.11.7 32A


see description in 4.11.7 32B


see description in 4.11.7 32C




Table 41 Parameter set A (continuing)

*** *** VFB/VFX Parameter set A

*** ***

41125 1124 Skip speed 1 Low sync speed, 0-2*Motor sy see description in 4.11.7 32D

41126 1125 Skip speed 1 High 0-2*Motor sy speed, sync sp ,

see description in 4.11.7 32E

41127 1126 Skip speed 2 Low 0-2*Motor sy speed, sync sp ,

see description in 4.11.7 32F

41128 1127 Skip speed 2 High 0-2*Motor sync speed, see description in 4.11.7 32G

41129 1128 Jog speed 0±2*Motor sync speed, see description in 4.11.7 32F

41130 1129 Maximum torque 0-400%, 1%<-> 1 or I_max /motor In 331 41131 1130 Speed P gain 0.1-30.0, 0.1<->1 342 41132 1131 Speed I time 0.01-10.00s, 0.01s<->1 343

41133 1132 Flux optimization 0=Off, 1=On 344

41134 1133 PID-controller 0=Off, 1=0n, 2=Invert

345

41135 1134 PID-controller P gain 0.1-30.0, 0.1<->1 346 41136 1135 PID-controller I time 0.01-300.00s, 0.01s<->1 347

41137 1136 PID-controller D

time 0.01-30.00s, 0.01s<->1 348

41138 1137 Low voltage overr- ride 0=Off, 1=On 351

41139 1138 Rotor locked 0=Off, 1=On 352

41140 1139 Motor lost 0=Off, 1=Resume, 2=Trip

353

41141 1140 Motor 12t type 0=Off, 1=Trip, 2=Limit

354

41142 1141 Motor 12t current 0-150% inverter i_nom, 0.1A<->1 355

41143 1142 Speed direction 0=R, 1=L, 2=R+L

324

41144 1143 Start speed 0 - + -2*Motor sync speed, see description i 4.11.7, page 76. 321




Table 42 Parameter set B, C and D

*** *** VFB/VFX Parameter set B *** *** 41201- 41299 1200-1298 /* Parameter set B */

*** *** VFB/VFX Parameter set C *** *** 41301- 41399 1300-1398 /* Parameter set C */

*** *** VFB/VFX Parameter set D *** *** 41401- 41499 1400-1498 /* Parameter set D */




4.11 Parameter description VFB/VFX The MODBUS logical number inside brackets.

For more information on any parameter/function, see Instruction Manual Vectorflux VFB/VFX.

4.11.1 Inverter software version (30017).

MSBFEDCBA9876543210LSB

Bit F,E Release Type: 00 Release (V)

01 Pre release (P)

10 Beta (B)

11 Alpha (A)

Bit D-8 Major version 000000 0

000001 1

111110 62

111111 63

Bit 7-0 Minor version 00000000 0

00000001 1

11111110 254

11111111 255

3508h ->

( 5.08




4.11.2 Inverter type (30028).

MSB F E D C B A 8 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LSB

Bit F,E,D,C,B Reserved for future use

Bit A Option: 0 w/o Brake chopper

1 with Brake chopper

Bit 9,8 Type: 10 FDB

11 FDX

Bit 7,6,5 Size: 000 Reserved

001 Size 1

010 Size 2

011 Size 3

100 Size 4 and 8

101 Size 5 and 10

110 Reserved

111 Size 15 and 20

Bit 4,3,2 Power: 000 Reserved

001 1st Power in size

010 2nd Power in size

011 3rd Power in size

100 4th Power in size




Bit 1,0 Voltage class: 00 230V

01 400V

10 500V

11 690V




4.11.3 Warning, Tripmessage 1-10 (30040, 30103, 30106, 30109, 30112, 30115, 30118, 30121, 30124, 30127,30130).

O =No warning 1=Overtemp 2=Overcurrent 3=Overvolt D

4=Overvolt G 5=Overvolt L 6=Motor Temp 7=Ext Trip

8=Spare 9=Max Alarm 10=Locked Rotor 11=Power Fault

12 =lnt Error 13=Spare 14=Spare 15=Spare 16=Overvoltage 17=Low Voltage 18=Overtemp 19=Motor lost

20=Max Pre-Alrm 21=Min Pre-Alrm 22=Overcurrent 23=Spare

24=Spare 25=Spare 26=Spare 27=Overvolt L

28=Min Alarm 29=Spare 30=Spare 31=Spare

4.11.4 Relay, Digout and CRIO relay (40023,40024,41014,41015,41020, 41021).

O =Run 1=Stop 2=Acc/Dec 3=At speed 4=At max speed 5=No Trip 6=Trip 7=Autorst Trip

8=Limit 9=Warning 10=Ready 11=T=Tlim

12=1>Inom 13=Brake 14=SgnI<Offset 15=Alarm 16=Pre Alarm 17=Max Alarm 18=Max Pre-Alrm 19=Min Alrm

20=Min Pre-Alrm 21=Deviation




4.11.5 5.x.x Auto restart mask (41006)

MSBFEDCBA9876 5 4 3 210LSB

Bit 12-15 Spare

Bit 11 INT_ERROR 0x0800 Bit 10 POWER FAULT 0x0400 Bit 9 LOCKED ROTOR Ox0200 Bit 8 MON_ALARM Ox0100

Bit 7 MOTOR LOST Ox0080

Bit 6 EXT_TRIP Ox0040 Bit 5 MOTOR_TEMP Ox0020 Bit 4 OVER_VOLT_L Ox0010 Bit 3 OVER_VOLT_G Ox0008 Bit 2 OVER_VOLT_D Ox0004 Bit 1 IIT Ox0002

Bit 0 OVER_TEMP Ox0001

The corresponding bits should be set to activite the autoreset function. To enable auto reset for Int error (bit 11) and locked rotor (Bit 9) the value Ox0A00 should be written to the register.

If the value 0x0123 was read, it indicates that MON_ALARM, MOTOR_TEMP, IIT and OVER_TEMP are in auto reset mode and all other functions are swithced off.

4.11.6 Digln (41008,41009).

O =Off 1=Lim Switch+ 2=Lim Switch - 3=Ext. Trip

4 =Anln Select 5=Preset Ref 1 6=Preset Ref 2 7=Preset Ref 4

8=Quick Stop 9=Jog 10=MotPot Up 11=MotPot Down

12=PS selected!

4.11.7 Representation of speed. Bit15=0<->1rpm<->1 Bit15--=1<->10Orpm<->1




4.12 Performance It is important to configure the communication master according to the slave performance/restrictions.

The total message size must not exceed 64 bytes. Max number of registers at a time is limited to 25 (both for read and write).

4.12.1 VFB/VFX response delay The response delay for the VFB/VFX will be maximum 8 ms.




5. CRC GENERATION

The CRC is started by first pre-loading a 16-bit register to all l's. Then a process begins of applying successive eight-bit bytes of the message to the current contents of the register. Only the eight bits of data in each character are used for generating the CRC. Start and stop bits, and the parity bit, do not apply to the CRC.

During generation of the CRC, each eight-bit character is

exclusive ORed with the register contents. The result is shifted in the direction of the least significant bit (LSB), with a zero filled into the most significant bit (MSB) position. The LSB is extracted and examined. If the LSB was a 1, the register is then exclusive OR-ed with a preset, fixed value. If the LSB was a 0, no exclusive OR takes place.

This process is repeated until eight shifts have been performed. After the last (eighth) shift, the next eight-bit character is exclusive OR-ed with the register's current value, and the process repeats for eight more shifts as described above. The final contents of the register, after all the characters of the message have been applied, is the CRC value.

Generation in steps: Step 1 Load a 16-bit register with OxFFFF (all l's). Call this the CRC register. Step 2 Exclusive OR the first eight-bit byte of the message with the low order byte of the 16-bit CRC register, putting the result in the CRC register. Step 3 Shift the CRC register one bit to the right (toward the LSB), zero-filling the MSB. Extract and examine the LSB. Step 4 If the LSB is 0, repeat Step 3 (another shift). If the LSB is 1, Exclusive OR the CRC register with the polynomial value OxA001 (1010 0000 0000 0001) .

Step 5 Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until eight shifts have been performed. When this is done, a complete eight-bit byte will have been processed.

78 CRC GENERATION



Step 6 Repeat Steps 2 ... 5 for the next eight-bit byte of the message. Continue doing this until all bytes have been processed. Result The final contents of the CRC register is the CRC value. Step 7 When the CRC is placed into the message, its upper and lower bytes must be swapped as described below. Placing the CRC into the Message When the 16-bit CRC (two eight-bit bytes) is transmitted in the message, the low order byte will be transmitted first, followed by the high order byte - e.g., if the CRC value is

0x1241.

Message

CRC LO 41

CRC HI 12

Example of CRC Generation Function An example of a C language function performing CRC generation is shown on this page. The function takes two arguments:

Unsigned char *puchMsg; A pointer to the message buffer containing binary data to be used for generating the CRC. Unsigned int usDataLen; The quantity of bytes in the message buffer.

The function returns the CRC as a type unsigned int.

Unsigned int CRC16 (unsigned int usDataLen, unsigned char *puchMsg)

CRC GENERATION 79



#define CRC_POLYNOMIAL OxA001 unsigned int crc_reg; unsigned char i,k; crc_reg = OxFFFF; for (i=0 ; i<usDataLen ; i++) {

crc_reg ^= *puchMsg++; for (k=0 ; k<8 ; k++) {

if (crc_reg & Ox0001) {

crc_reg >>= 1;

crc_reg ^= CRC_POLYNOMIAL;

else crc_reg >>= 1;

}

return crc_reg;

Fig. 22 CRC example.

80 CRC GENERATION



CRC GENERATION 81



MAXIMIZING UPTIME

N

.7,-/ 4 u

Emotron AB Morsaregatan 12 Box 222 25 SE-250 24 Helsingborg Sweden Tel.: +46 42 169900 Fax: +46 42 169949 E -mail: [email protected] Internet: www.emotron.se



1 Service

C-4,114444

2S .

e;09

(

The MSF gives a possibility to read out much more information than the ordinary customer can see. It is also

possible to program functions not reachable in customer menu.

A special service menu is used and it can be entered by pressing buttons "NEXT", "PREV" and "ENTER" for at

least 3 sec. To exit service menu and enter customer menu go to menu S99, select "Yes" and press, "ENTER".

An automatic return to customer menu will be made after 1 minute if no button has been pressed.

1.1 Service function overview

In short terms the following can be done in the service menu:

Softstarter type change Clear alarm list and reset/set operation time

Extend start ramp 1 up to 250 sec. (normally 60 sec.)

Enable US units, power in hp and torque in lb.ft (foot pounds of torque)

Disable current detection in F1k1C4 alarms, useful if problems with the current transformers or

testing the softstarter on a small motor Choose mechanical size for MSF 170 A, 210A and 250A, ( bookstyle = yes or no). The difference is the

positioning of current transformers: (bookstyle T1 - T3) and (old design Ti - T2)

Set parameters for fine adjusting the braking performance

Input power read out Heatsink temperature read but Current inputs 0- offsets read out

Software variant and software release read out Heater control on/off, phase angel increased to 130 degrees for resistive loads

Fan control on /off

T0005-1-11.DOC



1.2 Service function description

Menu number

Function/ Parameter Range Default setting

Implemented in SW version

SO1 Softstarter type 17 -1400 Amp 17

SO2 Reset alarm list No, yes no

S03 Reset operation time No, yes no

SO4 Set Operation time 0.0 - 99999 hours 0

S05 Extended start ramp time No, yes no

S06 Current detection in Fl&F4 alarms

Off, on on

S07 Enable US units Off,on \. Off

SO8 Heater control Off,on Off R06

S09 Fan on/off Off,on Off R06

S13 MSF3 bookstyle design

(170 A- 250 A), No, yes yes

$14 Reverse brake nbmber of trig pulses between rpm measurement

1 - 100 12

S15 DC brake rpm value f - 100 40

S16 DC brake magnitude 1 - 250 135

New default value, sw r06= 135,

S51 Input power -9999 - 9999 kW 0

S52 Cooler temperature 0 - 100 deg. C

S53 Current 0 -offset in U phase - 3.0 - +3.0 %

S54 Current 0 -offset in W phase - 3.0 - +3.0 %

S55 Software variant text Same as label

S56 Software version text Same as label

S99 Exit service menu J No, yes no

TU005-1-11.DOC 2



IL

S01, Softstarter type

I I lo o Softstarter type

Default 17

Range: 17 -1400 Amp

The type is selected by selecting the softstarter nominal

current.

Changing softstarter type will result in:

- All parameters in all 4 parameter sets will have

factory settings.

- Nominal motor current is set to nominal

softstarter current.

- Nominal motor power is set to nominal softstarter

power.

- Alarm list will be cleared.

- Power consumption is reset. %,.

- Current and voltage scale factors are set according

to the selected type.

Compare with menu 199 in customer menu 'Reset to factory settings'. The first 3 points are also made when resetting to factory settings.

Note also that the operation time is not reset here. See

below how to change the operation time.

S02, Reset alarm list

I I 0 o .-

Reset alarm list

Default No

Range: no, yes

Erasing the alarm list before delivery from factory or

control board changing at customer.

EDLONLI.DOC

S03, Reset operation time

100 Reset operation time

Default: No

Range: no, yes

Will set operation time to 0.

SO4 Operation time

I 10° \

Operation time

I

Default 0.0

Range: 0.0 - 99999 hours

Should indicate the operation time for the power part.

When changing a control board on a customer

softstarter, it is suggested that the operation time is set

to the same time as on the old control board (if it is

possible to read it out).

S05 Extended start ramp time

I I l0 Extended start ramp

time . .

efault: no

ange: no, yes

elect "yes" to get an extended start ramp time of 250

ec. If "no "is selected, the start ramp time is 60 sec.

ecommended with care.



/ Ar

S06, Enable current detection in F1 &F4 alarms

I I Jo Enable current detection in F1 &F4 alarms

Default On

Range: off, on

Select "off" to disable the current dependent part in

alarms Fl and F4.

Recommended 'off' only if there is a problem with the

current transformers, and it is urgent to start. Should be

selected "on" as soon as the problem is solved.

Ilf you get Fl alarm during the start ramp while'

running the softstarter on a small motor, set this menu

to "off"

S07, Enable US units

1 to lo

Enable US units

Default Off

Range: off, on

Select "on" :

- Power presented in hp

- Torque in lb.ft.

- Nominal motor power in hp (menu 43)

- New default values on nominal motor voltage, ) frequency and speed

1.111.068_1.00C

S08, Heater control

I I o o

Heater control

Default Off

Range: off, on

Select "on" - Phase angel for alpha is increased up to 130

degrees.

- Should only be used on heater control, resistive

loads.

- If use on a motor there is a risk for mistriggering

of thyrstors

S09, Fan control

I Ho o Fan control

Default Off

Range: off, on

Select "on" - The fans start, regardless of temperature of

heatsink.



S13, MSF 170 - 250 bookstyle

I Ho I I lo

MSF 170 - 250 bookstyle design

Default: Yes

Range: Yes,no

Select "yes" if the softstarter MSF 170, 210 or 250 are

designed in bookstyle format where the current

transformers are placed on phase 1 and 3.

Select "No" if the current transformers are placed on phases 1 and 2 as it is in the "old" design.

S14, Reverse brake, trigg pulses

i 100 . Reverse brake number of trigg pulses

Default 12

Range: 1 - 100

Numbers of cycles the reverse brake are enabled before

the rpm value are measured.

A low value is used on loads that are stopping quickly

and the value can be increased on heavy loads that

have longer stop time, to decrease the stop time.

ESL/Kali:IOC

S15, DC brake rpm value

I I to o DC brake rpm value

Default 40

Range: 1 - 100

The selected value in percent of nominal rpm when

the switch over from reverse or dynamic brake to "half

`wave rectified DC-brake" brace reverse bke mode you should not use a low value

on light loads because then the softstarter can miss the

standstill and start to rotate in the wrong direction.

S16, DC brake rpm value

I I 100

DC brake magnitude

I

Default: 120/ new default value =135 SW rev r06

Range: 1 - 250

The selected value is the magnitude of the "half wave

rectified DC-brake"in the end of reverse brake or

dynamic brake in percentage of menu 35 in customer

menu.



/

S51, Input power

00

Input power

Default 0 Range: -9999 - 9999 kW Read out of input power (include softstarter and motor

losses).

S52, Heatsink temperature

100

Heatsink temperature

Default

Range: 0 -100 deg. C

Read out of cooler temperature.

S53, Current 0-offset in U phase

I 0 o

Current 0-offset in U

phase )

Default

Range: - 3.0 -- +3.0 %

Read out of current 0 -offset in U phase in percent of full scale. If this value is near its upper or lower limit,

the current read out could be inaccurate.

EB1.0611_1130C

S54, Current 0-offset in W phase

10 o Current 0-offset in W

phase

Default

Range: -3.0-- +3.0 %

Read out of current 0 -offset in W phase in percent of full scale. If this value is near its upper or lower limit,

the current read could be inaccurate.

S55, Software variant text

1 110 Software variant text

1

Default

Range: !v001' - ̀3,999'

Read out of software variant text.

The variants are grouped in 10 groups. The group

name is the 'v' and the most left digit (v0, vl etc.).

Every group could contain up to 99 variants.

If a software replacement is made within a

group the customer configuration is preserved (i.e. `1,101' is replaced by `v102'). This replacement could be done by the customer itself with help of an instruction.

If a software replacement is made outside a

group the customer configuration is destroyed (i.e. `v101' is replaced by `v201') and the softstarter type is set to MSF-17. This replacement should only be made by authorized service personal.



S56, Software version text

Software version text

Default

Range:

Read out ofsoftware version text.

S99, Exit service menu

I

I go o

Exit service menu

Default no

Range: no, yes

Select "yes" to exit service menu and enter customer

menu. The menu returns to the menu that was on the

display when entering the service menu.

EBLOLLIDOC



emotron6

MSF SOFTSTARTERS

INSTRUCTION MANUAL



QUICK INSTALLATION CARD - MSF

Fig. 1 Standard wiring.

J1 e

I u diD u twararm"..r,

efi ism en nag mmwirnr_mrnmeil cocciocc3c30 linfilkwarialma

01

03F107

e

Fig. 2 Connections on the PCB, control card.

Table 1 PCB Terminals

Terminal Function Electrical characteristics

01 Supply voltage 100-240 VAC ±10%/380-500 VAC

± 10% 02

PE Grid _L

11 0-3 V -> 0; 8-27 V-> 1. Max. 37 V Digital inputs for start/stop and for 10 sec.

12 reset. Impedance to 0 VDC: 2.2 kit Supply/control voltage to PCB +12 VDC ±5%. Max. current from

13 terminal 11 and 12, 10 kil poten- +12 VDC: 50mA. Short circuit tiometer, etc. proof.

14 Remote analogue input control, 0-10 V, 2-10 V, 0-20 mA and 4-20

Impedance to terminal 15 (0 VDC) voltage signal: 125 kO, current sig-

mA/digital input. nal: 100 f1

15 GND (common) 0 VDC

16 Digital inputs for selection of 0-3 V->0; 8-27 V->1. Max. 37V for 17 parameter set. 10s. Impedance to 0 VDC: 2.2 Ica

Supply/control voltage to PCB +12 VDC ±5%. Max. current from 18 terminal 16 and 17, 10 kit poten- +12 VDC = 50mA. Short circuit

tiometer, etc. proof.

Analogue Output contact:

19 Remote analogue output control 0-10V, 2-10V; min load impedance 0-20mA and 4-20mA;max

load impedance 7500

21 Programmable relay lit Factory 1-pole closing contact, 250 VAC setting is "Operation" indication 8A or 24 VDC 8A resistive, 250

22 by closing terminal 21 - 22. VAC, 3A inductive.

23 Programmable relay K2. Factory 1-pole closing contact, 250 VAC setting is "Full voltage" indication 8A or 24 VDC 8A resistive, 250

24 by closing terminal 23-24. VAC, 3A inductive. .

Alarm relay K3, closed to 33 at 31 alarm. -

1-pole change over contact, 250 VAC 8A or 24 VDC 8A resistive, 32 Alarm relay K3, opened at alarm. 250 VAC, 3A inductive.

33 Alarm relay K3, common terminal.

Alarm level 2.4 kit Switch back 69-70 PTC Thermistor input level 2.2 Ica

71-72* Clickson thermistor Controlling soft starter cooling fine temperature MSF-170-MSF-835

Temperature measuring of soft 73-74* NTC thermistor starter cooling fine

Current transformer input, cable Connection of L1 or Ti phase cur- 75 S1 (blue) rent transformer

Connection of L3, T3 phase (MSF 76 Current transformer input, cable - u17 - MSF 250) or L2, T2 phase Si (blue) (MSF 310- MSF 1400)

Current transformer input, cable Common connection for terminal 77 S2 (brown) 75 and 76

78* Fan connection 24 VDC


*Internal connection, no customer use.

Key lock status 1 221

RMS currents and voltages in each phase 1 211-2161

Viewed soft starter data 1 201 -2081

Reset to factory settings 199

Serial communication 111-114

Automatic return menu 1

105 1

"JOG" enable

Run at F1 &F4 alarm

103-104

1 101 -1021

Machine protection I ossosal

Main supply protection 1

081-0881

901-915 Alarm List

oolf Initial voltage I 0021 Start ramp time

6031 Step down voltage at stop 1 004I Stop ramp time

I 005 1 RMS current 006 Control mode

Menu expander 008 Menu expander

Motor protection

061

1 011-0141 Dual ramp start/stop 1016-0181 Initial and end torque at start

Main functions 020-025

I o3004o1 Additional functions

1 (Nu-0461 Nominal motor parameters

1 051 -0521 Relay K1 &K2 functions

os4-o56I Analogue output

057-058 Digital input

Parameter set

Fig. 3 Menu structure.

1



Menu nr. Function/Parameter Range Par.

set Factory setting

Page '`' 001 Initial voltage at start 25 - 90% of U 1. 4 30 page 36

002 Start time ramp 1 1- 60 s 1- 4 10 page 36

003 Step down voltage at stop 100 - 40% U 1- 4 100 page 36

004 Stop time ramp 1 oFF, 2 - 120 s 1- 4 oFF page 36

005 Current 0.0 - 9999 Amp page 36

006 Control mode 1, 2, 3 1- 4 2 page 37

007 Extended g

functions & meter- in oFF, on oFF page 38

008 Extended functions oFF, on oFF page 38

011 Initial voltage start ramp 2 30 - 90% U 1- 4 90 page 38

012 Start time ramp 2 oFF, 1 - 60 s 1- 4 oFF page 38

013 Step down voltage stop ramp 2

100 - 40% U 1- 4 40 page 38

014 Stop time ramp 2 oFF, 2 - 120 s 1- 4 oFF page 38

016 Initial torque at start 0 - 250% Tn 1- 4 10 page 39

017 End torque at start 50 - 250% Tn 1- 4 150 page 39

018 End torque at stop 0-100% Tn 1- 4 0 page 39

020 Voltage ramp with current limit at start

oFF, 150 -

500% In 1- 4 oFF page 39

021 Current limit at start oFF, 150 -

500% In 1- 4 oFF page 40

022 Pump control oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 40

023 Remote analogue control oFF, 1, 2 1- 4 oFF page 41

024 Full voltage start D.O.L oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 41

025 Torque control oFF, 1, 2 1- 4 oFF page 42

030 Torque boost active time oFF, 0.1- 2.0 s 1- 4 oFF page 43

031 Torque boost current limit 300 - 700% In 1- 4 300 page 43

032 Bypass oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 43

033 Power Factor Control PFC oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 46

034 Braking time oFF, 1 - 120 s 1- 4 oFF page 47

035 Braking strength 100 - 500% 1- 4 100 page 47

036 Braking methods 1, 2 1- 4 1 page 47

037 Slow speed torque 10 - 100 1- 4 10 page 49

038 Slow speed time at start oFF, 1- 60 S 1- 4 oFF page 49

039 Slow speed time at stop oFF, 1- 60 s 1- 4 oFF page 49

040 DC-Brake at slow speed oFF, 1-60 s 1- 4 oFF page 49

041 Nominal motor voltage 200 - 700 V 1- 4 400 page 50

042 Nominal motor current 25-1 at m n Amp ip 1- 4 I ^soft in

Am50% page 50

043 Nominal motor power 25 - 300% of Pnsoft in kW 1- Pnsoft in

kW page 50

044 Nominal speed 500 - 3600 rpm 1- 4 .

Nnwft in rpm page 50

045 Nominal power factor 0.50 - 1.00 1- 4 0.86 page 50

046 Nominal frequency 50, 60 Hz 50 page 50

051 Programmable relay K1 1, 2, 3, (4), 5 1 page 51

052 Programmable relay K2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 2 page 51

054 Analogue output oFF, 1, 2 1- 4 oFF page 52

055 Analogue output value 1, 2, 3 1- 4 1 page 52

056 Scaling analogue output 5 - 150% 1 - 4 100 page 52

057 Digital input selection oFF, 1, 2, 3, 4 1 - 4 oFF page 53

058 Digital input pulses 1-100 1 - 4 1 page 53

061 Parameter set 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 1 page 54

071 Motor PTC input no, YES no page 55

072 Internal motor thermal protection class oFF, 2 - 40 sec 10 page 55

073 Used thermal capacity 0 - 150% page 55

074 Starts per hour limitation oFF, 1-99/hour 1 - 4 oFF page 55

2

Menu nr. Function/Parameter Range Par.

set Factory setting Page

075 Locked rotor alarm oFF, 1.0-10.0 s 1- 4 oFF page 55

081 Voltage unbalance alarm 2 - 25% Un 1- 4 10 page 56

082 Response delay voltage unbalance alarm oFF, 1 - 60 sec 1- 4 oFF page 56

083 Over voltage alarm 100 - 150% Un 1- 4 115 page 56

084 Response delay over voltage alarm oFF, 1- 60 sec 1- 4 oFF page 56

085 Under voltage alarm 75 - 100% Un 1- 4 85 page 57

086 Response delay under voltage alarm oFF, 1- 60 sec 1- 4 oFF page 57

087 Phase sequence L123, L321 page 57

088 Phase reversal alarm oFF, on oFF page 57

089 Auto set power limits no, YES no page 57

090 Output shaft power 0.0 - 200.0% Pn page 57

091 Start delay power limits 1 - 250 sec 1- 4 10 page 58

092 Max power alarm limit 5 - 200% Pn 1- 4 115 page 58

093 Max alarm response delay oFF, 0.1-25.0 s 1 - 4 oFF page 58

094 Max power pre-alarm limit 5 - 200% Pn 1 - 4 110 page 58

095 Max pre-alarm response delay oFF, 0.1-25.0 s 1 - 4 oFF page 58

096 Min pre-alarm power limit 5 - 200% Pn 1- 4 90 page 58

097 Min pre-alarm response delay oFF, 0.1-25.0 s 1- 4 oFF page 59

098 Min power alarm limit 5 - 200%Pn 1- 4 85 page 59

099 Min alarm response delay oFF, 0.1-25.0 s 1- 4 oFF page 59

101 Run at single phase input failure no, YES 1- 4 no page 61

102 Run at current limit time-out no, YES 1- 4 no page 61

103 Jog forward enable oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 61

104 Jog reverse enable oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 61

105 Automatic return menu oFF, 1-999 oFF page 62

111 Serial comm. unit address 1- 247 1 page 62

112 Serial comm. baudrate 2. 4 4 - 38. kBaud 9.6 page 62

113 Serial comm. parity 0, 1 0 page 62

114 Serial comm. contact broken oFF, 1, 2 1 page 62

199 Reset to factory settings no, YES no page 63


202 Line main voltage 0 - 720 V page 63

203 Output shaft power -9999-9999 kW page 63

204 Power factor 0.00 - 1.00 page 63

205 Power consumption 000-2000 0.MWh page 63

206 Reset power consumption no, YES no page 64

207 Shaft torque -9999-9999Nm page 64

208 Operation time Hours page 64

211 Current phase Li 0.0 - 9999 Amp page 64

212 Current phase L2 0.0 - 9999 Amp page 64


214 Line main voltage L1- L2 0 - 720 V page 64


216 Line main voltage L2 - L3 0. 720 V page 64

221 Locked keyboard info no, YES no page 65

901 Alarm list, Latest error Fl - F16 page 65

902 -

915 Alarm list, Older error in chronological order Fl - F16 page 65



PARAMETER SET LIST-MSF

Factory setting Parameter Sets

1 2 3 4

001 Initial voltage at start 30

002 Start time ramp 1 10

003 Step down voltage at stop 100

004 Stop time ramp 1 oFF

005 Current

006 Control mode 2

007 Extended functions & metering oFF Common for al parameter sets

008 Extended functions oFF Common for al parameter sets

011 Initial voltage start ramp 2 90

012 Start time ramp 2 oFF

013 Step down voltage stop ramp 2 40

014 Stop time ramp 2 oFF

016 Initial torque at start 10

017 End torque at start 150

018 End torque at stop 0

020 Voltage ramp with current limit at start oFF

021 Current limit at start oFF

022 Pump control oFF

023 Remote analogue control oFF

024 Full voltage start D.O.L oFF

025 Torque control oFF

030 Torque boost active time oFF

031 Torque boost current limit 300 .

032 Bypass oFF

033 Power Factor Control PFC oFF

034 Braking time oFF

035 Braking strength 100

036 Braking methods 1

037 Slow speed torque 10

038 Slow speed time at start oFF

039 Slow speed time at stop oFF

040 DC-Brake at slow speed oFF

041 Nominal motor voltage 400

042 Nominal motor current in in Amp

043 Nominal motor power Posoft in kW

044 Nominal speed NInsoft in rpm

045 Nominal power factor 0.86

046 Nominal frequency 50 Common for al parameter sets

051 Programmable relay K1 1 Common for all parameter sets

052 Programmable relay K2 2 Common for al parameter sets

054 Analogue output oFF

055 Analogue output value 1

056 Scaling analogue output 100

057 Digital input selection oFF

058 Analogue input pulses 1

061 Parameter set 1

1



Factory setting Parameter Sets

1 2 3 4

071 Motor P7C input no Common for al parameter sets

072 Internal motor thermal protection class 10

073 Used thermal capacity

074 Starts per hour limitation oFF

075 Locked rotor alarm oFF

081 Voltage unbalance alarm 10

082 Response delay voltage unbalance alarm oFF

083 Over voltage alarm 115

084 Response delay over voltage alarm oFF

085 Under voltage alarm 85

086 Response delay under voltage alarm oFF

087 Phase sequence

088 Phase reversal alarm oFF Common for al parameter sets

089 Auto set power limits no Common for al parameter sets

090 Output shaft power

091 Start delay power limits 10

092 Max power alarm limit 115

093 Max alarm response delay oFF

094 Max power pre-alarm limit 110

095 Max pre-alarm response delay oFF

096 Min pre-alarm power limit 90

097 Min pre-alarm response delay oFF

098 Min power alarm limit 85

099 Min alarm response delay oFF

101 Run at single phase input failure no

102 Run at current limit time-out no

103 Jog forward enable oFF

104 Jog reverse enable oFF

105 Automatic return menu oFF _

Common for al parameter sets

111 Serial comm. unit address 1 Common for, all parameter sets

112 Serial comm. baudrate 9.6 Common for all parameter sets

113 Serial comm. parity 0 Common for all parameter sets

114 Serial comm. contact broken 1 Common for all parameter sets

199 Reset to factory settings no Common for al parameter sets

201 Current

202 Line main voltage

203 Output shaft power

204 Power factor

205 Power consumption

206 Reset power consumption no Common for al parameter sets

207 Shaft torque

208 Operation time

211 Current phase Li 212 Current phase L2

213 Current phase L3

214 Line main voltage Ll - L2

215 Line main voltage L1 - L3

216 Line main voltage L2 - L3

221 Locked keyboard info no

2



Valid for the following Soft starter Models: MSF-017 to MSF-1400

SOFT STARTER MSF 045

C-E C 0 US

LISTED INDCONT.E0.77AA

Motor Current: 45 A AC-53a 5.0.30: 50-10 Motor Current: 60 A AC-53a 3.0-30 : 50-10 Motor Voltage: 3x200-525V 50/60 Hz

Supply Voltage: lx100-240V 50/60 Hz

Max fuse & Power rating: See Instruction manual

Enclosure: 1P20

11110111111111111111111111111111111111 F111111111111 1111 1111

PN:01-1303-01 SN: 056133

MSF SOFT STARTER

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

Document number: 01-1363-01 Edition: r3 Date of release: 2003-02-03

Copyright Emotron AB 2000 Emotron retain the right to change specifications and illustrations in the text, without prior notification. The contents of this document may not be copied without the explicit permission of Emotron AB.



SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Safety The soft starter should be installed in a cabinet or in an electrical control room.

The device must be installed by trained personnel. Disconnect all power sources before servicing. Always use standard commercial fuses, slow blow e.g. type gl, gG, to protect the wiring and prevent short circuiting. To protect the thyristors against short-circuit currents, superfast semiconductor fuses can be used if preferred. The normal guarantee is

valid even if superfast semiconductor fuses are not used.

Operating and maintenance personnel 1. Read the whole Instruction Manual before install-

ing and putting the equipment into operation. 2. During all work (operation, maintenance, repairs,

etc.) observe the switch-off procedures given in this instruction as well as any other operating instruction for the driven machine or system. See Emergency below.

3. The operator must avoid any working methods which reduce the safety of the device.

4. The operator must do what he can to ensure that no unauthorised person is working on the device.

5. The operator must immediately report any changes to the device which reduce its safety to the user.

6. The user must undertake all necessary measures to operate the device in perfect condition only.

Installation of spare parts We expressly point out that any spare parts and accessories not supplied by us have also not been tested or approved by us.

Installing and/or using such products can have a

negative effect on the characteristics designed for your device. The manufacturer is not liable for damage aris- ing as a result of using non-original parts and accessories.

Emergency You can switch the device off at any time with the mains switch connected in front of the soft starter (both motor and control voltage must be switched oft).

Dismantling and scrapping The enclosure of the soft starter is made of recyclable material as aluminium, iron and plastic. Legal requirements for disposal and recycling of these materials must be complied with.

The soft starter contains a number of components demanding special treatment, as for example thyristors. The circuit board contain small amounts of tin and lead. Legal requirements for disposal and recycling of these materials must be complied with.

2



CONTENTS

1. GENERAL INFORMATION 6 5.6 Keyboard lock 23

1.1 Integrated safety systems 6 5.7 Overview of soft starter opera-tion and parameter set-up. 23

1.2 Safety measures 6

1.3 Notes to the Instruction Manual 6 6. INSTALLATION AND 1.4 How to use the Instruction Manual 6 CONNECTION 24 1.5 Standards 6 6.1 Installation of the soft starter in a cabinet 24 1.6 Tests in accordance with norm EN60204 6 6.2 Connections 28 1.7 Inspection at delivery 7 6.3 Connection and setting on the 1.7.1 Transport and packing 7 PCB control card 32

1.8 Unpacking of MSF-310 and larger types 7 6.4 Minimum wiring 33 6.5 Wiring examples 34

2. DESCRIPTION 8

2.1 General 8 7. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

2.2 MSF control methods 9 SET-UP MENU 35

2.2.1 General features 9 7.1 Ramp up/down parameters 36 7.1.1 RMS current [005] 36

3. HOW TO GET STARTED 10 7.2 Start/stop/reset command 37 3.1 Checklist 10 7.2.1 2-wire start/stop with automatic reset 3.2 Main functions/Applications 10 at start 37

3.3 Motor Data 10 7.2.2 2-wire start/stop with separate reset 37

3.4 Setting of the start and stop ramps 11 7.2.3 3-wire start/stop with automatic reset at start. 37

3.5 Setting the start command 12 7.3 Menu expansion setting. 38

3.6 Viewing the motor current 12 7.4 Voltage control dual ramp 38

3.7 Starting 12 7.5 Torque control parameters 39

4. APPLICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 7.6 Current limit (Main Function) 39

SELECTION 13 7.6.1 Voltage ramp with current limit 39

4.1 Soft starter rating according to AC53a 13 7.6.2 Current limit 40

4.2 Soft starter rating according to AC53b 13 7.7 Pump control (Main Function) 40

4.3 MSF Soft starter ratings 14 7.8 Analogue Input Control (Main Function) 41

4.4 The Application Ratings List 14 7.9 Full voltage start, D.O.L. (Main Function) 41

4.5 The Application Functions List 16 7.10 Torque control (Main function) 42

4.6 Function and combination matrix 19 7.11 Torque boost 43

4.7 Special condition 20 7.12 Bypass 43

4.7.1 Small motor or low load 20 7.13 Power Factor Control 46

4.7.2 Ambient temperature below OxC 20 7.14 Brake functions 46

4.7.3 Phase compensation capacitor 20 7.15 Slow speed and Jog functions 48

4.7.4 Pole-changing contactor and two speed motor 20 7.15.1 Slow speed controlled by an external signal. ..48

4.7.5 Shielded motor cable 20 7.15.2 Slow speed during a selected time 49

4.7.6 Slip ring motors 20 7.15.3 Jog Functions 49

4.7.7 Pump control with soft starter and frequency 7.15.4 DC-brake after slow speed at stop [040] 49 inverter together 20 7.16 Motor data setting 50

4.7.8 Starting with counter clockwise rotating loads20 7.17 Programmable relay K1 and K2 51 4.7.9 Running motors in parallel 20 7.18 Analogue output 52 4.7.10 How to calculate heat dissipation in cabinets .20 7.19 Digital input selection 53 4.7.11 Insulation test on motor 20 7.20 Parameter Set 54 4.7.12 Operation above 1000 m 20 7.21 Motor protection, overload (F2 alarm) 55 4.7.13 Reversing 20 7.22 Mains protection 56

5. OPERATION OF THE SOFT 7.23 Application protection (load monitor) 57

7.23.1 Load monitor max and min/protection STARTER 21 (F6 and F7 alarms) 57

5.1 General description of user interface 21 7.23.2 Pre-alarm 58

5.2 PPU unit 21 7.24 Resume alarms 61

5.3 LED display 22 7.24.1 Phase input failure Fl 61 5.4 The Menu Structure 22 7.24.2 Run at current limit time-out F4 61 5.5 The keys 23 7.25 Slow speed with JOG 61

3



7.26 Automatic return menu 62 List of tables 7.27 Communication option, related Parameters ....62 Table 1 Applications Rating List 15 7.28 Reset to factory setting [199] 63 Table 2 Application Function List 17 7.29 View operation 63 Table 3 Combination matrix 19 7.30 Keyboard lock 65 Table 4 Start/stop combination. 19 7.31 Alarm list 65 Table 5 The keys 23

8. PROTECTION AND ALARM .... 66 Table 6 Control modes 23

Table 7 MSF-017 to MSF-250. 25 8.1 Alarm description 66 Table 8 MSF-017 to MSF-250 25 8.1.1 Alarm with stop and requiring a separate reset66 Table 9 MSF-310 to MSF-1400 25 8.1.2 Alarm with stop and requiring only a new

start command 66 Table 10 MSF-310 to MSF-1400. 25

8.1.3 Alarm with continue run 66 Table 11 Busbar distances 26

8.2 Alarm overview 67 Table 12 PCB Terminals 32

Table 13 Set-up Menu overview 35

9. TROUBLE SHOOTING 68

9.1 Fault, cause and solution 68

10. MAINTENANCE 71

11. OPTIONS 72

11.1 Serial communication 72

11.2 Field bus systems 72

11.3 External PPU. 72

11.3.1 Cable kit for external current transformers 72

11.4 Terminal clamp 73

12. TECHNICAL DATA 74

13. SET-UP MENU LIST 79

14. INDEX 82

REPRESENTATION 85

4



List of figures Fig. 54 Wiring for slow speed external input. 53

Fig. 1 Scope of delivery. 7 Fig. 55 Parameter overview 54

Fig. 2 Unpacking of MSF-310 and larger models. 7 Fig. 56 Connection of external control inputs. 54

Fig. 3 Voltage control 8 Fig. 57 The thermal curve 55

Fig. 4 Current control 8 Fig. 58 Load monitor alarm functions. 60

Fig. 5 Torque control 8 Fig. 59 The 2 Jog keys. 61

Fig. 6 Standard wiring. 10 Fig. 60 Option RS232/485 72

Fig. 7 Example of start ramp with main Fig. 61 Option Profibus 72

function voltage ramp. 12 Fig. 62 Shows an example of the External PPU

Fig. 8 Rating example AC53a. 13 after it has been built in. 72

Fig. 9 Duty cycle, non bypass. 13 Fig. 63 Cable kit 72

Fig. 10 Rating example AC53b. 13 Fig. 64 The terminal clamp. 73

Fig. 11 Duty cycle, bypassed 13 Fig. 12 MSF soft starter models. 21 Fig. 13 PPU unit. 21 Fig. 14 LED indication at different operation situation. .22 Fig. 15 Menu structure. 22 Fig. 16 MSF-017 to MSF-250 dimensions. 24 Fig. 17 Hole pattern for MSF-017 to MSF-250 24 Fig. 18 Hole pattern for MSF-170 to MSF-250

with upper mounting bracket instead of DIN-rail. 24

Fig. 19 MSF -310 to MSF -835. 26 Fig. 20 Hole pattern for screw attachment,

MSF-310 to MSF-835. Hole distance (mm). 26 Fig. 21 Busbar distances MSF -310 to MSF -835. 26 Fig. 22 MSF -1000 to -1400 27 Fig. 23 Hole pattern busbar MSF -1000 to -1400. 27 Fig. 24 Connection of MSF-017 to MSF -085. 28 Fig. 25 Connection of MSF-110 to MSF-145. 29 Fig. 26 Connection of MSF-170 to MSF-250 30 Fig. 27 Connection of MSF-170 to MSF-1400. 31 Fig. 28 Connections on the PCB, control card. 32 Fig. 29 Wiring circuit, "Minimum wiring" 33 Fig. 30 Analogue input control, parameter set,

analogue output and PTC input. 34 Fig. 31 Forward/reverse wiring circuit. 34 Fig. 32 Menu numbers for start/stop ramps,

initial voltage at start and step down voltage at stop. 36

Fig. 33 Menu numbers for dual voltage ramp at start/stop, initial voltage at start and step down-voltage at stop. 38

Fig. 34 Current limit 39 Fig. 35 Current limit 40 Fig. 36 Pump control 40 Fig. 37 Wiring for analogue input. 41 Fig. 38 Setting voltage or current for analogue input. 41 Fig. 39 Full voltage start. 41 Fig. 40 Torque control at start/stop. 42 Fig. 41 Current and speed in torque control. 42 Fig. 42 The principle of the Torque Booster when

starting the motor in voltage ramp mode. 43 Fig. 43 Bypass wiring example MSF 310-1400. 44 Fig. 44 Current transformer position when Bypass

MSF-017 to MSF-250. 45 Fig. 45 Current transformer position when Bypass

MSF-310 to MSF-1400. 45 Fig. 46 Braking time 46 Fig. 47 Soft brake wiring example. 47 Fig. 48 Slow speed controlled by an external signal. 48 Fig. 49 Slow speed at start/stop during a

selected time 49 Fig. 50 Start/stop sequence and relay function

"Operation" and "Full voltage" 51 Fig. 51 Wiring for analogue output. 52 Fig. 52 Setting of current or voltage output 52 Fig. 53 Setting of J1 for current or voltage control. 53

5




1.1 Integrated safety systems The device is fitted with a protection system which reacts to:

Over temperature. Voltage unbalance. Over- and under voltage. Phase reversal Phase loss Motor overload protection thermal and PTC. Motor load monitor, protecting machine or process max or min alarm Starts per hour limitation

The soft starter is fitted with a connection for protective earth a_ (PE).

MSF soft starters are all enclosed IP 20, except MSF-1000 and MSF-1400 which are delivered as open chassi IPOO.

1.2 Safety measures These instructions are a constituent part of the device and must be:

Available to competent personnel at all times. Read prior to installation of the device. Observed with regard to safety, warnings and information given.

The tasks in these instructions are described so that they can be understood by people trained in electrical engineering. Such personnel must have appropriate tools and testing instruments available. Such personnel must have been trained in safe working methods.

The safety measures laid down in DIN norm VDE 0100 must be guaranteed.

The user must obtain any general and local operating permits and meet any requirements regarding:

Safety of personnel. Product disposal. Environmental protection.

NOTE! The safety measures must remain in force at all times. Should questions or uncertainties arise, please contact your local sales outlet.


1.3 Notes to the Instruction Manual

WARNING! Warnings are marked with a warning triangle.

Serial number The information given in these instructions only applies to the device with the serial number given on the label on the front page. A plate with the serial number is fixed to the device.

Important For all enquiries and spare parts orders, please quote the correct name of the device and serial number to ensure that your inquiry or order is dealt with correctly and swiftly.

NOTE! These instructions only apply to the soft starters having the serial number given on the front page, and not for all models.

1.4 How to use the Instruction Manual

This instruction manual tells you how to install and operate the MSF soft starter. Read the whole Instruc- tion Manual before installing and putting the unit into operation. For simple start-up, read chapter 2. page 8 to chapter 3. page 10.

Once you are familiar with the soft starter, you can operate it from the keyboard by referring to the chapter 13. page 79. This chapter describes all the functions and possible setting.

1.5 Standards The device is manufactured in accordance with these regulations.

IEC 947-4-2 EN 60204-1 Electrical equipment of machines, part 1, General requirements and VDE 0113. EN 50081-2, EMC Emission EN 50081-1, EMC Emission with bypass EN 50082-2, EMC Immunity GOST UL508

1.6 Tests in accordance with norm EN60204

Before leaving the factory, the device was subjected to the following tests:

Through connection of earthing system; a) visual inspection. b) check that earthing wire is firmly connected. Insulation Voltage Function



1.7 Inspection at delivery

Fig. 1 Scope of delivery.

1.7.1 Transport and packing The device is packed in a carton or plywood box for delivery. The outer packaging can be returned. The devices are carefully checked and packed before dis- patch, but transport damage cannot be ruled out.

Check on receipt: Check that the goods are complete as listed on the delivery note, see type no. etc. on the rating plate.

Is the packaging damaged? Check the goods for damage (visual check).

If you have cause for complaint If the goods have been damaged in transport:

Contact the transport company or the supplier immediately. Keep the packaging (for inspection by the transport company or for returning the device).

Packaging for returning the device Pack the device so that it is shock-resistant.

Intermediate storage After delivery or after it has been dismounted, the device can be stored before further use in a dry room.

1.8 Unpacking of MSF-310 and larger types

The soft starter is attached to the plywood box/loading stool by screws, and the soft starter must be unpacked as follows:

1. Open only the securing plates at the bottom of the box (bend downwards). Then lift up the box from the loading stool, both top and sides in one piece.

2. Loosen the three (3 pcs) screws on the front cover of the soft starter, down by the lower logo.

3. Push up the front cover about 20 mm so that the front cover can be removed.

4. Remove the two (2 pcs) mounting screws at the bottom of the soft starter.

5. Lift up the soft starter at the bottom about 10 mm and then push backwards about 20 mm so that the soft starter can be removed from the mounting hooks* at the top. The hooks are placed under the bottom plate and cannot be removed until the soft starter is pulled out.

6. Loosen the screws (2 pcs) for the mounting hooks and remove the hooks.

7. The hooks are used as an upper support for mounting the soft starter.

Fig. 2 Unpacking of MSF-310 and larger models.




2. DESCRIPTION

2.1 General The MSF is installed directly between the mains and the supply cable to the motor. If a mains contactor is used it can be activated by the integrated K1 relay.

03-F03

MSF

The MSF is developed for soft starting, stopping and braking three-phase motors.

There are 3 different kinds of soft starting control methods:

Control method 1-Phase The single phase controlled soft starters provide only a reduction in starting torque no control of current or torque. These starters need a main and bypass contactor as well as external motor protec- tions. This is a open loop voltage controller. These starters are mainly in the power up to 7.5 kW. Control method 2-Phase The two phase starters can start a motor without a mains contactor, but in that case voltage still is present at the motor when it's stopped. These starters are mainly in the power up to 22 kW. Control method 3-Phase In the three phase Soft Starters there are different technologies:

Voltage control Current control Torque control

Voltage control This method is the most used control method. The starter gives a smooth start but doesn't get any feedback on current or torque. The typical settings to optimize a voltage ramp are: Initial voltage, ramp time, dual ramp time.

Current (A)

-r

FLC -

03-F116

Time

Fig. 3 Voltage control

8 DESCRIPTION

Current control The voltage ramp can be used with a current limit which stops the voltage ramp when the set maximum current level is reached. The maximum current level is the main setting and must be set by the user depending the maximum current allowed for the application.

Current (A)

Current Limit

FLC

Time

03-F111

Fig. 4 Current control

Torque control Is the most sufficient way of starting motors. Unlike voltage and current based systems the soft starter monitors the torque need and allows to start with the lowest possible current. Using a closed loop torque controller also linear ramps are possible. The voltage ramp can not hold back the motor starting torque this results in a current peak and unlinear ramps. In the current ramp there will be no peak current, but a higher current for a longer period of time during the start compared to torque control. Current starting doesn't give linear ramps. The linear ramps are very important in many applications. For an example, to stop a pump with an unlinear ramp will give water hammer. Soft starters which doesn't monitor the torque, will start and stop to fast if the load is lighter than the setting of current or ramp time.

Fig. 5 Torque control



2.2 MSF control methods MSF Soft Starters control all three phases supplied to the motor. It manages all the 3 possible starting methods where the closed loop Torque control is the most efficient way of starting and stopping motors.

2.2.1 General features As mentioned above soft starters offer you several features and the following functions are available:

Torque controlled start and stop Current limit control at start Application "Pump" External analogue input control Torque booster at start Full voltage start (D.O.L) Dual voltage ramp at start and stop Bypass Dynamic DC-brake or Softbrake Slow speed at start and stop Jogging forward and reverse Four parameter sets Analogue output indicating current, power or voltage Viewing of current, voltage, power, torque, power consumption, elapsed time etc. Integrated safety system acc. to § 1.1, page 6, with an alarm list.

DESCRIPTION 9



3 HOW TO GET STARTED

LL

L2

L3

N

PE

LI L2 L3 PE 01 02 PE 21 Ki 22 23L324 33L...1,324

T1 T2 T3 PE 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

start/stop

2 69 70

75 76 77

03-F17

Fig. 6 Standard wiring.

This chapter describes briefly the set-up for basic soft start and soft stop by using the default "Voltage Ramp" function.

WARNING! Mounting, wiring and setting the device Into operation must be carried out by properly trained personnel. Before set-up, make sure that the installation Is according to chapter 6. page 24 and the Checklist below.

3.1 Checklist Mount the soft starter in accordance with chapter 6. page 24. Consider the power loss at rated current when dimensioning a cabinet, max. ambient temperature is 40°C (see chapter 12. page 74). Connect the motor circuit according to Fig. 6. Connect the protective earth. Connect the control voltage to terminals 01 and 02 (100 - 240 VAC or 380-500 VAC). Connect relay K1 (PCB terminals 21 and 22) to the contactor - the soft starter then controls the contactor. Connect PCB terminals 12 and 13 to, e.g., a 2-way switch (closing non-return) or a PLC, etc., to obtain control of soft start/soft stop.!) Check that the motor and supply voltage corresponds to values on the soft starter's rating plate. Ensure the installation complies with the appropriate local regulations.

1) The menu 006 must be put to 01 for start/stop command from keyboard.


3.2 Main functions/Applications

WARNING! Make sure that all safety measures have been taken before switching on the supply.

Switch on the control voltage (normally 1 x 230 V), all segments in the display and the two LED's will be illuminated for a few seconds. Then the display will show menu 001. An illuminated display indicates there is

supply voltage on the PCB. Check that you have mains voltage on the mains contactor or on the thyristors. The settings are carried out according to following:

The first step in the settings is to set menu 007 and 008 to "ON" to reach the main functions 020-025 and motor data 041-046.

NOTE! The main function is chosen according to the application. The tables in the applications and functions selection (table 1, page 15), gives the information to choose the proper main function.

3.3 Motor Data Set the data, according to the motor type plate to obtain optimal settings for starting, stopping and motor protection.

NOTE! The default settings are for a standard 4-pole motor acc. to the nominal power of the soft-starter. The soft starter will run even if no specific motor data is selected, but the performance will not be optimal.



0 4 1 0 0

4 0 0 Nominal motor voltage

Default: 400 V

Range: 200-700 V

0 4 2 0 0

4 5 Nominal motor current

Default: Nominal current soft starter

Range: 25% - 150% of lnsoft in Amp

0 4 3 0 0

2 2 Nominal motor power

Default: Nominal power soft starter Range: 25% - 300% of Pnsoft in kW

0 4 4 0 0

4 5 0 Nominal motor speed

Default: Nominal speed soft starter

Range: 500-3600 rpm

4 5 0 0

8 6 Nominal motor cos phi

Default: 0.86

Range: 0.50-1.00

0 4 6 0 0

5 0 Nominal frequency

Default: 50 Hz

Range: 50/60 Hz

NOTE! Now go back to menu 007 and set It to "oFF" and then to menu 001.

3.4 Setting of the start and stop ramps

The menu's 002 and 003 can now be set to adjust the start ramp up time and the stop ramp down time.

0 0 2 0 0

1 0 Start time ramp 1

Default: 10 sec

Range: 1-60 sec

Estimate the starting-time for the motor/machine. Set "ramp up time" at start (1-60 sec). Key "ENTER 4-1 " to confirm new value. Key "NEXT ", "PREV " to change menu.

0 0 0

0 F F

Stop time ramp 1

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 2-120 sec

Set "ramp down time" at stop (2-120 s).

"oFF" if only soft start requires.

HOW TO GET STARTED 11



3.5 Setting the start command As default the start command is set for remote operation via terminal 11, 12 and 13. For easy commissioning it is possible to set the start command on the start key on the keyboards. This is set with menu 006.

0 0 6


Default: 2

Range: 1,2,3

Menu 006 must be set to 1 to be able to operate from keyboard.

NOTE! Factory default setting is remote control (2).

To start and stop from the keyboard, the "START/ STOP" key is used.

To reset from the keyboard, the "ENTER 4-J / RESET" key is used. A reset can be given both when the motor is running and when the motor is stopped. A reset by the keyboard will not start or stop the motor.

3.6 Viewing the motor current Set the display to menu 005. Now the Motor current can be viewed on the display.

0 0 5 0 0

0. 0 RMS current read-out

Default:

Range: 0.0-9999 Amp.

NOTE! The menu 005 can be selected at any time when the motor is running.


3.7 Starting

WARNING! Make sure that all safety measures have been taken before starting the motor in order to avoid personal Injury.

Start the motor by pressing the "START/STOP" key on the keyboard or through the remote control, PCB terminal 11, 12 and 13. When the start command is given, the mains contactor will be activated by relay K1 (PCB terminal 21 and 22), and the motor then starts softly.

Current (A)

FLC -

03-F116

Time

Fig. 7 Example of start ramp with main function voltage ramp.



4. APPLICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS SELECTION

This chapter is a guide to select the correct soft starter rating and the selection of the Main function and additional functions for each different application.

To make the right choice the following tools are used:

The norm AC53a. This norm helps selecting the soft starter rating with regard to duty cycle, starts per hour and maximum starting current. The Application Rating List. With this list the soft starter rating can be selected depending on the kind of application used. The list use 2 levels of the AC53a norm. See table 1, page 15. The Application Function List. This table gives an complete overview of most common applications and duties. For each applications the menu's that can be used are given. See table 2, page 17. Function and Combination matrix. With these tables it is easy to see which combina- tions of Main and additional functions are possible, see table 3, page 19 and table 4, page 19.

4.1 Soft starter rating according to AC53a

The IEC947-4-2 standard for electronic starters defines AC53a as a norm for dimensioning of a soft starter.

The MSF soft starter is designed for continuous running. In the Applications table (table 1, page 15) two levels of AC53a are given. This is also given in the technical data tables (see chapter 12. page 74).

210A : AC-53a 5.0 - 30 : 50 - 10

0:13-F58)

Starts per hour

On-load factor (on-load duty cycle as percentage of operation cycle)

Start time (seconds)

Start current (multiple of FLC)

Rated FLC (Full Load Current) of starter under prescribed conditions

Fig. 8 Rating example AC53a.

The above example indicates a current rating of 210 Amps with a start current ratio of 5.0 x FLC (1050A) for 30 seconds with a 50% duty cycle and 10 starts per hour.

NOTE! If more than 10 starts/hour or other duty cycles are needed, please contact your supplier.

z CC CC

C.)

Starts per hour

Start Duration

Run Time Off Time

- - - -

TIME

Duty Cycle = (Start Duration + Run Time)

(Start Duration + Run Time + Off Time) (03-F60)

Fig. 9 Duty cycle, non bypass.

4.2 Soft starter rating according to AC53b

This norm is made for Bypass operation. Because the MSF soft starter is designed for continuous operation this norm is not used in the selection tables in this chapter.

210A : AC-53b 5.0 - 30 : 1440

(03-F59)

Off time (seconds between starts)

Start time (seconds)

Start current (multiple of FCL) Rated FLC (Full Load Cur- rent) of starter under prescribed conditions

Fig. 10 Rating example AC53b.

1- z L.L.1

cc

U

Start Duration - - - -

Off Time

TIME (03-F61)

Fig. 11 Duty cycle, bypassed

The above example indicates a current rating of 210 Amps with a start current ratio of 5.0 x FLC (1050A) for 30 seconds with a 24-minute period between starts.

APPLICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS SELECTION 13



4.3 MSF Soft starter ratings According to the norms AC53a and AC53b a soft starter can have many current ratings.

NOTE! Because the MSF soft starter is designed for continuous operation the norm AC53b Is not used in the application rating list.

With help of the Application Rating List with typical starting currents and categories in the AC53a level (see table 1, page 15 and table 2, page 17) it is easy to select the proper soft starter rating with the application.

The Application Rating List uses two levels for the AC53a norm:

AC53a 5.0-30:50-10 (heavy duty) This level will be able to start all applications and follows directly the type number of the soft starter. Example: MSF 370 is 370 Amps FLC and then 5

time this current in starting. AC 53a 3.0-30:50-10 (normal/light duty) This level is for a bit lighter applications and here the MSF can manage a higher FLC. Example: MSF 370 in this norm manage 450 Amps FLC and the 3 times this current in starting

NOTE! To compare Soft Starters it's important to ensure that not only FLC (Full Load Current) is compared but also that the operating parameters are identical.

4.4 The Application Ratings List Table 1 gives the Application Ratings List. With this list the rating for the soft starter and Main Function menu can be selected.

Description and use of the table: Applications. This column gives the various applications. If the machine or application is not in this list, try to identify a similar machine or application. If in doubt pleas contact your supplier. AC53a ratings. The rating according to AC53a norm is here classi- fied in 2 ratings. The first for normal/light duty (3.0-30:50-10) and the second for heavy duty (5.0-30:50-10) Typical Starting current. Gives the typical starting current for each application Main Function menu. The Main Function menu is advised here. "25;=1", means: program selection 1 in menu 25. Stop function. Gives a possible Stop function if applicable. "36;=1 / 38-40", means: program selection 1 in menu 36, also menus 38 to 40 can be selected.

14 APPLICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS SELECTION

EXAMPLE: Roller Mill:

This is an application for heavy duty, Typical starting current of 450%. Main function Torque ramp start (menu 25) will give the best results. Stop function Dynamic Brake (menu 36, selection 1) can be used. As well as the Slow Speed at start and stop (menu 38-40) can be used for better start and stop performance.



Table 1 Applications Rating List

Applications AC53a 3.0-30:50-10 (normal/light)

AC 53a 5.0-30:50-10

(heavy)

Typical starting

current %

Main function Menu nr.

Stop function Menu nr.

General & Water

Centrifugal Pump

Submersible Pump

Conveyor

Compressor: Screw

Compressor, Reciprocating

Fan

Mixer

Agitator

x 300 22 22

x 300 22 22

x 300-400 25;=1 36;=1 / 38-40

x 300 25 -

x 400 25;=1 -

x 300 25;=2 -

x 400-450 25;=1 -

x 400 25;=1 -

Metals & Mining

Belt Conveyor

Dust Collector

Grinder

Hammer Mill

Rock Crusher

Roller Conveyor

Roller Mill

Tumbler

Wire Draw Machine

x 400 25;=1 36;=1 / 38-40

x 350 25;=1 -

x 300 25;=1 36;=1

x 450 25;=1 36;=2

x 400 25;=1 -

x x 350 25;=1 36;=1 / 38-40

x 450 25;=1 36;=1 or 2

x 400 25;=1 -

x 450 25;=1 36;=1 or 2

Food Processing

Bottle Washer

Centrifuge

Dryer

Mill

Palletiser

Separator

Slicer

x 300 25;=2

x 400 25;=1 36;=1 or 2

x 400 25;=2

x 450 25;=1 36;=1 or 2

x 450 25;=1

x 450 25;=1 36;=1 or 2

x 300 25;=1

Pulp and Paper

Re-Pulper

Shredder

Trolley

x 450 25;=1

x 450 25;=1

x 450 25;=1

Petrochemical

Ball Mill

Centrifuge

Extruder

Screw Conveyor

x 450 25;=1

x 400 25;=1 36;=1 or 2

x 500 25;=1

x 400 25;=1

Transport & Machine Tool

Ball Mill

Grinder

Material Conveyor

Palletiser

Press

Roller Mill

Rotary Table

Trolley

Escalator

x 450 25;=1

x 350 25;=1 36;=1

x 400 25;=1 36;=1 / 38-40

x 450 25;=1

x 350 25;=1

x 450 25;=1

x 400 25;=1 36;=1 / 38-40

x 450 25;=1

x 300-400 25;=1

Lumber & Wood Products

Bandsaw

Chipper

Circular Saw

Debarker

Planer

Sander

x 450 25;=1 36;=1 or 2

x 450 25;=1 36;=1 or 2

x 350 25;=1 36;=1 or 2

x 350 25;=1 36;=1 or 2

x 350 25;=1 36;=1 or 2

x 400 25;=1 36;=1 or 2




4.5 The Application Functions List This list gives an overview of many different applications/duties and a possible solution with one of the many MSF functions.

Description and use of the table: Application /Duty. This column gives the various applications and level of duty. If the machine or application is not in this list, try to identify a similar machine or application. If in doubt pleas contact your supplier. Problem. This column describes possible problems that are familiar for this kind of application. Solution MSF. Gives the possible solution for the problem using one the MSF function. Menus. Gives the menu numbers and selection for the MSF function. "25;=1", means: program selection 1 in menu 25. "36;=1 / 34,35", means: program selection 1 in menu 36, menus 34 and 35 are related to this function.




Table 2 Application Function List

Application/ Duty Problem Solution MSF Menus

PUMP Normal

Too fast start and stops MSF Pump application with following start/stop features: 22

Non linear ramps Linear ramps without tacho. Water hammer Torque ramps for quadratic load

High current and peaks during starts. Pump is going in wrong direction Phase reversal alarm 88 Dry running Shaft power underload 96-99 High load due to dirt in pump Shaft power overload 92-95 -

COMPRESSOR Normal

Mechanical shock for compressor, motor and transmissions Linear Torque ramp or current limit start. 25;=1 or

20,21

Small fuses and low current available.

Screw compressor going in wrong direction Phase sequence alarm 88 Damaged compressor if liquid ammonia enters the compressor screw. Shaft power overload 92-95

Energy consumption due to compressor is running unloaded Shaft power underload 96-99

CONVEYOR Normal/Heavy

Mechanical shocks for transmissions and trans- ported goods. Linear Torque ramp 25;=1

Filling or unloading conveyors Slow speed and accurate position control. 37-40,57,58 Conveyor jammed Shaft power overload 92-95 Conveyor belt or chain is off but the motor is still running Shaft power underload 96-99

Starting after screw conveyor have stopped due to overload. Jogging in reverse direction and then starting in forward.

Conveyor blocked when starting Locked rotor function 75

FAN Normal High starting current in end of ramps Torque ramp for quadratic need 25;=2

Slivering belts.

Fan is going in wrong direction when starting. Catches the motor and going easy to zero speed and then starting in right direction.

Belt or coupling broken Shaft power underload 96-99 Blocked filter or closed damper.

PLANER Heavy

High inertia load with high demands on torque and current control.

Linear Torque ramp gives linear acceleration and lowest possible starting current.

Need to stop quick both by emergency and production efficiency reasons.

Dynamic DC brake without Contactor for medium loads and controlled sensor less soft brake with reversing contactor for heavy loads.

36;=1,34,35 36;=2,34,35

High speed lines Conveyor speed set from planer shaft power analog output.

54_56

Worn out tool Shaft power overload 92-95 Broken coupling Shaft power underload 96-99

ROCK CRUSHER Heavy

High enertia Linear Torque ramp gives linear acceleration and lowest possible starting current.

Heavy load when starting with material Torque boost 30,31 Low power if a diesel powered generator is used.

Wrong material in crusher Shaft power overload 92-95

Vibrations during stop Dynamic DC brake without Contactor 36;=1,34,35

BANDSAW Heavy

High inertia load with high demands on torque and current control.

Linear Torque ramp gives linear acceleration and lowest possible starting current.

Need to stop quick both by emergency and production efficiency reasons.

Dynamic DC brake without Contactor for medium loads and controlled sensor less soft brake with reversing contactor for heavy loads.

36-1 34 35 36;=2,34,35

High speed lines Conveyor speed set from band saw shaft power analog output.

54_56

Worn out saw blade Shaft power overload

Broken coupling, saw blade or belt Shaft power underload

CENTRIFUGE Heavy High inertia load Linear Torque ramp gives linear acceleration and lowest

possible starting current.

To high load or unbalanced centrifuge Shaft power overload

Controlled stop Dynamic DC brake without Contactor for medium loads and controlled sensor less soft brake with reversing contactor for heavy loads.

36;=1,34,35

Need to open centrifuge in a certain position. Braking down to slow speed and then positioning control. 37-40,57,58




Table 2 Application Function List

Application/ Duty Problem Solution MSF Menus

MIXER Heavy Different materials Linear Torque ramp gives linear acceleration and lowest


Need to control material viscosity Shaft power analog output 54-56 Broken or damaged blades Shaft power overload 92-95

Shaft power underload 96-99

HAMMER MILL Heavy Heavy load with high breakaway torque Linear Torque ramp gives linear acceleration and lowest


Torque boost in beginning of ramp. 30,31 Jamming Shaft power overload 92-95

Fast stop Controlled sensor less soft brake with reversing contactor for heavy loads.

Motor blocked Locked rotor function 75

EXAMPLE: Hammer Mill:

This is an application for heavy duty, Main function Torque ramp start (menu 25) will give the best results. Torque boost to overcome high breakaway torque (menu 30 and 31) Overload alarm function for jamming protection (menu 92 and 95) Stop function Soft Brake (menu 36, selection 2) can be used. Menu 34 and 35 to set the brake time and strength.




4.6 Function and combination matrix

Table 3 gives an overview of all possible functions and combination of functions.

1. Select function in the horizontal "Main Function" column. Only one function can be selected in this column, at a time.

2. In the vertical column "Additional Functions" you will find all possible function that can be used together with your selected main function.

Table 3 Combination matrix

ta c 0 7. 0

a To

O :;: -to

Main Functions .1

4, ki

v; a E t2

To

2

8- . 0.

2 To

2

- p, 0 g i co a o'

i-ti co 0 - To ... CO 8

:_o,

0 ,f2 -

a) 3 g_

...., 0 co 0 I; o .0 a) ' 2-

12

c7s c E Zf) .., -0 '- 2 .0 1 -.F

3 to c Tio

-9

-a a)) (9.

3 0 ro , 0 - 7-2 C o o 8 E

i =

-a a)

2. o)

0 (7)

v 0 72 -. 5 `-' - cu C t) ....,

L 'u<

c 0 ..;..; (., a) t 8. a) 4' 4) E. - E 3

;--1 (D (:)

co t (n

if) 4,

E as _ E

;:-T (.6 co 0 a) s 03

ca 6 -

....k

-- *

0 E 0 c 0

- C4

co ° a) Y co

`- 4- b?)

Voltage ramp start/stop (default) X X X X X X X X X X X

Torque control start/stop (menu 025) X X X X X X X X X

Voltage ramp with current limit (menu 020) X X X X X X X X X X X

Current limit start (menu 021) X X X X X X X X X X X

Pump control (menu 022) X X X

Analog input (menu 023) X X

Direct on line start (menu 024) X X X

By using one parameter set, the following start/stop table is given.

Table 4 Start/stop combination.

NOTE! Voltage and torque ramp for starting only with softbrake.

O rz 0 Z 2 a. 0

START FUNCTION 1- to

2 cn °- E

E a) tudn

.;:, 70 >

0.

(4%

-0 ):- E 0 . 3 a- t,-

1-

Z .t.-,

0 ' c..)

0. E = a

..,

2- ._

Te 70 c a

o. o +., 0 ° .E - = O

ii.))

._s= o

0 Y

CO

.- 03

o 15 0 > 0 E 2 >,

en

a)

_...2

0 cn

Voltage ramp start X X X X

Torque control start X X X X

Current limit start X X X X

Voltage ramp with current limit X X X X

Pump control X X

Analog input X X

Direct on line start X

By using different parameter sets for start and stop, it is

possible to combine all start and stop functions.




4.7 Special condition

4.7.1 Small motor or low load The minimum load current for the soft starter is 10% of the rated current of the soft starter. Except for the MSE-017 there the min. current is 2 A. Example MSE-210, rated current = 210 A. Min. Current 21 A. Please note that this is "min. load current" and not min. rated motor current.

4.7.2 Ambient temperature below 0°C For ambient temperatures below 0°C e.g. an electrical heater must be installed in the cabinet. The soft starter can also be mounted in some other place, due to that the distance between the motor and the soft starter is

not critical.

4.7.3 Phase compensation capacitor If a phase compensation capacitor is to be used, it must be connected at the inlet of the soft starter, not between the motor and the soft starter.

4.7.4 Pole-changing contactor and two speed motor

The switching device must be connected between the output of the soft starter and the motor.

4.7.5 Shielded motor cable It is not necessary to use shielded wires together with soft starters. This is due to the very low radiated emis- sions.

NOTE! The soft starter should be wired with shielded control cable to fulfill EMC regulations acc. to § 1.5, page 6.

4.7.6 Slip ring motors Slip ring motors can not be used together with the soft starter. Unless the motor is rewinded (as a squirrel cage motor). Or keep the resistors in, please contact your supplier.

4.7.7 Pump control with soft starter and frequency inverter together

It is possible e.g. in a pump station with two or more pumps to use one frequency inverter on one pump and soft starters on each of the other pumps. The flow of the pumps can then be controlled by one common control unit.

4.7.8 Starting with counter clockwise rotating loads

It is possible to start a motor clockwise, even if the load and motor is rotating counter clockwise e.g. fans. Depending on the speed and the load "in the wrong direction" the current can be very high.


4.7.9 Running motors in parallel When starting and running motors in parallel the total amount of the motor current must be equal or lower than the connected soft starter. Please note that it is not possible to make individual settings for each motor. The start ramp can only be set for an average starting ramp for all the connected motors. This applies that the start time may differ from motor to motor. This is also even if the motors are mechanically linked, depending on the load etc.

4.7.10 How to calculate heat dissipation in cabinets

See chapter 12. page 74 "Technical Data", "Power loss at rated motor load (IN)", "Power consumption control card" and "Power consumption fan". For further cal- culations please contact your local supplier of cabinets, e.g. Rittal.

4.7.11 Insulation test on motor When testing the motor with high voltage e.g. insulation test the soft starter must be disconnected from the motor. This is due to the fact that the thyristors will be seriously damage by the high peak voltage.

4.7.12 Operation above 1000 m All ratings are stated at 1000 m over sea level. If a MSF is placed for example at 3000 m it must be derated unless that the ambient temperature is lower than 40 C and compensate for this higher pressure.

To get information about motors and drives at higher altitudes please contact your supplier to get technical information nr 151.

4.7.13 Reversing Motor reversing is always possible. See Fig. 31 on page 34 for the advised connection of the reverse contactors.

At the moment that the mains voltage is switched on, the phase sequence is monitored by the control board. This information is used for the Phase Reverse Alarm (menu 88, see § 7.22, page 56).

However if this alarm is not used (factory default), it is also possible to have the phase reversal contactors in the input of the soft starter.



5 OPERATION OF THE SOFT STARTER

MSF-017 to MSF-1400

Fig. 12 MSF soft starter models.

5.1 General description of user interface

WARNING! Never operate the soft starter with removed front cover.

To obtain the required operation, a number of parameters must be set in the soft starter.

Setting/configuration is done either from the built- in keyboard or by a computer/control system through the serial interface or bus (option). Controlling the motor i.e. start/stop, selection of parameter set, is done either from the keyboard, through the remote control inputs or through the serial interface (option).

Setting

WARNING! Make sure that all safety measures have

been taken before switching on the supply.

Switch on the supply (normally 1 x 230 V), all segments in the display will light up for a few seconds. Then the display will show menu 001. An illuminated display indicates there is supply voltage on the PCB.

Check that you have voltage on the mains contactor or on the thyristors. To be able to use all extended functions and optimize of the performance, program the motor data.

5.2 PPU unit

03-F28

B. B. B. MENU

0 RUNNING

0 START/STOP

Et B. B. B. VALUE OS InItlelv °nage' to tort( %) 02 Steil, ernp1( sec.) 03 Mewl own, okay*** tog %) 04 Stour (mot( see.) 06 Carron esdout 06 Contreen ode 07 Extended functions

ei.17GOG

,START,

STOP

4- PREV NEXT

ENTER

Fig. 13 PPU unit.

The programming and presentation unit (PPU) is a

build-in operator panel with two light emitting diodes, three + four seven-segment LED-displays and a keyboard.

OPERATION OF THE SOFT STARTER 21



5.3 LED display The two light emitting diodes indicates start/stop and running motor/machine. When a start command is given either from the PPU, through the serial interface (option) or through the remote control inputs, the start/stop-LED will be illuminated.

At a stop command the start/stop-LED will switch off. When the motor is running, the running-LED is flashing during ramp up and down and is illuminated continuously at full motor voltage.

Vol age

UN

r Time

Running-LED, flashing

Start/stop- LED,on

Running- LED,on

Running-LED, flashing

Start/stop- LED,off

Running- LED,off

Fig. 14 LED indication at different operation situation.

5.4 The Menu Structure The menus are organised in a simple one level structure with the possibility to limit the number of menus that are reachable by setting the value in menu 007 to "oFF" (factory setting). With this setting only the basic menus 001, 002, 003, 004, 005, 006 and 007 can be reached.

This to simplify the setting when only voltage start/ stop ramps are used.

If menu 007 is in "on" and menu 008 "oFF" it is possible to reach all viewing menus and alarm lists as well.

901 -915 Key lock status' 221

RMS currents and voltages in each phase 211-216

Viewed soft starter data' 201-208

Reset to factory settings! 199 1

111-114 Serial communication

Automatic return menu 105

"JOG" enable 1103-104

Run at F1&F4 alarm 101-102

Machine protection I 089-099

Main supply protection 081-0881

Motor protection N 071-075

Alarm List

001j Initial voltage I 0021 Start ramp time

1 6031Step down voltage at stop

0041 Stop ramp time 005 I RMS current

006 Control mode

Menu expander

Menu expander 007 008

011-014

1 016-018

1 020-025

I 030-040

041-046

I 051-052

) 054056 ) 057-058

Parameter set 061

Dual ramp start/stop

Initial and end torque at start

Main functions

Additional functions

Nominal motor parameters

Relay K1 &K2 functions

Analogue output

Digital input

03-F30

Fig. 15 Menu structure.

22 OPERATION OF THE SOFT STARTER



5.5 The keys The function of the keyboard are based on a few simple rules. At power up menu 001 is shown automatically. Use the "NEXT " and "PREV 4- "keys to move between menus. To scroll through menu numbers, press and hold either the "NEXT " or the "PREV 4-- " key. The "+" and "-" keys are used to increase

respectively decrease the value of setting. The value is

flashing during setting. The "ENTER 4-J " key confirms the setting just made, and the value will go from flashing to stable. The "START/STOP" key is only used to start and stop the motor/machine. The C-) and keys are only used for JOG from the keyboard. Please note one has to select enable in menu 103 or 104, see § 7.25, page 61.

Table 5 The keys

Start/stop motor operation. START

STOP

Display previous menu. PREV

Display next menu. .0, NEXT

Decrease value of setting.

Increase value of setting. 4 Confirm setting just made. Alarm reset.

ENTER 1I RESET

JOG Reverse co)

JOG Forward INI Table 6 Control modes

5.6 Keyboard lock The keyboard can be locked to prohibit operation and parameter setting by an unauthorised. Lock keyboard by pressing both keys "NEXT " and "ENTER

4.J " for at least 2 sec. The message '- Loc' will display when locked. To unlock keyboard press the same 2 keys "NEXT " and "ENTER 4_1" for at least 2

sec. The message 'unlo' will display when unlocked. In locked mode it is possible to view all parameters

and read-out, but it is forbidden to set parameters and to operate the soft starter from the keyboard.

The message '-Loc' will display if trying to set a

parameter or operate the soft starter in locked mode. The key lock status can be read out in menu 221.

2 2 °°

no Locked keyboard info

Default: no

Range: no, YES

no Keyboard is not locked

YES Keyboard is locked

5.7 Overview of soft starter operation and parameter set-up.

Table with the possibilities to operate and set parameters in soft starter.

Control mode is selected in menu 006 and Parame- ter set is selected in menu 061. For the keyboard lock function, see § 7.30, page 65.

Operation/ Set-up

Control mode

Start/Stop JOG fwd/rev Alarm reset

Setting of parameters

Parameter set with external selection

Menu 061=0

Parameter set with Internal selection

Menu 061=1-4

Keyboard Menu 006=1

Unlocked keyboard

Keyboard Keyboard Keyboard Keyboard

Locked keyboard

Remote Menu 006=2

Unlocked keyboard

Remote Remote Remote and keyboard

Remote Keyboard

Locked keyboard

Remote Remote Remote Remote

Serial comm. Menu 006=3

Unlocked keyboard

Serial comm Serial comm . Serial comm

and keyboard Serial comm

Locked keyboard

Serial comm Serial comm Serial comm Serial comm

OPERATION OF THE SOFT STARTER 23



6. INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION

Mounting, wiring and setting the device into operation must be carried out by, trained personnel (electricians specialised in heavy current technology):

In accordance with the local safety regulations of the electricity supply company. In accordance with DIN VDE 0100 for setting up heavy current plants.

Care must be taken to ensure that personnel do not come into contact with live circuit components.

WARNING! Never operate the soft starter with removed front cover.

6.1 Installation of the soft starter in a cabinet

When installing the soft starter: - Ensure that the cabinet will be sufficiently

ventilated, after the installation. - Keep the minimum free space, see the tables

on page 25. - Ensure that air can flow freely from the

bottom to the top.

NOTE! When installing the soft starter, make sure It does not come into contact with live components. The heat generated must be dispersed via the cooling fins to prevent damage to the thyristors (free circulation of air).

MSF-017 to MSF-835 soft starters are all delivered as enclosed versions with front opening. The units have bottom entry for cables etc. see Fig. 25 on page 29 and Fig. 27 on page 31. MSF-1000 and MSF-1400 are delivered as open chassis.

NOTE! The soft starter should be wired with shielded control cable to fulfill EMC regulations acc. to § 1.5, page 6.

NOTE! For UL-approval use 75°C Copper wire only.

MSF-017 to MSF-250

w

000 00E1 00

H

O

30.20 03-F98_1.

Fig. 16 MSF-017 to MSF-250 dimensions.

24 INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION

Fig. 17 Hole pattern for MSF-017 to MSF-250 (backside view).

Fig. 18 Hole pattern for MSF-170 to MSF-250 with upper mounting bracket instead of DIN-rail.



MSF-017 to MSF-250

Table 7 MSF-017 to MSF-250.

MSF model Class Connection

Cony./ Fan

Dimension HxWxD (mm)

Hole dist. w1 (mm)

Hole dist. h1 (mm)

Diam./ screw

Weight (kg)

-017, -030 -045, -060, -075, -085

-110, -145

-170, -210, -250

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

Busbars

Busbars

Busbars

Busbars

Convection

Fan

Fan

Fan

320x126x260

320x126x260

400x176x260

500x260x260

78.5

78.5

128.5

208.5

265

265

345

445

5.5/M5

5.5/M5

5.5/M5 5.5/M5

6.7

6.9

12.0

20

Table 8 MSF-017 to MSF-250

MSF model

Minimum

above 1)

free space

below

(mm):

at side

Dimension Connection busbars Cu

Tightening torque for bolt (Nm)

Cable PE-cable Supply and PE

-017, -030, -045 100 100 0 15x4 (M6), PE (M6) 8 8 0.6 -060, -075, -085 100 100 0 15x4 (M8), PE (M6) 12 8 0.6

-110,-145 100 100 0 20x4 (M10), PE (M8) 20 12 0.6

-170, -210, -250 100 100 0 30x4 (M10), PE (M8) 20 12 0.6

1) Above: wall-soft starter or soft starter-soft starter

MSF-310 to MSF-1400

Table 9 MSF-310 to MSF-1400 see Fig. 20 on page 26.

MSF model

Class Connection Cony./

Fan Dimension

HxWxD (mm) Hole dist. w1 (mm)

Hole dist. h1 (mm)

Diam./ screw

Weight (kg)

-310 IP 20 Busbars Fan 532x547x278 460 450 8.5/M8 42

-370, -450 IP 20 Busbars Fan 532x547x278 460 450 8.5/M8 46




-1000, -1400 IPOO Busbar Fan 900x875x336 Fig 23 8.5/M8 175

Table 10 MSF-310 to MSF-1400.

MSF model

Minimum free space (mm): Dimension Connection, busbars Ai

Tightening torque for bolt (Nm)

above 1) below at side Cable PE-cable Supply and PE

-310, -370, -450 -570; -710, -835 -1000, -1400

100 100 100

100 100 100

0

0

100

40x8 (M12) 40x10 (M12) 75x10 (M12)

50 50 50

12

12

12

0.6 0.6 0.6

1) Above: Wall-soft starter or soft starter-soft starter

INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION 25



Fig. 19 MSF -310 to MSF -835.

Fig. 20 Hole pattern for screw attachment, MSF-310 to MSF-835. Hole distance (mm).


MSF e f

-310 to -450 44 39 -570 to -835 45.5 39

Observe that the two supplied mounting hooks (see § 1.8, page 7 and Fig. 2 on page 7 must be used for mounting the soft starter as upper support (only MSF- 310 to MSF-835).

e

0 0

3

W3 W2 W1

hl

115

Fig. 21 Busbar distances MSF -310 to MSF -835.

Table 11 Busbar distances

MSF model Dist. hi (mm)

Dist. wl (mm)

Dist. w2 (mm)

Dist. w3 (mm)

-310 to -450

-570 to -835

-1000 -1400

104

129

33

35

55

206

239.5

322.5

379

444

590.5



O

Fig. 22 MSF -1000 to -1400

Fig. 23 Hole pattern busbar MSF -1000 to -1400.




6.2 Connections

1"\-.01,14111K

3 2

0 0

0 0 =M= EIDEMEIDEI

03-F54_1

C

0 0

LJLJ DO

J2 ® J1

nrinrinirtri RIFgFRFZIMIEFEE1 120121121120

W-11111\11r

a

Fig. 24 Connection of MSF-017 to MSF -085.

Connection of MSF-017 to MSF-085

Device connections 1. Protective earth, 1 (PE), Mains supply, Motor

(on the right and left inside of the cabinet) 2. Protective earth, L (PE), Control voltage 3. Control voltage connection 01, 02 4. Mains supply Ll, L2, L3 5. Motor power supply Ti, T2, T3 6. Current transformers (possible to mount outside

for bypass see § 7.12, page 43) 7. Mounting of EMC gland for control cables




Fig. 25 Connection of MSF-110 to MSF-145.


Device connections 1. Protective earth, J___ (PE), Mains supply, Motor

(on the left inside of the cabinet) 2. Protective earth I (PE), Control voltage 3. Control voltage connection 01, 02 4. Mains supply Li, L2, L3 5. Motor power supply Ti, T2, T3 6. Current transformers (possible to mount outside





-

C

Waglijr -414114

3 2

5000LJULAULLIULILD 0000 0000 000111110120011111100000 1102011111100000111000EI tlrinrinrinrAinrinrinrig

03-F104

_Tuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu:),

I

LW ruin 7.- MM. wit.nrai =Mk -

0

0

0

ED

e .11

J2 Igli riFinrihrTr-i

6,FrIFIEMIF11171171 OOODODO

L

L3

1=1:1.1- .ro

012)

MEEMEEEdEibi r

Fig. 26 Connection of MSF-170 to MSF-250


Device connections 1. Protective earth, L (PE), Mains supply, Motor

(on the left inside of the cabinet) 2. Protective earth L (PE), Control voltage 3. Control voltage connection 01, 02 4. Mains supply Ll, L2, L3 5. Motor power supply Tl, T2, T3 6. Current transformers (possible to mount outside





Fig. 27 Connection of MSF-170 to MSF-1400.


Device connections 1. Protective earth, -.L- (PE), Mains supply and

Motor 2. Protective earth, ± (PE), Control voltage 3. Control voltage connection 01, 02

4. Mains supply Ll, L2, 1.3

5. Motor power supply Tl, T2, T3

6. Current transformers (possible to mount outside

for bypass see § 7.12, page 43)

7. Mounting of EMC gland for control cables




6.3 Connection and setting on the PCB control card

Fig. 28 Connections on the PCB, control card.

Table 12 PCB Terminals

Terminal Function Electrical characteristics 01

Supply voltage 100-240 VAC ±10%/380-500 VAC ± 10% 02

PE Gnd _L

11 Digital inputs for start/stop and reset. 0-3 V -> 0; 8-27 V-> 1. Max. 37 V for 10 sec.

Impedance to 0 VDC: 2.2 kn. 12

13 Supply/control voltage to PCB terminal 11 and 12, 10 lin potentiometer, etc.

+12 VDC ±5%. Max. current from +12 VDC: 50mA. Short circuit proof.

14 Remote analogue input control, 0-10 V, 2-10 V, 0-20 mA and 4-20 mA/digital input.

Impedance to terminal 15 (0 VDC) voltage signal: 125 la current signal: 100 f2.

15 GND (common) 0 VDC

16 Digital inputs for selection of parameter set.

0-3 V -> 0; 8-27 V-> 1. Max. 37 V for 10 sec. Imped- ance to 0 VDC: 2.2 ka 17

18 Supply/control voltage to PCB terminal 16 and 17, 10 kn. potentiometer, etc.

+12 VDC ±5%. Max. current from +12 VDC = 50mA. Short circuit proof.

19 Remote analogue output control Analogue Output contact: 0-10V, 2-10V; min load impedance won 0-20mA and 4-20mA;max load impedance 75051

21 Programmable relay K1. Factory setting is "Opera- tion" indication by closing terminal 21 - 22.

1-pole closing contact, 250 VAC 8A or 24 VDC 8A resistive, 250 VAC, 3A inductive. 22

23 Programmable relay K2. Factory setting is "Full voltage" indication by closing terminal 23-24.

1-pole closing contact, 250 VAC 8A or 24 VDC 8A resistive, 250 VAC, 3A inductive. 24

31 Alarm relay K3, closed to 33 at alarm. 1-pole change over contact, 250 VAC 8A or 24 VDC 8A resistive, 250 VAC, 3A inductive.

32 Alarm relay K3, opened at alarm.

33 Alarm relay K3, common terminal. 69-70 PTC Thermistor input Alarm level 2.4 Id2 Switch back level 2.2 kg..

7172* Clickson thermistor Controlling soft starter cooling fine temperature MSF -310 - MSF -1400

73-74* NTC thermistor Temperature measuring of soft starter cooling fine 75 Current transformer input, cable 51 (blue) Connection of Ll or T1 phase current transformer

76 Current transformer input, cable Si (blue) Connection of L3, T3 phase (MSF 017 - MSF 250) or L2, T2 phase (MSF 310 - MSF 1400)

77 Current transformer input, cable S2 (brown) Common connection for terminal 75 and 76 78* Fan connection 24 VDC


*Internal connection, no customer use.




6.4 Minimum wiring

L1 L2 L3 PE

00

L1 L2 L3 PE

T1 T2 73 PE

w

O PE

100-240- +10%

PE

01 02 PE 2 K122 23LK2 24 33 K3 3L 32 69 70

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 75 76 77

oI start /stop

03-F25

Fig. 29 Wiring circuit, "Minimum wiring".

The figure above shows the "minimum wiring". See § 6.1, page 24, for tightening torque for bolts etc. 1 Connect Protective Earth (PE) to earth screw

marked -I- (PE). 2. Connect the soft starter between the 3-phase mains

supply and the motor. On the soft starter the mains side is marked Ll, L2 and L3 and the motor side with T1, T2 and T3.

3. Connect the control voltage (100-240 VAC) for the control card at terminal 01 and 02.

4. Connect relay K1 (terminals 21 and 22) to the control circuit.

5. Connect PCB terminal 12 and 13 (PCB terminal 11-12 must be linked) to, e.g. a 2-position switch (on/oFF) or a PLC, etc., to obtain control of soft start/stop. (For start/stop command from keyboard menu 006 must be set to 01).

6. Ensure the installation complies with the appropriate local regulations.

NOTE! The soft starter should be wired with shielded control cable to fulfill EMC regulations acc. to g 1.5, page 6.

NOTE! If local regulations say that a mains contactor should be used, the 111 then controls It. Always use standard commercial, slow blow fuses, e.g. type gl, gG to protect the wiring and prevent short circuiting. To protect the thyristors against short- circuit currents, superfast semiconductor fuses can be used If preferred. The normal guarantee Is valid even if superfast semiconductor fuses are not used. All signal inputs and outputs are galvanically insulated from the mains supply.




6.5 Wiring examples Fig. 30 gives an wiring example with the following functions.

Analogue input control, see § 7.7, page 40 Parameter set selection, see § 7.20, page 54 Analogue output, see § 7.18, page 52 PTC input, see § 7.21, page 55

For more information see § 6.3, page 32.

L2

L3

N

PE

Ll L2 L3 PE 01 02 PE 21 23 24 33k3L 32 69 70

T1 72 73 PE 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 75 76 77

PTC

a t,!;" start/stop

L PS2

PSi

Analogueln Malogueout

2-109 0-20mA

4-20mA

Parameterset PS1 PS2

1 open open

2 closed open

3 open closed

4 closed closed

03-F18

Fig. 30 Analogue input control, parameter set, analogue output and PTC input.

Fig. 31 Forward/reverse wiring circuit.




7. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SET-UP MENU

This chapter describes all the parameters and functions in numerical order as they appear in the MSF. Table 13 gives an overview of the menus, see also Chapter 13. page 79 (set-up menu list).

Table 13 Set-up Menu overview

Menu number Parameter group Menu numbers See §

Basic functions 001-008 Basic

Ramp up/down parameters 001-005 7.1

Start/Stop/Reset command 006 7.2

Menu Expansion 007-008 7.3

Extended functions 011-199

Voltage control dual ramp 011-014 7.4

Torque control parameters 016-018 7.5

Main functions 020-025 7.6 - 7.10

Additional functions 030-036 7.11 - 7.14

Slow speed and Jog functions 037-040, 57-58, 7.15, 7.19, 7.25

Motor Data Setting 041-046 7.16

Outputs Relays 051-052 7.17

Analogue output 054-056 7.18

Input Digital input 057-058 7.19

Parameter set selection 061 7.20

Motor protection 071-075 7.21

Main protection 081-088 7.22

Application protection 089-099 7.23

Resume alarms 101, 102 7.24

Auto return menu 105 7.26

Factory defaults 199 7.28

View functions 201-915

Main view 201-208 7.29

RMS current per phase 211-213 7.29

RMS voltage per phase 214-216 7.29

Keyboard lock status 221 7.30

Alarm list 901-915 7.31

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SET-UP MENU 35



7.1 Ramp up/down parameters

Fig. 32 Menu numbers for start/stop ramps, initial voltage at start and step down voltage at stop.

Determine the starting time for the motor/machine. When setting the ramp times for starting and stopping, initial voltage at start and step down voltage at stop, proceed as follow:

0010

3 0 Setting the initial voltage at start ramp 1

Default: 30%

Range: 25 - 90% Un

Set the initial voltage. Normally the factory setting, 30% of Un, is a suitable choice.

002°°

10 Setting of start ramp 1

Default: 10 sec

Range: 1-60 sec

Set "Ramp up time" at start.

003°°

1 0 0 Setting of step down voltage stop ramp 1

Default: 100%

Range: 100-40% of Un

Step down voltage at stop can be used to stop smoothly.

36 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SET-UP MENU

004°°

o F

Setting of stop ramp 1

Default: oFF


oFF Stop ramp disabled

2-120 Set "Ramp down time" at stop

7.1.1 RMS current [005]

005°°

0. 0 RMS current

Default:

Range: 0.0-9999Amp

Read-out of the RMS motor current.

NOTE! This Is the same read-out as function 201, see § 7.28, page 63.



7.2 Start/stop/reset command Start/stop of the motor and reset of alarm is done either from the keyboard, through the remote control inputs or through the serial interface (option). The remote control inputs start/stop/reset (PCB terminals 11, 12 and 13) can be connected for 2-wire or 3-wire control.

0060


Default: 2

Range: 1,2,3

1

START/STOP/RESET command via the keyboard. - Press the "START/STOP" key on

the keyboard to start and stop the soft starter.

- Press "ENTER/RESET" key to reset a trip condition.

2

Via Remote control. START/STOP/ RESET commands. The following control methods are possible: - 2-wire start/stop with automatic

reset, see § 7.2.1, page 37. - 2-wire start/stop with separate

reset, see § 7.2.2, page 37. - 3-wire start/stop with automatic

reset at start, see § 7.2.3, page 37.

WARNING! The motor will start If terminals 11, 12, 13 Is In start position.

3

START/STOP/RESET commands via serial interface option. Read the operating instruction supplied with this option.

NOTE! A reset via the keyboard will not start or stop the motor.

NOTE! Factory default setting is 2, remote control.

To start and stop from the keyboard, the "START/ STOP" key is used.

To reset from the keyboard, the "ENTER 4-J / RESET" key is used. A reset can be given both when the motor is running and when the motor is stopped. A reset from the keyboard will not start or stop the motor.

7.2.1 2-wire start/stop with automatic reset at start

Closing PCB terminals 12 and 13, and a jumper between terminal 11 and 12, will give a start command. Opening the terminals will give a stop. If PCB terminals 12 and 13 is closed at power up a start command is given (automatic start at power up). When a start command is given there will automatically be a

reset.

7.2.2 2-wire start/stop with separate reset

0711i967=1176716"On't rfinifflenfilitlpiy

13:11303

Closing PCB terminals 11, 12 and 13 will give a start and opening the terminals 12 and 13 will give a stop. If PCB terminals 12 and 13 are closed at power up a start command is given (automatic start at power up). When PCB terminals 11 and 13 are opened and closed again a

reset is given. A reset can be given both when the motor is running and stopped and doesn't affect the start/stop.

7.2.3 3-wire start/stop with automatic reset at start.

PCB terminal 12 and 13 are normally closed and PCB terminal 11 and 13 are normally open. A start command is given by momentarily closing PCB terminal 11 and 13. To stop, PCB terminal 12 and 13 are momentarily opened.

When a start command is given there will automatically be a reset. There will not be an automatic start at power up.




7.3 Menu expansion setting. In order to use the viewing menus and/or the extended functions menu 007 must be set to "On", then one reach read out of the viewing menus 201- 915. To be able to set any extended functions in the menus 011-199 menu 008 must be set to "on" as well.

0 0 7 ° o

o F F

Selecting of extended functions and viewing functions

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, on

oFF Only function 1-7 are visible

on - View functions 201-915 are visible - Extended functions (menu 008) selectable

0 8 ° o

0 F F

Selecting of extended functions

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, on

oFF Only view function 201-915 are visible.

on All the function menus are visible

NOTE! Menu 007 must be "on".

7.4 Voltage control dual ramp To achieve even smoother ramps at start and or stop, a

dual ramp can be used.

Fig. 33 Menu numbers for dual voltage ramp at start/stop, initial voltage at start and step down-voltage at stop.

The settings are carried out by beginning with the settings in menus 001-004 and 007-008 and proceed with the following steps:


0110

9 O Setting the initial voltage at start ramp 2

Default: 90%

Range: 30-90% Un

Set the start voltage for start ramp 2. The initial voltage for start ramp 2 is limited to the initial voltage at start (menu 001), see § 7.1, page 36.

0 1 2 °o

0 F F

Setting of start ramp 2

Default: oFF


oFF Start ramp 2 disabled

1-60 Set the start ramp 2 time. A dual voltage ramp is active.

0 1 3 °0

4 ,

0 Setting of step down voltage in stop ramp 2

Default: 40%

Range: 100-40% Un

Set the step down voltage for stop ramp 2. The step down voltage for stop ramp 2 is limited to the step down voltage at stop (menu 003).

014 °0

o F F

Setting of stop ramp time 2

Default: oFF


oFF Stop ramp 2 disabled

1-60 Set the stop ramp 2 time. A dual voltage stop ramp is active.



7.5 Torque control parameters 7.6 Current limit (Main Function) See also § 7.10, page 42 and chapter 4. page 13 for more information on the Torque control setting.

0 1 6 °0

10 Initial torque at start

Default: 10

Range: 0 - 250% of Tn

Insert initial torque at start in percent of nominal shaft torque (Tn), see chapter 13. page 79.

0 1 7 ° 0 .

1 5 End torque at start

Default: 150


Insert end torque at start in percent of nominal shaft torque.

0180

0 End torque at stop

Default: 0


Insert end torque at stop in percent of the nominal motor torque.

The Current Limit function is used to limit the current drawn when starting (150 - 500% of In). This means that current limit is only achieved during set start-up time.

Two kinds of current limit starts are available. Voltage ramp with a limited current. If current is below set current limit, this start will act exactly as a voltage ramp start. Current limit start. The soft starter will control the current up to set current limit immediately at start, and keep it there until the start is completed or the set start-up time expires.

See Fig. 34 Current limit.

NOTE! Make sure that nominal motor current In menu 042 Is correctly inserted.

7.6.1 Voltage ramp with current limit The settings are carried out in three steps: 1. Estimate starting-time for the motor/machine and

select that time in menu 002 (see § 7.1, page 36). 2. Estimate the initial voltage and select this voltage in

menu 001 (see § 7.1, page 36). 3. Set the current limit to a suitable value e.g. 300% of

In in menu 020.

0200 Voltage ramp with current

o F

limit at start

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 150 - 500% In

oFF Voltage Ramp mode with current limit disabled. Voltage Ramp enabled.

150-500 Current limit level in Voltage ramp mode.

NOTE! Only possible when Voltage Ramp mode is enabled. Menus 021-025 must be "oFF".

Current

Current limit at start

Voltage ramp

Time

03-F109

Fig. 34 Current limit




7.6.2 Current limit The settings are carried out in two steps: 1. Estimate starting time for the motor/machine and

select that time in menu 002 (see § 7.1, page 36). 2. Set the current limit to a suitable value e.g. 300% of

In in menu 021.

0 2 1 °0

o F F

Current limit at start

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 150 - 500% In

oFF Current limit mode disabled. Voltage Ramp enabled.

150-500 Current limit level in current limit mode.

NOTE! Only possible when Voltage Ramp mode is enabled. Menus 020, 022-025 must be "oFF".

NOTE! Even though the current limit can be set as low as 150% of the nominal motor current value, this minimum value cannot be used generally. Considerations must be given to the starting torque and the motor before setting the appropriate current limit. "Real start time" can be longer or shorter than the set values depending on the load conditions. This applies to both current limit methods.

Current

Current Limit

FLC

Starting time Time 03-F110

Fig. 35 Current limit

If the starting time is exceeded and the soft starter is still operating at current level, an alarm will be activated. It is possible to let the soft starter to either stop operation or to continue. Note that the current will rise uncontrolled if the operation continues (see § 7.24.2, page 61).


7.7 Pump control (Main Function) By choosing pump control you will automatically get a

stop ramp set to 15 sec. The optimising parameters for this main function are start and stop time; initial torque at start and end torque at start and stop. End torque at stop is used to let go of the pump when it's no longer producing pressure/flow, which can vary on different pumps. See Fig. 36.

Fig. 36 Pump control

Pump application The pump application is using Torque ramps for quadratic load. This gives lowest possible current and linear start and stop ramps. Related menus are 2, 4 (see § 7.1, page 36), 16, 17 and 18 (see § 7.5, page 39).

0 2 ° 0

o F F

Setting of pump control

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, on

oFF Pump control disabled. Voltage Ramp enabled.

on Pump control application is enabled.

NOTE! Only possible when Voltage Ramp mode Is enabled. Menu 020-021, 023-025 must be "oFF".



7.8 Analogue Input Control (Main Function)

Soft starting and soft stopping can also be controlled via the Analogue Input Control (0-10 V, 2-10 V, 0-20 mA and 4-20 mA). This control makes it possible to connect optional ramp generators or regulators.

After the start command, the motor voltage is controlled through the remote analogue input.

WARNING! The remote analogue control may not be used for continuous speed regulation of standard motors. With this type of operation the In-

crease In the temperature of the motor must be taken into consideration.

To install the analogue input control, proceed by: 1. Connect the ramp generator or regulator to termi-

nal 14 (+) and 15 (-).

nrInnr-Inr7 rnmerienmemen

flFIIRSSITEI°131111:11:11:1C11

Fig. 37 Wiring for analogue input.

2. Set Jumper J1 on the PCB control card to voltage (U) or current control (I) signal position, see Fig. 38 and Fig. 24 on page 28. Factory setting is voltage (U).

11-1-1MIMILIIMmrnfri C:101:117-Mcin

fbFig. 38 Setting voltage or current for analogue input.

023°0

Analogue

o F F

Selection of input control

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 1, 2

oFF Analogue input disabled. Voltage Ramp enabled.

1 Analogue input is set for 0-10V/ 0-20mA control signal

2 Analogue input is set for 2-10y/ 4-20mA control signal.

NOTE! Only possible when Voltage Ramp mode is enabled. Menu 020-022, 024, 025 must be "oFF"

7.9 Full voltage start, D.O.L. (Main Function)

The motor can be accelerated as if it was connected directly to the mains. For this type of operation:

Check whether the motor can accelerate the required load (D.O.L.-start, Direct On Line start). This function can be used even with shorted thyristors.

024g

o F F

Setting of D.O.L start

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, on

oFF D.O.L. start disabled. Voltage Ramp enabled.

on D.O.L. start enabled

NOTE! Only possible when Voltage Ramp mode Is enabled. Menu 020-023, 025 must be "oFF".

Fig. 39 Full voltage start.




7.10 Torque control (Main function) This main function can be used to make a start according to a pre-defined torque reference curve. Two different load characteristics, linear and square, are possible to select.

At start/stop the torque controller will follow the selected characteristic.

A torque start/stop behaviour can be seen in Fig. 40.

A perfect start and stop with torque ramps have a good linearity of current. To optimise this, use the setting of initial torque (menu 16) and end torque (menu 18). See also § 7.5, page 39.

Example: Default for initial torque is 10% so if starting a more heavy load this will result in a small current peak in beginning of ramp. By increasing this value to 30/ 70% the current peak will not appear.

The end torque is increased mainly if the application has a high inertial load, like planers, saws and centrifuges. A current peak will appear in the end of ramp because the load is pushing the speed more or less by itself. By increasing this level to 150-250% the current will be linear and low.

02 5 °°

o F F

Torque control at start/stop

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 1, 2

oFF Torque control is disabled Voltage Ramp enabled.

1 Torque control with linear torque characteristic

2 Torque control with square torque characteristic

NOTE! Torque control mode is only possible when Voltage Ramp mode Is enabled (menu 020-024 are "oFF").

2.5 T,

2 T,

1.5 T

T,

0.5 T,

Torque

End torque

Nominal Torque

Initial torque End torque at stop

Time

03-F37

1 Linear

2 Square

Start time Stop time

Fig. 40 Torque control at start/stop.

Fig. 41 Current and speed in torque control.




7.11 Torque boost The Torque Booster enables a high torque to be obtained by providing a high current during 0.1 -2 sec at start. This enables a soft start of the motor even if the break away torque is high at start. For example in crushing mills applications etc.

When the torque booster function has finished, starting continues according to the selected start mode.

Torque boost Current limit -

Full speed Load current -

03-F40 Time

Fig. 42 The principle of the Torque Booster when starting the motor in voltage ramp mode.

See § 4.6, page 19, which main function that can be used with the torque boost.

030°°

o F F

Torque boost active time

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 0.1 - 2 sec

oFF Torque boost disabled

0.1-2.0 Set the Torque boost time.

031 °°

limit

3 0 0 Torque boost current

Default: 300

Range: 300 - 700% of In

The Torque boost current controller use selected value as the motor current reference.

NOTE! Check whether the motor can accelerate the load with "Torque booster", without any harmful mechanical stress.

7.12 Bypass In cases of high ambient temperatures or other reason it may sometimes be necessary to use a by-pass contactor to minimize the power loss at nominal speed (see Tech- nical Data). By using the built-in Full Voltage Relay function an external contactor can be used to Bypass the soft starter when operating at nominal speed.

Bypass contactor can also be used if soft stop is

required. Normally a Bypass contactor is not necessary as the device is designed for continues running conditions, see Fig. 29 on page 33 for wiring example.

NOTE! If one like to use the alarm functions, the extended functions or the viewing functions the 2-pcs current transformers must be mounted outside the soft start as shown in Fig. 44 and Flg. 45 on page 45. For this purpose an optional extension cable for the current transformers is available. Code No 01-2020-00.

032 °°

o F F

Setting of Bypass

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, on

oFF Bypass disabled

on

Bypass enabled. Program either relay K1 or K2 to function 2 to control the bypass contactor, see menu 51/52.

CAUTION! If the current transformers are not mounted as in Flg. 43 on page 44 and § 6.2, page 28, the alarm and viewing functions will not work. Do not forget to set menu 032 to ON, otherwise there will be an F12 alarm and at the stop command will be a freewheeling stop.

For further information see chapter 6.2 page 28.




L1

L2

L3

N

PE

Li L2 L3 PE 01 02 PE 2 K1 22 1 T1 T2 13 PE 11 12 13 14 15

start /stop

Ti T2 T3 PE

Current transformer position and connection

For MSF-017 to MSF-250, see Fig. 44.

For MSF-310 to MSF-1400, see Fig. 45.

23 K2 24 33 K3 3 32

16 17 18 19

69 70

75 76 77

OO

PE

03-F19

Fig. 43 Bypass wiring example MSF 310-1400.

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SET-UP MENU



T1

SOFTSTARTER

Blue to terminal 75

U

Brown to terminal 77

T2

V

MOTOR

T3

Blue to terminal 76


03-F56_1

Fig. 44 Current transformer position when Bypass MSF-017 to MSF-250.

T1

SOFTSTARTER

Blue to terminal 75

T2 Blue to terminal 76

U


V

MOTOR


T3

w

03-F57_1

Fig. 45 Current transformer position when Bypass MSF-310 to MSF-1400.




7.13 Power Factor Control During operation, the soft starter continuously monitors the load on the motor. Particularly when idling or when only partially loaded, it is sometimes desirable to improve the power factor. If Power factor control (PFC) is selected, the soft starter reduces the motor voltage when the load is lower. Power consumption is reduced and the degree of efficiency improved.

0330

o F F

Setting of PFC

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, on

oFF PFC disabled

on PFC enabled. The Full voltage relay function does not work.

NOTE! If the PFC is used the EMC-directive is not fulfilled.

7.14 Brake functions There are two built in braking methods for applications were the normal stop ramp is not enough.

Dynamic DC-brake Increases the braking torque by decreasing speed. Soft brake Gives a high torque at the start of the braking and then also increasing torque by decreasing speed.

In both methods the MSF detects when the motor is standing still, so rotating in wrong direction is avoided.

Dynamic Vector Brake Possible to stop motors with high inertia loads from close to synchronous speed. At 70% of the nominal speed a DC-brake is activated until the motor is standing still or the selected Braking Time has expired (see menu 34, next page). No contactor needed. For extra safety, the soft starter has a digital input signal for monitoring standstill so that at real motor standstill will stop the output voltage immediately (see § 7.19, page 53).

For extra safety, the soft starter has a digital input signal for monitoring standstill. So that the output voltage is stopped immediately (see menu 57-58, § 7.19, page 53).

See Fig. 47 on page 47 for the following set-up sequence:

Soft brake is activated if menu 36=2 and menu 34 has a time selected (see next page). Menu 51 and 52 are automatically set to 5 and 4 to get the correct relay functions on K1 and K2 (see § 7.17, page 51). Relay K1 should be used to connect a contactor for supply Ll, L2, L3 to MSF or motor. Relay K2 is used to connect phase shifting contactor to change Ll, L2 and L3 to MSF or motor. At start K1 is activated and connects Ll, L2, L3 then the motor starts. At stop K1 opens and discon- nects Ll, L2, and L3 and after is K2 connects with the other phase sequence and the braking of the motor is active.

NOTE! Soft brake uses both programmable relays. For other functions, see also the function table In chapter 7. page 35.

NOTE! For several start/stops it Is recommend to use the PTC input.

Soft brake Even very high inertia loads can be stopped The Soft brake is a controlled reversing of the motor as the MSF measures the speed during braking. Two contactors are needed which can be placed on the in- or output of the soft starter. On the input the first contactor is connected to relay K1 which is also used as a mains contactor. At 30% of the nominal speed a DC-brake is activated until the motor is standing still or the selected Braking Time has expired (menu 34, next page).


WARNING! If the Soft Brake function has been selected once and after that the Bypass function is selected, then the relay functions on K1 and K2 remain in the Soft Brake functionality. Therefore It

is necessary to change the relay functions in menu 51-52 manually to the Bypass functions (see § 7.17, page 51) or reset to default in menu 199 (see § 7.28, page 63) and select the Bypass function again.

034°0

o F F

Braking time

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 1- 120 sec

oFF Brake function disabled

1-120 Brake time

Fig. 46 Braking time



0 3 5 0 0

1 0 Braking Strength

Default: 100

Range: 100 - 500%

0 3 6 °0

Brake method

Default: 1

Range: 1, 2

1 Dynamic vector brake, active

2 Soft brake active

Li L2

L3

N

PE

0 0 0

-4 4

Q1 (fwd)

Q2

Li L2 L3 PE 01 02 PE 2 KJ. 22 23 K2 24 33 32 69 70

T1 12 13 PE 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 75 76 77

V w PE

1 ;; 0 start /stop

03-F106

Fig. 47 Soft brake wiring example.




7.15 Slow speed and Jog functions The soft starter is able to run the motor at a fixed slow speed for a limited period of time.

The slow speed will be about 14% of the full speed in the forward direction and 9% in the reverse direction.

The following functions are possible: Slow speed controlled by an external signal. The digital input is used to run at slow speed at a start or stop command for a selected number of pulses (edges) generated by an external sensor (photo cell, micro switch, etc.). See § 7.19, page 53 for more instructions. Slow Speed during a selected time period. The slow speed will be active after a stop command for a selected time period. See § 7.19, page 53 for more instructions. Slow Speed using the "JOG"-commands. The slow Speed can be activated via the JOG keys on the keyboard or externally via the analogue input. See § 7.25, page 61 for more instructions.

7.15.1 Slow speed controlled by an external signal.

With these setting it is possible to have an external pulse or edge signal controlling the time that the Slow Speed is active either after a Start command or a Stop command or at both commands. The following menu's are involved:

Menu Function See page

57 Digital input selection page 53

58 Pulse selection page 53

37 Slow speed torque page 49

38 Slow speed time at start page 49

39 Slow speed time at stop page 49

40 DC-Brake at slow speed page 49

Installation is as follows: 1. Set the analogue input selection for Slow Speed

operation. Menu 57=2. See § 7.19, page 53. See Fig. 37 on page 41 for a wiring example.

2. Select in menu 38 (see § 7.15.2, page 49) the Slow Speed at Start time. This time will now be the absolute maximum time for Slow Speed to be active after a start command, in case the external signal will not appear.

3. Select in menu 39 (see § 7.15.2, page 49) the Slow Speed at Stop time. This time will now be the absolute maximum time for Slow Speed to be active after a stop command, in case the external signal will not appear.

4. Select in menu 57 (see § 7.19, page 53) the number of edges to be ignored by the Slow Speed input, before a start or stop is executed at slow speed. The edges are generated by an external sensor (photo cell, micro switch, etc.).


The Slow Speed torque (menu 37) and DC-Brake after Slow Speed (menu 40) can be selected if needed. (see § 7.15.4, page 49).

When the number of edges exceeds or the time expire, a start according to selected main function is made.

At stop, the motor will ramp down (if selected) and DC brake (if selected) before a slow speed forward at stop will begin. Slow speed will last as long as the number of edges on the external input is below parameter value in menu 036 and the max duration time doesn't expires. When the number of edges exceeds or the time expire, a stop is made.

In Fig. 48 on page 48 the selected number of edges are 4. It is recommended to select DC-brake (se § 7.14, page 46) before a slow speed at stop if it is a high inertia load. See Fig. 29 on page 33 for wiring diagram. In case one use DC-brake, see § 7.15.4, page 49.

Speed

nN

nN

0.14 Slow Ramp time 'Full voltage Wed j at start running at start 1

Start command

External Open signal

Closed I

'Ramp time Slow at stop speed including at stop DC-brake time

Time when signal is Ignored

Time

Stopped

03-F44

Fig. 48 Slow speed controlled by an external signal.

This additional function can be used together with most of the main functions (see § 4.6, page 19).

037 0°

10 Slow speed torque

Default: 10

Range: 10-100

Select the magnitude of the slow speed torque.



7.15.2 Slow speed during a selected time It is possible to have a slow speed in forward direction before a start and after a stop. The duration of the slow speed is selectable in menus 038 and 039.

It is recommended to select DC brake (see § 7.14, page 46) before a slow speed at stop if it is a high inertia load. This slow speed function is possible in all control modes, keyboard, remote and serial communication.

0138 0°

o F F

Slow speed time at start

Default: oFF


oFF Slow speed at start is disabled

1-60 Set slow speed time at start.

039 °0

o F F

Slow speed time at stop

Default: oFF


oFF Slow speed at stop is disabled

1-60 Set slow speed time at stop.

nN

0.14 *nN

Speed

Nominal speed

Slow speed

Slow speed Ramp time at 'Full voltage Ramp time Slow speed tat start start running stop inat stop

luding DC- ake time

03-F41 Start command Stop command Stopped

Time

Fig. 49 Slow speed at start/stop during a selected time.

The Slow speed torque (menu 37) and the DC-Brake after Slow speed (menu 40, § 7.15.4, page 49) can be selected if needed.

7.15.3 Jog Functions The Jog commands can be used to let the motor run at a Slow speed (forward or reverse) as long as the Jog command is active.

The Jog commands can be activated in 2 different ways:

Jog keys The Jog-Forward and Jog-reverse keys on the control panel. The keys can be programmed separate for each function. See § 7.25, page 61 for more instructions External Jog command The external command is given via terminal 14 at the digital input. Only 1 function (forward or reverse) can be programmed to the digital input at the time. See § 7.19, page 53 for more instructions.

7.15.4 DC-brake after slow speed at stop [040] A DC-brake after a slow speed at stop is possible to have, i.e. for a high inertia load or for a precise stop.

The current is controlled and the reference value for the normal DC-brake function is used (see § 7.15.4, page 49). The duration for the DC-brake is possible to select.

This DC-brake function is not applied when the "JOG 61 " and "JOG re-"N" keys are used.

0400

o F F

DC-Brake at slow speed

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 1-60

oFF DC-brake after slow speed at stop disabled.

1-60 DC-brake duration time after slow speed at stop.

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SET-UP MENU - 49



7.16 Motor data setting The first step in the settings is to set menu 007 and 008 to "on" to be able to reach the menus 041-046 and enter the motor data.

NOTE! The default factory settings are for a standard 4-pole motor acc. to the nominal current and power of the soft starter. The soft starter will run even if no specific motor data is selected, but the performance will not be optimal.

0 41 °°

4 0 0 Nominal motor voltage

Default: 400 V

Range: 200-700 V

Make sure the soft starters maximum voltage rating is suitable for chosen motor voltage.

0 2 0 0

7 Nominal motor current

Default: Nominal soft starter current

Range: 25% - 150% of Insoft in Amp.

0 4 3 0 0

5 Nominal motor power

Default: Nominal soft starter power

Range: 25% - 300% of Pnsoft in kW

4 4 0 0

1 4 5 Nominal motor speed

Default: Nnsoft in rpm

Range: 500-3600 rpm


0 4 5 0 0

0. 8 6 Nominal motor cos phi

Default: 0.86

Range: 0.50-1.00

0 4 6 0 0

5 0 Nominal frequency

Default: 50 Hz

Range: 50/60 Hz

NOTE! Now go back to menu 007, 008 and set it to "oFF" and then to menu 001.



Time

7.17 Programmable relay K1 and K2 The soft starter has three built-in auxiliary relays, K3 (change over contacts), is always used as an alarm relay. The other two relays, K1 and K2 (closing contacts), are programmable.

K1 and K2 can be set to either "Operation", "Full Voltage" or "Pre-alarm" indication. If DC-brake is chosen the relay K2 will be dedicated to this function.

Motor voltageU N

Function Operation

Run

Function Fullvolt age

Time

Starting Full time voltage

Stopping time

Start delay 0,1sec.

Fig. 50 Start/stop sequence and relay function "Operation" and "Full voltage".

0510

1 Setting of K1 indication

Default: 1

Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

1 K1 is set for "Operation"

2 K1 is set for "Full Voltage"

3 K1 is set for "Power pre-alarm"

4 No function

5 K1 is set for "Run"

0520

2 Setting of K2 indication

Default: 2

Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

1 K2 is set for "Operation"

2 K2 is set for "Full Voltage"

3 K2 is set for "Power pre-alarm"

4 K2 is set for "Softbrake"

5 K2 is set for "Run"

WARNING! If the Soft Brake function has been selected once and after that the Bypass function is selected, then the relay functions on K1 and K2 remain in the Soft Brake functionality. Therefore it is necessary to change the relay functions in menu 51-52 manually to the Bypass functions (see § 7.12, page 43) or reset to default in menu 199 (see § 7.28, page 63) and select the Bypass function again.

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SET-UP MENU



7.18 Analogue output The soft starter can present current, voltage and power on an analogue output terminal, for connection to a

recording instrument or a PLC. The output can be configured in 4 different ways, 0-10V, 2-10y, 0-20mA or 4-20 mA. To install the instrument proceed as follows:

1. Connect the instrument to terminal 19 (+) and 15 (-).

Fig. 51 Wiring for analogue output.

2. Set Jumper J2 on the PCB board to voltage (U) or current (I) signal position. Factory setting is voltage (U). See Fig. 52 on page 52 and Fig. 24 on page 28.

Fig. 52 Setting of current or voltage output.

3. Set the parameter in menu 054.

054 C)0

o F F

Analogue output

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 1, 2

oFF Analogue ouput is disabled

1 Analogue output is set to 0-10V/0-20mA

2 Analogue output is set to 0-10V/4-20mA


4. Choose a read-out value in menu 055

0550

1 Analogue output value

Default: 1

Range: 1, 2, 3

1 RMS current, default range 0-5xIn

2 Line input RMS voltage, default range 0-720V

3 Output shaft power, default range 0-2xPn

5. Set analogue output gain to adjust the range of chosen analogue output value in menu 056.

0 5 0 0

0 0 Analogue output gain

Default: 100%

Range: 5-150%

Example on settings:

Set value !scale Uscaie Pscaie

100% 0-5xIn 0-720V 0-2x Pn

50% 0-2.5xIn 0-360V O-Pn



7.19 Digital input selection The analogue input can be used as a digital input. This is programmed in Menu 57. There are 4 different functions:

Rotation sensor input for braking functions. See § 7.14, page 46. Slow speed external controlled. See § 7.15.1, page 48. Jog functions forward or reverse enabled. See §

7.25, page 61.

Fig. 53 shows how to set the input for voltage or current control, with jumper J1 the control board. The default setting for J1 is voltage control.

Fig. 53 Setting offl for current or voltage control.

Fig. 54 shows a wiring example for the analogue input as it is used for digital input.

.,C

'110C96"1 =:11716" 6716116 3 06'

Fig. 54 Wiring for slow speed external input.

NOTE! If the Main Function Analogue control is programmed (see § 7.8, page 41) the analogue input can not be used for digital signal Input. The menu 57 is then automatically set to OFF.

0570

o F F

Digital Input selection

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 1-4

oFF No digital input control

1 Rotation sensor for brake functions

2 Slow speed function

3 Jog forward command

4 - Jog reverse command

NOTE! Jog forward, reverse has to be enabled, see § 7.25, page 61.

Depending on the selection made in menu 57, menu 58 is used to program the number of the edges. The edges can be generated by an external sensor (photo cell, micro switch etc.).

0 5 8 ° o

Digital Input pulses

Default: 1

Range: 1-100

If Menu 57=1 A positive or negative edge at analogue input from a rotation sensor will give a signal to stop the braking voltage. If Menu 57=2 The number of edges to be ignored by the slow speed input, before a start or stop is executed at slow speed.




7.20 Parameter Set Parameter Set, an important function which can be handy when using one soft starter to switch in and start different motors, or working under variable load conditions. For example; starting and stopping conveyor belts with different weight on the goods from time to time.

For sets of parameters can be controlled either from the keyboard, the external control inputs or the serial interface (option). Up to 51 different parameters can be set for each Parameter Set.

Parameter Set 4

Parameter Set 3

Parameter Set 2

001, 002, 003, 004, 006, 011, 012, 013, 014, 016, 017, 020, 021, 022, 023, 024, 025, 030, 031, 032, 033, 034, 035, 036, 037, 038, 039, 040, 041, 042, 043, 044, 045, 055, 056, 057, 058, 074, 075, 081, 082, 083, 084, 085, 086, 091, 092, 093, 094, 095, 096, 097, 098, 099, 101, 102, 103, 104

03-F48

Common for all parameter set

007, 008, 046, 051, 052, 061, 071, 072, 088, 089, 105, 111, 112, 113, 114, 199, 206

Fig. 55 Parameter overview

When 'Parameter set' in menu 061 is set to 0 (external selection), only parameters in menu 006 (Control mode) and 061 (Parameter set) can be changed. All other parameters are not allowed to change.

It is possible to change parameter set at stop and at full voltage running.


0 6 1 °0

1 Parameter set

Default: 1

Range: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4

0 Parameter set are selected by the external input 16 and 17 (see below).

1, 2, 3, 4 Selection of parameter set 1-4.

16 17 18

PS1

PS2

03-F49

Fig. 56 Connection of external control inputs.

Parameter Set PS1 (16-18) PS2 (17-18)

1 Open Open 2 Closed Open 3 Open Closed 4 Closed Closed



7.21 Motor protection, overload (F2 alarm)

In many cases it is convenient to have a complete starter. The soft starter have a possibility to use either an input PTC signal from the motor, an internal thermal model of the motor for thermal protection or both together at the same time. Slight overload for long time and several overloads of short duration will be detected with both methods.

071 °0

no Motor PTC Input

Default: no

Range: no, YES

no Motor PTC input is disabled

YES

Motor PTC input is activated: - Connect the PTC to terminals 69

and 70, see table 12, page 32 and § Fig. 30, page 34.

- A to hot motor will give an F2 alarm. The alarm can only be resetted after cooling down of the motor.

NOTE! Open terminals will give an F2 alarm Immediately. Make sure the PTC is always connected or the terminals are shorted.

NOTE! The Internal motor thermal protection will still generate an alarm If it is not selected oFF.

0720

1 Internal motor thermal protection

Default: 10


oFF Internal motor protection is disabled.

240

Selection of the thermal curve according to Fig. 57 - Check that menu 042 is set to the

proper motor current (see § 7.16, page 50).

- If the current exceeds the 100% level an F2 alarm is activated.

- The motor model thermal capacity must cool down to 95% before reset can be accepted.

- Used thermal capacity in menu 073 in § 7.21, page 55.

NOTE! If 'Bypass' is used check that the current transformers are placed and connected correctly (see Fig. 43 on page 44).

CAUTION! Used thermal capacity is set to 0 If the control board loses its supply (terminal 01 and 02). This means that the internal thermal model starts with a 'cold' motor, which perhaps In reality is not the case. This means that the motor can be overheated.

Fig. 57 The thermal curve




0730

0 Used thermal capacity

Default: -

Range: 0-150%

Read-out of the used thermal capacity. If menu 072 'Internal motor thermal protection' is selected oFF, the capacity is shown as if the default class 10 was selected.

0740

o F F

Starts per hour limitation

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 1-99/hour

oFF Starts per hour limitation is disabled.

1-99 Sets the start per hour limitation alarm. If the selected number is exceeded, alarm F11 occurs.

0750

o F F

Locked rotor alarm

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 1.0-10.0 sec

oFF Locked rotor alarm is disabled

1.0-10.0 An F5 alarm is given when the rotor locks. The alarm is active during starting and running.


7.22 Mains protection

0810 Voltage unbalance alarm

Default: 10

Range: 2 -25% U n

Insert limit in % of nominal motor voltage. Max unbalance in voltage between the 3 input phases is compared with the selected value. This is a category 2 alarm.

0820 ,

o F F

Response delay voltage unbalance alarm

Default: oFF


oFF Unbalance voltage alarm is disabled

1-60 Set the response delay time for unbalanced voltage alarm F8.

0830

1 1 5 Over voltage alarm

Default: 115

Range: 100 -150% U n

Insert limit in % of nominal motor voltage. Max voltage of the 3 input phases is compared with the selected value. This is a category 2 alarm.

0840

o F F

Response delay over voltage alarm

Default: oFF


oFF Overvoltage alarm is disabled

1-60 Set the response delay time for over voltage alarm F9.



0 8 5 ° 0

o F

Under voltage alarm

Default: 85

Range: 75-100 Un

Insert limit in % of nominal motor voltage. Min voltage of the 3 input phases is compared with the selected value. This is a category 2 alarm.

0860

o F F

Response delay under voltage alarm

Default: oFF


oFF Under voltage alarm is disabled

1-60 Set the response delay time for under voltage alarm F10

0 8 7 ° 0

Phase sequence

Default: -

Range: L123, L321

L123 is the direct phase sequence. L321 is the reverse phase sequence.

8 8 ° 0

oFF Phase reversal alarm

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, on

oFF Phase reversal alarm is disabled

on

Sets the phase reversal Alarm. - Switch on the power supply first.

The phase sequence is stored as the correct sequence.

- Sets the menu 088 to "on". - Any reversal of phase sequence will

cause alarm F16.

NOTE! The actual phase sequence can be viewed In menu 87.

7.23 Application protection (load monitor)

7.23.1 Load monitor max and min/protection (F6 and F7 alarms)

MSF has a built in load monitor based on the output shaftpower. This is a unique and important function which enables protection of machines and processes driven by the motor connected to the soft starter. Both a Min and Max limit is possible to select.

In combination with the pre-alarm function, see § 7.23.2, page 58, this create a powerful protection. An auto set function is also included for an automatic setting of the alarm limits. A start-up delay time can be selected to avoid undesired alarms at start-up, see Fig. 58 on page 60.

NOTE! The load monitor alarms are all disabled during a stop ramp.

089 o

n o Auto set power limits

Default: no

Range: no, YES

no Auto set is disabled

YES Auto set is activated if ENTER is pressed.

0 9 0 ° 0

0 Output shaftpower in %

Default:

Range: 0-200%

Measured output shaftpower in % of nominal motor power.

NOTE! System must be in full voltage running before an

auto set Is permitted.

The actual power is regarded as 1.00xP The set levels are:

Power max alarm limit[092]: Power max pre-alarm limit[094]: Power min pre-alarm limit[096]: Power min alarm limit[098]:

act.

1.15xP actual 1.10xP actual 0.90xP actual 0.85xP actual

A successful auto set shows a message 'Set' for 3 s and if something goes wrong a message 'no' will be showed.




0 91 °°

10 Start delay power limits

Default: 10 sec

Range: 1-250 sec

From start command during selected delay time, all power load monitor alarms and pre-alarms are disabled.

092 ° 0

1 1 5 Max power alarm limit

Default: 115

Range: 5-200% Pn

Insert limit in % of nominal motor power. The actual power in % of nominal motor power, could be read out in menu 090. If output shaft power exceeds selected limit, an F6-alarm occurs after the response delay time. The 'Auto set' function in menu 089, affect this limit even if the alarm is set "oFF" in menu 093. This is a category 1 alarm.

0930

oFF Response delay max alarm

Default: oFF


oFF Max Alarm is disabled.

0.1-25.0 Sets the response delay of the Max Alarm level.


7.23.2 Pre-alarm It could be useful to know if the load is changing towards a load alarm limit. It is possible to insert both a Max and MM pre-alarm limit based on the motor output shaft power. If the load exceeds one of these limits, a pre-alarm condition occurs.

It should be noted that it is not normal alarms. They will not be inserted in the alarm list, not activat- ing the alarm relay output, not displayed on the display and they will not stop operation. But it is possible to activate relay K1 or IC2 if a pre-alarm condition occurs. To have pre-alarm status on any of these relays, select value 3 in menu 051 or 052 (see § 7.17, page 51).

A start-up delay time can be selected in menu 091 to avoid undesired pre-alarms at start-up. Note that this time is also shared with power Max and Min alarms.

NOTE! The pre-alarm status Is always available on the serial communication.

0 9 4 ° 0

1 1 Max power pre-alarm limit

Default: 110

Range: 5 -200% Pn

Insert limit in % of nominal motor power. The actual power in % of nominal motor power, could be read out in menu 090. If output shaft power exceeds selected limit, a pre-alarm occurs after the response delay time. The 'Auto set' function in menu 089, affect selected limit even if the pre-alarm is set "oFF" in menu 095.

0950

o F F

Max pre-alarm response delay

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 0.1 - 25.0 sec

oFF Max Pre-Alarm is disabled.

0.1-25.0 Sets the response delay of the Max Pre-Alarm level.



0 9 6 ° 0

9 0 Min power pre-alarm limit

Default: 90%

Range: 5 -200% Pn

Insert limit in % of nominal motor power. The actual power in % of nominal motor power, could be read out in menu 090. If output shaft power goes below selected limit, a pre-alarm occurs after the response delay time. The 'Auto set' function in menu 089, affect selected limit even if the pre- alarm is set "oFF" in menu 097.

0970

o F F

Min pre-alarm response delay

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 0.1 - 25.0 sec

oFF Min Pre-Alarm is disabled.

0.1-25.0 Sets the response delay of the Min Pre-Alarm level. The Min Pre-alarm is disabled during a stop ramp down.

098 0 0

8 Min power alarm limit

Default: 85

Range: 5-200% Pn

Insert limit in % of nominal motor power. The actual power in % of nominal motor power, could be read out in menu 090. If output shaft power goes below selected limit, an F7-alarm occurs after the response delay time. The 'Auto set' function in menu 089, affect this limit even if the alarm is set 'oFF' in menu 099. This is a category 1 alarm.

0990 delay

o F F

Min alarm response

Default: oFF


oFF Min Alarm is disabled

0.1-25.0 Sets the response delay of the Min Alarm level. The Min alarm is disabled during a stop ramp down.




0 '1

1 0

cF1*

Ln

oo

92 M

ax A

larm

( 11

5%)

Sta

rt r

amp

94 M

ax P

re-a

larm

(11

0%)

100%

D

efau

lt:P

NO

M o

r A

utos

et:P

MO

ME

NT

AR

Y

96 M

in P

re-a

larm

(90

%)

98 M

in A

larm

(85

%)

Max

Ala

rm

Max

Pre

-ala

rm

Min

Pre

-ala

rm

Min

Ala

rm

4 O

M

93 R

espo

nse

Del

ay (

1s)

4 11

1111

1=

Und

erlo

ad s

ituat

ion

Ove

rload

situ

atio

n

195

Res

pons

e D

elay

(1s

)

1

93 R

espo

nse

Del

ay (

/s)

--14

--il

197

Res

pons

e D

elay

(1s

)

____

-.4.

÷.1

19

9 R

espo

nse

Del

ay (

1s)

91 S

tart

Del

ay(1

0s)

(95

Res

pons

e D

elay

(1s

)

03-F

96



7.24 Resume alarms

7.24.1 Phase input failure Fl Multiple phase failure. Shorter failure than 100ms is ignored. If failure duration time is between 100 ms and 2 s, operation is temporary stopped and a soft start is made if the failure disappears before 2 s. If failure duration time is longer than 2 s, an Fl alarm is given in cat. 2. Single phase failure. During start up (acceleration) the behaviour is like multiple phase failure below. When full voltage running there is a possibility to select the behaviour.

1010 loss

no Run at single phase

Default: no

Range: no, YES

no Soft starter trips if a single phase loss is detected. Alarm Fl (category 2) will appear after 2 sec.

YES

Soft starter continues to run after a

single phase loss. - Alarm F1 appears after 2 sec. - If the loose phase is reconnect the

alarm is reset automatically. - If running on 2 phases, a stop com-

mand will give a Direct on line stop (freewheel)

7.24.2 Run at current limit time-out F4 In modes 'Current limit at start' and 'Voltage ramp with current limit at start' an alarm is activated if still operating at current limit level when selected ramp time exceeds. If an alarm occurs there is a possibility to select the behaviour.

1020

n o Run at current limit time-out

Default: no

Range: no, YES

no Soft starter trips if the current limit time-out is exceeded. Alarm F4 (category 2) appears.

YES

Soft starter continues to run after the current limit time-out has exceeded: - Alarm F4 appears - The current is no longer controlled

and the soft starters ramps up to full voltage with a 6s ramp time.

- Reset the alarm with either ENTER/ RESET key or by giving a stop command.

7.25 Slow speed with JOG Slow speed with "JOG" is possible from the "JOG" keys, but also from terminals, see menu 57 page 53 and serial comm. The "JOG" is ignored if the soft starter is

running. The slow speed "JOG" function has to be enabled for both forward and reverse directions in menus 103 and 104, see below.

NOTE! The enable functions Is for all control modes.

1030

o F F

JOG forward enable

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, on

oFF JOG forward disabled

on JOG forward enabled

1040

of JOG reverse enable

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, on

oFF JOG reverse disabled

on JOG reverse enabled

03-F108

Fig. 59 The 2 Jog keys.




7.26 Automatic return menu Often it is desirable to have a specific menu on the display during operation, i.e. RMS current or power consumption. The Automatic return menu function gives the possibility to select any menu in the menu system.

The menu selected will come up on the display after 60 sec. if no keyboard activity. The alarm messages (F1-F16) have a priority over menu 105 (as they have for all menus).

1050

o F F

Automatic return menu

Default: oFF

Range: oFF, 1-999

1-999 Pressing "+"/"-" will lead through the menu system.

7.27 Communication option, related Parameters


Parity - Behaviour when contact broken.

Setting up the communication parameter must be made in local 'Keyboard control' mode. See § 7.2, page 37.

111 °°

I Serial comm unit address

Default: 1

Range: 1-247


112°°

9. 6 Serial comm baudrate

Default: 9.6

Range: 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 kBaud



113 Cl 0

0 Serial comm parity

Default: 0

Range: 0.1

This parameter will select the parity. 0 No parity. 1 Even parity.

Serial comm. broken alarm If control mode is 'Serial comm. control' and no contact is established or contact is broken the Soft starter consider the contact to be broken after 15 sec, the soft starter can act in three different ways:

1 Continue without any action at all. 2 Stop and alarm after 15 sec. 3 Continue and alarm after 15 sec.

If an alarm occurs, it is automatically reset if the communication is re-established. It is also possible to reset the alarm from the soft starter keyboard.

114°° o

I Serial comm. contact Interrupted

Default: 1

Range: oFF, 1, 2

This parameter will control the behaviour in the soft starter when the serial comm. is interrupted. oFF No alarm and continue operation. 1 Alarm and stop operation. 2 Alarm and continue operation.



7.28 Reset to factory setting [199] When selecting reset to factory settings:

All parameters in all parameter sets will have default factory settings. Menu 001 will appear on the display. Note that the alarm list, the power consumption and the operation time will not have default settings.

1 9 ° o

factory

n o Reset to settings

Default: no

Range: no, YES

no No reset

YES Reset all functions to the factory defaults incl. all 4 Parameter Sets.

110 NOTE! Reset to factory settings is not allowed at run.

7.29 View operation

General The soft start includes as standard a numerous metering functions which eliminates the need of additional transducers and meters.

Measured values - Current RMS 3-phase current and per phase - Voltage RMS 3-phase voltage and per phase - Output shaft power /torque kW/Nm - Power factor - Power consumption in kWh - Operation time in hours

Viewing of the measured values After setting motor data and extended functions one can set menu 008 in oFF and will then automatically move to menu 201, the first menu viewing the measured values and thus eliminate to scroll through menu 011 to menu 199.

2010

0. 0 RMS current

Default: -

Range: 0.0 - 9999Amp

Read-out of the RMS motor current.

NOTE! This is the same read-out as menu 005 see § 7.1.1, page 36.

202°°

0.0 RMS main voltage

Default: -

Range: 0-720V

The RMS input main voltage.

2 0 ° o

0. 0 Output motor shaftpower

Default: -

Range: -9999 -+9999kW

Viewing will show negative value if generator mode.

2 0 4 ° o

0. 0 Power factor

Default: -

Range: 0.00-1

View the actual power factor.

NOTE! The power factor viewing will not work at bypass even if the current transformers are mounted outside the soft start.

2050

0.000 Total power consumption

Default: -

Range: 0.000 -2000MWh

View the tota power consumption.




206 °°

no Reset of power consumption

Default: no

Range: no, YES

no No reset of power consumtion.

YES Reset power consumption in menu 205 to 0.000.

207°° 0

0. Motor shaft torque

Default: -

Range: -9999 - + 9999Nm

Viewing will show negative value if generator mode.

208°° 0

0.0 Operation time

Default: -

Range: Hours

Operation time is calculated when the soft starter is in RUN mode. After 9999 hours the display will show two values. Example: 12467 hours shows 1 1 sec

2467 5sec

2110

0. RMS current in phase LI

Default: -


View the current in phase L1.

64 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION srr-up MENU

212 °0

0.0 RMS current in phase L2

Default: -



213°°

0. 0 RMS current in phase L3

Default: -



214 ' Do

0 Main voltage LI-1.2

Default: -

Range: 0-720V

View main voltage L1-L2.

215°°

0 Main voltage L1 -L3

Default:

Range: 0 - 720V


216 °0

0 Main voltage L2-L3

Default: -

Range: 0 - 720V




7.30 Keyboard lock The keyboard can be locked to prohibit operation and parameter setting by an unauthorised. Lock keyboard by pressing both keys "NEXT --. " and "ENTER

" for at least 2 sec. The message '- Loc' will display when locked. To unlock keyboard press the same 2 keys "NEXT --. " and "ENTER 4_1" for at least 2 sec. The message 'unlo' will display when unlocked.

In locked mode it is possible to view all parameters and read-out, but it is forbidden to set parameters and to operate the soft starter from the keyboard.

The message '-Loc' will display if trying to set a

parameter or operate the soft starter in locked mode. The key lock status can be read out in menu 221.

2 21 °°

keyboard Info

no Locked

Default: no

Range: no, YES

no Keyboard is not locked

YES Keyboard is locked

7.31 Alarm list The alarm list is generated automatically. It shows the latest 15 alarms (F1 - F16). The alarm list can be useful when tracing a failure in the soft starter or its control circuit. Press key "NEXT -* " or "PREV " to reach the alarm list in menus 901-915 (menu 007 has to be ON).

01 °°

F 1 Alarm

Default: -

Range: F1-F16

View actual alarm




8. PROTECTION AND ALARM

The soft starter is equipped with a protection system for the motor, the machine and for the soft starter itself. Three categories of alarm are available:

Category 1 Alarm that stops the motor and need a separate reset before a new start can be accepted. Category 2 Alarm that stops the motor and accepts a new start command without any separate reset. Category 3 Alarm that continues to run the motor.

All alarm, except pre-alarm, will activate the alarm relay output K3, flash a red fault number on the display and it will also be placed in the alarm list. As long as

the alarm is active, the display is locked in the alarm indication.

The relay output K3 can be used in the control circuit for actions needed when alarm occurs.

If more than one alarm is active, it is the last alarm that is presented on the display.

8.1 Alarm description

8.1.1 Alarm with stop and requiring a separate reset

Operation will stop for a category 1 alarm. A separate reset is needed before a new start command is accepted. It is possible to reset from keyboard (pushing "ENTER/RESET") regardless of selected control mode. It is also possible to reset the alarm from the actual control mode (i.e. if control mode is serial communication, a reset is possible to do from serial corn- munication).

A reset is accepted first when the alarm source goes back to normal.

When a reset is made, the alarm relay output K3 is deactivated, the alarm indication on the display disappear and the original menu shows.

After a reset is made the system is ready for a new start command.

8.1.2 Alarm with stop and requiring only a new start command

Operation will stop for a category 2 alarm. A restart can be done and at the same time the alarm relay output K3 is deactivated, the alarm indication on the display disappear and the original menu shows.

It is still possible to reset the alarm in the same way as for category 1 alarms (see 8.1.1), if a start is not required at the time.

66 PROTECTION AND ALARM

8.1.3 Alarm with continue run Operation will continue run for a category 3 alarm. Some different reset behaviour is possible (see remarks for the specific alarms in § 8.2, page 67).

Automatic reset when the alarm source goes back to normal. Automatic reset when a stop command is given. Manual reset during run.

When the reset occurs, the alarm relay output K3 is

deactivated, the alarm indication on the display disappear and the original menu shows.



8.2 Alarm overview

Display indication Protective function Alarm category Remark

Fl Phase input failure.

Cat 3. Run with auto reset.

Single phase failure when full voltage running if menu 101 'Run at phase loss' = YES. If the fault phase comes back, an automatic reset is made.

Cat 2. Stop with reset in start. Multiple phase failure or single phase failure when not full voltage running or if menu 101 ' Run at phase loss' = no.

F2 Motor protection, overload. Cat 1. Stop with manual reset.

If menu 071 'Motor PTC input' = YES, cool down the motor. If menu 071 'Motor PTC input' = no, the internal model has to 'cool' down.

F3 Soft start overheated Cat 1. Stop with manual reset. If not cooled down, a reset will not be accepted.

F4 Full speed not reached at set current limit and start time.

If menu 102 'Run at current limit time-out' = no. Cat 2. Stop with reset in start.

The current limit start is not completed.

If menu 102 'Run at current limit time-out' = YES. Cat 3. Run with manual reset.

When start time expired, a 6 sec ramp is used to reach full voltage, without control of the current. Reset the alarm with either a manual reset or a stop command.

F5 Locked rotor. Cat 1. Stop with manual reset. Motor and/or machine protection.

F6 Above max power limit. Cat 1. Stop with manual reset. Machine protection.

F7 Below min power limit. Cat 1. Stop with manual reset. Machine protection.

F8 Voltage unbalance. Cat 2. Stop with reset in start. Motor protection.

F9 Over voltage. Cat 2. Stop with reset in start. Motor protection.

F10 Under voltage. Cat 2. Stop with reset in start. Motor protection.

F11 Starts / hour exceeded. Cat 2. Stop with reset in start. Motor and/or machine protection.

F12 Shorted thyristor. Cat 3. Run with manual reset.

When stop command comes, the stop will be a 'Direct On Line' stop,'and the soft starter will be resetted. After this fault it is possible to start only in 'Direct On Line' mode. One or more thyristors probably damaged.

F13 Open thyristor. Cat 1. Stop with manual reset. One or more thyristors probably damaged.

F14 Motor terminal open. Cat 1. Stop with manual reset. Motor not correctly connected.

F15 Serial communication broken.

If menu 114 Serial comm. contact broken = 1. Cat 2. Stop with reset in start.

Serial communication broken will stop operation. Run from keyboard if necessary.

If menu 114 Serial comm. contact broken = 2. Cat 3. Run with auto reset.

Serial communication broken will not stop operation. Stop from keyboard if necessary.

F16 Phase reversal alarm. Cat 1. Stop with manual reset. Incorrect phase order on main voltage input.

PROTECTION AND ALARM 67



9. TROUBLE SHOOTING

9.1 Fault, cause and solution

Observation Fault indication Cause Solution

The display is not illuminated. None No control voltage. Switch on the control voltage.

The motor does not run.

.

Fl (Phase input failure)

Fuse defective. Renew the fuse.

No mains supply. Switch the main supply on.

F2 (Motor protection, overload)

Perhaps PTC connection. Perhaps incorrect nominal motor current inserted (menu 042).

Check the PTC input if PTC protection is used. If internal protection is used, perhaps an other class could be used (menu 072). Cool down the motor and make a reset.

F3 (Soft start overheated)

Ambient temperature to high. soft starter duty cycle exceeded. Perhaps fan failure.

Check ventilation of cabinet. Check the size of the cabinet. Clean the cooling fins. If the fan(s) is not working correct, contact your local MSF sales outlet.

F4 (Full speed not reached at set current limit and start time)

Current limit parameters are perhaps not matched to the load and motor.

Increase the starting time and/or the current limit level.

(Locked rotor)

Something stuck in the machine or perhaps motor bearing fail ore.

Check the machine and motor bearings. bearings. Perhaps the alarm delay time can be set longer (menu 075).

F6 (Above max power limit) Overload

Over load. Check the machine. Perhaps the alarm delay time can be set longer (menu 093).

F7 (Below min power limit) Underload

Under load. Check the machine. Perhaps the alarm delay time can be set longer (menu 099).

F8 (Voltage unbalance) Main supply voltage unbalance. Check mains supply.

F9 (Over voltage) Main supply over voltage. Check mains supply.

F10 (Under voltage) Main supply under voltage. Check mains supply.

F11 (Starts / hour exceeded)

Number of starts exceeded according to menu 074.

Wait and make a new start. Perhaps the number of starts / hour could be increased in menu 074.

F13 (Open thyristor) Perhaps a damaged thyristor.

Make a reset and a restart. If the same alarm appears immediately, contact your local MSF sales outlet.

F14 (Motor terminal open)

Open motor contact, cable or motor winding.

If the fault is not found, reset the alarm and inspect the alarm list. If alarm F12 is found, a thyristor is probably shorted. Make a restart. If alarm F14 appears immediately, contact your local MSF sales outlet.

68 TROUBLE SHOOTING




The motor does not run.

F15 (Serial communication broken)

Serial communication broken.

Make a reset and try to establish contact. Check contacts, cables and option board. Verify - System address (menu 111). - Baudrate (menu 112). - Parity (menu 113). If the fault is not found, run the motor with keyboard control if urgent (set menu 006 to "1"). See also manual for serial communication.

F16 (Phase reversal)

Incorrect phase sequence on main supply. Switch L2 and L3 input phases.

- - - -

Start command comes perhaps from incorrect control source. (I.e. start from keyboard when remote control is selected).

Give start command from correct source (menu 006).

-Loc System in keyboard lock. Unlock keyboard by pressing the keys 'NEXT' and 'ENTER' for at least 3 sec.

The motor is running but an alarm is given.

Fl (Phase input failure)

Failure in one phase. Perhaps fuse defective.

Check fuses and mains supply. Deselect 'Run at single phase input failure' in menu 101, if stop is desired at single phase loss.

F4 (Full speed not reached at set current limit and start time)

Current limit parameters are perhaps not matched to the load and motor.

Increase the starting time and/or the current limit level. Deselect 'Run at current limit time-out' in menu 102, if stop is desired at current limit time-out.

F12 (Shorted thyristor)

Perhaps a damaged thyristor.

When stop command is given, a free wheel stop is made. Make a reset and a restart. If alarm F14 appears immediately, contact your local MSF sales outlet. If it is urgent to start the motor, set soft starter in 'Direct On Line' (menu 024). It is possible to start in this mode.

By pass contactor is used but menu 032 'Bypass' is not set to "on".

Set menu 032 'Bypass' to "on".

F15 (Serial communication broken)

Serial communication broken.

Make a reset and try to establish contact. Check contacts, cables and option board. Verify - System address (menu 111). - Baudrate (menu 112). - Parity (menu 113). If the fault is not found, run the motor with keyboard control if urgent, see also manual for serial communication.

TROUBLE SHOOTING 69




The motor jerks etc.

When starting, motor reaches full speed but it jerks or vibrates.

If 'Torque control' or 'Pump control' is selected, it is necessary to input motor data into the system.

Input nominal motor data in menus 041-046. Select the proper load characteristic in menu 025. Select a correct initial- and end torque at start in menus 016 and 017. If 'Bypass' is selected, check that the current transformers are correct connected.

Starting time too short. Increase starting time.

Starting voltage incorrectly set. Adjust starting voltage.

Motor too small in relation to rated current of soft starter.

Use a smaller model of the soft starter.

Motor too large in relation to load of soft starter. Use larger model of soft starter.

Starting voltage not set correctly

Readjust the start ramp.

Select the current limit function.

Starting or stopping time too long, soft does not work.

Ramp times not set correctly. Readjust the start and/or stop ramp time.

Motor too large or too small in relation to load. Change to another motor size.

The monitor function does not work. No alarm or pre-alarm

It is necessary to input nominal motor data for this function. Incorrect alarm levels.

Input nominal motor data in menus 041-046. Adjust alarm levels in menus 091 - 099. If 'Bypass' is selected, check that the current transformers are correct connected.

Unexplainable alarm. F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10 Alarm delay time is to short.

Adjust the response delay times for the alarms in menus 075, 082, 084, 086, 093 and 099.

The system seems locked in an alarm.

F2 (Motor protection, overload)

PTC input terminal could be open. Motor could still be to warm. If internal motor protection is used, the cooling in the internal model take some time.

PTC input terminal should be short circuit if not used. Wait until motor PTC gives an OK (not overheated) signal. Wait until the internal cooling is done. Try to reset the alarm after a while.

F3 (Soft start overheated)

Ambient temperature to high. Perhaps fan failure.

Check that cables from power part are connected in terminals 073, 074, 071 and 072. MSF-017 to MSF-145 should hand short circuit between 071 and 072. Check also that the fan(s) is rotating.

Parameter will not be accepted.

_ _ _ _ If the menu number is one of 020 - 025, only one can bee selected. In other words only one main mode is possible at a time.

Deselect the other main mode before selecting the new one.

If menu 061, 'Parameter set' is set to "0", the system is in a remote parameter selection mode. It is now impossible to change most of the parameters.

Set the menu 061, 'Parameter set' to a value between "1" - "4" and then it is possible to change any parameter.

During acceleration, deceleration, slow speed, DC brake and Power factor control mode, it is impossible to change parameters.

Set parameters during stop or full voltage running.

If control source is serial comm., it is impossible to change parameters from keyboard and vice versa.

Change parameters from the actual control source.

Some menus include only read out values and not parameters.

Read-out values can not be altered. In table 13, page 35, read-out menus has '-' in the factory setting column.

-Loc Keyboard is locked. Unlock keyboard by pressing the keys 'NEXT' and 'ENTER' for at least 3 sec.

70 TROUBLE SHOOTING



11. OPTIONS

The following option are available. Please contact your supplier for more detailed information.

11.1 Serial communication For serial communication the MODBUS RTU (RS232/RS485) option card is available order number: 01-1733-00.

7-rf '112,Z 444?

Fig. 60 Option RS232/485

11.2 Field bus systems Various option cards are available for the following bus systems:

PROFIBUS DP order number: 01-1734-01 Device NET, order number: 01-1736-01 LONWORKS: 01-1737-01 HP 10: 01-1738-01 INTERBUS-S: 01-1735-01

Each system has his own card. The option is delivered with an instruction manual containing the all details for the set-up of the card and the protocol for programming.

Fig. 61 Option Profibus

72 OPTIONS

11.3 External PPU. The external PPU option is used to move the PPU (keyboard) from the soft starter to the front of a panel door or control cabinet.

The maximum distance between the soft starter and the external PPU is 3 m. The option can be factory mounted (01-2138-01) or it can be built in later (01-2138-00). For both versions instruction /data sheet are available.

Fig. 62 Shows an example of the External PPU after it has been built in.

11.3.1 Cable kit for external current transformers

This kit is used for the bypass function, to connect the external current transformers more easy. order number: 01-2020-00.

Fig. 63 Cable kit



10. MAINTENANCE

In general the soft starter is maintenance free. There are however some things which should be checked regularly. Especially if the surroundings are dusty the unit should be cleaned regularly.

WARNING! Do not touch parts inside the enclosure of the unit when the control and motor voltage is

switched on.

Regular maintenance Check that nothing in the soft starter has been damaged by vibration (loose screws or connections). Check external wiring, connections and control signals. Tighten terminal screws and busbar bolts if necessary. Check that PCB boards, thyristors and cooling fin are free from dust. Clean with compressed air if necessary. Make sure the PCB boards and thyristors are undamaged. Check for signs of overheating (changes in colour on PCB boards, oxidation of solder points etc.). Check that the temperature is within permissible limits. Check that the cooling fan/s permit free air flow. Clean any external air filters if necessary.

In the event of fault or if a fault cannot be cured by using the fault-tracing table in chapter 9. page 68.

MAINTENANCE 71



11.4 Terminal clamp Data: Single cables, Cu or Al Cables 95-300 mm2 MSF type Cu Cable 310 Bolt for connection to busbar M10 Dimensions in mm 33x84x47 mm Order No. single 9350 Data: Parallel cables, Cu or Al Cables 2x95-300 mm2 MSF type and Cu Cable 310 to -835 Bolt for connection to busbar M10 Dimensions in mm 35x87x65 Order No. parallel 9351

-13

4

41±0.5 47

70-300 mm

41

2x95-300 mm

LO'

10

co

33±0.5

30±0.5

35±0.5

30±0.5

Fig. 64 The terminal clamp.

?--)c ill4n2P7to,v

ez--r11110 2-40/ C,"7-

93o z_

erti ceri-ec,

0/-qE 6 -0/.

OPTIONS 73



12. TECHNICAL DATA

3x200-525 V 50/60 Hz Model MSF-017 MSF-030 MSF045 MSF-060

Soft starter rating according to AC35a, see chapter 4. page 13

5.0-30:50-10 heavy

3.0-30:50-10 normal/light

5.0-30:50-10 heavy


5.0-30:50-10 heavy


5.0-30:50-10 heavy


Rated current of soft starter (A) 17 22 30 37 45 60 60 72

Recommended motor size (kW) for 400 V 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 30 37

Recommended motor size (kW) for 525 V 11. 15 18.5 22 30 37 37 45

Order number: supply voltage (100-240V) 01. 1301 -01 01-1302-01 01-1303-01 01-1304-01

Order number: supply voltage (380-500V) 01-1301-02 01-1302-02 01-1303-02 01-130402

3x200-690V 50/60Hz Model MSF-017 MSF-030 MSF-045 MSF060


Motor power for 690V 15 18.5 22 30 37 55 55 75* Order number: supply voltage (100-240V) 01-1321-01 01-1322-01 01-1323-01 01-1324-01

Order number: supply voltage (380-500V) 01-1321-02 01-1322-02 01-1323-02 01-1324-02

Electrical Data

Recommended wiring fuse (A) 1) 25/50 32 35/80 50 50/125 I 80 63/160 100 Semi-conductor fuses, if required 80 A 125 A 160 A 200 A

Power loss at rated motor load (W) 50 70 90 I 120 140 I

180 180 I

215

Power consumption control card 20 VA 20 VA 25 VA 25 VA

Mechanical Data

Dimensions in mm HxWxD 320x126x260 320x126x260 320x126x260 320x126x260 Mounting position (Vertical/Horizontal) Vertical Vertical Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz.

Weight (kg) 6.7 6.7 6.9 6.9 Connection busbars Cu, (bolt) 15x4 (M6) 15x4 (M6) 15x4 (M6) 15x4 (M8)

Cooling system Convection Convection Fan Fan

General Electrical Data

Number of fully controlled phases 3

Voltage tolerance control Control +/- 10%

Voltage tolerance motor Motor 200-525 +/- 10%/200-690 + 5%, -10%

Recommended fuse for control card (A) Max 10 A

Frequency 50/60 Hz

Frequency tolerance +/- 10%

Relay contacts 3 x 8A, 250 V resistive load, 3A 250VAC inductive (PF=0.4)

Type of protection/insulation

Type of casing protection I

IP 20

Other General Data

Ambient temperatures

In operation 0 - 40 °C

Max. e.g. at 80% IN 50 °C

In storage (-25) - (+70) °C

Relative air humidity 95%, non-condensing

Max. altitude without derating (See separate: Technical information 151) 1000 m

Norms/Standards, Conform to: IEC 947-42, EN 292, EN 60204-1, UL508

EMC, Emission EN 50081-2, (EN 50081-1 with bypass contactor)

EMC, Immunity EN 50082-2

1) Recommended wiring fuses for: Heavy (first column): ramp/direct start Normal/Light (second column): ramp start

NOTEI Short circuit withstand MSF017-060 5000 rms A when used with K5 or RK5 fuses.

* 2-pole motor

74 TECHNICAL DATA



3x200-525 V 50/60 Hz Model MSF-075 MSF-085 MSF-110 MSF-145


5.0-30:50-10' heavy


5.0-30:50-10 heavy


5.0-30:50-10 heavy


5.0-30:50-10 heavy



Recommended motor size (kW) for 400 V 37 45 45 55* 55 75 75

Recommended motor size (kW) for 525 V 45 55 55 75* 75 90 90 110

Order number for supply voltage (100-240 V) 01-1305-01 01-1306-01 01-1307-01 01-1308-01


3x200-690 V 50/60 Hz Model MSF-075 MSF085 MSF-110 MSF-145


Motor power for 690V 55 75 75 90 90 110 132 160*



Electrical Data

Recommended wiring fuse (A) 80/200 I 100 100/250 125 125/315 180 160/400 200

Semi-conductor fuses, if required 250 A 315 A 350 A 450 A

Power loss at rated motor load (W) 230 260 260 290 330 400 440 I

470

Power consumption control card 25 VA 25 VA 25 VA 25 VA

Mechanical Data

Dimensions in mm HxWxD 320x126x260 320x126x260 400x176x260 400x 176x 260

Mounting position (Vertical/Horizontal) Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz.

Weight (kg) 6.9 6.9 12 12

Connection, busbars Cu, (bolt) 15x4 (M8) 15x4 (M8) 20x4 (M10) 20x4 (M10)

Cooling system Fan Fan Fan Fan




Voltage tolerance motor Motor 200-525 +/- 10%/200-690 + 5%, -10%


Frequency 50/60 Hz


Relay contacts 8A, 250 V resistive load, 3A, 250 V inductive load (PF=0.4)

Type of protection/Insulation

Type of casing protection IP 20

Other General Data

Ambient temperatures In operation 0 - 40 °C


In storage (-25) - (+70) °C



Norms/Standards, Conform to: IEC 947-4-2, EN 292, EN 60204-1, UL508




NOTE! Short circuit withstand MSF075-145 10000 mu; A when used with KS or RK5 fuses.

* 2-pole motor

TECHNICAL DATA 75



3x200-525 V 50/60 Hz Model MSF-170 MSF-210 MSF-250 MSF-310 MSF-370


0.0-30: 50-10 heavy

3.0-30: 50-10

normal/light

5.0-30: 50-10 heavy

3.0-30: 50.10

normal/light

5.0-30: 50-10 heavy

3.0-30: 50-10

normal/light

5.0-30: 50-10 heavy

3.0-30: 50-10

normal/light

5.0-30: 50-10 heavy

3.0-30: 50-10

normal/light Rated current of soft starter (A) 170 210 210 250 250 262 310 370 370 450 Recommended motor size (kW) for 400 V 90 110 110 132 132 160* 160 200 200 250

Recommended motor size (kW) for 525 V 110 132 132 160 160 200* 200 250 ' 250 315

Order no. for supply voltage (100-240V) 01-1309-11 01- 1310.11 01-1311-11 01-1312-01 01-1313-01

Order no. for supply voltage (380-550V) ' 01-1309-12 01-1310-12 01-1311-12 01-1312-02 01-1313-02

3x200-690 V 50/60 Hz Model MSF-170 MSF-210 MSF-250 MSF-310 MSF-370

Rated current of soft starter (A) 170 210 210 250 250 262 310 370 370 450 Motor power for 690 V 160 200 200 250 250 250 315 355 355 400

Order no. for supply voltage (100-240V) 01-1329-01 01-1330-01 01-1331-01 01-1332-01 01-1333-01

Order no. for supply voltage (380-550V) 01-1329-02 01-1330-02 01-1331-02 01-1332-02 01-1333-02

Electrical Data

Recommended wiring fuse (A) 1) 200/400 200 250/4001 315 250/5001 315 315/6301 400 400/800 500 Semi-conductor fuses, if required 700 A 700 A 700 A 800 A 1000 A

Power loss at rated motor load (W) 510 630 630 1 750 750 W 930 1100 1100 1535

Power consumption control card 35 VA 35 VA 35 VA 35 VA 35 VA

Mechanical Data

Dimensions mm HxWxD incl. brackets 500x260x260 500x260x260 500x260x260 532x547x278 532x547x278 Mounting position (Vertical/Horizontal) Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz.

Weight (kg) 20 20 20 42 46

Connection, Busbars Al/Cu (bolt) 30x4 (M10) 30x4 (M10) 30x4 (M10) 40x8 (M12) 40x8 (M12) Cooling system Fan Fan Fan Fan Fan




Voltage tolerance motor Motor 200-525 +/- 1096/200-690 + 5%, -10%


Frequency 50/60 Hz




Type of casing protection ' IP 20

Other General Data



In storage (-25) - (+70) °C



Norms/Standards, Conform to: IEC 947-4-2, EN 292, EN 60204-1, (11L508, only MSF-170 to MSF-250)




NOTE! Short circuit withstand MSF170-250 18000 rms A when used with K5 or RK5 fuses.

* 2-pole motor

76 TECHNICAL DATA



3x200-525V 50/60Hz Model MSF450 MSF-570 MSF-710 MSF-835 MSF-1000 MSF-1400


5.0-30: 50-10 heavy

3.0-30: 50-10

normal/ 5.0-30: 50-10 heavy

3.0-30: 50.10

normal/ light

5.0-30: 50-10 heavy

3.0.30: 50-10

normal/

- 5.0-30: 50-10 heavy

3.0-30: 50-10

normal/ light

5.0-30: 50-10 heavy neavy

3.0-30: 50-10

light

5.0-30: 50-10 heavy

3.0-30: 50.10

normal/ light

Rated current of soft starter (A) 450 549 570 710 710 835 835 960 1000 1125 1400 1650

Recommended motor size (kW) for 400 V 250 315 315 400 400 450 450 560 560 630 800 930

Recommended motor size (kW) for 525 V 315 400 400 500 500 560 600 630 660 710 1000 1250

Order no. for supply voltage (100-240V) 01-1341-01 01-1315-01 01- 1316.01 01-1317-01 01-1318-01 01-1319-01

Order no. for supply voltage (380-550V) 01-1314-02 01. 1315-02 01-1316-02 01-1317-02 01-1318-02 01-1319-02

3x200-690V 50/60Hz Model MSF450 MSF -570 MSF-710 MSF-835 MSF-1000 MSF-1400

Rated current of soft starter (A) 450 549 570 640 710 835 835 880 1000 1125 1400 1524

Motor poWer for 690 V 400 560 560 630 710 800 800 1000 1120 1400 1600

Order no. for supply voltage (100-240V) 01-1334-01 01-1335-01 01-1336-01 01-1337-01 01-1338-01 01-1339-01

Order no. for supply voltage (380-550V) 01-1334-02 01-1335-02 01-1336-02 01-1337-02 01-1338-02 01-1339-02

Electrical Data

Recommended wiring fuse (A 1) 500/1 k I 630 630/1 k I 800 800/1 k I 1 k 1 k/1.2 kl 1 k 1k/1.4 k I 1.2 k 1.4 k/1.8 kl 1.8 k

Semi-conductor fuses, if required 1250 A 1250 A 1800 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A

Power loss at rated motor load (W) 1400 I 1730 1700 I 2100 2100 I 2500 2500 I 2875 3000 I 3375 4200 1 4950

Power consumption control card 35 VA 35 VA 35 VA 35 VA 35 VA 35 VA

Mechanical Data

Dimensions mm HxWxD incl. brackets 532x547x278 687x640x302 687x640x302 687x640x302 900x875x336 900x875x336

Mounting position (Vertical/Horizontal) Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz. Vert. or Horiz.

Weight (kg) 46 64 78 80 175 175

Connection, Busbars Al (bolt) 40x8 (M12) 40x10 (M12) 40x10 (M12) 40x10 (M12) 75x10 (M12) 75x10 (M12)

Cooling system Fan Fan Fan Fan Fan Fan




Voltage tolerance motor Motor 200-525 +/- 1096/200-690 + 5%, -10%


Frequency 50/60 Hz




Type of casing protection I

!P00 I

IP 20

Other General Data



In storage (-25) - (+70) °C



Norms/Standards, Conform to: IEC 947-4-2, EN 292, EN 60204-1




TECHNICAL DATA 77



Semi-conductor fuses Always use standard commercial fuses to protect the wiring and prevent short circuiting. To protect the thyristors against short-circuit currents, superfast semiconductor fuses can be used if preferred (e.g. Bussmann type FWP or similar, see table below).

The normal guarantee is valid even if superfast semiconductor fuses are not used.

Type FWP Bussmann fuse

A 12t (fuse) x 1000

M SF-017 80 2.4

M SF-030 125 7.3

M SF-045 150 11.7

M SF-060 200 22

M SF-075 250 42.5

M SF-085 300 71.2

M SF-110 350 95.6 M SF-145 450 137

M SF-170B 700 300

M SF-210B 700 300 M SF-250B 800 450

M SF-310 800 450 M SF-370 1000 600

M SF-450 1200 2100

M SF-570 1400 2700

M SF-710 1800 5300 MSF-835 2000

M SF-1000 2500

M SF-1400 3500

78 TECHNICAL DATA



13. SET-UP MENU LIST

nMumenu ber Function/Parameter Range Par.set setting

Factory se tt Value Page

001 Initial voltage at start 25 - 90% of U 1- 4 30 page 36

002 Start time ramp 1 1- 60 sec 1- 4 10 page 36

003 Step down voltage at stop 100 - 40% U 1- 4 100 page 36

004 Stop time ramp 1 oFF, 2 - 120 sec 1- 4 oFF page 36


006 Control mode 1, 2, 3 1- 4 2 page 37

007 Extended functions & metering oFF, on oFF page 38

008 Extended functions oFF, on oFF page 38

011 Initial voltage start ramp 2 30 - 90% U 1- 4 90 page 38

012 Start time ramp 2 oFF, 1- 60 sec 1- 4 oFF page 38

013 Step down voltage stop ramp 2 100 - 40% U 1- 4 40 page 38

014 Stop time ramp 2 oFF, 2 - 120 sec 1- 4 oFF page 38

016 Initial torque at start 0 - 250% Tn 1- 4 10 page 39

017 End torque at start 50 - 250% Tn 1- 4 150 page 39

018 End torque at stop 0-100% Tn 1- 4 0 page 39

020 Voltage ramp with current limit at start oFF, 150 - 500% In 1- 4 oFF page 39

021 Current limit at start oFF, 150 - 500% In 1- 4 oFF page 40

022 Pump control oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 40

023 Remote analogue control oFF, 1, 2 1- 4 oFF page 41

024 Full voltage start D.O.L oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 41

025 Torque control oFF, 1, 2 1- 4 oFF page 42

030 Torque boost active time oFF, 0.1 - 2.0 sec 1- 4 oFF page 43

031 Torque boost current limit 300 - 700% In 1- 4 300 page 43

032 Bypass oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 43

033 Power Factor Control PFC oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 46

034 Brake active time oFF, 1- 120 sec 1- 4 oFF page 47

035 Braking strength 100 - 500% 1- 4 100 page 47

036 Braking methods 1, 2 1- 4 1 page 47

037 Slow speed torque 10 - 100 1- 4 10 page 49

038 Slow speed time at start oFF, 1- 60 sec 1- 4 oFF page 49

039 Slow speed time at stop oFF, 1- 60 sec 1- 4 oFF page 49

040 DC-Brake at slow speed oFF, 1-60 sec 1- 4 oFF page 49

041 Nominal motor voltage 200 - 700 V 1- 4 400 page 50

042 Nominal motor current 25-150% Insoft in Amp 1- 4 Insnft in Amp page 50

043 Nominal motor power 25 - 300% kW

of P nsnft in 1- 4 Pnwft in kW page 50

044 Nominal speed 500 - 3600 rpm 1- 4 Nnsoft in rpm page 50

045 Nominal power factor 0.50 - 1.00 1- 4 0.86 page 50

046 Nominal frequency 50, 60 Hz 50 page 50

SET-UP MENU LIST 79



enu nuMmber

Function/Parameter Range Par.set Factory setting Value Page

051 Programmable relay K1 1, 2, 3, (4), 5 1 page 51 052 Programmable relay K2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 2 page 51

054 Analogue output oFF, 1, 2 1- 4 oFF page 52

055 Analogue output value 1, 2, 3 1- 4 1 page 52

056 Scaling analogue output 5 - 150% 1- 4 100. page 52

057 Digital input selection oFF, 1, 2, 3, 4 1- 4 oFF page 53

058 Digital input pulses 1-100 1- 4 1 page 53

061 Parameter set 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 1 page 54

071 Motor PTC input no, YES no page 55

072 Internal motor thermal protection class oFF, 2 - 40 sec 10 page 55

073 Used thermal capacity 0 - 150% page 55

074 Starts per hour limitation oFF, 1- 99/hour 1- 4 oFF page 55

075 Locked rotor alarm oFF, 1.0 - 10.0 sec 1- 4 oFF page 55

081 Voltage unbalance alarm 2 - 25% Un 1- 4 10 page 56

082 Response delay voltage unbalance alarm oFF, 1- 60 sec 1- 4 oFF page 56

083 Over voltage alarm 100 - 150% Un 1- 4 115 page 56

084 Response delay over voltage alarm oFF, 1- 60 sec 1- 4 oFF page 56

085 Under voltage alarm 75 - 100% Un 1- 4 85 page 57

086 Response delay under voltage alarm oFF, 1- 60 sec 1- 4 oFF page 57

087 Phase sequence L123, L321 page 57

088 Phase reversal alarm oFF, on oFF page 57

089 Auto set power limits no, YES no page 57

090 Output shaft power 0.0 - 200.0% Pn page 57

091 Start delay power limits 1- 250 sec 1- 4 10 page 58 092 Max power alarm limit 5 - 200% Pn 1- 4 115 page 58 093 Max alarm response delay oFF, 0.1 - 25.0 sec 1- 4 oFF page 58 094 Max power pre-alarm limit 5 - 200% Pn 1- 4 110 page 58 095 Max pre-alarm response delay oFF, 0.1 - 25.0 sec 1- 4 oFF page 58 096 Min pre-alarm power limit 5 - 200% Pn 1- 4 90 page 58

097 Min pre-alarm response delay oFF, 0.1 - 25.0 sec 1- 4 oFF page 59

098 Min power alarm limit 5 - 200%Pn 1- 4 85 page 59

099 Min alarm response delay oFF, 0.1= 25.0 sec 1- 4 oFF page 59

101 Run at single phase input failure no, YES 1- 4 no page 61 102 Run at current limit time-out no, YES 1- 4 no page 61

103 Jog forward enable oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 61 104 Jog reverse enable oFF, on 1- 4 oFF page 61

105 Automatic return menu oFF, 1-999 oFF page 62

111 Serial comm. unit address 1- 247 1 page 62

112 Serial comm. baudrate 2.4 - 38.4 kBaud 9.6 page 62

80 SET-UP MENU LIST



enu nMumber

Function/Parameter Range Par.set Factory setting Value Page

113 Serial comm. parity 0, 1 0 page 62

114 Serial comm. contact broken oFF, 1, 2 1 page 62

199 Reset to factory settings no, YES no page 63


202 Line main voltage 0 - 720 V page 63

203 Output shaft power -9999 - 9999 kW page 63

204 Power factor 0.00 - 1.00 page 63

205 Power consumption 0.000 - 2000 MWh page 63

206 Reset power consumption no, YES no page 64

207 Shaft torque -9999 - 9999 Nm page 64

208 Operation time Hours page 64






216 Line main voltage L2 - L3 0 - 720 V page 64

221 Locked keyboard info no, YES no page 65

901 Alarm list, Latest error Fl - F16 page 65

902 -915 Alarm list, Older error in chronological order Fl - F16 page 65

Explanation of units: U Input line voltage Un Nominal motor voltage. In Nominal motor current. Pn Nominal motor power. Nn Nominal motor speed. Tn Nominal shaft torque. Insoft Nominal current soft starter. Pnsoft Nominal power soft starter. Nnsoft Nominal speed soft starter.

Calculation shaft torque

T 12 = 1

(60 !/1x27c)

NOTE! The six main functions for motor control, menus 020-025, can only be selected one at a time.

SET-UP MENU LIST 81



14. INDEX

Numerics Device connections 28, 31 Keyboard lock 23, 65 2-wire start/stop 37 different operation situation 22 keys 23

3-wire start/stop 37 Digital inputs 32 Dimension 25, 74 L

A DIN VDE 0100 24 LED display 22 Above max power limit 67 Direct On Line start 41 Live circuit components 24 Alarm category 67 Dismantling 2 Load monitor 57

Alarm list 65 Display next window 23 Locked rotor 67

Alarm reset 23 Display previous window 23 Low load 20 Ambient temperatures . 10, 77

20, 74, 75, Dual voltage ramp 38

M

analogue control 32 E Main functions 81 Analogue input 32, 41 Electrical characteristic 32 Mains contactor 10 Analogue output 32, 52 Electrical Data 74, 75, 76, 77 Mains supply 28, 31 Analogue output gain 52 EMC 74, 75, 76, 77 Mains voltage 10 Analogue output value 52 Emergency 2 MAINTENANCE 71 Auto set power limits 57 End torque 39 Matrix 19 automatic reset 37 Max power alarm limit 58 Automatic return menu 62 F Max power pre-alarm limit 58

Factory settings 63 Max pre-alarm response delay 58 B Features 9 Mechanical Data 74, 75, 76, 77 Basic parameter setting 10 Forward/reverse 34 Menu Below min power limit 67 Free circulation of air 24 001 36 Brake method 47 frequency 50 002 11, 36 Braking Strenght 47 Frequency inverter 20 003 36 Braking time 46 Front cover 21 004 11, 36 Busbars 25, 26 Full speed not reached 67 005 12, 36 Bypass 43 Full voltage 51 006 12, 37 Bypass contactor 44 Full voltage start 41 007 38

Function 79 008 38 C 011 38

Cabinet 24 G 012 38

Checklist 10 General Data 74 013 38

Clickson thermistor 32 General description 21 014 38

Combination matrix 19 016 39

Complaint 7 H 017 39

Confirm setting 23 Heat dissipation 20 020 39

Connections 28, 32 High ambient temperatures 43 021 40

Control mode 23, 37 022 40

Control voltage 32 023 41

control voltage 33 Increase value 23 024 41

Control voltage connection 28, 31 Increase value of setting 23 025 42

Cooling fins 24 Initial torque 39 030 43

cos phi 50 Initial voltage at start ramp 1 36 031 43

Current 63 Initial voltage at start ramp 2 38 032 43

Current in phase Ll 64 INSPECTION AT DELIVERY 7 033 46

Current in phase L2 64 Installation 24 034 46

Current in phase L3 64 Insulation test 20 035 47

Current limit 39 036 47

Current limit time-out 61 J 037 48

Current transformer 45 JOG Forward 23, 61 038 039

49 49

D

D.O.L start DC-brake DC-Brake at slow speed

41

46 49

JOG fwd/rev JOG Reverse 23, Jumper J1 Jumper J2

23 61

41

52

040 041 042 043

49 11, 50

50 11, 50

Decrease value Decrease value of setting

23 23

K

Keyboard 23

044 045 046

11, 50 11, 50 11, 50

82 INDEX



051 052 054 055 056 057 058 061 071 072 073 074 075 081 082 083 084 085 086 087 088 089 090 091 092 093 094 095 096 097 098 099 101

102 103 104 105 199 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 211 212 213 214 215 216 221

901

RMS current read-out Menu expansion Menu Structure Min alarm response delay Min power alarm limit Min power pre-alarm limit Min pre-alarm response delay Minimum free space Motor

51

51

52 52 52 53 53 54 55 55 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 57 57 57 57

57 57 58 58 58 58 58 59 59 59 59 61

61

61

61

62 63 63 63 63 63 63 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64

23, 65 65 12

38 22 59 59 59 59

24, 25 31

Motor current 50

Motor data 50 Motor power 50

Motor power supply 28, 31

Motor protection, overload 55, 67

Motor shaft torque 64

Motor speed 50

Motor terminal open 67

Motor voltage 50

MOUNTING 24 MOUNTING/WIRING 24

N

Next 23 Nominal frequency 11

Nominal motor cos phi 11

Nominal motor current 11

Nominal motor power 11

Nominal motor speed 11

Norms/Standards 74, 75, 76, 77

NTC thermistor 32

0

Open thyristor 67

Operation 51

Operation time 63, 64

Operation/Set-up 23

Operator panel 21

Output motor shaftpower 63

Output shaftpower 57, 63

Over voltage 56, 67

Parallel 20 Parallel cables 73

Parameter 79 Parameter Set 32, 54

PFC 46

Phase compensation capacitor 20 Phase input failure 67

Phase loss 61

Phase reversal alarm 67

Phase sequence 57

Pole-changing contactor 20 Potentiometer 32 Power consumption 63

Power factor 63

Power Factor Control 46

Power loss 10

PPU unit 21

Pre-alarm 51, 58

Prevent damage to the thyristors ....24 Previous 23

Programmable relay 51

Programming and presentation unit

(PPU) 21

protection/insulation ... 74, 75, 76, 77 Protective earth 28, 31

PTC 55

PTC Thermistor input 32 Pump control 40

Q

Quick Set-up 10

R

Rating plate 10

Recyclable material 2

Regular maintenance 71

Relay K1 32, 51

Relay K2 32

Relay K3 32 Remote 23

Reset 23 reset 66 Response delay max alarm 58 RMS current 36, 63 RMS main voltage 63

Rotating loads 20 Running motors 20 Running-LED 22

S

Safety 2, 6

Safety measures 10

Scrapping 2

Selection of control mode 12

Semiconductor fuses 33, 78 Serial comm. 23 Serial communication broken 67

Shaftpower 57, 63 Shielded motor cable 20 Shorted thyristor 67

Simple soft start and soft stop 10

Slip ring motors 20 Slow blow fuses 33 Slow speed time at start 49 Slow speed time at stop 49 Slow speed torque 48

Small motor 20 Softbrake 51

Softstart overheated 67

Spare parts 2

standard commercial fuses 78

Standard wiring 10, 33

Standards 6

Start command 22

Start delay power limits 58

Start ramp 1 36

Start ramp 2 38

Start the motor 12

Start time ramp 1 11

Start/Stop 12, 23

Start/stop combination 19

Start/stop/reset from keyboard 12

Start/stop-LED 22

Starting 12

STARTING/OPERATING 79 Starts per hour 67

Starts per hour limitation 56

Step down voltage in stop ramp 2 38

Step down voltage stop ramp 1 36

Stop command 22

Stop ramp 1 36

INDEX 83



Stop ramp time 2 38 Stop time ramp 1 11

storage 7 Supply voltage switch

32, 74 2

Switch the device off 2

Switch-off procedures 2

T

TECHNICAL DATA 74 Terminal 32 Terminal clamp 78 Terminals 32 Thermal capacity 56 Thermal protection 55 Tightening torque 25 Torque boost active time 43 Torque boost current limit 43 Torque booster 43 Torque control 42 Trained personnel 2, 10 Transport 7

TROUBLESHOOTING 68 Two speed motor 20

U

Under voltage 57, 67 Unpacking 7

V

VIEW OPERATION 63 Voltage 63 Voltage unbalance 56, 67

Weight 74 Wiring circuit 33 Wiring example 34

84 INDEX



REPRESENTATION

ADL Co. P.O. Box 47 12 50 40 MOSCOW Russia Tel. 00007- 095268 7423 Fax 00007- 095268 0348 [email protected]

Airtronik drives Alte Landstrasse 384 CH-8708 Mannendorf/ZH Schweiz Tel. +41 1 9207 406 Fax. +41 1 9203 689 [email protected]

AUTOMATECH Sp.zo.o ul. Ry'zowa 84 PL-02482 OPACZ-KOLONIA Poland Tel. 0048- 22-723 06 62 Fax 0048- 22-723 06 06 [email protected]

Cyclect Holdings Pte Ltd 33 Tuas View Crescent Singapore 637654 Singapore Phone: +65 265 6833 Fax: +65 264 0897 [email protected]

Elpro Drive , S. R. 0. ul. Miru 3 CZ 73961 TRINEC Tjeckien Republic Tel. 00420W 659434661 Fax 00420W 659325864 [email protected]

Emotron AB Box 222 25 SE-250 24 HELSINGBORG Sweden Tel. +46 42 169900 Fax +46 42 169949 [email protected]

Emotron Antriebssysteme GmbH Goethestrasse 6 38855 WERNIGERODE Germany Tel. 0049- 3943 92050 Fax 0049- 3943 92055 [email protected]

Emotron B.V. P.O. Box 132 5531 NX BLADEL Holland Tel. 0031- 497 389222 Fax 0031- 497 386275 [email protected]

Emotron El -FI SA Aribau 229 ES-08021 BARCELONA Spain Tel. 0034- 93 209 14 99 Fax 0034- 93 209 12 45 [email protected]

Emotron Inc 3440 Granite Circle TOLEDO, OH 43617 USA Tel. 001- (419) 841-7774 Fax 001- (419) 843-5816 paul.hackett @usa-emotron.com

Emsby 27 Rodwell Street QUE - 4108 ARCHERFIELD Australia Tel. 0061- 7 3274 2566 Fax 0061- 7 3274 2387 [email protected]

Energopro GM 523 21 Chicherin St 220029 Minsk Belarus Tel:+375 172394079, +375 172394218, +375 172345293 Fax: +375 172394949 [email protected]

Esquire Engineering sdn bhd 13, JIn Jurutera U1/23, Seksyen U1 Hicom-Glenmarie Industrial Park 40000 Shah Alam SELANGOR Malaysia Tel. 0060- 3 519 1958 Fax 0060- 3 519 1960 [email protected]

HEDTEC OY

P.O.B 110 SF-00201 HELSINGFORS Finland Tel. 00358- 9 682881 Fax 00358- 9 674918 [email protected]

Ingenior Ivar Pettersen AS Postboks 166 N-3001 DRAMMEN Norway Tel. 0047- 32 21 21 21 Fax 0047- 32 21 21 99 [email protected]

Jolly Electrical Pvt Ltd S-09, "ARIES" Complex, 87, Sampatrao Colony, B.P.0 Road, Vadodara-390 007 India Tel: +91-265 233 4634/231 0990 Fax: +91-265 233 5492 [email protected]

K.K. El-F1

2-18-4 Hagoromocho 1900021 Tachakawa J- TOKYO Japan Tel. 0081- 42 528 8820 Fax 0081- 42 528 8821 [email protected]

MAS for Eng. & Trad From Tahreer St 12, a-Abee Ema-ma St. DOKKI GIZA Egypt Tel. 0020- 2 3357947 Fax 0020- 2 3357948

Mohamad Eid Kari Marjeh -square,Euphorat st. Dagestani Bld. 1st. Fl. POB 31203 DAMASKUS Syria Tel. 00963- 11 222 3867 Fax 00963- 11 224 5425

Pardis International Golbarg W. Kerman S. Rahmati E. No:202 TEHERAN Iran Tel. 0098- 21 7838571 Fax 0098- 21 7838571 [email protected]

SAEG Controls S.A.C. Av. 6 de Agosto 1137 Jesus Maria - LIMA Peru Tel: +51 1 332 00 49 Fax: +51 1 332 06 06 [email protected]

Saftronics (PTY) LTD 27 Heronmere Road P 0 Box 38045

'2016 BOOYSENS South Africa Tel. 0027- 11 434 1345 Fax 0027- 11 434 1359 [email protected]

TENSON Engineering Ltd Room 908, Nan Fung Commercial Center 19 LAM LOK St KOWLOON BAY Hong Kong Tel. +852 2758 0878 Fax +852 2759 5335 [email protected]

Variadores S.A. Avenida 37 (Ciudad de Quito) # 82-05 Bogota, D.C. Colombia Tel: +57 1 635 7288 Fax: +57 1 611 3872 [email protected]

WELLFORD CHILE S.A. ENCALA 103645 Madrid No 1602 - Santiago SANTIAGO Chile Tel. 0056- 2 556 26 55 Fax 0056- 2 556 35 28 encala@hot mail .com

Voltampere s.a. 2nd klm Lagada-Redina GR-57200 THESSALONIKI Greece Tel. 0030- 394 26188 Fax 0030- 394 26189 [email protected]

www.emotron.com

85



0

Emotron AB Morsaregatan 12 Box 222 25 SE-250 24 Helsingborg, Sweden Tel: +46 42 16 99 00 Fax: +46 42 16 99 49 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: www.emotron.com

e.



Inst

alla

tion,

car

e an

d m

aint

enan

ce

3126

/314

0/31

52/3

170/

3201

/330

0

--'1

.1.:b

k.-

411'

8926

16/0

7

Fly

gt

t? I

TT

Indu

strie

s

Saf

ety

2 C

able

cha

rt

10

Dat

a pl

ate

inte

rpre

tatio

n 4

Tra

nspo

rtat

ion

and

stor

age

14

Pro

duct

des

crip

tion

Ope

ratio

n 14

Gen

eral

des

ign

of a

n IT

T F

lygt

pum

p 6

Car

e an

d m

aint

enan

ce

15

____

__

Inst

alla

tion

7 O

il ch

ange

17

Ele

ctric

al c

onne

ctio

ns

8 S

ervi

ce l

og

18

SA

FE

TY

Thi

s m

anua

l co

ntai

ns b

asic

inf

orm

atio

n on

the

ins

talla

- tio

n, o

pera

ting

and

mai

nten

ance

and

sho

uld

be f

ol-

low

ed c

aref

ully

. It

is es

sent

ial

that

thes

e in

stru

ctio

ns

are

care

fully

rea

d be

fore

ins

talla

tion

or c

omm

issi

onin

g by

bot

h th

e in

stal

latio

n cr

ew a

s w

ell

as t

hose

res

pon-

si

ble

for

oper

atio

n or

mai

nten

ance

. T

he o

pera

ting

inst

ruct

ions

sho

uld

alw

ays

be r

eadi

ly a

vaila

ble

at t

he

loca

tion

of th

e un

it.

Iden

tific

atio

n of

saf

ety

and

war

ning

sym

bols

Gen

eral

Dan

ger:

Non

-obs

erva

nce

give

n to

saf

ety

inst

ruct

ions

in

this

man

ual,

whi

ch

coul

d ca

use

dang

er t

o lif

e ha

ve

been

spe

cific

ally

hig

hlig

hted

with

th

is g

ener

al d

ange

r sy

mbo

l.

Hig

h V

olta

ge:

The

pre

senc

e of

a d

ange

rous

vol

t-

age

is id

entif

ied

with

thi

s sa

fety

sy

mbo

l.

WA

RN

ING

! N

on-o

bser

vanc

e to

thi

s w

arni

ng

coul

d da

mag

e th

e un

it or

affe

ct i

ts

func

tion

Qua

lific

atio

ns o

f pe

rson

nel

An

auth

oriz

ed (

cert

ified

) ele

ctric

ian

and

mec

hani

c sh

all

carr

y ou

t al

l wor

k.

Saf

ety

regu

latio

ns fo

r the

ow

ner/

oper

ator

A

ll go

vern

men

t reg

ulat

ions

, lo

cal

heal

th a

nd s

afet

y co

des

shal

l be

com

plie

d w

ith.

All

dang

ers

due

to e

lect

ricity

mus

t be

avo

ided

(fo

r de

tails

con

sult

the

regu

latio

ns o

f you

r lo

cal e

lect

ricity

su

pply

com

pany

).

Uni

late

ral m

odifi

catio

n an

d sp

are

part

s m

anu-

fa

ctur

ing

Mod

ifica

tions

or

chan

ges

to t

he u

nit/i

nsta

llatio

n sh

ould

on

ly b

e ca

rrie

d ou

t af

ter

cons

ultin

g w

ith I

TT

Fly

gt.

Orig

inal

spa

re p

arts

and

acc

esso

ries

auth

oriz

ed b

y th

e m

anuf

actu

rer

are

esse

ntia

l for

com

plia

nce.

The

use

of

othe

r par

ts c

an i

nval

idat

e an

y cl

aim

s fo

r w

arra

nty

or

com

pens

atio

n.

Dis

man

tling

and

re-

asse

mbl

y

If th

e pu

mp

has

been

use

d to

pum

p ha

zard

ous

med

ia,

care

mus

t be

tak

en t

hat,

whe

n dr

aini

ng

the

leak

age,

pe

rson

nel

and

envi

ronm

ent

are

not

enda

nger

ed.

All

was

te a

nd e

mis

sion

s su

ch a

s us

ed c

oola

nt m

ust

be a

ppro

pria

tely

dis

pose

d of

. C

oola

nt s

pills

mus

t be

cl

eane

d up

and

em

issi

ons

to t

he e

nviro

nmen

t m

ust

be

repo

rted

.

The

pum

ping

sta

tion

mus

t be

kep

t tid

y an

d in

goo

d or

der

at a

ll tim

es.

All

gove

rnm

ent

regu

latio

ns s

hall

be o

bser

ved.

The

pic

ture

s in

thi

s m

anua

l m

ay d

iffer

som

ewha

t fr

om t

he d

eliv

ered

pum

p de

pend

ing

on t

he h

ydra

ulic

end

con

figur

atio

n.

2



NO

TE

S F

OR

EX

-PR

OD

UC

TS

- Onl

y E

x-ap

prov

ed p

umps

may

be

used

in

an e

xplo

sive

or

flam

mab

le e

nviro

nmen

t.

- Do

not

open

the

pum

p w

hen

an e

xplo

- si

ve g

as a

tmos

pher

e m

ay b

e pr

esen

t.

- Bef

ore

star

ting

wor

k on

the

pum

p, m

ake

sure

that

the

pum

p an

d th

e co

ntro

l pan

el

are

isol

ated

from

the

pow

er s

uppl

y an

d ca

n no

t be

ene

rgiz

ed. T

his

appl

ies

to t

he

cont

rol c

ircui

t as

wel

l.

- All

mec

hani

cal w

ork

on th

e ex

plos

ion-

pr

oof m

otor

sec

tion

mus

t be

perf

orm

ed

by p

erso

nnel

aut

horiz

ed b

y IT

T F

lygt

.

- Ele

ctric

al c

onne

ctio

n on

the

exp

losi

on-

proo

f m

otor

mus

t be

mad

e by

aut

horiz

ed

pers

onne

l.

- The

rmal

con

tact

s m

ust b

e co

nnec

ted

to

prot

ectio

n ci

rcui

t int

ende

d fo

r th

at p

ur-

pose

acc

ordi

ng t

o th

e ap

prov

al o

f the

pr

oduc

t.

- The

pum

p m

ay b

e us

ed o

nly

in a

ccor

- da

nce

with

the

app

rove

d m

otor

dat

a st

ated

on

the

data

pla

tes.

- Int

rinsi

cally

saf

e ci

rcui

ts a

re n

orm

ally

re

quire

d (E

x i)

for

the

auto

mat

ic l

evel

co

ntro

l sys

tem

by

leve

l reg

ulat

or if

m

ount

ed in

zon

e 0.

3

- Thi

s eq

uipm

ent

mus

t be

inst

alle

d in

con

- fo

rmity

to p

resc

riptio

ns in

int

erna

tiona

l or

natio

nal r

ules

( IE

C/E

N 6

0079

.14

).

- The

mai

nten

ance

ope

ratio

n m

ust b

e m

ade

in c

onfo

rmity

to th

e in

tern

atio

nal

or n

a-

tiona

l sta

ndar

ds (I

EC

/EN

600

79-1

7).

- The

yie

ld s

tres

s of

fast

ener

ele

men

ts in

th

e pr

oduc

t mus

t be

in c

onfo

rmity

with

th

e va

lue

spec

ified

in

the

tabl

e fo

r "M

ate-

ria

l of f

aste

ner

on th

e ap

prov

al d

raw

ing

or th

e pa

rts

spec

ified

in t

he p

art

list f

or

the

prod

uct.

- A

ccor

ding

to th

e A

TE

X d

irect

ive

the

Ex-

pu

mp

mus

t ne

ver r

un d

ry o

r sn

ore.

Per

- m

itted

min

imum

wat

er le

vel,

see

dim

en-

sion

al d

raw

ing

for t

he p

ump.

- The

use

r m

ust

know

abo

ut t

he ri

sks

due

the

elec

tric

cur

rent

and

the

che

mic

al a

nd

phys

ical

cha

ract

eris

tics

of th

e ga

s an

d/or

va

pour

s pr

esen

t in

haza

rdou

s ar

eas.

- IT

T F

lygt

dis

clai

ms

all r

espo

nsib

ility

for

wor

k do

ne b

y un

trai

ned,

una

utho

rized

pe

rson

nel.

A

B

- - -

i----

--1

1

c.,..

,-1.

.,!:

...T

., _

_ =

....

......

, ,..

.. .

DA

TA

PLA

TE

IN

TE

RP

RE

TA

TIO

N

Gen

eral

dat

a pl

ate

A

B

C

A

B c

F

K

M

N 0 P a T

U

V x

Ser

ial

num

ber

Pro

duct

cod

e +

Num

ber

Cur

ve c

ode

(Pro

pelle

r cod

e C

ount

ry o

f ong

in

Pro

duct

nu

mbe

r A

dditi

onal

info

rmat

ion

Pha

se; T

ype

of c

urre

nt F

requ

ency

R

ated

vol

tage

T

herm

al p

rote

ctio

n T

herm

al c

lass

R

ated

sha

ft po

wer

In

tern

atio

nal s

tand

ard

Deg

ree

of p

rote

ctio

n R

ated

cur

rent

R

ated

spe

ed

Max

. su

bmer

genc

e D

irect

ion

of ro

tatio

n: L

=le

ft. R

=rig

ht

Dut

y cl

ass

Dut

y fa

ctor

P

rodu

ct w

eigh

t Lo

cked

rot

or c

ode

lette

r P

ower

fact

or

Max

. am

bien

t te

mpe

ratu

re

App

rova

l pla

tes

The

se a

ppro

val

plat

es a

pply

to a

n ex

plos

ion-

proo

f sub

mer

sibl

e IT

T F

lygt

pum

p.

The

pla

tes

are

used

tog

ethe

r w

ith t

he g

ener

al d

ata

plat

e on

the

pum

p.

EN

: E

urop

ean

Nor

m

AT

EX

Dire

ctiv

e E

N 5

0014

, E

N 5

0018

, E

N 1

127-

1

G 1

1 2

G

EE

x dl

i T4

,

F

G

H

I

_ ...

f.,

,.1,..

.. ,..

.

C

i ; '73

1;

-- 0

-N

M

L

-K

A

B

C

F G

K

M

N 0

App

rova

l A

ppro

val a

utho

rity

+ A

ppro

val N

umbe

r A

ppro

val f

or C

lass

I A

ppro

ved

driv

e un

it S

tall

time

Sta

rtin

g cu

rren

t / R

ated

cur

rent

D

uty

clas

s D

uty

fact

or

Inpu

t pow

er

Rat

ed s

peed

C

ontr

olle

r A

dditi

onal

info

rmat

ion

Max

. am

bien

t tem

pera

ture

S

eria

l num

ber

AT

EX

mar

king

FM

: F

acto

ry M

utua

l C

lass

I D

iv.

I G

rp C

and

D

Cla

ss II

an

d Ill

Div

. I

Grp

E,

F a

nd G

Tem

pao

Mox

O

pera

ting

Tem

p.

771.

1 E

xplo

sion

pr

oof

for

use.

09

CIQ

SS

1,

D

iv

9,

giT

, it

and

0

Dus

t ig

nitio

n cr

uet

is,,

use

in

AP

PR

OV

ED

(-`,

._

..,

Cas

s II.

D

iv

1, F

p E

. F

an

d 6

(Dr

Sun

eb!e

or

su

e ir)

CIII

SS

Ill.

D

iv

1,

9901

,11r

dOU

S

LOC

alia

ll ,

;Am

bien

: lim

il:,

/ D

ri N

i N

Oi

OP

EN

W

HIL

E

EN

ER

GI7

ED

, C

ON

NE

CT

T

HE

RM

AL

CO

NT

AC

TS

N3x

, am

bien

t te

rnpe

raw

re

4



DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N

Intr

oduc

tion

Tha

nk y

ou f

or b

uyin

g a

subm

ersi

ble

ITT

Fly

gt p

ump.

In

this

Ins

talla

tion,

Car

e an

d M

aint

enan

ce m

anua

l you

will

fin

d ge

nera

l inf

orm

atio

n on

how

to

inst

all a

nd s

ervi

ce

the

3126

, 31

40,

3152

, 31

70,

3201

or 3

300

pum

p to

giv

e it

a lo

ng a

nd r

elia

ble

life,

In

the

Par

ts L

ist

you

will

fin

d al

l th

e sp

ecifi

c te

chni

cal d

ata

for y

our

pum

p.

App

licat

ion

Thi

s In

stal

latio

n, C

are

and

Mai

nten

ance

man

ual

appl

ies

to a

sub

mer

sibl

e IT

T F

lygt

pum

p. I

f yo

u ha

ve

boug

ht a

n E

x-ap

prov

ed p

ump

(ple

ase

see

appr

oval

pl

ate

on yo

ur p

ump

or P

arts

Lis

t) s

peci

al h

andl

ing

inst

ruct

ions

app

ly a

s de

scrib

ed

in t

his

docu

men

t.

Dep

endi

ng o

n th

e hy

drau

lic e

nd,

the

pum

p is

inte

nded

to

be

used

for

:

- pum

ping

of w

aste

wat

er

- pum

ping

of

light

liq

uid

man

ure

and

urin

e

- pum

ping

of

slud

ge

- pum

ping

of

grou

nd w

ater

- pum

ping

of

sew

age

if th

e so

lids

need

to

be c

ut i

nto

smal

l pi

eces

.

The

pum

ps m

ust n

ot b

e us

ed i

n hi

ghly

cor

rosi

ve l

iqui

ds.

See

pH

lim

its b

elow

.

The

pum

p is

ava

ilabl

e fo

r per

man

ent

inst

alla

tion

in a

su

mp

or p

orta

ble

inst

alla

tion

with

hos

e co

nnec

tion

and

stan

d.

In s

ome

appl

icat

ions

, th

e pu

mp

Is a

lso

avai

labl

e fo

r a

dry

stat

iona

ry in

stal

latio

n on

a b

ase

stan

d di

rect

ly

conn

ecte

d to

the

inl

et a

nd o

utle

t lin

es.

For

furt

her

info

rmat

ion

on a

pplic

atio

ns,

cont

act

your

ne

ares

t IT

T F

lygt

rep

rese

ntat

ive.

Spe

cific

tech

nica

l dat

a F

or s

peci

fic te

chni

cal

data

rega

rdin

g yo

ur p

ump,

pl

ease

see

Par

ts L

ist.

5

Gen

eral

tec

hnic

al d

ata

Liqu

id te

mpe

ratu

re: m

ax.

40°C

(10

4°F

). I

f the

pum

p is

no

t equ

ippe

d w

ith c

oolin

g ja

cket

, th

e pu

mp

can

be

oper

ated

at

full

load

onl

y if

at le

ast

half

the

stat

or

hous

ing

is s

ubm

erge

d.

The

pum

p ca

n be

equ

ippe

d fo

r ope

ratio

n at

tem

pera

- tu

res

up t

o 90

°C (

195°

F).

At

incr

ease

d te

mpe

ratu

res,

th

e pu

mp

mus

t be

com

plet

ely

subm

erge

d w

hen

oper

ated

at

full

load

.

Hig

her

tem

pera

ture

s th

an 4

0°C

(10

4°F

) ar

e no

t pe

r-

mill

ed fo

r E

x-ap

prov

ed

pum

ps.

Liqu

id d

ensi

ty:

max

. 11

00 k

g /m

' (9.

2 lb

per

US

gal

.)

The

pH

of

the

pum

ped

liqui

d: 5

.5-1

4 (f

or c

ast

iron

pum

ps).

The

pH

of

the

pum

ped

liqui

d: 3

-14

(for

sta

inle

ss

stee

l pu

mps

).

Dep

th o

f im

mer

sion

: m

ax.

20 m

(65

ft)

.

- In

som

e in

stal

latio

ns a

nd a

t ce

rtai

n op

erat

ing

poin

ts o

n th

e pe

rfor

man

ce c

urve

, th

e no

ise

leve

l of

70

dB o

r th

e no

ise

leve

l sp

ecifi

ed f

or th

e ac

tual

pum

p m

ay b

e ex

ceed

ed.

NO

TE

for

Ex

vers

ion

page

3.

War

rant

y cl

aim

IT

T F

lygt

pum

ps a

re h

igh

qual

ity p

rodu

cts

with

ex-

pe

cted

rel

iabl

e op

erat

ion

and

long

life

. H

owev

er,

shou

ld

the

need

aris

e fo

r a w

arra

nty

clai

m,

plea

se c

onta

ct y

our

ITT

Fly

gt r

epre

sent

ativ

e.

GE

NE

RA

L D

ES

IGN

OF

A F

LYG

T P

UM

P

Des

ign

The

pum

p is

a s

ubm

ersi

ble,

ele

ctric

mot

or-d

riven

T

he m

otor

can

be

star

ted

by d

irect

on-

line

or s

tar-

pr

oduc

t. de

lta s

tart

ing.

The

mot

or c

an b

e ru

n co

ntin

uous

ly o

r int

erm

itten

tly

with

a m

axim

um o

f 15

eve

nly

spac

ed s

tart

s pe

r ho

ur.

ITT

Fly

gt m

otor

s ar

e te

sted

in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith I

EC

34

-1.

The

sta

tor

is in

sula

ted

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith c

lass

H

(180

°C, 3

60°F

). T

he m

otor

is

desi

gned

to d

eliv

er it

s ra

ted

outp

ut a

t ±

5%

var

iatio

n fr

om t

he r

ated

vol

tage

. W

ithou

t ov

erhe

atin

g th

e m

otor

, ±

10%

var

iatio

n fr

om

the

rate

d vo

ltage

can

be

acce

pted

pro

vide

d th

at t

he

mot

or d

oes

not

run

cont

inuo

usly

at

full

load

. T

he

mot

or is

des

igne

d to

ope

rate

at

a vo

ltage

imba

lanc

e of

up

to 2

% b

etw

een

the

phas

es.

Mon

itorin

g eq

uipm

ent

The

sta

tor i

ncor

pora

tes

ther

mal

con

tact

s co

nnec

ted

in

serie

s.

The

pum

p ca

n be

equ

ippe

d w

ith s

enso

rs f

or s

ensi

ng

wat

er i

n th

e oi

l* a

nd/o

r st

ator

hou

sing

.

1. I

mpe

ller

The

pum

p is

ava

ilabl

e w

ith a

w

ide

rang

e of

im

pelle

rs

for

diffe

rent

app

licat

ions

and

cap

aciti

es.

2. S

haft

seal

s

The

pum

p ha

s tw

o m

echa

nica

l fa

ce s

eals

- on

e in

ner

and

one

oute

r, w

ith a

n in

term

edia

te o

il ho

usin

g.

3. S

haft

The

sha

ft is

del

iver

ed w

ith th

e ro

tor a

s an

int

egra

l pa

rt.

Sha

ft m

ater

ial:

stai

nles

s st

eel

or c

arbo

n st

eel.

4. B

earin

gs

The

sup

port

bea

ring

of th

e ro

tor

cons

ists

of

a si

ngle

- ro

w r

olle

r be

arin

g.

The

mai

n be

arin

g of

the

roto

r co

nsis

ts o

f a

two-

row

an

gula

r con

tact

bal

l bea

ring.

5. O

il ho

usin

g T

he o

il lu

bric

ates

and

coo

ls t

he s

eals

and

act

s as

a

buffe

r bet

wee

n th

e pu

mp

hous

ing

and

the

elec

tric

m

otor

.

6.

Coo

ling

The

sta

tor i

s co

oled

by

eith

er th

e su

rrou

ndin

g m

edia

or

by

forc

ed c

ircul

atio

n in

a c

oolin

g ja

cket

.

7.

Mot

or

Squ

irrel

-cag

e 1-

phas

e or

3-p

hase

ind

uctio

n m

otor

for

50 H

z or

60

Hz.

°Not

app

licab

le t

o E

x-ap

prov

ed p

umps

.

6



Han

dlin

g eq

uipm

ent

Lifti

ng e

quip

men

t is

req

uire

d fo

r ha

ndlin

g th

e pu

mp.

- Sta

y cl

ear o

f su

spen

ded

load

s.

- Alw

ays

lift t

he p

ump

by it

s lif

ting

hand

le -

nev

er b

y th

e m

otor

cab

le

or t

he h

ose.

The

min

imum

hei

ght

betw

een

the

liftin

g ho

ok a

nd t

he

floor

sha

ll be

suf

ficie

nt t

o lif

t th

e pu

mp

out

of t

he s

ump.

The

lift

ing

equi

pmen

t sh

all b

e ab

le to

hoi

st t

he p

ump

stra

ight

up

and

dow

n in

the

sum

p, p

refe

rabl

y w

ithou

t th

e ne

ed f

or r

eset

ting

the

liftin

g ho

ok.

Ove

rsiz

e lif

ting

equi

pmen

t co

uld

caus

e da

mag

e if

the

pum

p sh

ould

stic

k w

hen

bein

g lif

ted.

Mak

e su

re t

hat

the

liftin

g eq

uipm

ent

is s

ecur

ely

anch

ored

.

Gen

eral

rec

omm

enda

tions

T

o en

sure

pro

per

inst

alla

tion,

ple

ase

see

the

dim

en-

sion

s on

the

dim

ensi

onal

dra

win

g in

the

Par

ts L

ist.

NO

TE

! The

end

of t

he c

able

mus

t no

t be

sub

mer

ged.

It

mus

t be

ab

ove

flood

lev

el,

as w

ater

may

pen

etra

te

thro

ugh

the

cabl

e in

to t

he j

unct

ion

box

or t

he m

otor

.

Che

ck t

hat

the

liftin

g ha

ndle

and

cha

in a

re i

n go

od

cond

ition

.

For

aut

omat

ic o

pera

tion

of t

he p

ump

(leve

l co

ntro

l),

it is

rec

omm

ende

d th

at th

e le

vel

regu

lato

rs b

e us

ed

at l

ow v

olta

ge.

The

dat

a sh

eet d

eliv

ered

with

the

reg

u-

lato

rs g

ives

the

per

mis

sibl

e vo

ltage

. Lo

cal

rule

s m

ay

spec

ify o

ther

wis

e.

Cle

an o

ut a

ll de

bris

fro

m th

e su

mp

befo

re t

he p

ump

is

low

ered

dow

n an

d th

e st

atio

n is

sta

rted

.

NO

TE

for

Ex

vers

ion

page

3.

- Min

imum

sto

p le

vel s

houl

d be

ac

cord

ing

to t

he d

imen

sion

al

draw

ing.

- The

pum

p m

ust

neve

r ru

n dr

y.

7

Saf

ety

prec

autio

ns

In o

rder

to m

inim

ize

the

risk

of a

ccid

ents

in

conn

ectio

n w

ith t

he s

ervi

ce a

nd i

nsta

llatio

n w

ork,

the

fol

low

ing

rule

s sh

ould

be

follo

wed

:

1.

Nev

er w

ork

alon

e. U

se a

lifti

ng h

arne

ss,

safe

ty

line

and

a re

spira

tor

as r

equi

red.

Do

not

igno

re

the

risk

of d

row

ning

.

2.

Mak

e su

re th

ere

are

no p

oiso

nous

gas

es w

ithin

th

e w

ork

area

.

3.

Che

ck th

e ex

plos

ion

risk

befo

re w

eldi

ng o

r us

ing

elec

tric

han

d to

ols.

4.

Do

not

igno

re h

ealth

haz

ards

. O

bser

ve s

tric

t cl

eanl

ines

s.

5.

Bea

r in

min

d th

e ris

k of

ele

ctric

al a

ccid

ents

.

6.

Mak

e su

re t

hat

the

liftin

g eq

uipm

ent

is i

n go

od

cond

ition

.

7.

Pro

vide

a s

uita

ble

barr

ier

arou

nd th

e w

ork

area

, e.

g a

guar

d ra

il.

8.

Mak

e su

re y

ou h

ave

a cl

ear

path

of

retr

eat.

9.

Use

saf

ety

helm

et,

safe

ty g

oggl

es a

nd p

rote

ctiv

e sh

oes.

10.

All

pers

onne

l who

wor

k w

ith s

ewag

e sy

stem

s m

ust

be v

acci

nate

d ag

ains

t di

seas

es to

whi

ch

they

may

be

expo

sed.

11.

A f

irst-

aid

kit

mus

t be

clo

se a

t ha

nd.

12.

Not

e th

at s

peci

al r

ules

app

ly t

o in

stal

latio

n in

expl

osiv

e at

hmos

pher

e.

Fol

low

all

othe

r he

alth

and

saf

ety

rule

s an

d lo

cal

code

s an

d or

dina

nces

.

ELE

CT

RIC

AL,

- B

efor

e st

artin

g w

ork

on t

he

pum

p, m

ake

sure

tha

t th

e pu

mp

and

the

cont

rol

pane

l ar

e is

olat

ed

from

the

pow

er s

uppl

y an

d ca

n-

not

be e

nerg

ized

.

- If th

e pu

mp

is e

quip

ped

with

au

tom

atic

lev

el c

ontr

ol,

ther

e is

a

risk

of s

udde

n re

star

t.

- All

elec

tric

al e

quip

men

t mus

t be

ea

rthe

d. T

his

appl

ies

to b

oth

pum

p eq

uipm

ent

and

any

mon

itorin

g eq

uipm

ent.

Fai

lure

to h

eed

this

war

ning

may

ca

use

a le

thal

acc

iden

t. M

ake

sure

th

at t

he e

arth

lead

is

corr

ectly

co

nnec

ted

by te

stin

g it.

NO

TE

for

Ex

vers

ion

page

3.

All

elec

tric

al w

ork

shal

l be

carr

ied

out

unde

r th

e su

per-

vi

sion

of

an a

utho

rized

ele

ctric

ian.

Loca

l cod

es a

nd r

egul

atio

ns s

hall

be c

ompl

ied

with

.

Che

ck o

n th

e da

ta p

late

whi

ch v

olta

ge s

uppl

y is

val

id

for

your

pum

p.

Che

ck th

at t

he m

ain

volta

ge a

nd f

requ

ency

agr

ee w

ith

the

spec

ifica

tions

on

the

pum

p da

ta p

late

.

If th

e pu

mp

can

be c

onne

cted

to

diffe

rent

vol

tage

s,

the

conn

ecte

d vo

ltage

is s

peci

fied

by a

yel

low

stic

ker.

8

ON

NE

CT

IO

Con

nect

the

mot

or c

able

to

the

star

ter e

quip

men

t as

ill

ustr

ated

in

the

wiri

ng d

iagr

ams.

Con

duct

ors

that

are

not

in u

se m

ust

be is

olat

ed.

The

cab

le s

houl

d be

rep

lace

d if

the

oute

r sh

eath

is

dam

aged

. C

onta

ct a

n IT

T F

lygt

ser

vice

sho

p.

Mak

e su

re th

at t

he c

able

doe

s no

t ha

ve a

ny s

harp

be

nds

and

is n

ot p

inch

ed.

Und

er n

o ci

rcum

stan

ces

may

the

sta

rter

equ

ipm

ent

be

inst

alle

d in

the

sum

p.

NO

TE

! F

or s

afet

y re

ason

s, t

he e

arth

con

duct

or

shou

ld b

e ap

prox

. 50

mm

(2.

0")

long

er t

han

the

phas

e co

nduc

tors

. If

the

mot

or c

able

is

jerk

ed l

oose

by

mis

take

, th

e ea

rth

cond

ucto

r sh

ould

be

the

last

cond

ucto

r to

com

e lo

ose

from

its

ter

min

al.

Thi

s ap

plie

s to

bot

h en

ds o

f th

e ca

ble.

The

rmal

con

tact

s ar

e in

corp

orat

ed

in th

e st

ator

, T

he

ther

mal

con

tact

s ca

n be

con

nect

ed to

max

250

V,

brea

king

cur

rent

max

4 A

. IT

T F

lygt

rec

omm

ends

tha

t th

ey b

e co

nnec

ted

to 2

4 V

ove

r sep

arat

e fu

ses

to p

ro-

tect

the

othe

r aut

omat

ic e

quip

men

t.

NO

TE

! If

the

pum

p op

tiona

lly i

s eq

uipp

ed w

ith

ther

mis

tors

in th

e st

ator

win

ding

, m

ake

sure

tha

t th

e th

erm

isto

rs a

re n

ever

exp

osed

to

volta

ges

high

er th

an

2.5

V.

If th

e vo

ltage

exc

eeds

thi

s va

lue,

e.g

. w

hen

the

cont

rol c

ircui

t is

bei

ng c

heck

ed,

the

ther

mis

tors

will

be

dest

roye

d.

Mak

e su

re th

at th

e pu

mp

is c

orre

ctly

ear

thed

(gr

ound

ed).

Whe

n us

ing

a va

riabl

e-fr

eque

ncy-

driv

e (V

FD

) th

e sh

ield

ed c

able

(ty

pe N

SS

HO

U...

/3E

+S

t) s

houl

d be

us

ed in

ord

er to

fulfi

l E

urop

ean

CE

req

uire

men

ts. C

on-

tact

you

r IT

T F

lygt

rep

rese

ntat

ive

and

ask

your

VF

D-

supp

lier f

or e

lect

rical

lim

itatio

ns.



Rem

embe

r th

at th

e st

artin

g cu

rren

t in

dire

ct o

n-lin

e st

artin

g ca

n be

up

to s

ix t

imes

hig

her

than

the

rat

ed

curr

ent.

Mak

e su

re t

hat

the

fuse

s or

circ

uit

brea

kers

ar

e of

the

pro

per

ratin

g.

The

Par

ts L

ist

give

s ra

ted

curr

ent.

Fus

e ra

ting

and

cabl

e sh

all b

e se

lect

ed i

n ac

cord

ance

with

loca

l ru

les

and

regu

latio

ns.

Not

e th

at w

ith l

ong

cabl

es,

the

volta

ge d

rop

in t

he c

able

mus

t be

tak

en i

nto

cons

ider

- at

ion,

sin

ce th

e m

otor

's r

ated

vol

tage

is

the

volta

ge

that

is

mea

sure

d at

the

ter

min

al b

oard

in th

e pu

mp.

The

ove

rload

pro

tect

ion

(mot

or p

rote

ctio

n br

eake

r) f

or

dire

ct o

n -li

ne s

tart

ing

shal

l be

set

to

the

mot

or r

ated

cu

rren

t as

giv

en o

n th

e da

ta p

late

.

Che

ck t

he p

hase

seq

uenc

e in

the

mai

ns w

ith t

he

phas

e se

quen

ce i

ndic

ator

.

If in

term

itten

t op

erat

ion

is p

resc

ribed

(se

e D

ata

Pla

te),

th

e pu

mp

shal

l be

pro

vide

d w

ith c

ontr

ol e

quip

men

t th

at p

rovi

des

such

ope

ratio

n.

9

Mon

itorin

g eq

uipm

ent

A p

late

in

the

junc

tion

box

show

s if

the

pum

p is

eq

uipp

ed w

ith s

enso

rs.

CLS

-30

is a

lea

kage

sen

sor

for

sens

ing

wat

er in

the

oi

l ho

usin

g an

d in

itiat

es a

n al

arm

whe

n th

e oi

l co

ntai

ns 3

0% w

ater

. Oil

chan

ge i

s re

com

men

ded

afte

r th

e al

arm

. If

the

sens

or i

nitia

tes

an a

larm

sho

rtly

afte

r th

e oi

l is

chan

ged,

con

tact

you

r ne

ares

t IT

T F

lygt

rep

- re

sent

ativ

e. T

he C

LS s

enso

r is

inst

alle

d in

the

bear

ing

hous

ing

and

goes

dow

n in

to th

e oi

l ho

usin

g. T

he s

en-

sor

is n

ot a

pplic

able

to E

x-ap

prov

ed p

umps

.

CLS

sen

sor

body

mad

e of

gla

ss.

Han

dle

with

car

e.

The

FLS

sen

sor

cons

ists

of

a sm

all

float

sw

itch

for

sens

ing

wat

er in

the

sta

tor

hous

ing.

Its

des

ign

mak

es

it su

itabl

e fo

r pu

mps

in v

ertic

al i

nsta

llatio

ns.

The

FLS

se

nsor

is in

stal

led

in th

e bo

ttom

of t

he s

tato

r ho

usin

g.

The

tw

o se

nsor

s, C

LS a

nd F

LS,

can

be

used

in

the

sam

e pu

mp.

The

y ar

e co

nnec

ted

in p

aral

lel.

Fol

low

th

e in

stru

ctio

ns fo

r m

onito

ring

equi

pmen

t.

The

Min

iCas

II

is a

mon

itorin

g re

lay

to w

hich

CLS

an

d/or

FLS

are

con

nect

ed.

Che

ck:

- sig

nals

and

trip

ping

fu

nctio

n.

- that

rel

ays,

lam

ps,

fuse

s an

d co

nnec

tions

are

in

tact

.

Rep

lace

def

ectiv

e eq

uipm

ent.

GC

I4

405

1400

.204

) X

AW

O4

xs.w

ar

1- ...

GC

1

W2

r- f

U2

1

it

li U

i I

W2

V5

W51

W1

Us

V2

ve tu

t- w

et

uti7

Sin

gle-

phas

e

SU

BC

AB

/SU

BC

AB

AW

G**

*

Con

nect

ion

Con

duct

ors

star

ter

1 br

own

(red

***)

2

blac

k (b

lack

"')

3 bl

ue

(whi

ten

Ear

th

yello

w/g

reen

G

C**

ye

llow

T

1*

blac

k T

1/or

ange

" T

2*

blac

k T

2/bl

ue**

*

Sta

tor

lead

s

U1

=

red

U5

=

red

Vi

=

brow

n V

5 =

br

own

W1

=

yello

w

W5

=

yello

w

U2

=

gree

n U

6 =

gr

een

V2

=

blue

V

6 =

bl

ue

W2

=

blac

k W

6 =

bl

ack

10

GC

3-

IGC

13

11:1

1E1

405

(402

4441

.4)

OA

WW

4 X

AW

O/7

GC

1 2

S

SU

BC

AB

I

111l

T2I

T1

T2

(2s1

.5) rj

U1

V

U

vyt

V

OR

VIN

D

0 ®

0

88$

3-ph

ase,

dire

ct-o

n-lin

e st

artin

g

SU

BC

AB

/SU

BC

AB

AW

G**

*

Con

nect

ion

Con

duct

ors

star

ter

1 br

own

(red

***)

2

blue

(w

hite

***)

3

blac

k (b

lack

***)

E

arth

ye

llow

/gre

en

GC

**

yello

w

Ti'

blac

k T

1 /o

rang

e "'

T2'

bl

ack

T2/

blue

***

Sta

tor

lead

s

U1

W1

U2

V2

W2

=

red

=

brow

n =

ye

llow

=

gr

een

=

blue

=

bl

ack

Ter

min

al fa

r co

nnec

tion

of t

herm

al c

onta

cts

in th

e m

olar

and

mon

itorin

g eq

uipm

ent.

" G

C =

Gro

und

Che

ck

" SU

BC

AB

/AW

G

SU

BC

AB

Is a

reg

iste

red

trad

emar

k of

IT

T

Fly

gt A

B fo

r ele

ctric

al c

able

s.



1111

1311

121

70X

(7

034.

241.

2)

14

25

1T1 iT2i

3 6

T1

T2

......

....

SU

BC

AB

11

4 .2

36

6

W2

U1

VI

U2

V2

IN1

3-ph

ase,

dire

ct-o

n-lin

e st

artin

g A

SU

BC

AB

C

onne

ctio

n C

ondu

ctor

s st

arte

r

1 bl

ack

1

2 bl

ack

2

3 bl

ack

3

4 bl

ack

4

5 bl

ack

5

6 bl

ack

6

Ear

th

yello

w /g

reen

T

1 bl

ack

T1

T2'

bl

ack

T2

Sta

tor l

eads

U1

=

red

VI

=

brow

n W

1 =

ye

llow

U

2 =

gr

een

V2

=

blue

W

2 =

bl

ack

SU

BC

AB

is

o re

gist

ered

tra

dem

ark

of I

TT

Fly

gt A

B f

or e

lect

rical

cab

les.

11

Y/D

BE

M

3

PD

X

v524

2414

)

aft,

4

02

61 U1

t 2

3-ph

ase,

sta

r-de

lta s

tart

ing

SU

BC

AB

Con

nect

ion

Con

duct

ors

star

ter

1 bl

ack

1

2 bl

ack

2

3 bl

ack

3

4 bl

ack

4

5 bl

ack

5

6 bl

ack

6

Ear

th

yello

w/g

reen

T

1'

blac

k T

1

T2*

bl

ack

T2

Sta

tor

lead

s

U1

=

red

V1

=

brow

n W

1 =

ye

llow

U

2 =

gr

een

V2

=

blue

W

2 =

bl

ack

12

Y/D

3-ph

ase,

sta

r-de

lta s

tart

ing

SU

BC

AB

1+

2

Con

nect

ion

Con

duct

ors

star

ter

1/4

brow

n

2/5

blue

3/

6 bl

ack

Ear

th

yello

w/g

reen

T

i *

blac

k T

1

T2*

bl

ack

T2

Sta

tor

lead

s

U1

=

red

VI

=

brow

n W

1 =

ye

llow

U

2 =

gr

een

V2

=

blue

W

2 =

bl

ack

SU

BC

AB

Is

a re

gist

ered

trad

emar

k of

IT

T F

lygt

AB

for

elec

tric

al c

able

s.



'CH

AR

T'

230V

Y//

GC

L1

12

W2

VU

V

2 W

S

U1

V1

j U

2 W

1 U

S

Mai

ns

Lead

P

umpt

erm

inal

bo

ard

Mai

ns

Lead

P

umpt

erm

inal

bo

ard

L1

Bro

wrV

(Red

.)

U1

12

Blu

e (W

hite

.)

W1

L.3

Bla

ck (

Bla

ck.)

V

1

Ear

th (

grou

nd)

Yel

low

/Gre

en

.L

Gro

undc

heck

Y

ello

w.)

(G

C)

L1

Bro

wn/

(Red

.)

U1

I.2

Blu

e (W

hite

.)

W1

13

Bla

ck (

Bla

ck.)

V

1

Ear

th (g

roun

d)

Yel

low

/Gre

en

_l_

Gro

undc

heck

Y

ello

w.)

(G

C)

Sta

tor

lead

s 46

0V-Y

SE

R c

onne

ctio

n:

Sta

tor l

ead

Pum

p te

rmin

al

boar

d

Sta

tor

lead

s 23

0V- Y

/ /co

nnec

tion:

S

tato

r le

ad

Pum

p te

rmin

al

boar

d

Ul,

red

1.11

W2,

bla

ck

V2

V1,

bro

wn

V1

U2,

gre

en

W2

W1,

yel

low

W

1

V2,

blu

e U

2

V5,

bro

wn

U2

W5,

yel

low

V

2

U5,

red

W

2

Ul,

red

Ul

U5,

red

U

l

V1,

bro

wn

V1

V5,

bro

wn

V1

W1,

yel

low

W

1

W5,

yel

low

W

1

U2,

gre

en

U2

V2,

blu

e V

2

W2,

bla

ck

W2

Con

trol

C

able

lead

C

ontr

ol

Cab

le le

ad

T1

T1/

oran

ge.

T2

T2/

blue

.

T1

T1

/ora

nge`

T2

T2/

blue

`

SU

BC

AB

AW

G

13

TR

AN

SP

OR

TA

TIO

N. A

ND

ST

OR

AG

E

The

pum

p ca

n be

tra

nspo

rted

and

sto

red

in a

ver

tical

or

hor

izon

tal p

ositi

on.

- Alw

ays

lift

the

pum

p by

its

lifti

ng

hand

le -

neve

r by

the

mot

or c

able

or

the

hose

.

- Mak

e su

re t

hat

the

pum

p ca

nnot

ro

ll or

fall

over

and

inj

ure

peop

le

or d

amag

e pr

oper

ty.

The

pum

p is

fros

tpro

of a

s lo

ng a

s it

is o

pera

ting

or is

imm

erse

d in

the

liq

uid.

If th

e pu

mp

is r

aise

d w

hen

the

tem

pera

ture

is b

elow

fre

ezin

g, t

he i

mpe

ller

may

fr

eeze

.

The

pum

p sh

all

be r

un f

or a

sh

ort p

erio

d af

ter

bein

g ra

ised

in

orde

r to

dis

char

ge a

ll re

mai

ning

wat

er.

Bef

ore

star

ting

A f

roze

n im

pelle

r ca

n be

tha

wed

by

allo

win

g th

e pu

mp

to s

tand

im

mer

sed

in t

he l

iqui

d fo

r a

shor

t pe

riod

befo

re i

t is

sta

rted

. Nev

er u

se a

nak

ed f

lam

e to

thaw

th

e pu

mp.

For

lon

ger

perio

ds o

f st

orag

e, t

he p

ump

mus

t be

prot

ecte

d ag

ains

t m

oist

ure

and

heat

. T

he im

pelle

r sh

ould

be

rota

ted

occa

sion

ally

(fo

r ex

ampl

e ev

ery

othe

r m

onth

) to

pre

vent

the

sea

ls f

rom

stic

king

to

geth

er.

Afte

r a

long

per

iod

of s

tora

ge,

the

pum

p sh

ould

be

insp

ecte

d be

fore

it

is t

aken

int

o op

erat

ion.

P

ay s

peci

al

atte

ntio

n to

the

sea

ls a

nd t

he c

able

ent

ry.

Fol

low

the

ins

truc

tions

und

er t

he h

eadi

ng "

Bef

ore

star

ting"

.

OP

ER

AT

ION

- Bef

ore

star

ting

wor

k on

the

pu

mp,

mak

e su

re t

hat

the

pum

p is

is

olat

ed f

rom

the

pow

er s

uppl

y an

d ca

nnot

be

ener

gize

d.

- Mak

e su

re t

hat

the

pum

p ca

nnot

ro

ll or

fal

l ov

er a

nd i

njur

e pe

ople

or

dam

age

prop

erty

.

Che

ck t

hat t

he v

isib

le p

arts

on

the

pum

p an

d in

stal

latio

n ar

e un

dam

aged

and

in

good

con

ditio

n.

Che

ck t

he o

il le

vel

in t

he o

il ho

usin

g.

Rem

ove

the

fuse

s or

ope

n th

e ci

rcui

t br

eake

r an

d ch

eck

that

the

im

pelle

r ca

n be

rot

ated

fre

ely.

C

heck

tha

t th

e m

onito

ring

equi

pmen

t (if

any

) w

orks

.

Che

ck t

he d

irect

ion

of r

otat

ion.

The

im

pelle

r sh

all

rota

te c

lock

wis

e, a

s vi

ewed

from

abo

ve.

Whe

n st

arte

d, t

he p

ump

will

jer

k in

the

opp

osite

dire

ctio

n to

th

e di

rect

ion

in w

hich

the

im

pelle

r ro

tate

s. S

ee t

he

figur

e.

In t

he c

ase

of d

ry i

nsta

llatio

n, c

heck

the

dire

ctio

n of

ro

tatio

n th

roug

h th

e in

let

elbo

w a

cces

s co

ver.

Tra

nspo

se tw

o ph

ase

lead

s if

the

impe

ller.

rota

tes

in

the

wro

ng d

irect

ion

(3 -

).

In s

ome

inst

alla

tions

the

pum

p su

rfac

e an

d th

e su

rrou

ndin

g liq

uid

may

be

hot.

Bea

r in

min

d th

e ris

k of

bu

rn i

njur

ies.

14

Sta

rtin

g je

rk

Wat

ch o

ut f

or t

he s

tart

ing

jerk

, w

hich

can

be

pow

erfu

l.



NO

TE

for

Ex

vers

ion

page

3.

Mak

e su

re th

at th

e pu

mp

cann

ot

roll

or f

all

over

and

inj

ure

peop

le

or d

amag

e pr

oper

ty.

The

fol

low

ing

poin

ts a

re im

port

ant

in c

onne

ctio

n w

ith

wor

k on

the

pum

p:

- Mak

e su

re t

hat t

he p

ump

has

been

tho

roug

hly

clea

ned.

- Bew

are

of t

he r

isk

of i

nfec

tion.

- Fol

low

loc

al s

afet

y re

gula

tions

.

The

pum

p is

des

igne

d fo

r us

e in

liq

uids

whi

ch c

an b

e ha

zard

ous

to h

ealth

. In

ord

er to

pre

vent

inj

ury

to t

he

eyes

and

ski

n, o

bser

ve th

e fo

llow

ing

poin

ts w

hen

wor

king

on

the

pum

p:

- Alw

ays

wea

r go

ggle

s an

d ru

bber

glo

ves.

- Rin

se t

he p

ump

thor

ough

ly w

ith c

lean

wat

er b

efor

e st

artin

g w

ork.

- R

inse

the

com

pone

nts

in w

ater

afte

r di

sman

tling

.

- The

oil

hous

ing

may

be

unde

r pr

essu

re.

Hol

d a

rag

over

the

oil

scre

w to

pre

vent

spl

atte

r.

Pro

ceed

as

follo

ws

if ha

zard

ous

chem

ical

s ha

ve

spla

shed

int

o yo

ur e

yes:

- Rin

se y

our

eyes

im

med

iate

ly i

n ru

nnin

g w

ater

fo

r 15

min

utes

. H

old

your

eye

lids

apar

t w

ith y

our

finge

rs.

- Con

tact

an

eye

spec

ialis

t.

On

your

ski

n:

- Rem

ove

cont

amin

ated

clo

thes

.

- Was

h yo

ur s

kin

with

soa

p an

d w

ater

.

- See

k m

edic

al a

ttent

ion,

if

requ

ired.

15 In

spec

tion

Reg

ular

ins

pect

ion

and

prev

entiv

e m

aint

enan

ce

ensu

re m

ore

relia

ble

oper

atio

n,

The

pum

p sh

ould

be

insp

ecte

d at

lea

st o

nce

a ye

ar,

but

mor

e fr

eque

ntly

und

er s

ever

e op

erat

ing

cond

ition

s.

Und

er n

orm

al o

pera

ting

cond

ition

s, t

he p

ump

shou

ld

have

a m

ajor

ove

rhau

l in

a s

ervi

ce s

hop

at le

ast

ever

y th

ird y

ear

for

perm

anen

t ins

talla

tion

and

ever

y ye

ar f

or

port

able

pum

ps.

Thi

s re

quire

s sp

ecia

l to

ols

and

shou

ld

be d

one

by a

n au

thor

ized

ser

vice

sho

p.

If th

e se

als

have

bee

n re

plac

ed a

n in

spec

tion

of t

he o

il is

rec

omm

ende

d af

ter

one

wee

k of

ope

ratio

n.

NO

TE

! R

egul

ar c

heck

of

the

cond

ition

of

the

liftin

g ha

ndle

and

cha

in i

s im

port

ant.

Insp

ectio

n of

hot

wat

er a

pplic

atio

ns

Pum

ps i

n ho

t w

ater

app

licat

ions

sha

ll un

derg

o in

spec

tion

or o

verh

aul

at a

ser

vice

sho

p as

fol

low

s,

depe

ndin

g on

the

tim

e th

ey h

ave

been

sub

mer

ged

in

the

hot

wat

er:

Tem

p.

Mod

e of

In

spec

tion

Sho

p op

erat

ion

over

haul

570°

C

Con

tinuo

us

1000

hou

rs

4000

hou

rs

(160

°F)

s70°

C

Inte

rmitt

ent

twic

e a

year

on

ce a

ye

ar

(160

°F)

s90°

C

Con

t./In

t. 6

times

a y

ear

twic

e a

year

(1

95°F

)

INT

EN

AN

CE

N-t

ype

impe

ller

- re

plac

ing

and

setti

ng c

lear

ance

War

ning

! The

impe

llers

may

hav

e ve

ry s

harp

edg

es.

Use

pro

tect

ive

glov

es.

N31

40/3

152

(0)0

,3 m

rn (0

,012

").V

9 6 2

09

(.4

0.5

,,,,,

0,Q

?372

9862

10

0 . l 2

.0,..

(0.0

60')2

98 8

2 0

axa3

4x

0,5

.-

1,00

: 02

trun

la.

N31

70/3

201 -\

-.

(2x)

2.0

ram

(0.0

8r) 6

06 5

8 00

''M

047,

0 ow

, (0,

0407

608

6.10

7 01

10,5

1r.(

0,M

0606

580

. I

R40

.3 n

rn A

00,6

0558

03

=

P. 2

.04

2, 0.

0+

2. 0,

6 Z

x 63

.76

mm

lb.

N33

00

,

MO

1,1

:Iro

n (0

,0.0

(XV

/40

2 1,

..) 0

,6 I

nto

/0,0

3716

W 1

4 01

.

(0)a

sm. m

ow" f

09 1

4 00

..-

4,0,

0 .

7..0

.5.

A-

4x 0

3,0,

7 m

m

lc.

r -

r---

2.

N31

40/3

152:

396

70

00

N31

70/3

201/

3300

: 60

9 15

00

../

-__-

1

0,

3.

"---

--,,

1(

.

4,

N31

40/3

152/

3170

/320

1

P. a i .,?

.4...

.-__

_

N33

00

c, -

_ -7

:77:

=

('

, ,

5a.

II %

.

5b.

16



A c

heck

of

the

cond

ition

of

the

oll

can

show

whe

ther

th

ere

has

been

lea

kage

. N

ote!

Air/

oil

mix

ture

can

be

conf

used

with

wat

er/o

il m

ixtu

re.

Inse

rt a

tu

be (

or h

ose)

into

the

oil

hole

. C

over

the

top

end

of th

e tu

be a

nd t

ake

up a

lit

tle o

il fr

om t

he b

otto

m.

Cha

nge

the

oil

if it

cont

ains

too

muc

h w

ater

, i.e

. if

it is

heav

ily e

mul

sifie

d (c

ream

-like

), o

r if

the

oil

hous

ing

cont

ains

fre

e w

ater

. Che

ck a

gain

one

wee

k af

ter

chan

ging

the

oil.

The

oil

hous

ing

may

be

unde

r pr

essu

re.

Hol

d a

rag

over

the

oil

scre

w t

o pr

even

t sp

latte

r.

3126

/31

40/3

152

1.

Sus

pend

the

pum

p ho

rizon

tally

fro

m a

n ov

erhe

ad

cran

e.

2.

Uns

crew

the

oil

hous

ing

scre

w m

arke

d "o

il ou

t".

Em

ptyi

ng t

he o

il m

ust

be do

ne t

hrou

gh t

he "

oil

out"

ho

le.

Tur

n th

e pu

mp

so t

hat

the

oil

hole

fac

es

dow

nwar

ds.

It is

eas

ier

to d

rain

the

oil

if th

e oi

l ho

le

scre

w "

oil

in"

is a

lso

rem

oved

.

17 31

70/3

201

/330

0

1.

Uns

crew

the

oil

hous

ing

scre

w m

arke

d "o

il ou

t".

Em

ptyi

ng th

e oi

l mus

t be

don

e th

roug

h th

e "o

il ou

t"

hole

.

2.

Pum

p ou

t th

e oi

l. U

sing

the

oil

drai

nage

pum

p 83

95

42 o

r an

equi

vale

nt p

ump.

Mak

e su

re th

at

the

suct

ion

tube

goe

s al

l th

e w

ay d

own

to t

he o

il ho

usin

g bo

ttom

.

3126

/314

0 /

3152

/317

0 /3

201

/330

0

3.

Inst

all

the

"oil

out"

scr

ew a

nd f

ill w

ith o

il th

roug

h th

e ot

her

hole

. It

is i

mpo

rtan

t tha

t th

e oi

l be

add

ed

thro

ugh

the

hole

mar

ked

"oil

in"

sinc

e th

e oi

l ho

us-

ing

mus

t co

ntai

n so

me

air f

or p

ress

ure

equa

liza-

tio

n. A

par

affin

oil

with

vis

cosi

ty c

lose

to I

SO

VG

15

(e.g

. M

obile

Whi

tere

x 30

9) i

s re

com

men

ded.

The

pu

mp

is d

eliv

ered

from

the

fact

ory

with

this

typ

e of

oi

l. In

app

licat

ions

whe

re p

oiso

nous

pro

pert

ies

are

of l

ess

conc

ern,

a m

iner

al o

il w

ith v

isco

sity

up

to

ISO

VG

32 c

an b

e us

ed.

Ple

ase

see

Par

ts L

ist

for

the

corr

ect

volu

me

and

tight

enin

g to

rque

.

4.

Alw

ays

repl

ace

the

0-rin

gs u

nder

the

oil

hous

ing

scre

ws

with

new

one

s.

Mos

t re

cent

se

rvic

e da

te

Pum

p N

o.

Hou

rs o

f op

erat

ion

Rem

arks

S

ign.

18



919Z62 "91..5 ,9 9.191M IN LDNU LL 6 £039 '913 LO DOEMOZE/OL tE/1519/19919/921E

a ir4



O N CO



FLY

GT

C

onte

nt

Inne

hall

Inha

lt

Tab

le d

es m

atie

res

Con

teni

dos

Indi

ce

3201

3201

.091

:

3201

.180

: 32

01.2

80:

3201

.290

:

3201

.980

:

EE

x d

IIB T

4, F

M: C

lass

I D

iv.1

, G

rp.

C a

nd D

Cla

ss II

Div

. 1,

Grp

. E,

F a

nd G

. Sui

tabl

e fo

r use

S

tand

ard

Sta

inle

ss S

teel

. S

tand

ard

vers

ion

Sta

inle

ss S

teel

. E

Ex

d IIB

T4,

FM

: C

lass

I D

iv.1

, C

lass

II

Div

. 1,

Grp

. E

, F

and

G. S

uita

ble

for u

se

Indu

stria

l ver

sion

in C

lass

III

Div

.1

Grp

. C

and

D

in C

lass

III

Div

.1

Dat

a pl

ates

D

atas

kylta

r D

aten

schi

lder

Mot

orpa

rts

Mot

orde

talje

r M

otor

telle

Pum

p pa

rts

Pum

pde

tal j

ar

Pum

pent

eile

Sum

p co

mpo

nent

s P

umpg

rops

deta

ljer

Sch

acht

einb

aute

ile

Exp

lode

d vi

ews

with

item

Nos

. S

priin

gtec

knin

ger

med

pos

. nr.

E

xplo

slon

szel

chnu

ngen

mit

Pos

. - N

rm.

Mot

or p

arts

Hyd

rual

ic

Par

ts

Sum

p C

ompo

nent

s

Rec

omm

ende

d S

pare

Par

ts

Par

ts fo

r S

ervi

ce

Ope

n or

der

quan

tity

FA

3

Pag

e si

de

Sei

ze

pagi

na

Pla

ques

sig

nale

tique

s P

lace

s de

car

acte

ristic

as

Tar

ghet

te s

egna

letic

he

8

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

P

arti

mot

ore

25-5

6

Pie

ces

de l

a po

mpe

P

ieza

s pa

rs b

omba

s P

arti

pam

pa

56-6

7

Equ

ipem

ent

du p

rised

E

quip

o pa

rs p

ozo

negr

o C

ompo

nent

i del

poz

zetto

68

-78

Vue

s ec

iate

es d

e is

pom

pe a

vec

N8s

de

repe

rage

D

espl

eces

num

eros

de

pos.

D

iseg

no e

splo

so c

on N

o di

pos

izio

ne.

11-1

5

16-2

1

22-2

4

79-8

0

81-8

4

FLI

FG

Z"

Sal

es c

odes

S

aljk

oder

V

erka

ufsc

ode

Cod

es d

e ve

nte

Cod

igo

de y

enta

s C

odic

i di

ven

dita

32

01

HY

DR

AU

LIC

P

AR

T

HY

DR

AU

LDE

L H

YD

RA

ULI

KT

EIL

E

PA

RT

E H

YD

RA

ULI

QU

E

PA

RT

E

HID

RA

ULI

CA

S

HY

DR

AU

LIC

P

AR

T

HY

DR

AU

LDE

L H

YD

RA

UU

KT

ElL

E

IQ 3

201.

180

(MT

1137

10

Shr

oude

d si

ngle

or

mul

ti-va

ne im

pelle

r w

ith l

arge

th

roug

hlet

s in

vol

ute.

for

liq

uids

in

susp

ensi

on a

nd f

ibre

s.

Tac

kt e

n- e

ller

flerk

anal

hjul

med

sto

rt g

enom

lopp

i pu

mp-

hu

s. F

or v

atsk

or i

nneh

alla

nde

susp

ende

rade

fas

ts p

artik

lar

och

fibre

r.

Ges

chlo

ssen

es E

in-

oder

Meh

rkan

alra

d im

S

pira

lgeh

ause

fO

r F

lOss

igke

iten

mit

lase

r- a

nd f

ests

toffh

attig

e A

ntei

le.

L Shr

oude

d si

ngle

or

mul

ti -v

ane

impe

ller

in a

diff

usor

w

ith g

uide

van

es f

or f

ibre

-fre

e liq

uids

.

Tac

kt e

n- e

ller

flerk

anal

hjul

i en

diff

usor

med

int

egre

rade

le

dske

nor

for

vats

kor

utan

fib

rer.

Ges

chlo

ssen

es E

in-

oder

Meh

rkan

alra

d im

D

iffus

or m

it

Leitw

ande

fur

FlO

ssig

keite

n oh

ne f

ests

toffh

attig

e A

ntei

le.

N

With

vol

ute

(NP

, N

S,

NT

, N

Z)

Sem

i-ope

n se

lf-cl

eani

ng m

ulti-

vane

im

pelle

r an

d vo

lute

with

cl

eani

ng g

roov

e fo

r pu

mpi

ng o

f ra

w s

ewag

e, s

ludg

e an

d liq

uid

man

ure.

Med

pum

phus

(NP

, N

S,

NT

, N

Z)

Hal

vopp

et s

jalv

rens

ande

fle

rkan

alhj

ul o

ch p

umph

us

med

re

nssp

ar f

or p

umpn

ing

av o

rena

t av

lopp

svat

ten,

avl

opps

- sl

am

och

flytg

edse

l.

INS

TA

LLA

TIO

N

INS

TA

LLA

TIO

N

AU

FS

TE

LLU

NG

SA

RT

IN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

IN

ST

ALA

CIO

N

INS

TA

LLA

ZIO

N E

PA

RT

E H

YD

RA

ULI

QU

E

PA

RT

E H

IDR

AU

LIC

AS

P

AR

TI

IDR

AU

LIC

HE

HE

AD

T

RY

CK

D

RU

CK

P

RE

SS

ION

P

RE

SIO

N

RE

VA

LEN

ZA

Rou

e fe

rmee

a c

anal

ou

a m

ulti-

cana

ux a

vec

gran

d se

ctio

n de

pas

sage

en

volu

te p

our d

es l

iqui

ds c

onte

nant

de

s m

atie

res

a fib

res

long

ues

ou d

es c

orps

sol

ides

en

su

spen

sion

.

Impu

lsor

cer

rado

. de

uno

o va

rios

cana

les,

con

gra

n pa

so d

e &

Mos

par

s fiq

uido

s qu

e co

nten

gan

selid

os e

n su

spen

sion

(a

gues

res

idua

ies

&D

arra

s).

Gira

nte

chiu

sa m

ono

o m

ultic

anal

e in

vo

lute

per

fan

ghi

ed

aque

di s

caric

o co

nten

enti

mat

eria

ii fib

rosi

e s

olid

i.

Rou

e fe

rmee

a c

anal

ou

a m

ulti-

cana

xu a

vec

un g

rand

se

ctio

n de

pas

sage

dan

s un

di

ffuse

ur a

au

bes

dire

ctric

es

pour

des

liq

uide

s sa

ns f

ibre

s.

Impu

lsor

cer

rado

, de

uno

o v

ario

s ca

nale

s en

difu

sor

abie

rto

con

alab

es

pars

bom

beo

de a

gue

brut

e.

Gira

nte

a ch

iusa

a

mon

o o

mul

tican

ale

con

diffu

sore

, pe

r ac

que

pulit

e o

legg

erm

ente

car

iche

, se

nza

cone

nuti

fibro

si.

Ave

c vo

lute

(NP

, N

S,

NT

, N

Z)

Rou

e a

mul

ti-ca

naux

sem

i-ow

erte

et

auto

-net

toya

nte

com

plet

ee p

ar u

ne v

olut

e in

clua

nt u

ne r

ainu

re d

e-

char

gean

te b

reve

tee.

Rec

omm

end)

po

ur l

e po

mpa

ge

de t

ous

type

s de

liq

uide

s al

lant

de

l'eau

pro

pre

a ce

ux

cont

enan

t un

e ha

ute

conc

entr

atio

n de

sol

ides

, te

ls

qu'e

aux

d'eg

outs

, bo

ues,

liq

uide

s fib

reux

et

lisie

r.

4



FLY

GT

S

ales

cod

es

Sal

jkod

er

Ver

kauf

scod

e

Cod

es d

e ve

nte

Cod

igo

de y

enta

s C

odic

i di

ven

dita

32

01

N

MIt

Pum

peng

ehdu

se (N

P,

NS

, N

T,

NZ

)

Offo

nes,

sel

bstr

eini

gend

es

Meh

rkan

alra

d im

P

umpe

n-

gand

use

mit

Ent

last

ungs

nut

fur

kom

mun

ales

und

ind

ustr

ielle

s A

bwas

ser

mit

hohe

m F

aser

- und

Fes

tsto

ffant

eil.

Con

vol

ute

(NP

, N

S,

NT

, N

Z)

Impu

lsor

sem

i-abi

erto

aut

o lim

pian

te d

e do

s ca

nale

s y

difu

sor

con

ranu

ra l

impi

ante

par

a bo

mbe

d de

agu

a re

sidu

al b

rute

, lo

dos

y pu

rines

liq

uido

s.

GIR

AN

TE

-N (

NP

, N

S,

NT

, N

Z)

Gira

nte

aper

ta b

ican

ale

auto

pule

nte,

per

fang

hi e

dl

acqu

e di

sca

rico

cont

enen

ti m

ater

iali

fibro

si e

so

lidi.

HE

AD

T

RY

CK

D

RU

CK

LT=

Lo

w-h

ead

vers

ion

Lagt

ryck

sutfO

rand

e N

iede

rdru

ckau

sfU

hrun

g

PR

ES

SIO

N

PR

ES

ION

P

RE

VA

LEN

ZA

Mod

ele

bass

o pr

essi

on

Mod

elo

de b

aja

aura

de

elev

acie

n V

ersi

one

per

gran

de p

orta

ta

Cur

ve N

os;

(50

Hz:

624

, 62

5, 6

26,

627,

628

, 62

9, 8

21,

822,

823

, 82

4, 8

25)

(60

Hz:

624

, 62

5, 8

21,

822,

823

, 82

4, 8

25)

MT

.r.

Med

ium

-hea

d ve

rsio

n M

edel

tryc

ksut

fora

nde

Mitt

eldr

ucka

usfit

hrun

g

HT

=

Cur

ve N

os;

(50H

z: 4

44,

445,

44

6, 4

47,

630,

63

2, 6

34,

(635

(6

0 H

z: 4

44,

632,

634

, 63

6, 6

37,

638,

640

, 64

1

Hig

h-he

ad v

ersi

on

Heg

ftycl

tsut

fera

nde

Hoc

hdru

ckau

sfO

hrun

g

Cur

ve

Nos

; (5

0Hz:

450

,452

,455

,456

,457

,458

,460

,462

.)

(60

Hz:

452

.454

,457

,458

,462

,)

SH

=

Sup

er h

igh-

head

ver

sion

S

uper

hagt

ryck

sutfO

rand

e S

uper

- H

ochd

ruck

ausf

uhru

ng

Cur

ve

Nos

; (5

0Hz:

263

, 26

4, 2

65)

Mod

ele

moy

enne

pre

ssio

n M

odel

o de

al

lure

med

ia d

e el

evac

ien

Ver

sion

e pe

r m

edia

pre

vale

nza

only

US

-mar

ket)

636

, 637

, 63

8, 6

40,

641,

642

, 64

4)

642,

643

, 64

4)(6

35,

639

only

US

-mar

ket)

Mod

ele

haut

e pr

essi

on

Mod

elo

de g

ran

altu

ra d

e el

evac

ion

Ver

sion

e pe

r al

ta

prev

alen

za

Ver

sion

sup

er h

aute

pre

ssio

n M

odel

o de

ex

trem

adam

ente

alta

altu

ra d

e el

evac

iOn

Ver

sion

e pe

r af

tissi

ma

prev

alen

za

rilsr

alr

Sal

es c

odes

S

aljk

oder

V

erka

ufsc

ode

Cod

es d

e ve

nte

Cod

igo

de y

enta

s C

odic

i di

ven

dita

32

01

INS

TA

LLA

TIO

N

INS

TA

LLA

TIO

N

AU

FS

TE

LLU

NG

SA

FIT

P

= S

emi

perm

anen

t w

et w

ell

arra

ngem

ent

with

pum

p in

stal

led

on t

win

gui

de b

ars

with

aut

omat

ic

conn

ectio

n to

dis

char

ge.

Hal

vsta

tiona

r va

t in

stal

latio

n m

ed p

umpe

n fa

st

vid

tva

gejd

rer

och

med

au

tom

atis

k an

slut

ning

til

l ut

lopp

sror

et.

Sta

tiond

r, n

ass

mit

schr

aube

nlos

em

Kup

plun

gssy

stem

an

Dop

pelf0

hrun

gsro

hr.

S

= T

rans

port

able

ver

sion

with

hos

e co

uplin

g or

fla

nge

for

conn

ectio

n to

dis

char

ge p

ipel

ine.

Fly

ttbar

ver

sion

med

sla

ngko

pplin

g el

ler

flans

fa

r an

slut

ning

till

ut

lopp

srer

ledn

ing.

Tra

nspo

rtab

el,

nass

mit

Fla

nsch

ansc

hlus

s fu

r R

ohrle

itung

ode

r m

it D

ruck

stut

zen

far

Sch

lauc

h-

ansc

hlus

s.

T=

P

erm

anen

t dry

wel

l or

in-li

ne a

rran

gem

ent

with

fla

nge

conn

ectio

n to

su

ctio

n an

d di

scha

rge

pipe

wor

k; v

ertic

al m

ount

ing.

Sta

tiond

r to

n;

inst

alla

tion

med

fla

nsan

slut

ning

ar

till

sug-

och

try

ckle

dnin

gam

a; v

ertik

al u

ppst

dlln

ing.

Sta

tione

r, t

rock

en

mit

Sau

groh

rein

heit,

sau

g- u

nd

druc

ksei

tig f

est

vers

chra

ubt,

vert

ikal

e A

ufst

ellu

ng.

Z =

Per

man

ent

dry

wel

l or

in-

line

arra

ngem

ent

with

fla

nge

conn

ectio

n to

suc

tion

and

disc

harg

e pi

pe-

wor

k; h

oriz

onta

l m

ount

ing.

Sat

iona

r to

rr i

nsta

llatio

n m

ed f

idns

ansl

utni

ngar

til

l su

g- o

ch t

ryck

ledn

inga

rna;

hor

ison

tell

upp-

st

alln

ing.

Sta

tione

r, t

rock

en m

it S

augr

ohre

inhe

it, s

aug-

un

d dr

ucks

eitig

fes

t ve

rsch

raub

t, ho

rizon

tale

A

ufst

ellu

ng.

INS

TA

LLA

TIO

N

INS

TA

LAC

ION

IN

ST

ALL

AZ

ION

E

Per

man

ente

, in

stal

latio

n im

mer

gee.

Deu

x ba

rres

de

guid

age

perm

ette

nt l

a co

nnex

ion

auto

mat

ique

sur

un

pied

d'

assi

se.

Inst

alac

ien

fija

extr

aibl

e, s

umer

gida

y c

on

tubo

s gu

ia.

Aco

plai

men

to p

or s

u pr

opio

pes

o a

la co

nexi

6n d

edes

carg

a.

Inst

alla

zion

e se

mifi

ssa

in im

mer

sion

e,

con

pied

e di

ac

copp

iam

ento

aut

omat

ico

e tu

bi

guid

a.

Ver

sion

tra

spor

tabl

e av

ec r

acco

rd d

e tu

yau

soup

le o

u br

ide

pour

can

alis

atio

n rig

ide.

Inst

alac

iOn

tran

spor

tabl

e, c

on s

alid

a pa

ra

man

guer

a y

cola

dor.

Inst

alla

zion

e tr

ansp

orta

bile

, in

im

mer

sion

e,

con

cava

lletto

di s

oste

gno

e at

tacc

o pe

r tu

bo d

i m

anda

ta fl

essi

bile

o r

igid

°.

Per

man

ente

, in

stal

latio

n ho

rs d

'eau

ave

c ra

ccor

dem

ent

a br

ide

a In

spira

tion

et a

u re

foul

emen

t. V

ersi

on v

ertic

ale.

Inst

alac

iOn

fija,

en

cam

era

seca

. so

bre

punt

o de

apo

yo.

Asp

irand

o de

poz

o ht

imed

o co

n co

do d

e as

pira

cien

. M

onta

je v

ertic

al.

Inst

alla

zion

e fis

sa i

n ca

mer

a as

ciut

ta s

u ba

sam

ento

e co

llega

men

to d

iretto

con

le

tuba

zion

i di

as

pira

zion

e a

man

date

; m

onta

ggio

ver

tical

e.

Per

man

ente

, in

stal

latio

n ho

rs d

'eau

ave

c ra

ccor

dem

ent

it br

ide

it fla

sira

tion

et a

u

refo

ulem

ent.

Ver

sion

hor

izon

tale

.

Inst

alac

ien

fija

en c

amer

a se

ca s

obre

ba

stid

or d

e pe

rfile

s. M

onta

je h

oriz

onta

l.

Inst

alla

zion

e fis

sa i

n ca

mer

a as

ciut

ta s

u ba

sam

ento

e c

olle

gam

ento

dire

tto c

on le

tu

bazi

oni

di as

pira

zion

e e

man

data

; m

onta

ggio

orr

izzo

ntal

e.



31E

IL

IMT

S

ales

cod

es

Sal

jkod

er

Ver

kauf

sc o

de

Cod

es d

e ve

nte

Cod

igo

de y

enta

s C

odic

i di

ven

dita

32

01

L. S

emi p

erm

anen

t in

stal

latio

n of

pum

p w

ithin

a

vert

ical

ste

el o

r ce

ncre

te c

olum

n.

Hal

vsta

tiona

r in

stal

latio

n as

pu

mp

i ve

rtik

al

brun

n av

Mel

el

ler

beto

ng.

Sta

tiona

r, n

ess

in B

eton

- od

er S

tahl

scha

cht

ars

Dur

chle

itung

m

it sc

hrau

benl

oser

Ver

bind

ung.

Per

man

ente

, in

stal

latio

n im

mer

ged

dans

un

tube

de

refo

ulem

ent.

Inst

alac

ion

fija

sum

ergi

da,

apoy

ada

en e

l fo

ndo

de l

a tu

beria

en

horm

ig&

o e

n ac

ero.

Inst

alla

zion

e se

mifi

ssa

in i

mm

ersi

ons,

en

serit

a in

tu

bo c

onte

nito

re p

re-f

abbr

icat

o in

cal

cest

ruzz

o o

in a

ccia

io.

Rub

ber M

ater

ial

Sen

sore

s N

BR

N

itrile

ru

bber

F

LS 1

0 F

lygt

ins

pect

ion

sens

or

FP

M

Flo

ur r

ubbe

r (H

ot w

ater

up

to 7

0°C

, 15

8°F

)

Sea

lring

Mat

eria

l

WC

CR

R

aIC

A

1203

CS

b

Cor

rosi

on

Res

ista

nt T

ungs

ten

Car

bide

S

ilico

n C

arbi

de

Alu

min

ium

O

xide

C

arbo

n

7

FL G

How

to r

ead

the

data

pla

te

Com

men

t lir

e la

pla

que

sign

alet

ique

H

ur m

an la

ser

data

skyl

ten

Inte

rpre

taci

on d

e la

pla

ca d

e ca

ract

eris

ticas

E

rlaut

erun

gen

zum

Dat

ensc

hild

C

ome

legg

ere

la ta

rghe

tta s

egna

letic

a A

N

Dat

a pl

ate

Inte

rpre

tatio

n

- - -

1. ..

- -t

- /

T

Erla

uter

unge

n zu

m D

aten

schi

ld

I

N

'11

s

Dat

asky

lt In

skrip

tion

A

Ser

ial

num

ber

A

Ser

ienu

mm

er

A

Ser

ien-

Nr

Pro

duct

cod

e +

Num

ber

B

Pro

dukt

kod

+ N

umm

er

B

Pro

dukt

kode

4 K

ennu

mm

er

C

Cur

ve c

ode

/ P

rope

ller

code

C

K

urv-

/ P

rope

llerk

od

C

Kun

ren-

Nr

/ P

rope

llerk

ode

D

Cou

ntry

of

orig

in

Till

verk

ning

slan

d D

H

erst

ellu

ngsl

and

E

Pro

duct

num

ber

Pro

dukt

num

mer

E

P

rodu

kt-N

r F

A

dditi

onal

in

form

atio

n F

K

ompl

ette

rand

e up

pgift

er

F

Kom

plet

tiere

nde

Ang

aben

G

P

hase

; Typ

e of

cur

rent

; F

requ

ency

F

esta

l; S

trom

art;

Fre

kven

s G

P

hase

nzah

l; S

trom

art;

Fre

quen

z H

R

ated

vol

tage

M

arks

pann

ing

H

Nen

nspa

nnun

g I

The

rmal

pro

tect

ion

1 T

erm

osky

dd

I T

herm

isch

er S

chut

z J

The

rmal

cla

ss

J Is

olat

ions

klas

s J

Isol

atio

nskl

asse

K

R

ated

sha

ft po

wer

K

M

Ark

effe

kt

K

Nen

nwel

lenl

eist

ung

L In

tern

atio

nal

stan

dard

L

Inte

rnat

ione

ll st

anda

rd

L In

tern

atio

nale

Nor

m

M

Deg

ree

of

prot

ectio

n M

S

kydd

skla

ss

M

Sch

utza

rt

N

Rat

ed c

urre

nt

N

Mar

kstr

din

N

Nen

nstr

om

O

Rat

ed s

peed

0

Var

vtal

O

N

ennd

rehz

ahl

P

Max

. su

bmer

genc

e P

M

ax.

neds

akni

ngsd

jup

P

Max

. E

inta

ucht

iefe

Q

D

irect

ion

of r

otat

ion:

L=

left,

R

.rig

ht

Q

Rot

atio

nsrik

tnin

g: L

=va

nste

r,

R.h

Oge

r O

R

Dre

hric

htun

g: L

.link

s, R

.rec

hts

Bet

riebs

klas

se

R

Dut

y cl

ass

R

DrI

ftkla

ss

S

Rel

ativ

e E

insc

haltd

auer

S

D

uty

fact

or

S

Drif

tfakt

or

T

Pro

dukt

gew

icht

T

P

rodu

ct w

eigh

t T

P

rodu

ktvi

kt

U

Kod

ebuc

hsta

be f

Or

bloc

kier

ten

U

Lock

ed r

otor

cod

e le

tter

U

Kod

boks

tav

fur

last

rot

or

Lauf

er

V

Pow

er f

acto

r V

E

ffekt

fakt

or

V

Leis

tung

sfak

tor

X

Max

. am

bien

t te

mpe

ratu

re

Max

. om

givn

ings

tem

pera

tur

X

Max

. U

mge

bung

stem

pera

tur

Lege

nds

de la

pla

que

stgn

alet

lque

A

Insc

riptio

n de

M p

lace

D

escr

izio

ne t

argh

etta

seg

nale

tica

N°

de s

erie

A

N

9 fa

bric

acie

n A

N

o. d

i m

atric

ola

B

Cod

e de

pro

duit

+

N°

B

C6d

igo

de p

rodu

cto

+

No

B

Cod

ice

prod

otto

+ N

umer

o C

N

° de

cou

rbe

/ C

ode

d'he

lice

C

N°

curv

e /

Cdd

igo

de h

elic

e C

N

o. c

um /

Cod

ice

eric

a D

P

ays

de f

abric

atio

n P

afs

de o

rigen

P

aese

di

prod

uzio

ne

E

N°

de p

rodu

it N

2 pr

oduc

to

E

No.

di

prod

otto

F

In

form

atio

ns c

ornp

lem

enta

ires

F

Info

rmed

& a

dici

onal

F

U

lterio

ri in

form

azio

ni

G

Pha

ses;

Typ

e de

cou

rant

; N

2 fa

ces;

Cla

se d

e co

rrie

nte;

N

o. d

i fa

se;

Tip

o di

cor

rent

e;

Fre

quen

ce

Fre

cuen

cia

Fre

quen

za

H

Ten

sion

no

min

ale

H

Ten

sion

nom

inal

H

T

ensi

ons

nom

inat

e di

I

Pro

tect

ion

ther

miq

ue

Pro

tecc

ien

term

ica

alim

enta

zion

e J

Cla

sse

d'is

olat

ion

Cla

se d

e ai

slam

ient

o P

rote

zion

e fo

rmic

a K

P

uiss

ance

nom

inal

e su

r l'a

rbre

K

P

oten

cia

de e

je n

omin

al

J C

lass

e di

iso

lam

ento

L

Nor

me

inte

rnat

iona

le

L N

orm

a in

tern

acio

nal

K

Pot

enza

re

sa n

omin

ate

M

Cla

sse

de p

rote

ctio

n M

C

lase

de

prot

ecci

dn

L

Sta

ndar

d in

tem

azio

nale

N

In

tens

ite n

omin

ate

N

Inte

nsid

ad d

e co

rrie

nte

nom

inal

M

C

lass

e di

pro

tezi

one

O

Vite

sse

de r

otat

ion

O

Vel

ocid

ad r

otat

ion

nom

inal

N

A

ssor

bim

ento

nom

inal

e P

P

rofo

ndeu

r d'

imm

ersi

on m

axi

P

Pro

fund

idad

in

mer

sien

max

. O

V

eloc

ity d

i ro

tazi

one

nom

inat

e Q

S

ens

de r

otat

ion:

L=

gau

che,

a

Sen

tido

de r

otat

ion:

L=

izq,

R=

dcha

P

M

ax p

rofo

ndita

d'im

mer

sion

e R

.dro

ite

R

Cla

sse

de f

onct

ionn

emen

t R

S

Cla

se d

e fu

ncio

nam

ient

o F

acto

r de

fun

cion

amie

nto

Q

Sen

so d

i ro

tazi

one:

L.s

inis

tra,

R

=de

stra

S

F

acte

ur d

e m

arch

e T

Pes

o de

l pr

oduc

to

R

Cla

sse

di s

eryi

zio

T

Poi

ds d

e pr

odui

t U

Le

tra

de c

odig

o de

rot

or

S

Fat

tore

di

utili

zzaz

ione

U

C

ode

alph

abdt

ique

rot

or

bloq

uead

o T

P

eso

del

prod

otto

ve

rrou

ille

V

Fac

tor

de p

oten

cia

U

Lette

ra c

odic

e pe

r ro

tore

chi

uso

V

Fac

teur

de

puis

sanc

e T

empe

ratu

re a

mbi

ente

max

. V

F

atto

re d

i pot

enza

X

T

empe

ratu

re a

mbi

ante

max

i M

ax t

empe

ratu

re a

mbi

ente

8



LIF

OT

A

ppro

val

plat

e G

odka

nnan

desk

ylt

Pril

fsch

ild

110

Pla

que

d'ag

rem

ent

Pla

ca d

e ap

roba

cion

T

argh

etta

di a

ppro

vazi

one

3201

EN

: E

urop

ean

Nor

m

AT

EX

Dire

ctiv

e E

urop

ean

stan

dard

s E

N

5001

4,

EN

500

18 a

nd

EN

11

27-1

EE

x d

II B

T4

for

ambi

ent

tem

pera

ture

s 54

0°C

E

Ex

d I

for

ambi

ent

tem

pera

ture

s 54

0°C

App

rova

l pla

te

God

kann

ande

skyl

t Z

ulas

sung

ssch

ild

A

App

rova

l A

G

odka

nnan

de

A

Zul

assu

ng

B

App

rova

l au

thor

ity +

B

P

rovn

ings

myn

d. +

B

Z

ulas

sung

sste

lle +

A

ppro

val

Num

ber

God

kann

ande

num

mer

Z

ulas

sung

s-N

r C

A

ppro

val

for

Cla

ss I

C

God

kann

ande

ter

Kla

ss I

C

Zul

assu

ng f

ar K

lass

e I

D

App

rove

d dr

ive

unit

D

God

kand

driv

enhe

t D

Z

ugel

asse

ner

Ant

rieb

E

Sta

ll tim

e E

F

astb

rom

snin

gstid

E

A

brei

ssze

it F

S

tart

ing

curr

ent

/ R

ated

cur

rent

F

S

tart

stro

m /

Mar

kstr

om

F

Ant

aufs

trom

/ N

enns

trom

G

D

uty

clas

s D

riftk

lass

G

B

etrie

bskl

asse

H

D

uty

fact

or

H

Drif

tfakt

or

H

Rel

ativ

e E

insc

haltd

auer

I

Inpu

t po

wer

I

Inm

atad

effe

kt

I A

ufge

nom

men

e Le

istu

ng

J R

ated

spe

ed

J V

arvt

al

J N

ennd

rehz

ahl

K

Con

trol

ler

K

Kon

trol

lant

K

K

ontr

olls

telle

L

Add

ition

al

info

rmat

ion

L K

ompl

ette

rand

e up

pgift

er

L K

ompl

ettie

rend

e A

ngab

en

M

Max

. am

bien

t te

mpe

ratu

re

M

Max

. om

givn

ings

tem

pera

tur

M

Max

. U

mge

bung

stem

pera

tur

N

Ser

ial

num

ber

N

Ser

ienu

mm

er

N

Ser

ienn

umm

er

0 A

TE

X m

arki

ng

O

AT

EX

mar

knin

g 0

AT

EX

Mar

kier

ung

Pla

cque

d'a

grem

ent

Pla

ca d

e ap

roba

clen

T

argh

etta

app

rova

zion

e A

A

grem

ent

A

Apr

obac

i6n

A

App

rova

zion

e B

O

rgan

ism

e ay

ant

deliv

re

B

Aut

orid

ad

hom

olog

ador

a +

B

A

utor

ita d

i ap

prov

azio

ne +

l'a

grem

ent

+

N°

d'ag

rem

ent

Ng

apro

baci

en

No.

di

appr

ovaz

ione

C

A

grem

ent

pour

cla

sse

I C

A

prob

acie

n pa

rs c

lase

I C

C

lass

e di

ap

prov

azio

ne

I

D

Agr

emen

t m

oteu

r D

U

nida

d de

acc

iona

mie

nto

D

Mot

ore

appr

ovat

o E

T

emps

de

reac

tion

des

apro

bada

E

T

empo

di ar

rest

o th

erm

oson

des

E

Tie

mpo

de

para

de

F

Cor

rent

e di

spu

nto

/ F

In

tens

ite a

u de

mar

rage

/ F

In

tens

idad

de

corr

ient

e ar

ranq

ue/

Ass

orbi

men

to n

omin

ate

Inte

nsite

nom

inal

e In

tens

idad

de

corr

ient

e no

min

al

G

Cla

sse

di se

rviz

io

G

Cla

sse

de f

onct

ionn

emen

t G

C

lase

de

func

iona

mie

nto

H

Fat

tore

di

utili

zzaz

ione

H

F

acto

ry d

e m

arch

e H

F

acto

r de

fun

cion

amie

nto

I P

oten

za a

ssor

bita

I

Pui

ssan

ce a

bsor

bee

I P

oten

cia

cons

umid

a J

Vel

ocity

di

rota

zion

e no

min

ale

J V

itess

e de

rot

atio

n J

Vel

ocid

ad

rota

cidn

no

min

al

K

Con

trol

lo

K

Con

tra

lour

K

C

ontr

olad

or

L U

lterio

ri in

form

azio

ni

L In

form

atio

ns c

ompl

emen

taire

s L

Info

rmac

ion

adic

iona

l M

M

ax t

empe

ratu

re a

mbi

ente

M

T

empe

ratu

re a

mbi

ante

max

i M

T

empe

ratu

re a

mbi

ente

max

. N

N

o. d

i m

atric

ola

N

N°

de s

erie

N

N

g fa

bric

acie

n 0

Mar

catu

ra A

TE

X

0 M

arqu

e d'

AT

EX

0

Mer

cado

A

TE

X

FM

: F

acto

ry M

utua

l

Cla

ss I

Div

. I G

rp C

and

D

Cla

ss I

I an

d III

D

iv. I

G

rp E

, F

and

G

Tor

poro

tun

c.R

.s

1

D

l'E4'

,:;:s

ion'

p,'o

joitP

V1,

1

Sui

lnb:

e Ir

use

01

,12$

1111

, D

iv

1,

Hcz

ardo

us l

otol

im$

2

/ 11

6- io

r CR

tN-W

HIL

E E

NE

R11

1ZE

D

/ r;

Am

bio:

lim

ii:.

Cltn

s I.

ON

1.

gf

P C

M

a O

Ow

Ign

Rio

n nr

ool

for

ise

in A

P"o

vr,

C:n

ss

1.

Div

1.

T

R E

. F

and

0

Q ,

/ C

ON

NE

CT

T

HE

RM

AL

CO

NT

AC

TS

Mar

. cr

ibie

nt

:,Irp

erni

ure

9

FLYGT

Ord

erin

g sp

are

part

s C

omm

ande

des

pie

ces

de r

echa

nge

Res

ervd

elsb

esta

llnin

g P

edid

os d

e pi

ezas

de

reca

mbi

o E

rsat

ztei

lbes

tellu

ng

Ord

inaz

ione

par

ti di

ric

ambi

o 32

01

Ord

erin

g sp

are

part

s S

tate

ser

ial

num

ber

of t

he p

ump.

spa

re p

art

num

ber

and

quan

tity

whe

n or

derin

g.

Gen

uine

IT

T F

lygt

par

ts m

ust a

lway

s be

use

d fo

r re

pairs

if

the

pum

p is

to

fulfi

ll re

quire

men

ts a

nd o

btai

n of

ficia

l ap

prov

al.

Onl

y IT

T F

lygt

or

ITT

Fly

gt-a

utho

rized

ser

vice

pe

rson

nel m

ay u

nder

take

rep

air w

ork

on s

peci

ally

ap

prov

ed p

umps

.

Res

eryd

elsb

esst

alln

ing

Ang

e pu

mpe

ns s

erie

num

mer

, re

serv

dels

num

mer

och

ant

al

vid

best

alln

ing.

O

m p

umpe

n sk

all

uppf

ylla

kra

ven

och

upen

d of

ficie

llt

godk

anna

nde,

mas

te a

lltid

IT

T F

lygt

- orig

inal

re

serv

dela

r an

vand

as v

id s

ervi

ce.

End

ast

ITT

Fly

gt e

ller

ITT

Fly

gt-

aukt

oris

erad

ser

vice

per

sona

l far

utfO

ra s

ervi

ce a

rbet

e sp

ecie

llt g

odka

nda

pum

per.

Ers

atzt

ellb

este

llung

B

ei B

este

llung

bi

tte d

ie

Fab

rikat

ions

-Nr,

E

rsat

ztei

l-Nr

und

Anz

ahl

der

Pum

pen

ange

ben.

Wen

n di

e P

umpe

den

Erf

orde

mis

sen

ents

prec

hen

und

offiz

ielle

Zul

assu

ng e

rhal

ten

soli,

m

Oss

en i

mm

er O

rgin

al-

ITT

Fly

gt-T

eile

fur

Rep

arat

uren

ver

wen

det

wer

den.

N

ur I

TT

F

lint

oder

IT

T R

ygt-

auto

risie

rtes

War

tung

sper

sona

l da

rt

War

tung

an

spez

iell

zuge

lass

enen

Pum

pen

ausf

ahre

n.

Com

man

der

piec

es d

etac

hees

P

rOci

ser

a la

com

man

de le

num

ero

de s

erie

de

la p

ompe

, le

s re

fere

nces

des

pie

ces

deta

chee

s et

les

qua

ntite

s.

Pou

r qu

e le

pro

duit

dem

eure

con

form

e a

la r

egim

enta

tion

et a

ux

diffe

rent

s ag

rem

ents

, it

est

indi

spen

sabl

e d'

utili

ser

uniq

uem

ent d

es

piec

es d

etac

hees

IT

T F

lygt

. La

rep

arat

ion

de p

rodu

its p

osse

dant

un

agre

men

t spe

cial

ne

doit

etre

effe

ctue

e qu

e pa

r un

tec

hnic

ian

ITT

F

lygt

ou

un a

telie

r ag

ree

par

ITT

Fly

gt.

Ord

en d

e R

epue

stos

E

stab

lece

r el

nin

nero

de

serie

de

la bo

mbs

, nu

mer

os d

e ca

da p

arte

de

rep

uest

o y

conf

ided

ord

enad

a.

En

caso

de

repa

raci

ones

, de

ben

ser

usad

as p

arte

s ge

nuin

as I

TT

F

lygt

par

s co

nser

ver

la g

aran

tia.

Sol

o pe

rson

al a

utor

izad

o de

IT

T

Fly

gt d

ebe

efec

tuar

rep

arac

ione

s pa

rs m

ante

ner

la g

aran

tia d

el

equi

po.

Ord

ine

part

' di r

icam

bio

Qua

ndo

ordi

nate

In

part

di

dcam

bio,

cita

te s

empr

e la

mat

ricol

a de

lla p

ompa

, tl

codi

ce a

Is

qua

ntity

del

la p

arte

di

ric

ambi

o.

Util

izza

te s

olo

part

i di

ric

ambi

o or

igin

ali

ITT

Fly

gt s

e vo

lete

the

to

pom

pa m

ante

nga

i ro

quis

iti r

ichi

esti

per

l'om

olog

azio

ne

uffic

iale

. Q

uals

iasi

rip

araz

ione

su

pom

pe a

ntid

efla

gran

ti do

vra

esse

re

effe

ttuat

o da

tec

nici

aut

oriz

zati

della

IT

T R

ygt;

in c

aso

cont

rario

IT

T

Fly

gt d

eclin

e og

ni r

espo

nsab

ilita

.

Gua

rant

ee

Gar

anti

Gar

antie

G

aran

tie

Gar

anzi

a G

aran

tia

War

rant

y C

laim

IT

T

Fly

gt p

umps

are

hig

h qu

ality

pro

duct

s w

ith e

xpec

ted

relia

ble

oper

atio

n an

d lo

ng l

ife.

How

ever

, sh

ould

th

e ne

ed a

rise

for

a w

arra

nty

clai

m,

plea

se c

onta

ct y

our

ITT

Fly

gt r

epre

sent

ativ

e

Gar

antia

nspr

alt

ITT

F

lygt

tiliv

erka

r pu

mpa

r av

hog

kval

itet

som

fun

gera

r pa

litlig

t oc

h ha

r la

ng

livsl

angd

. S

kulle

em

elle

rtid

ett

gara

ntia

nspr

ak b

li ak

tuel

lt,

kont

akta

ndr

mas

te I

TT

Fly

gt-

repr

esen

tant

fo

r in

form

atio

n.

Gew

thrle

istu

ng

ITT

F

lygt

-Pum

pen

sind

hoc

hwer

tige

Pro

dukt

e, d

ie f

ur

zuve

rlass

igen

B

etrie

b un

d le

nge

Lebe

nsda

ur

geba

ut

sind

. F

alls

wid

er E

rwar

ten

denn

och

Gew

ahrle

istu

ngs-

an

spru

ch a

uftr

eten

sol

ite, w

ende

n S

ie s

ich

bitte

an

Ihre

IT

T F

lygt

-Ver

tret

ung.

10

Gar

antle

Le

s po

mpe

s IT

T F

lygt

son

t de

s pr

odui

ts d

e ha

ute

qual

ite,

cong

us p

our f

onct

ionn

er e

n to

ute

fiabi

lite

pend

ant

de

long

ues

anne

es.

Tou

tefo

is, e

n ca

s de

rec

lam

atio

n ev

entu

elle

sou

s to

ck

ouve

rt d

e Is

ga

rant

ie,

veui

llez

cont

acte

r l'a

genc

e IT

T F

lygt

Con

dlzi

oni d

i ga

ranz

ia

Le el

ettr

opom

pe IT

T F

lygt

son

o pr

odot

ti di

qua

lity

per

i

quai

l e

prev

ista

una

dur

ata

di e

serc

izio

lun

ge a

elid

e-

bile

. Q

ualo

ra f

osse

nec

essa

rio p

rese

ntar

e re

clam

o .

dura

nte

it pe

riodo

di

gara

nzia

, co

ntat

tare

it ra

ppre

,sen

- ta

nte

ITT

Flin

t piu

vic

ino.

Rec

lam

acio

nes

por

gara

ntta

La

s bo

mbe

s IT

T F

lygt

son

pro

duct

os d

e al

ta c

alid

ad c

on

un

func

iona

mie

nto

fiabt

e y

larg

e vi

de d

e se

rvic

io. S

in

emba

rgo,

si

hubi

era

mot

ivos

de

recl

amci

on p

or

gara

ntfa

, po

ners

e en

con

tact

o co

n el

rep

rese

ntan

te

de

ITT

Ryg

t mss

cer

cano

.



%ad ICIO {Ai

El

cv

sued .10101,11

a 04

Rd AIUO la, 0 CV CNN C\ICV MN 1

-r CO c ' CO

.-- -I-7 -I-I- I Itt, '',-. '',, \ \ . \ I . . - ,- ,- CO

1,-- ,-----......"..........-, cop cy) c 0 N. I. :, ,II P-4"` / / /

\ \ \ \ '1

. 1-- \ \ \ \ E''V ,.` \ ,

h

CCI Ca CO CO to

\iI

+- Ca Ca

h L_CV CV

I 0 Ca

/. " Ca CV 0 CO CV 0 CV " `,2

Ca /

.4-COO>COOCNICa V.111(00) Nal CV CV NI- Oa CO st V- Ca -a-CV 1 1 11 \\\

I / / -

0 CO

o 0)

211

o 1... `... r-

...

i l---1 III i

At .., III.

/ / i ,:-/ I .5" I

i 1 '1. \ \ ; 1 /I\ 1k1, / CO CO CO

/ / I / / \ \

0 - CCC 0 CV 0) Ca CV CV,/ / / Ca Ca Ca a>

0) CO tr> CO a> C> T". 0 cv

Ca la CO Ca CDC-- OD CV 0> 0 0 LC) Nr In 0 Ca Ca 0 CV Ca CO 0 al a> 0> al

%/BMOC



NN CO OCOO'NM L4J)- ,C 01 - 01 Cs.I CM .4-'4 .4' CO

SIII34 101 IN

O

C \I ce) ,----...-..*-.----, 0 CO 0> Og. N CM ,- 'I- 00 au 0

0.1 CO c6 oi \ \ COCO CO N N /

k I \ \ \ 1

II

0 0.1 0 0.1 Ol

N 7c\i -1- A \ c,)

5.1,-(!

CV .1- 0 0 4-^

a . . .

ocov-c000 es,-4-c;r;tr,vt mo.lcgcnor NN \\\Ii//5F,./

ScIn

CV ON U) CO tO C\I ct

CON LO .4 CO CO CO 0r NM 0.1O1O.ICOONIOJCV.4.44-00

/}1// 74./3/4/

U) CO

M

00

OD 0) .- NI- CI 0.1

O CO

O

111

, .

7,----9,711:-

C) -4- co co r- cs,

3 At. gi SO'

I I o CO 0.1 OD a) co vi IN

\ i / '1 I I // / I

MtA COMA r CO 'Cr ..rt cf) CAM Ol

OD CM 0> O

/ y

/ tO

CI M CO C, '- CO CD OF> CO CO



31F

LIV

OT

E

xplo

ded

view

32

01

3201.980

92

93

96

90 , 23

,.7

35 -

----

32

33

53

_ 56

43

44

51

58

37

38

52

79.

24

28k,

29.2

-CE

::]

>29

28<

(CffY

/' ---2

6

N,4

0

,84

,..45

-48

/.2

81

69,,

89 .

, --

- 81

/70

57

/

112

110

I 10

, 8 -,

121

122

1

105.

-

/ 13

2 13

5-1

101

136

--

103

130-

- 12

9 -

131-

--

62

-63

73.2

73

-- -7

3.1

--14

0

108

109

10

--1-

-107

8

,- 12

0

--12

0

-114

--

-- 13

4

eel 0

2

-133

137

_ -14

1 800

P5-

417q

15

wiL

atur

'r E

xplo

ded

view

P

ump

part

s C

P;

LT/M

T

3201

Cur

ve

No

Kur

va n

r.

Kur

ve N

r.

Cou

rbe

Ng

Cur

vas

Ng

No

curv

a

50H

z:

624

625

626

627

628

629

824

825

60H

z:

624

625

821

822

823

824

825

Cur

ve

No

No

curv

e

CP

320

1 M

T

50H

z:

630

632

634

636

637

638

60 H

z: 6

32

634

636

637

638

(635

, 63

9 on

ly

US

-mar

ket)

16



r 0 N CO

i .,,

a. 0

1 i

\ s,....

,k,_

-{

con. wow NNN N X . o

0,1=±rn zt,,,,, .0.eed. ===0=0 OYYUOZ

,

2

t

,

7

Ili '

,

0

q

1 i

,----"-' ,

'

,

1:., , ---1

- - /

-

0 pi,

--, ,

1

2

z o t cr. Q a 0.

5'

==.000

m

1

....,.. ............ ernlet.d.WOW N M

0 ..ezo,,,? .= OYYUUZ

.,11 ......

5(., = 0

-

4 7.,.

0

i'--

5..

M g 1

1

I

83

i AI\

l

il t' 1

1

I

\

I- 2 il: Z

i 5 U.1

0. "0 = cum v au x o tu r

0.

=

.

...._"...

.7.7.4.1.0..0. .4,0,2,WWW N X

1

g

.e.-11, E

- crir--f-' jr .-,-

,,,q,, , ., -,-....--,::::::.:'K

U

Jill

0 0 4 fii

U)

sued o!IneipF,H

r 0 N M

is

c.i

orerrawno, wwwwww eteretaeret N

= O La

...:,o, ztz 2211;; ...0=== OYYUCJUU

,

ic

F.I.

.7;.-

N U) efetet

N = o co

7.2'

\

°

- 01.

.4 ?-<5.qh 1 \ 1

i

i

k

1

I

....

2

2

I

0,

0 a.

el. to at

;,.. t S

0.,.. z.. , 22. 222.50 ...0.0 OYYUOZ

2

f g 83

:'.'

1

- ra

'' ,:)

1

-

''-

\\

in

,

-

--,-..__f--

E

1

,

"

.

,1,--421 --.1g---"°'

a.

=1 a., 7_3

5 0

0 0.

XE w = a.

C,' \ ,j

\

\

4, m

14



OZ

---,- - -------,,, -1-

-

7/ - 1H

;On dO

a 9 t. :21409

959 Z

S9

994 Z

Sti

:zHO

S

moo

ON

aN sem

i° aN

ml.l000

..IN em

n>f

..1U efunN

oN

omno

-------=---

_

1,7/ 006.694-: [_______

Z91

.--,

191

481 ---" rei-

I

P le

ITC

L

--- 111.111111%

41111101110

as, ---

E91-

IN d3 sped dw

nd

,

' ----- 602

111 IO

U da

LE9

9E9

:zH09

LE9

9E9

999 :Z

illn

' ".'...11101:

491-- '14 D

OU

:1- 891

Ii.' i 1

012 191

-,--C:

I .

' .,,

amm

o oN

aN sum

o° aN

oqinoo 'IN

0/U

rIN

'AI

/ --,r----...

as.,--- ' '

914 --___

7 em

ny oN

min°

06Z/08Z

"LO

ZE

1.H

11AI fd0

sped dwnd

Main papoidxj

JL92V

13

61.

Z81-

SZ

8 V

Z8

EU

Z

Z8

1.Z8

ns 4Z

9 :4109

6Z9

9Z9

as no sn V

Z9 :zli 09

emno oN

aN

SeA

mo

aN ocU

r100 ..iN

GA

B1>

i .JU

eArl>

1

oN w

on°

/3),1

v.,-- .N

oo t;1---- .......... Z

91---.,i 191.-4, 881--,

t 'est ..-

......- - -

as 11

10ZE

ii 8---9,

n 11 sped dwnd

cat,----774 ,,,,t ,------10

00Z --4....---z-----------''',,

j I

Z94

094 :4109

emno oN

aN B

onin

aN °W

oo %

IN aninN

cpv----117.*-::

891 aai----,, ;a' ---a+

:, arn------'r 991 --

-------r-----:::------.--,,

. -------111

ow.

.--........,.

-- y..,)

-may

:4105 .1U

emn>

1

oN em

no en

OH

LH

1.0ZS H

LO

ZE

11!11`11-1!SH

`dP sped dwnd

mayt papoidx3

.....

1,021r113



55

LIE ----LI-1-1-r'

EILL

set

6" ,ste

081- -----

tt.

'71

910

tte

HS

0914L6010Ze S

O

etz _

eta ...etz

EitZ

091/160.1000 S60S

H/S

0

It!

HS

091/1601000 dO

az

0S4160.1000 dN

/dO

LOU

S

N/S

H/S

3 dN/d9 :sw

ouodwoo dw

nS

maim

papoldx3

LZ

001

991

$31

lv" 010

091 V

IZ"'

CO

DE

1 =1

004-11

BI

-0 LU

103C

dO

enmo

ON

oN geM

n0 Z

99 aN

°woo

099 N

etunN

594 etun>

i

094 :Z

HO

S

ON

em

no

06Z/08Z

' LOZ

E

1H !S

O `d0 stied dw

nd m

ay( papoldx3 1.02V

ILSIt



Em

-srG

ir E

xplo

ded

view

S

ump

com

pone

nts;

CT

/ N

T,

CZ

/ NZ

, LL

32

01

CT

/NT

320

1,09

1/18

0 C

T 3

201.

091/

180

SH

221,

-

222

CZ

/NZ

320

1.09

1118

0 LL

320

1.09

1/18

0

4-N

23

3FIL

WG

Z"

Exp

lode

d vi

ew

Sum

p co

mpo

nent

s; C

P,

CS

, C

T

3201

.280

/290

E

CP

320

1.28

0/29

0 C

S,

3201

.280

/290

CT

320

1.28

0/29

0

221-

-

24



EliA

rwir

.

Mot

or p

arts

M

otor

deta

ljer

Mot

orte

ile

Pie

ces

du

mot

eur

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art

No.

D

enom

inat

ion

Qty

/ Ver

sion

C.;

2 E

S

SI

al

0 1-

01

C

s1 0

1 39

5 52

00

LIF

TIN

G H

AN

DLE

CO

MP

L -

- 1

1 1

396

42 0

0 LY

FT

BY

GE

L K

OM

PL.

1

1 -

- -

HE

BE

BU

EG

EL

KO

M P

L.

ET

R.D

'ELE

VE

R.C

OM

PL.

A

BR

AZ

.DE

ELE

V.C

OM

PL.

M

AN

IGLI

A S

OLL

.CO

MP

L.

2 81

55

40

H

EX

AG

ON

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

M16

X50

A4-

70

82 0

1 07

S

EX

KA

NT

SK

RU

V

M16

X50

-A2-

70

83 0

3 72

S

EC

HS

KA

NT

SC

HR

AU

BE

M

16X

50-A

4-70

-

2 2

-

84

34

05

VIS

A T

ET

E H

EX

AG

ON

AL

M16

X50

-A2-

70

TO

RN

ILLO

DE

CA

B.E

XA

G

VIT

ET

ES

TA

ES

AG

ON

ALE

3 64

8 40

00

SLE

EV

E

2 2

2 2

2

HY

LSA

H

ULS

E

DO

UIL

LE

MA

NG

UIT

O

BU

SS

OLA

6 83

38

91

DIS

C S

PR

ING

B

-40X

20.4

X1.

5-1

2 2

- -

2 83

40

28

TA

LLR

IKS

FJA

DE

R

B-4

0X20

.4 X

1.5-

1 -

2 2

-

TE

LLE

RF

ED

ER

R

ES

SO

RT

A'D

ISQ

UE

R

ES

OR

TE

DE

PLA

TIL

LO

MO

LLA

A D

ISC

O

7 83

45

51

CA

BLE

TIE

83

45

59

BU

NT

BA

ND

20

0X2.

4 P

A 6/

6 -5

5+10

5 1

1 1

1 1

KA

BE

LBIN

DE

R

CO

LLIE

R D

E C

AB

LE

CO

LLA

R D

E C

AB

LE

CO

LLA

RE

PE

R C

AV

O

8 43

1 87

00

INS

TR

UC

TIO

N P

LAT

E

1 -

- 1

-

630

68 0

0 IN

ST

RU

KT

ION

SS

KY

LT

US

E

6306

801

AS

SP

AR

E P

AR

T

1 1

1 1

1

630

69

00

INS

TR

UK

TIO

NS

SC

HIL

D

630

70 0

0 P

LAQ

UE

D'IN

ST

RU

CT

ION

1

- -

1 -

630

76 0

0 P

LAC

A

DE

IN

ST

RU

CC

ION

W

arm

Liq

uid

vers

ion

- 1

1 -

1

TA

RG

A D

I IS

TR

UZ

ION

E

9 42

6 67

00

INS

TR

UC

TIO

N

PLA

TE

1

1 1

1 1

426

71

00

INS

TR

UK

TIO

NS

SK

YLT

1

1 1

1 1

426

75 0

0 IN

ST

RU

KT

ION

SS

CH

ILD

-

1 1

- -

550

21 00

P

LAQ

UE

D'IN

ST

RU

CT

ION

(F

LS+

CLS

) -

1 1

- 1

550

22 0

0 P

LAC

A D

E I

NS

TR

UC

CIO

N

(FLS

) 1

1 1

1 1

550

23 0

0 T

AR

GA

DI

IST

RU

ZIO

NE

(C

LS)

- 1

1 -

1

25

PIL

IrG

lir

Mot

or p

arts

M

otor

deta

ljer

Mot

orte

ile

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art

No.

D

enom

inat

ion

Qty

/ Ver

sion

v-

0000

13

1 C

O

CO

a)

03

0

- C

s1

Csl

a)

9 55

0 24

00

INS

TR

UC

TIO

N P

LAT

E

1 1

1 1

1

657

79 0

0 IN

ST

RU

KT

ION

SS

KY

LT

1 1

- -

1

INS

TR

UK

TIO

NS

SC

HIL

D

PLA

QU

E D

'INS

TR

UC

TIO

N

PLA

CA

DE

IN

ST

RU

CC

ION

T

AR

GA

DI

IST

RU

ZIO

NE

10

82 2

0 88

D

RIV

E S

CR

EW

4X

5-A

2-70

'

- -

82 2

1 73

D

RIV

SK

RU

V

4X5-

A4-

70

- -

TR

EIB

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS F

ILE

TA

NT

E

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AU

TO

FIL

ET

TA

NT

E

11

249

88 0

4 E

AR

TH

ING

SC

RE

W

2 -

- 2

-

SK

YD

DS

LED

AR

SK

RU

V

ER

DU

NG

SS

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

DE

TE

RR

E

TO

RN

ILLO

DE

TIE

RR

A

VIT

E D

I T

ER

RA

13

279

29 0

0 E

AR

TH

ING

PLA

TE

27

9 29

02

SK

YD

DS

LED

AR

PLA

TT

A

ER

DU

NG

SP

LAT

TE

P

LAQ

UE

DE

TE

RR

E

PLA

CA

DE

TIE

RR

A

PIA

ST

RA

DI

TE

RR

A

14

94 2

0 76

C

ON

TR

OL

CA

BLE

-

-

MA

NO

VE

RK

AB

EL

ST

EU

ER

KA

BE

L C

AB

LE A

UX

ILIA

IRE

C

AB

LE A

UX

ILIA

R

CA

VO

AU

SIL

IAR

IO

15

304

48 0

2 E

NT

RA

NC

E F

LAN

GE

39

4 77

33

INF

eRIN

GS

FLA

NS

41

3 70

00

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

41

6 68

00

BR

IDE

D

'EN

TR

EE

In

tend

ed f

or m

etal

hou

se

BR

IDA

DE

EN

TR

AD

A

FLA

NG

IA E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

15.1

81

73

62

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

Inte

nded

for

394

77

33

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

26



riArc

ra.

Mot

or p

arts

M

otor

deta

ljer

Mot

orte

ile

--

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art

No.

D

enom

inat

ion

Qty

! V

ersi

on

.-00

00

0)

co

co

0) c

o o , N

01

0)

15.3

82

23

30

HE

XA

GO

N N

UT

In

tend

ed f

or 3

94 7

7 33

S

EX

KA

NT

MU

TT

ER

M

UT

TE

R

EC

RO

U

TU

ER

CA

D

AD

O E

SA

GO

NA

LE

16

81

41

04

HE

XA

GO

N

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

M8X

20-A

2-70

82

00

32

SE

XK

AN

TS

KR

UV

M

8X20

-A2-

70

83 0

2 99

S

EC

HS

KA

NT

SC

HR

AU

BE

M

8X20

-A4-

70

VIS

A T

ET

E H

EX

AG

ON

AL

TO

RN

ILLO

DE

CA

B.E

XA

G

VIT

ET

ES

TA

ES

AG

ON

ALE

17

398

98 0

0 C

LAM

P

PA

12

, 10

-12m

m

KLA

MM

A

KLE

MM

E

CR

AM

PO

N

AB

RA

ZA

DE

RA

F

AS

CE

TT

A

18

82 4

0 57

W

AS

HE

R

18.5

X35

X2-

A2-

70

2 -

-

82 4

0 84

B

RIC

KA

14

.5X

35X

2-A

2-70

82

42

36

SC

HE

IBE

12

.5X

35X

2-A

4-70

R

ON

DE

LLE

A

RA

ND

ELA

R

ON

DE

LLA

19

84 3

5 33

S

EA

L S

LEE

VE

(1

6)-1

8 m

m

84 3

5 66

T

AT

NIN

GS

HY

LSA

(1

0)-1

2 m

m

- 1

1 -

-

DIC

HT

UN

GS

HO

LSE

D

OU

ILLE

DE

JO

INT

M

AN

GU

ITO

DE

JU

NT

A

GO

MM

INO

EN

TR

.CA

VO

20

400

33 0

0 M

ET

AL

HO

SE

M

ET

ALL

SLA

NG

M

ET

ALL

SC

HLA

UC

H

TU

YA

U M

ET

ALL

IQU

E

MA

NG

UE

RA

ME

TA

LIC

A

GU

AIN

A M

ET

ALL

ICA

22

82 8

1 56

0-

RIN

G

32.2

X3.

0 F

PM

0-R

ING

0-

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

TO

RIQ

UE

A

N IL

LO T

OR

ICO

A

NE

LLO

OR

27

'Mot

or

FLY

GT

pa

rts

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r M

otor

deta

ljer

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Mot

orte

ile

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty/ V

ersi

on

,-00

00

co

co

co

0) c

o o

,-N

tNC

I

23

MO

TO

R C

AB

LE

MO

TO

RK

AB

EL

MO

TO

RK

AB

EL

CA

BLE

DE

MO

TE

UR

,,

sire

C

AB

LE D

EL

MO

TO

R

CA

VO

DI

PO

TE

NZ

A

94 0

9 32

N

SS

HO

U3X

16+

3X16

/3E

+3X

2.5

max

70°

(15

8°F

)(26

) -3

0 m

m

- -

94 1

9 76

S

IH-J

4X

2.5

mm

2, m

ax 9

0°C

(19

4°F

)(41

) -4

2 m

m

- -

-

94 1

9 77

S

IH-J

4X

6mm

2, m

ax

90°C

(19

4°F

) 14

mm

-

- -

94 1

9 78

S

IH-J

4X

1Om

m2,

max

90

°C (

194°

F)(

19)

-20

mm

-

- -

94 2

0 45

S

UB

C 4

G10

mm

2, m

ax 7

0°C

(15

8°F

)(23

.5)

-25.

5 m

m

94 2

0 46

S

UB

CA

B 4

X16

mm

2, m

ax 7

0°C

(1

58°F

)(26

) -2

8 m

m

- -

94 2

0 47

S

UB

CA

B 4

X25

mm

2, m

ax 7

0°C

(15

8°F

)(32

.5)

-34.

5 m

m

- -

94 2

0 48

S

UB

CA

B 7

50V

RN

4G

35m

m2,

max

70°

C (

158°

F)(

36.5

) -3

8.5

mm

-

- -

94 2

0 56

S

UB

C 4

G6+

2X1.

5 m

m2,

m

ax 7

0°C

(1

58°F

)(23

) -2

5 m

m

- -

94 2

0 57

S

UB

C 4

G10

+2X

1,5

mm

2, m

ax 7

0°C

(15

8°F

)(26

) -2

8 m

m

94 2

0 58

S

UB

C 4

G16

+2X

1,5

mm

2,

max

70°

C (

158°

F)(

26)

-28

mm

94

20

62

SU

BC

AB

750

RN

4G

25+

2X1,

5 m

m2,

max

70°

C

(158

°F)(

32.5

) -34

.5 m

m

-

94 2

0 63

S

UB

CA

B 7

50 R

N 4G

35+

2X1,

5 m

m2,

max

70°

C

(158

°F)(

36.5

) -3

8.5

mm

-

-

94 2

0 80

S

UB

C 7

G4+

2X1.

5 m

m2,

max

70°

C (

158°

F)(

22)

-26

mm

-

- -

94 2

0 81

S

UB

C 7

06+

2X1,

5 m

m2,

max

70°

C (

158°

F)(

24.3

) -2

8.3

mm

94

20

94

S07

E6E

5-F

7X

6 m

m2,

m

ax 9

0`C

(19

4°F

)(16

.2)

-17.

2 m

m

- -

94 2

1 09

S

UB

C 6

AW

G/3

-2-1

-GC

, m

ax 7

0°C

(15

8°F

)(30

) -3

2 m

m

94 2

1 10

S

UB

C 4

AW

G/3

-2-1

-GC

, m

ax 7

0°C

(15

8°F

)(32

.8)

-34.

8 m

m

- -

- -

94 2

1 11

S

UB

C 1

AW

G/3

-2-1

-GC

, max

70°

C (

158°

F)(

40.7

) -4

2.7

mm

-

- -

-

24

429

23 0

1 E

NT

RA

NC

E F

LAN

GE

In

tend

ed fo

r m

etal

hos

e -

- -

597

87 0

1 IN

FO

RIN

GS

FLA

NS

In

tend

ed fo

r m

etal

hos

e IS

O -0

1 1/

4"

- -

- -

597

87 0

4 E

INF

UH

RU

NG

SF

LAN

SC

H

Inte

nded

for

met

al h

ose

ISO

- G

2 "

- -

- -

597

87 0

8 B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

In

tend

ed fo

r m

etal

hos

e 2"

- 1

1.5

NP

T

- -

-

597

87 1

1 B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

In

tend

ed fo

r m

etal

hos

e 1

1/2"

-11

.5 N

PT

-

- -

FLA

NG

IA E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

24.6

63

3 11

01

G

LAN

D S

CR

EW

P

repa

red

for

met

alho

se I

SO

-G

1 1/

4"

- -

- -

633

11

04

HY

LSS

KR

UV

P

repa

red

for

met

alho

se

11/2

"-11

.5 N

PT

-

- -

VE

RS

CH

RA

UB

UN

G

EC

RO

U D

E S

ER

RA

GE

T

OR

NIL

LO D

E C

AM

ISA

V

ITE

DI S

ER

RA

GG

IO

24

394

77 1

0 C

AB

LE E

NT

RY

UN

IT

(14)

-22

mm

IN

FO

RIN

GS

EN

HE

T

KA

BE

LEIN

FO

HR

UN

GS

EIN

H

EN

TR

EE

DE

CA

BLE

UN

IT

EN

TR

AD

A D

E C

AB

LE U

NI

UN

ITA

' E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

28



FIn

kre'

r M

otor

par

ts

Mot

orde

talje

r M

otor

teile

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art

No.

D

enom

inat

ion

Qty

/ Ver

sion

1-1

ti3

cTo

5 «'

O

1-0

/CV

O

24.1

81

73

63

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

- 2

-

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

24.3

82

23

55

HE

XA

GO

N N

UT

-

2 -

SE

XK

AN

TM

UT

TE

R

MU

TT

ER

E

CR

OU

T

UE

RC

A

DA

DO

ES

AG

ON

ALE

24.4

30

6 77

20

CLA

MP

-

KLA

MM

A

KLE

MM

E

CR

AM

PO

N

AB

RA

ZA

DE

RA

F

AS

CE

TT

A

24,5

38

4 86

00

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

-

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24

394

77 1

1 C

AB

LE E

NT

RY

UN

IT

(26)

-32

mm

-

2 -

INF

OR

ING

SE

NH

ET

K

AB

ELE

INF

OH

RU

NG

SE

INH

E

NT

RE

E D

E C

AB

LE U

NIT

E

NT

RA

DA

DE

CA

BLE

UN

I .

UN

ITA

' E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

24.1

81

73

63

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

- 2

-

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

24.3

82

23

55

HE

XA

GO

N N

UT

-

SE

XK

AN

TM

UT

TE

R

MU

TT

ER

E

CR

OU

T

UE

RC

A

DA

DO

ES

AG

ON

ALE

29

..,

31E

ILIII

IGIr

M

otor

par

ts

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r M

otor

deta

ljer

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Mot

orte

ile

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty /

Ver

sion

r-

000c

:o

co

co

co o)

oo

O

,--

cv

N

M

24.4

30

6 77

21

CLA

MP

K

LAM

MA

K

LEM

ME

C

RA

MP

ON

A

BR

AZ

AD

ER

A

FA

SC

ET

TA

24.5

38

4 86

00

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

- 1

-

INF

OR

INas

RA

NS

E

INF

UH

RU

NG

SF

LAN

SC

H

BR

IDE

D'E

NT

RE

E

BR

IDA

DE

EN

TR

AD

A

FLA

NG

IA E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

24

394

77

12

CA

BLE

EN

TR

Y U

NIT

(3

2)-3

9 m

m

INF

OR

ING

SE

NH

ET

K

AB

ELE

INF

OH

RU

NG

SE

INH

E

NT

RE

E D

E C

AB

LE U

NIT

E

NT

RA

DA

DE

CA

BLE

UN

I U

NIT

A'

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24.1

81

73

64

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

24.3

82

23

55

HE

XA

GO

N N

UT

S

EX

KA

NT

MU

TT

ER

M

UT

TE

R

EC

RO

U

TU

ER

CA

D

AD

O E

SA

GO

NA

LE

24.4

30

6 77

22

CLA

MP

K

LAM

MA

K

LEM

ME

C

RA

MP

ON

A

BR

AZ

AD

ER

A

FA

SC

ET

TA

24.5

38

4 86

00

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

30



FE

arG

.ir

Mot

or p

arts

M

otor

deta

ljer

Mot

orte

ile

Pie

ces

du

mot

eur

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art

No.

D

enom

inat

ion

Qty

/ Ver

sion

r-

0000

0)

C

O

CO

C

D

CO

O

r C

V

04 0)

24

24.1

24.3

24.4

24.5

24

24.1

394

77 3

0

81

73 6

3

82

23 3

0

306

77 2

0

384

86 0

1

394

77 3

1

81

73 6

3

CA

BLE

EN

TR

Y U

NIT

IN

FO

RIN

GS

EN

HE

T

KA

BE

LEIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

EIN

H

EN

TR

EE

DE

CA

BLE

UN

IT

EN

TR

AD

A D

E C

AB

LE U

NI

UN

ITA

' E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

HE

XA

GO

N N

UT

S

EX

KA

NT

MU

TI-

ER

M

UT

TE

R

EC

RO

U

TU

ER

CA

D

AD

O E

SA

GO

NA

LE

CLA

MP

K

LAM

MA

K

LEM

ME

C

RA

MP

ON

A

BR

AZ

AD

ER

A

FA

SC

ET

TA

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

CA

BLE

EN

TR

Y U

NIT

IN

FO

RiN

GS

EN

HE

T

KA

BE

LEIN

FO

HR

UN

GS

EIN

i-I

EN

TR

EE

DE

CA

BLE

UN

IT

EN

TR

AD

A D

E C

AB

LE U

NI

UN

ITA

' E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

(18)

-28m

m

(26)

-32m

m

31

-.1.

-

Plin

tiGIC

M

otor

par

ts

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r M

otor

deta

ljer

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Mot

orte

ile

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

cry/

Ver

sion

P

os.N

o.

Par

t N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n ,-

cooc

:, co

co

co

co

O

r-

CV

04

C

O

24.3

82

23

30

HE

XA

GO

N

NU

T

SE

XK

AN

TM

UT

TE

R

MU

TT

ER

E

CR

OU

T

UE

RC

A

DA

DO

ES

AG

ON

ALE

24.4

30

6 77

21

CLA

MP

K

LAm

mA

K

LEM

ME

C

RA

MP

ON

A

BR

AZ

AD

ER

A

FA

SC

ET

TA

24.5

38

4 86

01

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24

394

77 3

2 C

AB

LE E

NT

RY

UN

IT

(35)

-37m

m

INF

OR

ING

SE

NH

ET

K

AB

ELE

INF

OH

RU

NG

SE

INH

E

NT

RE

E D

E C

AB

LE

UN

IT

EN

TR

AD

A D

E C

AB

LE U

NI

UN

ITA

' E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

24.1

81

73

64

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

24.3

82

23

30

HE

XA

GO

N N

UT

S

EX

KA

NT

MU

1TE

R

MU

TT

ER

E

CR

OU

T

UE

RC

A

DA

DO

ES

AG

ON

ALE

24.4

30

6 77

22

CLA

MP

K

LAm

mA

K

LEM

ME

C

RA

MP

ON

A

BR

AZ

AD

ER

A

FA

SC

ET

TA

32



wirG

a,

.

Mot

or p

arts

M

otor

deta

ljer

Mot

orte

ile

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

-

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n 01

y/ V

ersi

on

.-00

00

co

co

co

co

co

C3

..- CV CV CD

24.5

38

4 86

01

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24

394

77 3

7 C

AB

LE E

NT

RY

UN

IT

(14)

-18m

m

INF

OR

ING

SE

NH

ET

K

AB

ELE

INF

UH

RU

NG

SE

INH

E

NT

RE

E D

E C

AB

LE U

NIT

E

NT

RA

DA

DE

CA

BLE

UN

I U

NIT

A'

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24.1

81

73

63

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

24.3

82

23

30

HE

XA

GO

N

NU

T

SE

XK

AN

TM

UT

TE

R

MU

TT

ER

E

CR

OU

T

UE

RC

A

DA

DO

ES

AG

ON

ALE

24.4

30

6 77

42

CLA

MP

K

LAM

MA

K

LEM

ME

C

RA

MP

ON

A

BR

AZ

AD

ER

A

FA

SC

ET

TA

24.5

38

4 86

01

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24

394

77 9

0 C

AB

LE E

NT

RY

UN

IT

(22)

-26m

m

INF

OR

ING

SE

NH

ET

K

AB

ELE

INF

UH

RU

NG

SE

INH

E

NT

RE

E D

E C

AB

LE U

NIT

E

NT

RA

DA

DE

CA

BLE

UN

I U

NIT

A'

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

33

-.11

.

FLY

GT

M

otor

par

ts

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r M

otor

deta

ljer

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Mot

orte

ile

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Qty

/ Ver

sion

P

os.N

o.

Par

t N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n r- CD C) CD C)

CD CO 03 CD CO

or-N

N 0

)

24.1

81

73

63

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

24.3

82

23

55

HE

XA

GO

N N

UT

S

EX

KA

NT

MU

TT

ER

M

UT

TE

R

EC

RO

U

TU

ER

CA

D

AD

O E

SA

GO

NA

LE

24.4

30

6 77

40

CLA

MP

K

LAM

MA

K

LEM

ME

C

RA

MP

ON

A

BR

AZ

AD

ER

A

FA

SC

ET

TA

24.5

38

4 86

00

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24

431

81

00

CA

BLE

EN

TR

Y U

NIT

(3

2)-3

4 m

m

INF

OR

iNG

sEN

HE

T

KA

BE

LEIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

EIN

H

EN

TR

EE

DE

CA

BLE

UN

IT

EN

TR

AD

A D

E C

AB

LE U

NI

UN

ITA

' E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

24.1

82

00

17

SO

CK

ET

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

SE

XK

AN

TH

ALS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E A

BR

UG

OLA

24.4

38

1 42

01

CLA

MP

K

LAM

ST

YC

KE

K

LAM

M E

R

CR

AM

PO

N

AB

RA

ZA

DE

RA

F

AS

CE

TT

A

34



FLY

GT

M

otor

par

ts

Mot

orde

talje

r M

otor

teile

Pie

ces

du m

otel

&

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n O

ty/

Ver

sion

g 24

c5

50

11),

2

0 ,-

C.4

tN

0

24.5

43

2 59

00

E

NT

RA

NC

E F

LAN

GE

1

-

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24

431

81 0

3 C

AB

LE E

NT

RY

UN

IT

(26)

-35

mm

1

-

INF

OR

ING

SE

NH

ET

K

AB

ELE

INF

UH

RU

NG

SE

INH

E

NT

RE

E D

E C

AB

LE U

NIT

E

NT

RA

DA

DE

CA

BLE

UN

I U

NIT

A'

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24.1

82

00

17

SO

CK

ET

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

SE

XK

AN

TH

ALS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E A

BR

UG

OLA

24.4

38

1 42

04

CLA

MP

1

-

KLA

MM

A

KLE

MM

E

CR

AM

PO

N

AB

RA

ZA

DE

RA

F

AS

CE

TT

A

24.5

43

2 59

00

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

1 -

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24

435

56 0

1 C

AB

LE E

NT

RY

UN

IT

(22)

-26

mm

1

-

INF

OR

ING

SE

NH

ET

K

AB

ELE

INF

UH

RU

NG

SE

INH

E

NT

RE

E D

E C

AB

LE U

NIT

E

NT

RA

DA

DE

CA

BLE

UN

I U

NIT

A'

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24.1

82

00

17

SO

CK

ET

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

2 -

SE

XK

AN

TH

ALS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E A

BR

UG

OLA

35

3011

1..W

IGIC

Mot

or p

arts

P

iece

s du

mot

eur

Mot

orde

talje

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

M

otor

teile

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Oty

/ Ver

sion

P

os.N

o.

Par

t No.

D

enom

inat

ion

,-oc

acz.

0 o)

co

co

co

00

0

v- C

I 04

0

24.4

38

1 42

01

CLA

MP

K

LAM

ST

YC

KE

K

LAM

ME

R

CR

AM

PO

N

AB

RA

ZA

DE

RA

F

AS

CE

TT

A

24.5

43

2 59

01

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

24

435

56 0

2 C

AB

LE

EN

TR

Y U

NIT

(2

6)-2

8 m

m

INF

OR

ING

SE

NH

ET

K

AB

ELE

INF

UH

RU

NG

SE

INH

E

NT

RE

E D

E C

AB

LE U

NIT

E

NT

RA

DA

DE

CA

BLE

UN

I U

NIT

A'

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24.1

82

00

17

SO

CK

ET

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

SE

XK

AN

TH

ALS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E A

BR

UG

OLA

24.4

38

1 42

04

CLA

MP

K

LAM

MA

K

LEM

ME

C

RA

MP

ON

A

BR

AZ

AD

ER

A

FA

SC

ET

TA

24.5

43

2 59

01

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24

439

25 0

0 C

AB

LE E

NT

RY

UN

IT

(18)

-24r

nm

- -

- 1

-

INF

OR

ING

SE

NH

ET

K

AB

ELE

INF

UH

RU

NG

SE

INH

E

NT

RE

E D

E C

AB

LE U

NIT

E

NT

RA

DA

DE

CA

BLE

UN

I U

NIT

A'

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

36



FLY

1r

M

otor

par

ts

Mot

orde

talje

r M

otor

teile

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art

No.

D

enom

inat

ion

Oty

/ Ver

sion

O;

09 2

2 2

0 r. N N C

T)

24.1

81

73

63

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

24.3

82

23

30

HE

XA

GO

N N

UT

S

EX

KA

NT

MU

TT

ER

M

UT

TE

R

EC

RO

U

TU

ER

CA

D

AD

O E

SA

GO

NA

LE

24.4

30

6 77

20

CLA

MP

K

LAM

MA

K

LEM

ME

C

RA

MP

ON

A

BR

AZ

AD

ER

A

FA

SC

ET

TA

24.5

43

9 26

00

EN

TR

AN

CE

F

LAN

GE

IN

FO

RIN

GS

FLA

NS

E

INF

UH

RU

NG

SF

LAN

SC

H

BR

IDE

D'E

NT

RE

E

BR

IDA

DE

EN

TR

AD

A

FLA

NG

IA E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

24

439

25 0

1 C

AB

LE E

NT

RY

UN

IT

(24)

-32

mm

-

2 -

INF

OR

ING

SE

NH

ET

K

AB

ELE

INF

OH

RU

NG

SE

INH

E

NT

RE

E D

E C

AB

LE U

NIT

E

NT

RA

DA

DE

CA

BLE

UN

I U

NIT

A' E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

24.1

81

73

63

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

INT

AG

LIO

24.3

82

23

30

HE

XA

GO

N N

UT

-

- -

2 -

SE

XK

AN

TM

UT

TE

R

MU

TT

ER

E

CR

OU

T

UE

RC

A

DA

DO

ES

AG

ON

ALE

37

FIS

E-G

r'r

Mot

or p

arts

M

otor

deta

ljer

Mot

orte

ile

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art

No.

D

enom

inat

ion

City

/ Ver

sion

1... 0 0 0 C

D

CP CO CO 0 C

O

CD 1.-

CSI C4 CD

24.4

30

6 77

21

CLA

MP

-

2 -

KLA

MM

A

KLE

MM

E

CR

AM

PO

N

AB

RA

ZA

DE

RA

F

AS

CE

TT

A

24.5

43

9 26

00

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

-

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

24

439

25 0

2 C

AB

LE E

NT

RY

UN

IT

As

optio

n -

INF

OR

ING

SE

NH

ET

K

AB

ELE

INF

OH

RU

NG

SE

INH

E

NT

RE

E D

E C

AB

LE U

NIT

E

NT

RA

DA

DE

CA

BLE

UN

I

UN

ITA

' E

NT

RA

TA

CA

VO

24.1

81

73

64

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

- 2

-

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

. V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

24.3

82

23

30

HE

XA

GO

N N

UT

-

2 -

SE

XK

AN

TM

UT

TE

R

MU

TT

ER

E

CR

OU

T

UE

RC

A

DA

DO

ES

AG

ON

ALE

24.4

30

6 77

22

CLA

MP

-

2 -

KLA

MM

A

KLE

MM

E

CR

AM

PO

N

AB

RA

ZA

DE

RA

F

AS

CE

TT

A

24.5

43

9 26

00

EN

TR

AN

CE

FLA

NG

E

- 1

-

INF

OR

ING

SF

LAN

S

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

FLA

NS

CH

B

RID

E D

'EN

TR

EE

B

RID

A D

E E

NT

RA

DA

F

LAN

GIA

EN

TR

AT

A C

AV

O

38



r ° Cs1

C..)

2 =086 E 06Z >'01M >. 508L

460

NNNN . .

. 0, . - « . .

, , , ,. -- r r r s CSI.N . . - ,

... 3" 0 0 .._.4-. 0 0 E E 0 m. ,,, - war 4.

13 13 0 CO u) E O 0 N .4-,

`4) G.)

IL O. 0.

a) N .- t 0 0 al 4.. .... Q a) '3;

'0

0 0 0 ..-. 0 0 0 5 5 5

c O

..=

c E o , . C3

EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE E EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE omcs000rmcsivomocs,AoomoowcoRgull--mocmatomocmvw- cy cy c? c? 0, c? c7 cy cy cy cy 9 c? cy 777 cv cv cv c? co co cm cu cs, cu cy co co co 0 FaRRCIWNONVWWONWVWVWVWONMWNWONVWCOONMW NNN MOICINNNNNMM NN00000,- NNNNNMMMM

< 0 w Imrc 1-zu < (2, z D ,CC

CnrD0 I- WX,18z >zow w Oo _,owi-z co Z = -I 5 - <-1Z- (...,512g

Lu..< 0<0 cni-E0M0

M a.. IL 0 ci X V? 01 V

Li, D 00 CC

U 0¢2 D0 000<0_,

ZZZU.1-1_, yEEz. ...zzz 000«.<

D 0 <0_, W-1_1 000w zzzz2z REFE«<

[4

1.1

fit

6 z t co a.

0VWWVWW....0MVMWT,WMOONMWCOMO.-NN0VLOWN.WW0.- 0000VVVWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWMWMOIMMOIMM0,0100 c.i".2:2°.28RRRPARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRqqqqqqc443 .,,,vvvv,,,,,,vv,,,,,vv,vvv,dvv w..wwwww.wwwwwwwww....ww.....m.w.m..

0 0 07,

,, co

8 R , co Cl)

6 z 0 0

0 c.

-. 0 N

,.., Oi ,,,

O

r N N

0096 E06Z >' AR 4'081-

160

-.- ' '

.. ,

" ,_ ''''. ' " '

, ,, N CM f V " '..

q'/' 4-.8

O 0 E E o

o 3 a) ..... "0'0 0 0 to E 4) ct 0 IQ IP

*0 " .- CU

ii CL

a- 0

CA .= t es ci, co 4- - a.0)7) O 0 0 4... 4+ W 0 0 0 2 5 5

c . 0 I; =

o C Q)

0

0 W-1-10M0 -1WW00-1 CL CL CL 0 c> CL CL 0- CL < < CL 22zmw2

w _, 0 0 I

Cr i WW Cr WYY> w >00D0_0- 00w0<0 0_1001-0

000 < NNV < < 666 000 XXX NNN 55

W_JOW W C<<-1 CC ZA-.". 0 <0.-,....- co cc co ad 0 a > I<<C5_. <Doxo- werwwww i y 1- i 0 LLI WZw < Zi-ct,01- zYiLl-io O<W1--U ayx<21- XXO MW www001- mcom51->

EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE 8NWNVWWONVOWWWWONVOW0NVWNW C2 0 N C V C V NM 9 9 hl - N cy cy cy c y 9 9 9 c? T 9

CluONVWW8RWVWVWCOONVWWQRCIWP, MCIMNNNNN NNNNN0 CIMM

W<< -I-1-1

cc w_lw_i WACO Wo LL1 m.mozo WOMZZ <mo0m0 clacocc<cc

H P.

6 Z t

:6

00 00 C)tl 00 V cr ..

'6 CO W V R

.0. WWV 7,88 N 03

C7C/WW

MO.,-CON-WW0.-N0MONOVLOWt...00).-NMVW (01,1,-1,-1,C-1,-WWWWNNOWWWWWWW1..-P-1.-r-1,- 00000000000,-,-NNNNNNNNNNNNN vv..-,v,,,,,vvvvv,,vv,vvvv CV CV N CV CV CV C4 CV CV C4 CV CV CV CV CV NCVN CV CV CV CV CV C4 N CV WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW

u) CO CV

CD cu

170 N

rn



FLA

TG

IC

Mot

or p

arts

P

iece

s du

m

oteu

r M

otor

deta

ljer

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Mot

orte

ile

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty /

Ver

sion

,-

0 0

CD

C

3 C

O

CO

C

O

CO

O

D

Or-

CsI

C\I

C

O

30

429

24

00

ME

TA

L H

OS

E

For

mot

orca

ble

ME

TA

LLS

LAN

G

ME

TA

LLS

CH

LAU

CH

T

UY

AU

ME

TA

LLIO

UE

M

AN

GU

ER

A M

ET

ALI

CA

G

UA

INA

ME

TA

LLIC

A

31

82 8

0 91

0-

RIN

G

49,2

X5.

7 F

PM

-

1 -

82 8

1 03

0-

RIN

G

49.5

X3.

0 F

PM

0-

RIN

G

AN

N E

AU

TO

RIQ

UE

A

NIL

LO T

OR

ICO

A

NE

LLO

OR

32

392

00 0

6 E

NT

RA

NC

E C

OV

ER

E

N,

FM

1

-

392

00 0

8 IN

FO

RIN

GS

LOC

K

EN

39

2 00

13

EIN

FU

HR

UN

GS

DE

CK

EL

With

out a

ux.c

able

-

1 -

392

00 1

4 C

OU

VE

RC

LE D

'EN

TR

EE

W

ithou

t hol

e fo

r au

x.ca

ble

- 1

-

392

00 1

5 T

AP

A D

E

EN

TR

AD

A

Onl

y on

e ho

le f

or m

otor

cabl

e -

1

392

00 1

6 C

OP

ER

CH

IO E

NT

R.

CA

VO

F

or a

ux.c

able

and

m

otor

cabl

e 39

2 00

18

With

out

hole

for

aux

.cab

le

- -

392

00 1

9 W

ithou

t ho

le f

or a

ux.

but w

ith o

ne h

ole

for

mot

orca

ble

- -

416

41

00

For

aux

.cab

le a

nd

mot

orca

ble

- 1

-

416

41

01

With

tw

o ho

les

for

mot

orca

ble

- -

1 -

4164

102

-

4164

103

- -

1 -

4164

108

- 1

-

33

82 7

4 93

0-

RIN

G

199.

3X5.

7 N

BR

1

1 -

-

82 7

5 20

0-

RIN

G

199.

3X5.

7 F

PM

-

1 1

1 1

0-R

ING

A

NN

EA

U T

OR

IQU

E

AN

ILLO

TO

RIC

O

AN

ELL

O O

R

35

82 0

0 69

S

OC

KE

T H

EA

D S

CR

EW

M

12X

30-A

2-70

4

4 -

-

83 0

3 46

S

EX

KA

NT

HA

LSK

RU

V

M12

X30

-A4.

70

- -

4 4

4 S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E A

BR

UG

OLA

37

416

48 0

0 C

ON

NE

CT

ION

HO

US

ING

1

-

416

48 0

1 K

OP

PLI

NG

SH

US

44

3 29

00

KU

PP

LUN

GS

GE

HA

US

E

1 -

443

29

01

BO

ITIE

R D

E R

EC

CO

RD

EM

1

-

CA

JA D

E A

CO

PLA

MIE

NT

O

SE

DE

GIU

NT

O

41

PIL

IMIC

M

otor

par

ts

Mot

orde

talje

r M

otor

teile

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty/ V

ersi

on

,- C

D

C3

CD

C

3 61

O

D

OD

co

co

or

-010

1C>

38

82 7

5 01

0-

RIN

G

279,

3X5.

7 N

BR

1

1 -

-

82 7

5 22

0-

RIN

G

279,

3X5.

7 F

PM

-

1 1

1 1

0-R

ING

A

NN

EA

U T

OR

IQU

E

AN

ILLO

TO

RIC

O

AN

ELL

O O

R

40

82 0

0 71

S

OC

KE

T H

EA

D S

CR

EW

M

12X

40-A

2-70

8

8 -

- -

83 0

3 48

S

EX

KA

NT

HA

LSK

RU

V

M12

X40

-A4-

70

- 8

8 8

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

A B

RU

GO

LA

42

384

62 0

0 B

RA

CK

ET

-

2 -

-

384

62 0

2 F

AS

TE

-

- -

2 -

384

62 0

3 B

EF

ES

TIG

UN

G

4 -

- -

395

53 0

0 F

IXA

TIO

N

AP

OY

0 S

TA

FF

A

43

426

82 0

0 T

ER

MIN

AL

BO

AR

D U

NIT

1

1 1

1 1

KO

PP

LIN

GS

PLI

NT

EN

HE

T

SC

HA

LTB

RE

TrE

INH

EIT

P

LAQ

UE

A B

OR

NE

S

PLA

CA

DE

BO

RN

ES

U

NIT

A' M

OR

SE

TT

I ER

A

44

82 7

2 91

0-

RIN

G

139,

5X3.

0 F

PM

-

- -

-

82 7

4 81

0-

RIN

G

139,

5X3.

0 N

BR

1

1 -

- -

82 8

0 92

0-

RIN

G

144,

5X3.

0 F

PM

-

1 1

1 -

AN

NE

AU

TO

RIQ

UE

A

NIL

LO T

OM

O

AN

ELL

O O

R

45

81 4

1 04

H

EX

AG

ON

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

M8X

20-A

2-70

-

4 4

-

81 4

1 06

S

EX

KA

NT

SK

RU

V

M8X

25-A

2-70

4

4 -

-

SE

CH

SK

AN

TS

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

A T

ET

E H

EX

AG

ON

AL

TO

RN

ILLO

DE

CA

B.E

XA

G

VIT

ET

ES

TA

ES

AG

ON

ALE

46

82 3

5 16

W

AS

HE

R

8-A

2-A

140

4

4 -

4 4

BR

ICK

A

SC

HE

IBE

R

ON

DE

LLE

A

RA

N D

ELA

R

ON

DE

LLA

42



FL'

VG

T

.

Mot

or p

arts

P

iece

s du

mot

eur

Mot

orde

talje

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

M

otor

teile

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Qty

/ Ver

sion

P

os.N

o.

Par

t No.

D

enom

inat

ion

.-00

0to

to c

o co

to

co

o , N

N 0

)

48

83 4

2 21

E

ND

SLE

EV

E

35.0

MM

2; L

--18

mm

-

8 8

- -

AN

DH

YLS

A

EN

DH

U E

LSE

C

OS

SE

M

AN

GU

ITO

DE

DE

TR

AS

C

AP

OC

OR

DA

49

83 4

2 28

E

ND

SLE

EV

E

2.5m

m2;

L=

7mm

8

8 -

8 8

83 4

2 29

A

N D

HY

LSA

4.

0mm

2; L

=10

mm

6

6 6

6 6

83 4

2 30

E

ND

HU

ELS

E

6.0m

m2;

L.1

0mm

83

42

34

CO

SS

E

25.0

mm

2; L

=15

mm

-

83 4

2 35

M

AN

GU

ITO

DE

DE

TR

AS

10

.0m

m2;

L=

12m

m

83 4

2 36

C

AP

OC

OR

DA

0.

75m

m2;

L =

6mm

2

83 4

2 38

1.

5mm

2; L

=7m

m

83 4

2 39

16

.0m

m2;

L=

12m

m

' 83

43

26

25.0

mm

2; L

=30

mm

83

43

38

AM

P 6

1850

.2

51

83 4

4 24

C

LOS

ED

EN

D S

PLI

CE

2.

5-6(

AW

G

12-1

0)L=

17.5

*

AN

DS

KA

RV

HY

LSA

K

AB

ELE

ND

VE

RB

IND

ER

R

AC

CO

RD

S E

MB

OU

TS

C

ON

EC

TO

R C

ON

TE

RA

C

ON

NE

TT

. P

RE

ISO

LAT

O

52

94

05 1

5 IN

SU

LAT

ING

HO

SE

PV

C

0.1

94 0

5 17

P

VC

IS

OLE

RS

LAN

G

0.1

94 0

5 90

IS

OLI

ER

SC

HLA

UC

H P

VC

0.

22

-

GA

INE

IS

OLA

NT

E

MA

NG

UE

RA

AIS

LAD

OR

T

UB

O I

SO

LAN

TE

PV

C

53

81

41 04

H

EX

AG

ON

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

M8X

20-A

2-70

2

2 2

2 2

SE

XK

AN

TS

KR

UV

S

EC

HS

KA

NT

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

ISA

TO

TE

HE

XA

GO

NA

L T

OR

NIL

LO D

E C

AB

.EX

AG

V

ITE

TE

ST

A E

SA

GO

NA

LE

56

426

78 0

0 E

AR

TH

ING

PLA

TE

2

2 2

2 2

SK

YD

DS

LED

AR

PLA

TT

A

ER

DU

NG

SP

LAT

TE

P

LAQ

UE

DE

TE

RR

E

PLA

CA

DE

TIE

RF

iA

PIA

ST

RA

DI

TE

RR

A

43

riarG

rIr

Mot

or p

arts

P

iece

s du

mot

eur

Mot

orde

talje

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

M

otor

teile

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty/ V

ersi

on

,-00

00

co

co

oo

a)

CO

0

e- O

NI

CN

I C

O

57

384

76 0

0 IN

SU

LAT

ING

PLA

TE

1

1 1

1 1

ISO

LER

ING

SP

LAT

TA

IS

OLI

ER

PLA

TT

E

PLA

QU

E I

SO

LAN

T

PLA

CA

AIS

LAD

OF

tA

PIA

ST

RA

D'IS

OLA

M.

58

319

09 0

1 C

OV

ER

1

1 1

1 1

LOC

K

DE

CK

EL

CO

UV

ER

CLE

T

AP

A

CO

PE

RC

HIO

61

84 5

3 76

R

OLL

ER

BE

AR

ING

(U

pper

bea

ring)

1

1 1

1 1

RU

LLA

GE

R

RO

LLE

NLA

G E

R

RO

ULE

ME

NT

A R

OU

LEA

UX

C

OJI

NE

TE

DE

RO

DIL

LOS

C

US

CIN

ET

TO

A R

ULL

I

62

82 6

2 24

R

ET

AIN

ING

RIN

G

SG

H 9

0 1

1 1

1 1

SP

AR

RIN

G

NU

TR

ING

C

IRC

LIP

A

NIL

LO D

E P

RE

SIO

N

AN

ELL

O D

I S

ICU

RE

ZZ

A

63

563

93 0

0 P

RO

TE

CT

IVE

WA

SH

ER

1

1 1

1 1

SK

YD

DS

BR

ICK

A

SC

HU

TZ

SC

HE

IBE

R

ON

DE

LLE

DE

PR

OT

EC

T.

AR

AN

DE

LA D

E P

RO

TE

CC

. R

ON

DE

LLA

DI

PR

OT

EZ

.

69

384

82 0

1 S

TA

TO

R H

OU

SIN

G

384

82 0

2 S

TA

TO

RH

US

-

1 -

- 1

416

49 0

0 S

TA

TO

RG

EH

AU

SE

41

6 49

01

LOG

EM

EN

T D

E S

TA

TO

R

CA

RC

AS

A D

E

ES

TA

TO

R

ALL

OG

GIO

ST

AT

OR

E

70

82 0

0 71

S

OC

KE

T H

EA

D S

CR

EW

M

12X

40-A

2-70

8

8 -

- -

83 0

3 48

S

EX

KA

NT

HA

LSK

RU

V

M12

X40

-A4-

70

- -

8 8

8 S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E A

BR

UG

OLA

44



.- ° Csi

C")

=086 0 EO6Z

--- Cl IM g Oa I.

1.60

i-tol.....i.e........r-e ..1-..,- ---.----,---. --_,----.---, . -- --

3 1.- O 0 0 0 E E 11)

..,-, a) v 0 U) CO E C! as _ O N ....

CD 0.1 1-..., ... . ma 0. et 0.

a. a)

U) - as 4-. - Cl. a) 76 L L L 0 0 0 .1. 4....1 0 0 0 2 2

2 I:1 c E 0 C ey

o

= E

u., N - ,.......

N R a 'I'

0 OR > , cv ,c. c W N NW m 6 >Lcno o ,iz 0 >r> > N x I >LOSSS 0008 to

8!,.; »M7°' >»0 q.o6o6 good-, M.N. 11M347,41441;3L%1

5 E 2

9 E to Zr, a -

§' ..

NG 00 0 00 8-. O00 O ,::,

- ,.1P. MO> N . Ma > > "/o N =1 -..0 -.,LOC40 o YIN »N »,?,>77., o o icri 8.m1Sigm8Q L. cr0,- M 0...,mt.

.s E

p- .- - a. ti ta

0 m ,4-:41" XP 0

8!11

M.N. (417,.

.1

R cr,

Y OA CV

NI- 2 X 6 tool IN .....

aa

0 0 cl 00 cm

> > 04

R Sw N NW 6 cr, o .1. »-> >

,7,88 0o8 »vgv >>>W 6 oomdi 11Nr;44ZIVT-D-,%1

8 ..ta

.1-.

E

.-5

= a 00

0> 0 >0 .,>, >,z, o c',> N so > > N 0 N 0 0 } 9 >= >' L 0 ,r ca

>>.'-' > >>>7> ,

08.1.0,8858218 .v- mt.. .,,..,,,

E 1-4

g co

m o 2.

N N.., .14 X CP o ZN

..,:.

M.N.

I

az

0 0 °4 0 R > c;.,

R, Nw Y0W00

ON ONO0Cr NY000 o>aao 666o 0.,, NM.J.0..

11111

W ..

ccIll wow C) F- C) t-<!--.

1--

cowo

CI

0

ci z r O a.

______

E,ORSA2c9,?4,9,%J.1 c, c, c. c, 0. 0 c, 0 c) c. c, c, cs, ..0.0..0......- 31,ggZggIIR88 mmmmeammmmm Mgt)

-..0,,w00,0Nv 00,,m,,,,,,,,,,,...:, v-=v-r,v,,, ........,...., 8gXIgI81.Z88 mmmmommeammmmo

,0N.0, cs.,,,,m,..

SISS8 ...... 00ava

. 0 z 0 O.

en N

I-- cp N M

p cMM .ii06Z

4! .....WM h.

8 oeL 1.60

.- -- -.,,-,,-, ' ,- ...-- r , -,- - .

.- N ..- ,-,-, ,- ...r ,... r.- ..- ....

-, '

L 3 1.. 0 ....

0 0 E E 0 L .m. , t 13 40 CO co 0,) Ce

`11) 0) kA -.0 .. E a a

L 0 CD - t ca a) as 4- - o_ 0 "3 v 4. a.. a... s.. 0 0 0 0 0 0 22

C 0 .- cO

C ... E 0 w 0

m m co Zu_ r--.F-- LOU)

(I T a; ,, NN

111

00 Eg omm 1-00

000.?(169 EEEzr-lw (5(56.iii

'i ,- 0 OO8.TA8 560-tEt EEE,0E . " . . . ,_ 000cvarg

-I OW 1.=WCIM wmwo ,_mcoal- t[T,zmwo

zxiiiftocc D ZZ000

-II_ 0 W <w-l_m w ma ZZ_I W.,IDD<

c1-1..0.1.4.,tetcr,l000WW0W00NNV. 6 6 6 6 ci 6 6 ci 6 6 6 6 ai 6 6 6 ui 6 e4 c4 di NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIZ.N4g. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

cm o Csi . 8 "6 =

-5 :6 -0

43

g =

0 W W _Icr II-..1-11X0W aw-,wcum XXWMIXJ (J)<«<

cs, 0 0.1

In a

E V4-. = 0

:9-

C _D.

s eu ,

0 co

z OW 0 YiM

111 z mo E cLE 00 w5 ZZ0 2EKCL-09

X-J-I FICIVS(21g MWZG<Q

A,.. 0 01

. 111

41

ei Z t

OcT, M. I...N.

NN WM

,

mamoNnama-wmaoNomwo.-o 00000.-/-NN000000.-.-00 NNNNNNNNN000WW00WOMMN IA, 0 0 lt) tO Ill . . . to r.0 u, . IA ul Ul Ul ill W W

gggggggagggggggggI88g mmommulmcammcammommcamoom

ON

t...

CO

g m

RI

C7/

LO

0.1 W

6 Z

a.

r- cm n> r-

,_

N ei

0,

N ci

O

F=L

T

.

Mot

or p

arts

M

otor

deta

ljer

Mot

orte

ile

Pie

ces

du

mot

eur

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty/ V

ersi

on

9-00

00

01

CO

C

O

C

CO

0

1-

0.1

CV

0/

79

3-,

50 H

z, 2

2 K

W,

1460

r/m

ln

- (2

7- 2

0.4F

)

415

74 3

4 38

0-40

0V Y

/220

-230

V D

-

1 1

1 1

1

415

74 3

8 66

0-69

0V Y

/380

-400

V D

-

1 1

1 1

1

415

74 4

0 40

0V D

-

1 1

1 -

-

415

74 4

4 40

0-44

0V

D

- 1

1 1

1 1

415

74 5

0 50

0V D

-

1 1

1 1

-

530

36 4

4 40

0-44

0V

D (

With

th

erm

isto

rs)

- -

3-,

60 H

z, 2

2 K

W (

30H

P),

175

5 r/

min

(2

7-20

-4A

)

415

75 2

8 -

200-

220V

D

1 1

- -

-

415

75 3

0 -

380V

D

1 1

- -

-

415

75

37

- 44

0-46

0Y S

ER

-220

-230

Y //

1

1 -

1

415

75 3

8 -

440-

460V

D

1 1

- -

-

415

75 5

2 -

575-

600V

0

1 1

- -

1

3-,

50 H

z, 3

0 K

W,

2930

r/m

In

- (2

7- 22

-2A

)

558

51

01

400V

Y-2

30V

ID

-

1 1

- -

1

558

51

02

690V

D

- 1

1 -

- -

558

51

34

380V

Y-2

20V

D

- 1

1 -

- -

558

51

38

660V

Y-3

80V

D

- 1

1 -

- -

558

51

39

690V

Y-4

00V

D

- 1

1 -

- 1

558

51

44

400-

440V

D

-

1 1

- -

-

558

51

50

500V

D

- 1

1 -

- -

570

33 4

4 40

0-44

0V

D (

With

the

rmis

tors

) -

- 1

- -

1

81

485

16 0

0 P

RO

TE

CT

IVE

DIS

C

At

the

botto

m o

f the

sta

torh

ousi

ng

1 1

1 -

1

563

92 0

0 S

KY

DD

SS

KIV

A

Bet

wee

n th

e w

indi

ngs/

stat

orho

usin

g w

all

1 1

- -

1

SC

HU

TZ

SC

HE

IBE

D

ISQ

UE

DE

PR

OT

EC

TIO

N

DIS

CO

DE

PR

OT

EC

CIO

N

DIS

CO

DI

PR

OT

EZ

ION

E

82

384

83 0

4 O

UT

ER

CA

SIN

G

1 1

- -

1

416

47 0

0 K

AP

A

- 1

1 -

MA

NT

EL

CO

IFF

E

CA

PO

TA

C

AM

PA

NA

47

FLY

-07C

M

otor

par

ts

Mot

orde

talje

r M

otor

teile

Pie

ces

du

mot

eur

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n O

ty/ V

ersi

on

.--0

,000

O

ea cc

) a)

0

T-

01

01

0co 1

83

82 7

5 05

0-

RIN

G

339.

3X5.

7 N

BR

1

1 -

- -

82 7

5 23

0-

RIN

G

339.

3X5.

7 F

PM

W

arm

liq

uid

vers

ion

- 1

1 1

1

0-R

ING

A

NN

EA

U T

OR

IQU

E

AN

ILLO

TO

RIC

O

AN

ELL

O O

R

84

82 7

8 80

0-

RIN

G

375.

0X8.

4-1

NB

R

1 1

- -

82 7

9 19

0-

RIN

G

375.

0X8.

4 F

PM

War

m l

iqui

d ve

rsio

n -

1 1

1 1

0-R

ING

A

NN

EA

U T

OR

IQU

E

AN

ILL

O T

OR

ICO

A

NE

LLO

OR

89

279

76 0

2 P

IPE

1

1 -

- 1

279

76 1

2 R

OR

-

- 1

1 -

RO

HR

T

UB

E

TU

BO

T

UB

O

90

384

60 0

0 P

IPE

BE

ND

1

1 -

- 1

410

89 0

0 R

OR

BO

J -

- 1

1 -

RO

HR

BO

GE

N

CO

UD

E

CO

DO

G

OM

ITO

91

83 0

2 73

S

OC

KE

T H

EA

D S

CR

EW

M

6X12

-A4-

70

- 2

2 -

SE

XK

AN

TH

ALS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E A

BR

UG

OLA

92

374

81 0

3 P

LAT

E

1 1

- -

1

374

81

13

PLA

TT

A

- -

1 1

-

PLA

TT

E

PLA

QU

E

PLA

CA

P

IAS

TR

A

93

81 73

42

SLO

TT

ED

SC

RE

W

M4X

12-A

4-70

2

2 2

2 2

SP

AR

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

AD

IN

TA

GLI

O

48



FLY

GT

M

otor

par

ts

Mot

orde

talje

r M

otor

teile

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty /

Ver

sion

i «'

2 2

2

0 1-

C

NI

01

0)

96

384

99 0

0 E

XP

AN

DIN

G P

LUG

2

2 -

- 2

384

99 0

1 E

XP

AN

DE

RP

RO

PP

-

- 2

2

VE

RS

CH

LUS

SC

HE

IBE

B

OU

CH

ON

DE

DIL

AT

ION

T

AP

ON

DE

DIL

AT

AC

AO

T

AP

PO

DI

ES

PA

NS

ION

E

97

82 3

5 13

P

LAIN

WA

SH

ER

-

-

RU

ND

BR

ICK

A

SC

HE

IBE

R

ON

DE

LLE

A

RA

ND

ELA

R

ON

DE

LLA

101

504

78 1

0 C

AB

LE U

NIT

(F

LS)

1 1

1 1

1

SLA

DD

EN

HE

T

KA

BE

LEIN

HE

IT

UN

ITE

DE

CA

BLE

U

NID

AD

DE

CA

BLE

U

NIT

A'

CA

VO

102

504

78 0

3 C

AB

LE U

NIT

(F

LS.C

LS30

) -

1 1

- 1

543

83 0

0 S

LAD

DE

NH

ET

(F

LS,C

LS30

) -

1 1

- 1

KA

BE

LEIN

HE

IT

UN

ITE

DE

CA

BLE

U

NID

AD

DE

CA

BLE

U

NIT

A' C

AV

O

103

518

89 0

2 LE

AK

AG

E D

ET

EC

T.U

NIT

(F

LS)

1 1

1 1

1

LAC

KA

GE

DE

TE

KT

.EN

HE

T

LEC

KA

GE

DE

TE

KT

.EIN

H.

DE

TE

CT

.FU

ITE

-UN

ITE

D

ET

EC

T.G

OT

EO

-UN

IDA

D

UN

ITA

'RIV

EL.

INF

ILT

R.

104

505

12 0

0 LE

AK

AG

E D

ET

EC

T.U

NIT

(C

LS30

) -

1 1

- 1

LAC

KA

GE

DE

TE

KT

.EN

HE

T

LEC

KA

GE

DE

TE

KT

.EIN

H.

DE

TE

CT

.FU

ITE

-UN

ITE

D

ET

EC

T.G

OT

EO

-UN

IDA

D

UN

ITA

'RIV

EL.

INF

ILT

R.

105

384

81 0

5 B

EA

RIN

G H

OLD

ER

A

ct.

to "F

M"

384

81 0

6 LA

GE

RH

ALL

AR

E

Acc

. to

"E

N"

416

61 0

2 LA

GE

RH

ALT

ER

41

6 61

05

SU

PP

OR

T D

E R

OU

LEM

EN

T

For

FLS

exe

cutio

n 41

6 61

06

SU

JET

AD

OR

DE

CO

JIN

. F

or C

LS 3

0 an

d F

LS e

xecu

tion

503

16 0

4 S

UP

P.

CU

SC

INE

TT

O

For

FLS

exe

cutio

n -

1 -

- 1

503

16 0

5 F

or C

LS 3

0 an

d F

LS e

xecu

tion

- 1

- -

1

49

PIL

ITO

T

... M

otor

par

ts

Mot

orde

talje

r M

otor

teile

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n O

ty/ V

ersi

on

,-cD

000

cs)

co

0 .-

01

CO

C

)I

CO

O

ff)

107

82 5

9 18

R

ET

AIN

ING

RIN

G

SG

A 6

5 1

1 1

1 1

SP

AR

RIN

G

NU

TR

ING

C

IRC

LIP

A

NIL

LO D

E P

RE

SIO

N

AN

ELL

O D

I S

ICU

RE

ZZ

A

108

82 4

4 23

S

UP

PO

RT

ING

W

AS

HE

R

65X

85X

3.5

2 2

2 2

2

ST

OD

BR

ICK

A

ST

UE

TZ

SC

HE

IBE

R

ON

DE

LLE

DE

SU

PP

OR

T

AR

AN

DE

LA D

E S

OP

OR

TE

R

ON

DE

LLA

DI

SU

PP

OR

TO

109

83 3

6 98

B

ALL

BE

AR

ING

33

13 C

3 C

lear

ance

65X

140X

58.7

1

1 1

1 1

KU

LLA

GE

R

KU

GE

LLA

GE

R

RO

ULE

ME

NT

A B

ILLE

S

CO

JIN

ET

E D

E B

OLA

S

CU

SC

INE

TT

O A

SF

ER

E

110

405

08 0

2 B

EA

RIN

G C

OV

ER

1

- -

1 -

405

013

04

LAG

ER

LOC

K

- 1

1 -

1

LAG

ER

DE

CK

EL

CO

UV

ER

CLE

DE

RO

ULE

M

TA

PA

DE

CO

JIN

ET

E

CO

PE

RC

HIO

CU

SC

INE

TT

O

112

81

41 34

H

EX

AG

ON

H

EA

D B

OLT

M

I O

X40

-A2-

70

4 4

4 4

4 S

EX

KA

NT

SK

RU

V

SE

CH

SK

AN

TS

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

A T

ET

E H

EX

AG

ON

AL

TO

RN

ILLO

DE

CA

B.E

XA

G

BU

LLO

NE

TE

ST

A E

SA

G.

114

288

10 0

4 M

EC

HA

NIC

AL

SE

AL

Inne

r: T

ungs

ten

Car

bide

W

CC

R/W

CC

R

1 1

1 1

1

PLA

NT

AT

NIN

G

GLE

ITR

ING

DIC

HT

UN

G

JOIN

T M

EC

AN

IQU

E

JUN

TA

ME

CA

NIC

A

TE

NU

TA

ME

CC

AN

ICA

114.

1 82

79

18

0-R

ING

78

.0X

4.0

FP

M

1 1

1 1

1

0-R

ING

0-

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

TO

RIQ

UE

A

NIL

LOT

OR

ICO

A

NE

LLO

OR

50



FLY

GT

.

Mot

or p

arts

M

otor

deta

ljer

Mot

orte

ile

Pie

ces

du

mot

eur

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art

No.

D

enom

inat

ion

Qty

/ Ver

sion

g o

2 2

2 0O

CV

N

O

114.

3 82

95

58

0-R

ING

1

1 1

1 1

0-R

ING

0-

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

TO

RIQ

UE

A

N

AN

ELL

O O

R

114.

5 30

1 19

14

T

EN

SIO

N S

PR

ING

1

1 1

1 1

DR

AG

FJA

DE

R

DR

EH

FE

DE

R

RE

SS

OR

T D

E T

RA

CT

ION

R

ES

OR

TE

TE

NS

OR

M

OLL

A D

I T

EN

SIO

NE

115

584

72 0

0 LO

CK

WA

SH

ER

1

1 -

1

LAS

BR

ICK

A

SIC

HE

RU

NG

SB

LEC

H

RO

ND

ELL

E D

E B

LOC

AG

E

AR

AN

DE

LA D

E C

I ER

RE

R

ON

DE

LLA

DI

BLO

CC

AG

.

116

82 0

0 11

S

OC

KE

T H

EA

D S

CR

EW

M

6X 1

2-A

2-70

1

1 -

- 1

SE

XK

AN

TH

ALS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E A

BR

UG

OLA

120

385

67 0

0 IN

SP

EC

TIO

N S

CR

EW

"E

X a

ppro

ved"

42

8 22

01

IN

SP

EK

TIO

NS

SK

RU

V

1 2

- -

-

428

22

05

INS

PE

KT

ION

SS

CH

RA

UB

E

SS

-

2 1

2

VIS

D'IN

SP

EC

TIO

N

TO

RN

ILLO

DE

IN

SP

EC

. V

ITE

DI

ISP

EZ

ION

E

121

82 7

0 34

H

EX

AG

ON

P

LUG

1

1 -

-

82 7

0 45

6-

KA

NT

PR

OP

P

War

m li

quid

exe

cutio

n -

1 1

1 1

SE

CH

SK

AN

TP

FR

OP

FE

N

BO

UC

HO

N H

EX

AG

ON

AL

TA

PO

N H

EX

AG

ON

AL

TA

PP

O E

SA

GO

NA

LE

122

82 7

2 95

0-

RIN

G

19.2

X3.

0 F

PM

War

m l

iqui

d ex

ecut

ion

- 2

2 2

2

82 7

3 90

0-

RIN

G

19.2

X3.

0 N

BR

2

2 -

- -

82

73 9

3 0-

RIN

G

26.2

X3.

0 N

BR

82

75

17

A

NN

EA

U T

OR

IQU

E

26.2

X3.

0 F

PM

82 7

7 30

A

NIL

LOT

OR

ICO

28

.17X

3.53

-1

NB

R

2 2

- -

-

82 7

9 22

A

NE

LLO

OR

28

.17X

3.53

FP

M W

arm

liq

uid

exec

utio

n -

2 2

2 2

51

ri.vo

ar

... M

otor

par

ts

Mot

orde

talje

r M

otor

teile

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o D

enom

inat

ion

Qty

/ V

ersi

on

1-00

00

CO

C

O

CO

0)

C

O

0 1-

C

4 C

s1

01

124

82 4

7 68

S

PR

ING

WA

SH

ER

S

MS

84

-FB

B-1

6-H

RC

43-

50

FJA

DE

RB

RIC

KA

F

ED

ER

SC

HE

IBE

R

ON

DE

LLE

ELA

ST

IQU

E

AR

AN

DE

LA E

LAS

TIC

A

RO

ND

ELL

A E

LAS

TIC

A

125

82 6

9 42

P

RO

TE

CT

IVE

PLU

G

SK

YD

DS

PR

OP

P

SC

HU

TZ

PR

OP

FE

N

BO

UC

HO

N D

E P

RO

TE

CT

. T

AP

ON

DE

PR

OT

EC

CIO

N

TA

PP

O D

I P

RO

TE

ZIO

NE

129

416

67 0

0 O

IL H

OU

SIN

G

- -

1 1

-

620

77 0

0 O

UE

HU

S

1 1

- -

1

OLG

EH

AU

SE

C

AR

TE

R A

'HU

ILE

C

AM

AR

A D

E A

CE

ITE

S

ER

BA

TO

IO O

LIO

130

82 7

5 08

0-

RIN

G

399.

3X5.

7 N

BR

1

1 -

- 82

80

93

0-R

ING

39

9.3X

5.7

FP

M

1 1

1 1

0-R

ING

A

NN

EA

U T

OR

IQU

E

AN

A

NE

LLO

OR

131

82 7

5 09

0-

RIN

G

419.

3X5.

7 N

BR

1

1 -

-

82 8

1 12

0-

RIN

G

419.

3X5.

7 F

PM

-

1 1

1 1

0-R

ING

A

NN

EA

U T

OR

IQU

E

AN

A

NE

LLO

OR

132

646

59

00

GA

SK

ET

CO

MP

L.

1 1

- -

-

646

59

01

PA

CK

NIN

G K

OM

PL.

-

- 1

1 1

PA

CK

UN

G K

OM

PL.

JO

INT

CO

MP

L.

JUN

TA

CO

MP

L.

GU

AR

NIZ

. C

OM

PL.

133

82 0

0 53

S

OC

KE

T H

EA

D S

CR

EW

M

10X

35-A

2-70

2

2 -

-

83 0

3 25

S

EX

KA

NT

HA

LSK

RU

V

M10

X35

-A4-

70

- -

2 2

2

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

A B

RU

GO

LA

52



FE

LT

Mot

or p

arts

M

otor

deta

ljer

Mot

orte

ile

Pie

ces

du m

oteu

r P

ieza

s de

l m

otor

P

arti

mot

ore

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty/ V

ersi

on

,- 0

000

0)

CO

00

00

C

O

0 r-

C.4

C

NJ 0

134

319

20 0

1 W

AS

HE

R

1 1

1 1

1

BR

ICK

A

SC

HE

IBE

R

ON

DE

LLE

A

RA

ND

ELA

R

ON

DE

LLA

135

306

73 0

0 H

EX

AG

ON

SC

RE

W

6 6

-

306

73 0

1 S

EX

KA

NT

SK

RU

V

- -

6 6

-

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

ES

AG

ON

ALE

136

302

21 0

0 C

OM

PR

ES

SIO

N S

PR

ING

6

6 6

6 6

TR

YC

KF

JAD

ER

D

RU

CK

FE

DE

R

RE

SS

OR

T D

E C

OM

PR

ES

. R

ES

OR

TE

DE

CO

MP

RE

S.

MO

LLA

CO

MP

RE

SS

ION

E

137

382

83 0

0 W

EA

R P

RO

TE

CT

ION

1

1 -

- -

382

83 0

3 S

LIT

SK

YD

D

War

m l

iqui

d ex

ecut

ion

- 1

1 1

1

VE

RS

CH

LEIS

SC

HU

TZ

P

RO

TE

CT

ION

D'U

SU

RE

P

RO

TE

CC

ION

DE

DE

SG

AS

P

RO

TE

ZIO

NE

US

UR

A

140

80 2

3 05

P

AR

ALL

EL

PIN

C

P-H

8-4X

10-1

650

1 1

- -

80 3

0 05

C

YLI

ND

RIS

K P

INN

E

CP

-H8-

4X10

-234

6 -

- 1

1 -

SP

LIN

T

GO

UP

ILLE

P

AS

AD

OR

S

PIN

OT

TO

141

384

03 0

7 M

EC

HA

NIC

AL

SE

AL

Out

er:T

ungs

ten

Car

bide

WC

CR

/WC

CR

1

1 1

1 1

PLA

NT

AT

NIN

G

GLE

ITR

ING

DIC

HT

UN

G

JOIN

T M

EC

AN

IQU

E

JUN

TA

ME

CA

NIC

A

TE

NU

TA

ME

CC

AN

ICA

141.

1 82

80

94

0-R

ING

1

1 1

1 1

0-R

ING

0-

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

TO

RIQ

UE

A

NIL

LOT

OR

ICO

A

NE

LLO

OR

53

riare

'r M

otor

par

ts

Mot

orde

talje

r M

otor

teile

Pie

ces

du

mot

eur

Pie

zas

del

mot

or

Par

ti m

otor

e 32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty/ V

ersi

on

+-c

oo°

co

co

co

cc c

o c:

:, ,-

e4

C.4

C

O

141.

4 82

75

19

0-R

ING

1

1 1

1 1

0-R

ING

0-

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

TO

RIQ

UE

A

NIL

LOT

OR

ICO

A

NE

LLO

OR

141.

5 38

4 06

02

RIN

G

1 1

1 1

1

RIN

G

RIN

G

AN

N E

AU

A

NIL

LO

AN

ELL

O

141.

6 82

61

11

RE

TA

ININ

G R

ING

S

G

A 52

-230

4/1.

4122

1

1 1

1 1

SP

AR

RIN

G

NU

TR

ING

C

IRC

LIP

A

NIL

LO D

E P

RE

SIO

N

AN

ELL

O D

I S

ICU

RE

ZZ

A

141.

7 39

6 41

02

S

EA

L R

ING

1

1 1

1 1

TA

TN

ING

SR

ING

D

ICH

TU

NG

SR

ING

A

NN

EA

U D

E J

OIN

T

AN

ILLO

DE

JU

NT

A

AN

ELL

O D

I T

EN

UT

A

141

534

33 0

0 M

EC

HA

NIC

AL

SE

AL

Out

er:R

siC

/Rsi

C

- 1

1

PLA

NT

AT

NIN

G

GLE

ITR

ING

DIC

HT

UN

G

JOIN

T M

EC

AN

IQU

E

JUN

TA

ME

CA

NIC

A

TE

NU

TA

ME

CC

AN

ICA

141.

1 82

71

32

0-R

ING

-

1 1

-

0 -R

ING

0-

RIN

G

AN

N E

AU

TO

RIQ

UE

A

N

AN

ELL

O O

R

.

141.

2 82

75

19

0-R

ING

-

1 1

-

0 -R

ING

0-

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

TO

RIQ

UE

A

N IL

LO T

OR

ICO

A

NE

LLO

OR

54



1-

N...... C)

C086 2 ?_, 06Z

08Z gO8L

L60co

. co - - - . , (-.....1 -- - . - - , - - . - - - --

. co , . , -.- . . . . , ._.

. 0 , . , - - " " , . , - . ,

co . - -- , . NNNN ,-,-,- ,- ,-

. - - - . , NNNN ,-,-,- ,- ,-

U) 0 co ..0 E E 0 0 CL .0 CO co CIS

. at m E lo CL

(1) U) 0. a) CD _ L1 N .4-,

ofD o 01-

" 6 : i i : 0.

1.- CU ED

W '-' 77, a.. Ri co ..., 4-.

Q. 01 C T) 4)

0. 0. 0_ E E E 7 3 3

C L C L C L

0 to'' a .. E g Cl 0

00 Tr .4- - - as ct. 4 a 5 6 10 - -

11.1<< JJJ CC 1.0-1L11-1 WADMOU 2.WOZO u)c)xz<z <ccoOcc0 3 c c i co cc a c r

V < <L, 0 a, cz, 6 r-r-ar,r, xxXXx xxxxx mmcomm xxxxx a, r... a, r- a) mmTxx aaoaa

>- w Y -I L.0 < Li1=1 Lr_CL -I J LU

< >> cr a =I a < <_lui_ixx 0. 000

733 0 E

z 15 °: ' -o a, -0 c $2 =

1.11<< UUJ CC L0-110-.1 WIMW0W 2,..MOZO <ccc.)0¢0 3: c o co c c < r c

0 0 c''

2 6

(.>

- Lc-) 0

+) 2 2 k - 1 8 8 r7)

..'cj .q .."f' -°:

7, -8 -2 "2 -o-c)", -c,

.c72 f2 f, .ft,

_G. _G. .E G

.309 000z-Jw ZZZZZZ EE EE EE < < <

C 2 "5

N 0 Z 0

2 I f,

-2 -0 g,

mu.C1- _i OM_j

02c7- j 9 I . 08 C Dr -9 02° - a.mMa3°

I- n 0 < (..) n ma) cc w2PwD I- o CO auia--0 -IIU 0_ 20 C.) ni owww <F.CC000 wOWCCMCC it co :. o_ a_ EL

I i

I

8 to

3

co 0 A 11 . A A A A NT 0. 2 ,.. ,s rsi N '.m' .0:a...0 -°°-

000 . 6 6 .4, 6 W '4 i2 2 2 2

la-o-o 0 0 03 03 03 ii oo,' 0 -C.C.= 0.0 .0 .0 = 00,

81 2 plaaa- -c.= i7.2.23.2. 00 000 Ix M co co a)

6 6 6 ,zz. zE-z, 222g2e,

2 (5 d 2

-J CCD0 CC W-5 01.0 _1 i <,... c.0 1- -Dm Ci_zD Cl_ D<0

a. -.3 CC ;.. 5

Egi

(111

rl Ril

a Z t co a.

7N

00 MN NN 00

1....-0501.. Nr....0.-N 40t...0f...0 V01--,1... 00000 00000

0,-NM 0000 WWWW M1000 8 8 8 8 00.0

0,-N00 00000 WWWI,-V 0,003,0 8 8 R RI 00 v.

00 00 .C7517.?

a, A- v

000D,-N7 000N,-.-,-. NWWW01010 r.-.F,J,WVVV 8 1 8 8 lo' Po' 00m0...

6 Z Ui

0.

u> vi

co a ch a r) u.)

u-, to ,-

co u) .-

1- N0

C.")

cOn E 06Z 43 > -.NZ g 08 l

L60

' ' I I I ' , co

_ - - - - - 0 - - - - - - . co

co

I 0,

OEI- 8 +6 0 E E a)

z 0 4-. o

'o v 0 NNE CD al CD CD

CD

ii: Ei: o.

a- c11

CD - t CO 10 co 4- - 0. 0) 5 134.. a- a. I 0 0 0

4m. 4 ... 0 0 o 2 2 2

c 0 MI cp

*

c E 0 c ,, i5

w a a _i_i_i cc t0-I la -I W<CDUJOLLI ixaTi020 COOIZ ,.Z <ELIOcc0 cococracr

309 w ..J _, 000z_Jw zzz zzz Fr Fr Fr « a

0- LL.

0 x ul N. N.

0 0 0 E cr- 0 , ir 1---0 I- n 0 000<0_, ZZZL1J-J_j ---Z-11.1.1 cpim - zzz 0 0 0 « a

w

0 Li z w < a MOM CCDcoD wwww , _co D o '-' Lu bill,' KO-I - CCZID 0 0<0_j MEC0W-IU <I-12Z -1W u-171wz2z

cl) > « a

til<< J--1-1 CC 10 -I 111 -I w<COUlaW ILTiOZO NOMZ<Z <cco0¢0

12 a in cc a rr

,_ a -a I- aZi-0 Z- 0 -OZZ zm,nw IT co w ' 1- 0000016 Z0Z 0 - -.0 (-) CCZ-,..r0- -I- La , -.

a 1-0Z-10 -ZZZ cr) i- 0 < as

00 .-r" V N as 6 6 uoco xx 100 E E

w> CCD Orr co Y <

o) _I

Q -, o ur< L9

2'11 0 I }- co o w w < < -, y cc 2 < OWOMOt cp c0 cn 5 1- >

p. IN h iiii

z Z r CO

0.

°o 0, a, n g

L., 0 a, a,

g el

0 1,..

07,

oi co

o 0 L.. a, u-) co V

o 0 a, <a n 'I;

G

7: to 0, 01

8 g: a, ao

cmm 00:1

6 Z V; 0 0.

c. ;Tr -

l' ; '-

m!

7r .-

0?.

....ir- .-

0

;Tr - A a.

tn v.



iFiA

rG.T

. .

Pum

p P

arts

P

umpd

etal

jer

Pum

pent

eile

Pie

ces

de I

a 0-

nye

Pie

zas

para

bo

mba

s P

arti

pom

pa

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty /

Ver

sion

,-

0 0

CD

C

) 0

CO

C

O

CO

03

0

11.-

CV

C

V

CO

158

601

64 0

6 Lo

w h

ead

823.

60

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

601

64 1

0 Lo

w h

ead

624,

824,

50

-60H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

- 1

601

64 1

3 Lo

w h

ead

625,

825,

50

-60H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

- 1

601

64

17

Low

hea

d 62

6. 5

0 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

1

601

64 2

1 Lo

w h

ead

627,

50

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

601

64 2

3 Lo

w h

ead

628,

50

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

601

64 2

6 Lo

w h

ead

629,

50

Hz,

3-

1 1

- 1

606

56 0

0 N

- M

ediu

m h

ead

640,

50-

60 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

- 1

606

56 0

7 N

- M

ediu

m h

ead

641,

50-

60 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

- 1

606

56

15

N-

Med

ium

hea

d 64

2, 5

0-60

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

606

56 2

3 N

- M

ediu

m h

ead

643,

60

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

606

56 3

2 N

- M

ediu

m h

ead

444,

644

, 50

-60

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

606

56 3

9 N

- M

ediu

m h

ead

445,

50

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

606

56 4

7 N

- M

ediu

m h

ead

446,

50

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

606

56 5

4 N

- M

ediu

m h

ead

447,

50

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

158

601

64 0

0 Lo

w

head

82

1, 6

0 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

- 1

158.

1 34

5 25

00

W

EA

R R

ING

1

1 -

- 1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

601

64

03

Low

he

ad

822,

60

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

158.

1 34

5 25

00

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D

'US

UR

E

AN

ILLO

DE

DE

SG

AS

TE

A

NE

LLO

D'U

SU

RA

158

384

31 00

M

ediu

m h

ead

630,

50

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

158.

1 34

5 25

04

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D

'US

UR

E

AN

ILLO

DE

DE

SG

AS

TE

A

NE

LLO

D'U

SU

RA

.

158

384

32 0

0 M

ediu

m h

ead

632,

50-

60 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

- 1

57

..p.

Fl L

iriG

lr P

ump

Par

ts

Pum

pdet

alje

r P

umpe

ntei

le

Pie

ces

de I

a po

mpe

P

ieza

s pa

ra b

omba

s P

arti

pom

pa

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art

No.

D

enom

inat

ion

Qty

/ V

ersi

on

1-00

00

0)

CO

C

O

CD

C

O

0 ...

. C

V

CV

0)

158.

1 34

5 25

04

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

384

33 0

0 M

ediu

m he

ad

634.

50

-60

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

158.

1 34

5 25

04

W

EA

R R

ING

1

1 -

- 1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

398

88 0

9 M

ediu

m

head

63

5,

50-6

0 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

- 1

158.

1 34

5 25

04

W

EA

R R

ING

1

1 -

- 1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

398

88 0

6 M

ediu

m h

ead

636,

50-

60 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

158.

1 34

5 25

04

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

398

88 0

7 M

ediu

m h

ead

637,

50-

60 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

1

158.

1 34

5 25

04

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

398

88 0

8 M

ediu

m h

ead

638,

50-

60 H

z, 3

-,

1 1

- -

1

58



FLY

GT

P

ump

Par

ts

Pum

pdet

alje

r P

umpe

ntei

le

Pie

ces

de I

a 05

-mpe

P

ieza

s pa

ra b

omba

s P

arti

pom

pa

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty/

Ver

sion

g C

O go)

iii g

o

o 1-

N

N C

O

158.

1 34

5 25

04

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

384

26 0

0 H

igh

head

45

0, 5

0 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

1

158.

1 34

5 25

05

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

384

27 0

0 H

igh

head

45

2, 5

0-60

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

158.

1 34

5 25

05

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- 1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

381

08 0

1 H

igh

head

45

4,

60 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

- 1

158.

1 34

5 25

06

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D

'US

UR

E

AN

ILLO

DE

DE

SG

AS

TE

A

NE

LLO

D

'US

UR

A

158

412

38 0

0 H

igh

head

45

5, 5

0 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

1

158.

1 34

5 25

05

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

384

29 0

0 H

igh

head

45

6, 5

0 H

z, 3

- 1

1 -

- 1

59

.....

FLY

GT

P

ump

Par

ts

Pum

pdet

alje

r P

umpe

ntei

le

Pie

ces

de I

a po

mpe

P

ieza

s pa

ra b

omba

s P

arti

pom

pa

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty /

Ver

sion

e-

0000

01

C

O

CO

0)

CO

0

v- N

N O

n

158.

1 34

5 25

05

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

384

35 0

0 H

igh

head

45

7, 5

0-60

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

158.

1 34

5 25

05

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

412

37 0

0 H

igh

head

45

8, 5

0-60

Hz,

3-

1 1

- -

1

158.

1 34

5 25

05

WE

AR

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

384

77 8

0 H

igh

head

- H

D

460,

66

0, 5

0 H

z. 3

- -

- 1

1 -

(Ava

ilabl

e fo

r ve

rsio

n 09

1-18

0 as

ex

tra

optio

n)

158.

1 45

7 79

08

WE

AR

RIN

G

- 1

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

384

78 8

0 H

igh

head

- H

D

462,

662

, 50

-60

Hz,

3-

- -

1 1

-

(Ava

ilabl

e fo

r ve

rsio

n 09

1-18

0 as

ext

ra

optio

n)

158.

1 45

7 79

08

WE

AR

RIN

G

- 1

1 -

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

398

88 2

5 M

ediu

m

head

63

5,

50 H

z, 3

- -

- 1

1 -

60



iFia

ror

Pum

p P

arts

P

umpd

etal

jer

Pum

pent

eile

Pie

ces

de l

a p7

mpe

P

ieza

s pa

ra b

omba

s P

arti

pom

pa

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty/ V

ersi

on

g F

o' f o'

2 ,c

: 3

0.-C

4010

)

158.

1 34

5 25

14

W

EA

R R

ING

-

1 1

-

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

398

88 2

6 M

ediu

m h

ead

636,

50-

60 H

z, 3

- -

- 1

1 -

158.

1 34

5 25

14

WE

AR

RIN

G

- -

1 1

-

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

398

88 2

7 M

ediu

m

head

63

7, 5

0-60

Hz,

3-

- -

1 1

-

158.

1 34

5 25

14

WE

AR

RIN

G

- 1

1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

429

81

00

Hig

h he

ad

452,

50-

60 H

z, 3

- -

- 1

1 -

158.

1 34

5 25

15

W

EA

R R

ING

-

1 1

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

158

429

82 0

0 H

igh

head

45

6, 6

56, 5

0 H

z, 3

- -

1 1

-

158.

1 34

5 25

15

WE

AR

RIN

G

- -

1 1

-

SLI

TR

ING

V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

D'U

SU

RE

A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

AN

ELL

O D

'US

UR

A

61

'MI

PIL

ItIG

T

Pum

p P

arts

P

iece

s de

la

pom

pe

Pum

pdet

alje

r P

ieza

s pa

ra bo

mba

s P

umpe

ntei

le

Par

ti po

mpa

32

01

Oty

/ Ver

sion

P

os.N

o.

Par

t No.

D

enom

inat

ion

.- CD 0 C

D CD

C4 CO CO CD 00

0 r

- CM Cs1 CD

159

437

85 0

0 S

LEE

VE

1

1 -

- 1

HY

LSA

H

UE

LSE

D

OU

ILLE

M

AN

GU

ITO

B

US

SO

LA

160

384

79 0

0 G

AS

KE

T

3 3

- -

3 P

AC

KN

ING

P

AC

KU

NG

JO

INT

JU

NT

A

GU

AR

NIZ

ION

E

161

82 7

4 65

0-

RIN

G

59.5

X3.

0 N

BR

1

1 -

- -

82 8

0 90

1

1 1

1 0-

RIN

G

59.5

X3.

0 F

PM

War

m l

iqui

d ve

rsio

n 0-

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

TO

RIQ

UE

A

NIL

LOT

OR

ICO

A

NE

LLO

OR

162

82 3

7 07

W

AS

HE

R

Impe

ller

code

:641

-647

1

1 -

- 1

381

62 0

0 B

RIC

KA

26

3-26

5 1

1 -

- 1

384

61 0

0 S

CH

EIB

E

821-

825,

630

, 632, 63

4-63

9, 4

50,

452,

R

ON

DE

LLE

45

4-45

8, 2

60,

262

1 1

- -

1

384

61 0

1 A

RA

ND

ELA

82

1-82

9, 6

30,

632,

634

-638

, 45

0,45

2 -

- 1

1 1

RO

ND

ELL

A

454-

457,

260

, 26

2

169

82 0

1 09

S

OC

KE

T H

EA

D S

CR

EW

M

16X

60-A

2-70

1

1 -

1

82 0

1 14

S

EX

KA

NT

HA

LSK

RU

V

M16

X90

-A2-

70

82 0

1 15

S

CH

RA

UB

E

M16

X10

0-A

2-70

1

1 -

- 1

83 0

3 74

V

IS

M16

X60

-A4-

70

- -

1 1

1

83 0

3 79

T

OR

NIL

LO

M16

X90

-A4.

70

84 4

2 58

V

ITE

A B

RU

GO

LA

MC

6S

12X

60-2

343

1 1

- -

1

178

562

46 0

0 B

ELL

MO

UT

H

1 1

- -

1

INLO

PP

ST

RA

TT

S

AU

GM

UN

D

TR

OM

PE

D'E

NT

RE

E

EM

BU

DO

DE

AD

MIS

ION

C

ON

O D

'AS

PIR

AZ

ION

E

179

82 7

4 12

0-

RIN

G

99.1

X5.

7 N

BR

1

1 -

- -

82

81 0

5 0-

RIN

G

99.1

X5.

7 F

PM

-

- -

- 1

0-R

ING

A

NN

EA

U T

OR

IQU

E

AN

ILLO

TO

RIC

O

AN

ELL

O O

R

62



IFIC

arol

r .

Pum

p P

arts

P

umpd

etal

jer

Pum

pent

eile

Pie

ces

de I

a po

mpe

P

ieza

s pa

ra bo

mba

s P

arti

pom

pa

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art

No.

D

enom

inat

ion

Qty

/ V

ersi

on

1....

0000

0

CO

C

O

CO

C

O

0 e-

N N

0)

180

82

01

13

SO

CK

ET

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

M16

X80

-A2-

70

3 3

- -

-

83 0

3 78

S

EX

KA

NT

HA

LSK

RU

V

M16

X80

-A4-

70

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

A B

RU

GO

LA

182

82 8

3 43

G

-RIN

G

D=

617;

T=

16

1 1

- -

1

G-R

ING

G

-RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

G

AN

ILLO

G

AN

ELL

O G

183

426

88 0

0 W

EA

R P

RO

TE

CT

.CO

MP

L.

1 1

- -

1

SLI

TS

KY

DD

KO

MP

L.

VE

RS

CH

LEIS

SC

HU

TZ

CO

M

PR

OT

EC

T.D

'US

UR

E

CO

MP

P

RO

TE

CC

.DE

D

ES

G.C

OM

P

PR

OT

EZ

US

UR

AC

OM

PL.

184

303

66 0

0 W

EA

R R

ING

F

or p

umph

ousi

ng

HT

, 15

0 (R

ubbe

r)

1 1

- -

-

309

29 0

0 S

LIT

RIN

G

HT

, 15

0 (R

ubbe

r)

1 1

- -

-

309

29 0

2 V

ER

SC

HLE

ISS

RIN

G

HT

, 15

0 (R

ubbe

r)

- -

1 1

-

309

34 0

0 A

NN

EA

U D

'US

UR

E

Sup

er H

T,

100

(Rub

ber)

1

1 -

- -

314

88 0

1 A

NIL

LO D

E D

ES

GA

ST

E

HT

, 15

0 (L

.Red

Bra

ss)

1 1

- -

-

314

88 0

2 A

NE

LLO

D

'US

UR

A

HT

, 15

0 (L

. R

ed B

rass

) 1

1 -

- -

314

88 0

4 S

uper

HT

, 10

0 (L

. R

ed B

rass

) 1

1 -

- -

314

88 0

6 M

T,

200

(L.

Red

Bra

ss)

1 1

- -

314

88 0

8 H

T,

150

(St.

Ste

el)

314

88 1

0 M

T,

300

(L.

Red

Bra

ss)

1 1

- -

-

314

88 2

8 H

T,

150

(St.

Ste

el)

- -

1 1

-

314

88 4

8 H

T,

150

(St.

Ste

el)

314

88 5

4 S

uper

HT

, 10

0 (S

t. S

teel

) 31

4 88

56

MT

, 20

0 (S

t.Ste

el)

314

88 5

7 LT

, 30

0 (S

t.Ste

el)

- -

- 1

319

32 0

0 LT

, 30

0 (R

ubbe

r)

1 1

- -

384

63 0

0 M

T,

200

(Rub

ber)

1

1 -

-

384

63 0

2 M

T,

200

(Rub

ber)

-

- 1

1 -

186

384

97 0

0 R

ING

In

tend

ed f

or c

urve

452

1

1 -

- 1

384

97 0

1 R

ING

45

0 1

1 -

- 1

414

42 0

0 R

ING

45

4 1

1 -

1

429

78 0

0 A

NN

EA

U

452

- -

1 1

-

AN

ILLO

A

NE

LLO

63

wi,3

1-07

,

... P

ump

Par

ts

Pum

pdet

alje

r P

umpe

ntei

le

Pie

ces

de I

a po

mpe

P

ieza

s pa

ra b

omba

s P

arti

pom

pa

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty/ V

ersi

on

1-00

00

0 0)

CO

C

O

0) 01

C

O

- N N

187

414

41

00

RIN

G

1 1

- -

1

RIN

G

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

A

NIL

LO

AN

ELL

O

188

569

57 0

0 IN

SE

RT

RIN

G

Impe

ller

code

460

, 66

0 an

d 46

2, 6

62

- -

1 1

-

664

72 0

0 IN

SA

TS

RIN

G

Inte

nded

for

N

-impe

ller

1 1

- -

1

EIN

SA

TZ

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

DE

R

ED

RE

SS

. A

NIL

LO D

E E

ND

ER

EZ

. A

NE

LLO

DI

RIP

OR

TO

189

83 0

3 26

S

OC

KE

T H

EA

D S

CR

EW

M

10X

40-A

4-70

-

- 4

4 -

SE

XK

AN

TH

ALS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E A

BR

UG

OLA

190

82 7

5 16

0-

RIN

G

144.

3X5.

7 F

PM

-

1 1

-

0-R

ING

0-

RIN

G

AN

NE

AU

TO

RIQ

UE

A

NIL

LO T

OR

ICO

A

NE

LLO

OR

192

82 2

3 38

H

EX

AG

ON

NU

T

M20

-A4-

70

-

82 2

3 62

S

EX

KA

NT

MU

TT

ER

M

20-A

2-70

4

4 -

- -

MU

TT

ER

E

CR

OU

T

UE

RC

A

DA

DO

ES

AG

ON

ALE

193

426

86 0

1 G

LAN

D S

CR

EW

4

4 -

- -

426

86 0

2 H

YLS

SK

RU

V

VE

RS

CH

RA

UB

UN

G

EC

RO

U D

E S

ER

RA

GE

T

OR

NIL

LO D

E C

AM

ISA

V

ITE

DI

SE

RR

AG

GIO

194

84 4

9 82

N

UT

5-

A2-

70

4 4

- -

-

84 5

9 31

M

UT

TE

R

- 4

MU

TT

ER

E

CR

OU

T

UE

RC

A

DA

DO

64



FirA

row

.

Pum

p P

arts

P

iece

s de

la

pom

pe

Pum

pdet

alje

r P

ieza

s pa

ra bo

mba

s P

umpe

ntei

le

Par

ti po

mpa

32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n O

ty/ V

ersi

on

1...0

0 0

0 C

h C

O

CO

C

O

CO

0

NI

<V

0)

200

PU

MP

HO

US

ING

P

UM

PH

US

' P

UM

PE

NG

EH

AU

SE

((

;..

CO

RP

S D

E P

OM

PE

--

I C

UE

RP

O D

E

BO

MB

A

---,

ii..-

iiz.7

107,

3

CO

RP

O P

OM

PA

384

24

00

"MT

" M

ediu

m h

ead

vers

ion

DN

20

0 (1

0")

Und

rille

d 1

1 -

- 1

384

24 0

6 "M

T"

Med

ium

hea

d ve

rsio

n D

N 2

00 (

10")

C

D

rille

d to

SM

S 3

42,

DIN

253

2 an

d A

NS

I 1

1 -

- 1

B16

.1:1

967

Tab

le

5

384

24 0

7 "M

T"

Med

ium

hea

d ve

rsio

n D

N 2

00 (

10")

a

Dril

led

to B

S46

22:1

970

1 1

- -

1

Tab

le

11

384

24 1

9 "M

T"

Med

ium

hea

d ve

rsio

n D

N 2

00 (

10")

U

ndril

led

1 1

- -

- F

or f

lush

val

ve

Pou

r van

ne d

e br

assa

ge

For

=re

new

ed

Par

a va

lvub

de

lirnp

leza

F

ehr R

ahne

erkw

entll

P

er v

alvo

la d

l fit

men

t°

412

11

00

"HT

" H

igh

head

ver

sion

DN

15

0 (6

")

Und

rille

d 1

1 -

- 1

412

11

06

"HT

" H

igh

head

ver

sion

DN

15

0 (6

")

CI D

rille

d to

SM

S 3

42,

DIN

253

3, B

S 4

622:

1970

1

1 -

1

Tab

le 1

1 an

d A

NS

I E

116.

1:19

67 T

able

5

412

11

16

"HT

-HD

" H

ig h

ead

vers

ion

heav

y du

ty

i D

rille

d to

SM

S 3

42,

DN

15

0 (6

")

. D

IN 2

533,

BS

462

2:19

7(1

1 1

- -

1

Tab

le 1

1 an

d A

NS

I B

16.1

:196

7 T

able

5

412

11

22

"HT

" H

igh

head

ver

sion

DN

15

0 (6

")

1 U

ndril

led

1 1

- -

-

For

flu

sh v

alve

P

our

venu

e de

bra

ssag

e F

Or

ornr

erar

vent

ll P

ura

valv

ula

de I

lrnpi

eza

Feh

r Rah

rwer

kwen

tll

Per

val

vole

dl

fluss

aggi

o

416

50 0

0 "M

T'

Med

ium

hea

d ve

rsio

n D

N 2

00 (

8")

Und

rille

d -

- 1

1 -

416

50 0

6 "M

r M

ediu

m h

ead

vers

ion

DN

200

(8"

) t

Dril

led

to S

MS

342

i

DIN

253

2 an

d A

NS

I -

- 1

1 -

B16

.1:1

967

Tab

le 5

65

wan

ire'r

Pum

p P

arts

P

iece

s de

la

pom

pe

Pum

pdet

alje

r P

ieza

s pa

ra bo

mba

s P

umpe

ntei

le

Par

ti po

mpa

32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n O

ty/ V

ersi

on

,c:)

c:)c

Do

co

co

co

co

co

cz)

s-

CV

C

s1

cb

200

416

51

00

416

51

06

416

51 16

437

90 0

0

437

90 0

1

437

90 0

5

437

90 0

7

437

90 2

0

542

91

00

562

44 0

0

562

44 0

1

562

44 2

0

"Hr

Hig

h he

ad v

ersi

on O

N

150

(6")

.

"Hr

Hig

h he

ad v

ersi

on D

N

150

(6")

"HT

" H

igh

head

ver

sion

DN

15

0 (6

")

"LT

" Lo

w h

ead

vers

ion

ON

300

(1Z

)

°LT

" Lo

w h

ead

vers

ion

ON

300

(12

1

"LT

" Lo

w h

ead

vers

ion

DN

30

0 (1

2")

"LT

" Lo

w h

ead

vers

ion

ON

300

(12

°)

"LT

" Lo

w h

ead

vers

ion

DN

300

(12

') F

or f

lush

val

ve

Pou

r va

nne

do b

rass

age

For

orn

rorm

entll

P

ara

valv

ula

de l

Impi

eza

Feh

r Reh

mer

kwan

til

Per

val

vola

d fl

ussa

gglo

'LL°

Lift

pum

p ve

rsio

n

"SH

" S

uper

hig

h he

ad v

ersi

on D

N 1

00 (

4")

"SH

" S

uper

hig

h he

ad v

ersi

on

DN

100

(4

°)

"SH

" S

uper

hig

h he

ad v

ersi

on D

N 1

00 (

4")

Und

rille

d i

Dril

led

to S

MS

342

, D

IN 2

533,

B

S 4

622:

19

70 T

able

11

an

d A

NS

I B

16.1

:196

7 T

able

5

CI

Dril

led

to

EN

109

2-2

: T

able

8 a

nd A

NS

I B

16.1

-89:

Tab

le 5

Und

rille

d

Dril

led

to S

MS

342

, an

d D

IN 2

532

a Ty,

D

rille

d to

AN

SI

B16

4

1:19

75 T

able

5

i D

ri7I1

edto

l354

622:

9

Tab

le

1

Und

rille

d

Und

rille

d

Dril

led

SM

S 3

42,

DIN

253

3, B

S 4

622:

19

70 T

able

11

and

BS

450

4:19

69

Tab

le

16/1

1

Und

rille

d

- - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

- - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 - - - - - - - - -

1 1 1 - - - - - - - - -

- - - 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 -

66



iFir

iroi

r P

ump

Par

ts

Pum

pdet

alje

r P

umpe

ntei

le

Pie

ces

de la

pi

linpe

P

ieza

s pa

ra b

omba

s P

arti

pom

pa

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n O

ty/

Ver

sion

0 0 0

Cn 03

0

C4 cn CD

CD

.1.- NN C)

201

202

203

204

82 2

7 28

80 9

5 07

433

56 0

0

502

53 0

0

LOC

K N

UT

LA

SM

UT

TE

R

SIC

HE

RU

NG

SM

UT

TE

R

EC

RO

U D

E B

LOC

AG

E

TU

ER

CA

DE

SE

GU

RID

AD

D

AD

O D

I B

LOC

CA

GG

IO

ST

UD

P

INN

SK

RU

V

ST

IFT

SC

HR

AU

BE

G

OU

JON

E

SP

AR

RA

GO

P

RIG

ION

IER

O

CO

VE

R

LOC

K

DE

CK

EL

CO

UV

ER

CLE

T

AP

A

CO

PE

RC

HIO

GA

SK

ET

P

AC

KN

ING

P

AC

KU

NG

JO

INT

JU

NT

A

GU

AR

NIZ

ION

E

M10

-A4-

70

10X

45-A

2-70

2 2 1 1

2 2 1 1

- - -

- - - -

- - - -

67

.§um

p E

lmo

1r

com

pone

nts

Equ

ipm

ent

du

puis

ard

Pum

pgro

psde

talje

r E

quip

o pa

ra p

ozo

negr

o S

chac

htei

nbau

teile

C

ompo

nent

i pe

r ve

rsio

ne.

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n O

ty/ V

ersi

on

1- CD CD CD CD

CD CO CO 0 C

O

0 1

- CM 04

cr)

Inst

alla

tion

Inst

alla

tion

Inst

alla

tion

- P

In

stal

acio

n A

ufst

ellu

ngsa

rt

Inst

alla

zion

e

205

DIS

CH

AR

GE

CO

N.S

TA

T.

'-\--

--t-

T

RY

CK

AN

SL.

ST

AT

ION

AR

\ ,_

._g_

._/ \

DR

UC

KA

NS

CH

LUS

S S

TA

T.

',..

OR

IFIC

E D

E R

EF

.ST

AT

. O

RIF

ICIO

DE

RE

C.S

TA

T

-.,..

P

I E

D E

AC

CO

PP

IAM

EN

TO

320

15 0

0 D

N 35

0 (1

4")

LT

Low

hea

d ve

rsio

n

e U

ndril

led

1 1

- -

1

320

15 0

1 D

N 35

0 (1

4")

LT Lo

w h

ead

vers

ion

Dril

led

to S

MS

342

and

1

1 -

- 1

DIN

253

2

320

15 0

5 D

N 35

0 (1

4")

LT Lo

w h

ead

vers

ion

i D

rille

d to

AN

SI

B16

.1:

1 1

- -

1

: T

able

5

320

15

07

DN

350

(14

") L

T Lo

w h

ead

vers

ion

( .

(;),

D

rille

d to

B

S 4

504'

1969

1

- 1

;,j;_

--

._ T

able

16/

11

V

416

52 0

0 D

N 2

50 (

10")

MT

Med

ium

hea

d ve

rsio

n U

ndril

led

- -

1 1

-

416

52 0

1 D

N 2

50 (

10")

MT

Med

ium

he

ad v

ersi

on

Dril

led

to S

MS

342

and

-

- 1

1 -

DIN

253

2

416

52 0

5 D

N 2

50 (

10 ")

M

T M

ediu

m h

ead

vers

ion

Dril

led

to A

NS

I 81

6.1:

-

1 1

-

1967

Tab

le 5

416

52 0

7 D

N 2

50 (

10")

M

T M

ediu

m h

ead

vers

ion

: D

rille

d to

BS

462

2:19

70

- -

1 1

-

! T

able

11

416

53 0

0 D

N 2

00 (

8')

HT

Hig

h he

ad v

ersi

on

Und

rille

d -

- 1

1 -

416

53 0

6 D

N 2

00 (

8")

HT

Hig

h he

ad v

ersi

on

; D

rille

d to

SM

S 3

42,

- -

1 1

- !

DIN

25

32 a

nd A

NS

I '

816.

1:19

67 T

able

5

68



OL

'0VS

3 V1S

313N011118

0VX

3SIV

O 30 011IN

801 1V

NO

OV

X3H

3131V S

IA

38nvHH

OS

1NV

>IS

HO

3S

- -

- Z

z

OL-n/-011)(0M

A(

AM

INS

1NV

NX

3S

LE 4£

178

Z

Z

Z

- O

L-4V-011X

0ZIN

1108 O

V3I-IN

OO

VX

3H

99 617 18

01Z

310A3H

H0O

S V

43V1S

vino 30 vtaivo

3ov01no aa 3JJII10 311V

1NS

ON

CIH

HO

J -

I- 1

- -

01NH

AlS

00 V

S

9117

- -

1 1

MV

10 °maim

vaino10 011:10ddllS

svino 30311:10dOS

00 6L S

OE

60Z

90Ino 30 NO

IIVX

Id 1l311V

HS

ON

CIH

HO

d 31S

I0019 0 -

i_ I

13N0V

HE

I wino

00 V

S 199

LOZ

O113N

V

011INV

nv5N

NV

O

NIH

-

a Z

-

ON

IU

CO

1.4

SS

Z

- 7

Z

ON

IH

10 L17

SS

Z

906

7794 S8 P

oe EE

SZ

NIO

-

- 1

- 'Z

I7E S

INS

01 P

EI!

CI

pEaq O

N JP

OE

S H

S (.0 001 N

O

10 El

04S

- -

l -

PE

IIPP

oll P

EE

L' 4BR

IJEO

ES

HS

LP) 001 N

O

00 Ct 017S

S

OZ

CO

10

IV -, 0

03 40

CO

03

0000-0 + uolslaniko

UoplU

ILUO

UO

CI

'ON

lied 'oN

.sod

auo!saan Jed Ruauodw

o3 anem

Bow

ait.petios 1.0Z

£ O

JBO

U ozod w

ed odob3 JohelapsdorB

dwnd

pespid np ;uawdpibs

swouodw

oo dwns

JL0211"131

69

1 -

- 1

1

2.1 awl

OL61:7791, 09

01 PE

P°

i :

uopen peat' m01 11 (21) 000 N

O

9 elqui. L964

L0 LL 180

1 -

- 1

1 :1'919 IS

NV

01 PE

PE

! uoisiD

A peat/ m

0111 (21) 000 NO

50 LL

184

ZE

SZ

N

IO

L -

I I.

poe Z

VC

SIN

S

01 PO

PO

uopan peat' m

0111 (21) ooe Na

10 LL 18*

- -

1 1

PE

IIPP

on ' ll

uopien peal m0111 (21) 000 N

O

00 LL

1817

11 E

IOE

1

1 -

- 1

1 O

L61.:ZZ

94 59 PallO

O

uopen peat' turipon in Cm

) 057 NO

LO

CL P

vt.

5 01E

1E1

1 1

- -

- -

1 1

1 1

L964:1'919 ISN

V

PoI1P

0 pope/4 m

y =pain) In (A

t) O

SZ

NO

aCS

Z N

IO

poE Z

PE

SIN

S 01

PelIP

O

uopen way w

npaIN

11N G

OO

097 NO

GO

E

L tvs.

10 EL

*V17

1 -

- 1

1 P

OP

P()

f uolsion peaq w

o!PaIN

114 (.01) 057 NO

00 E

L 444

II 01O

E1

4 -

- 1

1 U

OIS

JOA

O

L61:7794 59 01

PO

PO

!

Peal

4161H 11-10) 00Z

NO

LO

IL

PV

I,

S algal L961

1 -

- 1

t :1549 IS

NV

Poe U

SE

N

IO

'ZV

C S

INS

01 M

IK!

uolsJen pEE

11146!H 1H

(.8)00Z N

O

90 LC

447

1 -

- 1

1 P

elIPP

orl uopan pueq1161H

IN (.8) 00Z

NO

00

IL 044

S algal L961:1'918 IS

NV

P

oE

ZZ

917 59 'CC

SZ

1 1

- -

- -

1

I

1 N

IO

'Z4C

SIN

S

01 PallP

0 0 p

uoen peat.' 116!H 1H

(.9) 081

NO

pelippon I

uopeA peel-114H

1H (..9)

091 NO

90 OL P

tn,

00 OL 440

5 Gnu

- i.

1 -

- 0L61 779*

SO

01 M

PG

uopen pay (16!H

IN (.8) 007 N

O

LO

CS

91* S

OZ

CO

NN

- 0

CO

40

CO

03

40 0000-

UolleU

IWO

Uea

*ON

Ped

.0N.S0d

UO

MM

A / 40

auotisran Jad Ruauodw

o3 ailam

equlappeyos L

OZ

£ oaB

ou ozod end odInb3 JaheppsdoA

dwnd

paes!nd np ;uawd!nbs

swauodw

oo dwns

JIL.911.73



r- ° C1 ce)

2 086 L" 06Z 1301M -. gni.

460

-- . .- . .- 4 , . . c

, . - . - , --, cr .. . . . ,

, . - . - . - - . 4t . . . . . ,

- - , - , - _ , _ 3'.41. a, '-

- - . ...4- a nt . - 0 0 C L 0 '0 01 - a- ill co

a: E .05

N S 0 > a. N ).. 0 0 c CL Ct.

4. ..1.- C C 0

0- E o 0 O. O. O. L c = = ' Ill 111 (..)

0 " CD r 0 c - al

C 4-. 3 0 0 03 cl.V.,..0 . c E 0. .t... 00W o " .c sos Q .., - E E .c = = C.)

a. CO

c o :e as

C E J.,

0 0

0

Vc38800 ...,NNN'u, ts. 1- E E z E , .5 .5 .5 .e_ cg vpoo0.0 ''i-i-i-F-.- cn2 M M i 5

w z 0 00 RI 1- z z

w 2m <z . , o o _ z < < <OD oa_a,,o

x U)

'i 1-,2 x , i 1- ,_4 M M -J

oos

.1717 Ti

s s .E I- I- I- -,,,,,, 8 8 8 WWW

_i CI_

...i g a- o m 0

-, --, o CL.,CLCL_J00 .= M M o_ cc r 0 09920W o 0 _ o >>0 pp « a Pco> F- I- I- < < < wmcommo

0000 r-r-r-.N. 4466 < < < < 6666 NI.Tfd-ct xxxx w(000 - .-- ...-e- M M 2 2

3 w_iow w co a a -. IX D Z X < 0 <OWZ cr) cC 0 ai 0 <Doxor& 0000wrd IYI-I0 (r)z ui < Zi- < 1_0 ,n1- 0 Z Y'Lli DI - 0 ICO I- 1:U_ m<Zw xxo x WWWUJOI= xwm>,->

00 -a v- -- aa 64 as 66

W<< W_IW CC 0-J0_1 W<COW0W TX1.710Z0 w,,mz.tz < EuOcc0

co co cc a cc

as e c c opP 7., r, F71 al co to

TO To To' , c c c

I-

r as

C C a) 0 0 C = :i li = - - w "I ...., U) (1) = C C 4

w

w a w zwob 00CC,0,4 OOD>- DD<DDD cococol..-0

4- - -- kll 1

g N..,, '1

I

.

)

co oa

Z 7. -6 vi oi A c° CD (7) 2z u) <11 2 5 ,.,,

RoJo -,..-=2 ,-, cm I-

..... _

0 0 72

g."

-o fli r .. i r0 0 . cv Z o

_,

w Z z Z 0 0 _ 0 - Rio t-

1 EEE mmOm , < < < WO , in

'CO

I.

CIB

iii

6 Z co a.

885866 2?)523an S22 000 mmco NNN01010

886 (..,-. r-, co

QMr- wNcl M.11.

c70888 Zr-r $4'.'AA

W,-.-0.< WWW

co N Nr- 88 WW NN

8 8 cm r- CO

6 z f/i

13. 0

0 CO

r..

c;

CO

C.1

co 0 CO

7.1 Cs,

r 0 ( N J

CI

=N6 .2 e 06Z 3) - - 0 8 Z

ant. 460

-- .... .-- - aco.e... ,.00W CO t MWom . . . , -- . . ea . . . . . co N. J CO . J

. . . . -- . . c o . . . , . . m CO . . co . .

---- , . - .....4cov cow., . cm . . co ..- ea

oi ....cov . co . . ,N . . . -

0 0 C " -0 0) as C L U)

1.5 0 > r 0. N 6.

0 a) = 0- 0.

73 cs .- 4- ,t c C ... 0)

E 0 0 0- 0. 0- 3 '3 E cr cr 0

11.1 11.1 0 co L 0)

..-. 0

r = 0 .0 CO D. .0

CO c E 0.c 0 0 0

1- 4- o .0 CD 0. 0. ti/

E E .c 3 3 C.) 0 0. CA

C 0 IP ei C :-- t c0

4) 0

0 c e c 0 p o *t_ ,5 caR

To To t7)

.73 th tri

C C C

CO

t CO rb

C C It> 0 0 = 14 fly 43-

ru 75 ti ifs Th = c c cc

0 ix

F .- t o

8

03

.=

g ---- . . b

O w 0 0 cO 0 .-

885328,9 N.-J.-N0J zzzzzzz 0000000

m0000m NiNifiriiii: acrctmcmcm a a a a a a 666666 Of.WOPW xxxxxx 000)000 2 M 2 M 2 2

w w 0 1- c a a d < 0 < 0 U40) CO Cr 0 CO ui 0 > i a -a < < D C.) X 0 1- w cC cl) ui Lu c0 S Y I- 1 0 W cozw_I- Z J.- < J.- CJ w 0 z Y-w z,' z co a co 1- -cp <Yi<Z_, XX0 Ct_i WILI1110)0D ic0,051-co

0000 crcr.ctst - - - - 11<< 4 4 < < 6660' -6-6

ilia< -J -I -J

CC 0 .-111.1_J W<MWoW IcTiaz0 00mZ<Z <CC 0 0 cr 0 3 co w cc a ix

00 Pi':

as a a 66 Oa, xx 00 66 M M

Li,

ww0w 0.<<-1 CC D Z X < 0 <OWZ CO CC 010

J.9 i ...,00I JX 0w3 .93

wzii, a t.- e<1... OL, 0 z Y w :-.', LI 0 .¢ to 1- - ayi<z x >cc> cc P._ WWW0°'--- mww>1->

0000 0000 4.466 `,C<<< 6666 M M M M

Lii

w < , r z D 0 ZD cn

1_2 < 0 cc a Ci)

0 W 0 a 1-0c0 XX,MWD WWDOD< x co 2 w 1.- 0

I

z o

to - 000 -I 0 , Z z CO z Duo Z _1 U- w 1-mW...0

D 0 ct u- WWwwWD °V.ZO°1- CC .,-- < w 0 0 <2Y05° I 0 V- -0 0,_,Li_u_< u)fr-ccEEEr 5,-000

N

6 Z

CI a

8886888 Nmtmoco .0 f U, Co co r- co

mm .- m0omN NN Nth NNNM,r<v

88868A Z'WF4-CAAg cOCE/r6ggg

MOWM NNI...-1.--

8882 WW NNNN WW

WO ,om glA

a

c%268 mmmm cv cm cm cm

cmmoiN co CO co W

gui

0 N

CO

CO

co

CO

ar

CO

to CO



iFia

rGir

.

Sum

p co

mpo

nent

s E

quip

men

t du

pu

isar

d P

umpg

rops

deta

ljer

Equ

ipo

para

poz

o ne

gro

Sch

acht

einb

aute

ile C

ompo

nent

i pe

r ve

rsio

ne

3201

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n O

ty/V

ersi

on

g O

g 2

ig 2

0

r- C

4 C

NI

CO

220.

1 81

52

49

H

EX

AG

ON

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

4 4

- 4

SE

XK

AN

TS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E E

SA

GO

NA

LE

220.

2 27

4 45

00

CLE

AN

ING

DO

OR

1

1 -

- 1

RE

NS

LUC

KA

R

EIN

IGU

NG

SD

EC

KE

L R

EG

AR

D D

E N

ET

TO

YA

GE

P

UE

RT

A D

E L

IMP

IEZ

A

PO

RT

A P

ULI

TU

RA

220.

3 27

4 48

00

GA

SK

ET

1

1 -

1

PA

CK

NIN

G

PA

CK

UN

G

JOIN

T

JUN

TA

G

UA

RN

IZIO

NE

220

272

82 0

7 D

N 2

00 (

6")

Hig

h he

ad v

ersi

on

i T

Drib

Illed

ltio

BS

462

2:19

70

1 1

- -

1

220.

1 81

52

49

HE

XA

GO

N H

EA

D S

CR

EW

4

4 -

- 4

SE

XK

AN

TS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E E

SA

GO

NA

LE

220.

2 27

4 45

00

CLE

AN

ING

DO

OR

1

1 -

- 1

RE

NS

LUC

KA

R

EIN

IGU

NG

SD

EC

KE

L R

EG

AR

D D

E N

ET

TO

YA

GE

P

UE

RT

A D

E L

IMP

IEZ

A

PO

RT

A P

ULI

TU

RA

220.

3 27

4 48

00

GA

SK

ET

1

1 -

1

PA

CK

NIN

G

PA

CK

UN

G

JOIN

T

JUN

TA

G

UA

RN

IZIO

NE

220

320

06 0

1 O

N 4

00 (

161

Low

hea

d ve

rsio

n D

rille

d to

SM

S 3

42 a

nd

1 1

- -

1

DIN

25

32

73

IFIL

Art

Glr

Sum

p co

mpo

nent

s E

quip

men

t du

pu

isar

d P

umpg

rops

deta

ljer

Equ

ipo

para

poz

o ne

gro

Sch

acht

einb

aute

ile

Com

pone

nti

per

vers

ione

32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n O

ty/V

ersi

on

000C

r) c

o 0 C

O

CO

C

O

0 - C

NI

01

435

220.

1 81

41

55

H

EX

AG

ON

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

4 4

- -

SE

XK

AN

TS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E E

SA

GO

NA

LE

220.

2 32

0 19

00

CLE

AN

ING

DO

OR

1

1 -

-

RE

NS

LUC

KA

R

EIN

IGU

NG

SD

EC

KE

L R

EG

AR

D D

E N

ET

TO

YA

GE

P

UE

RT

A D

E L

IMP

IEZ

A

PO

RT

A P

ULI

TU

RA

220.

3 32

0 07

00

GA

SK

ET

1

1 -

-

PA

CK

NIN

G

PA

CK

UN

G

JOIN

T

JUN

TA

G

UA

RN

IZIO

NE

220.

4 82

71

78

PLU

G

1 1

- -

PR

OP

P

PF

RO

PF

EN

B

OU

CH

ON

T

AP

ON

T

AP

PO

/ S

PIN

A

220

320

06 0

5 D

N 40

0 (1

6")

Low

hea

d ve

rsio

n /k

Dril

led

to A

NS

I 01

6.1:

1967

1

1 -

-

V.;)

_ T

able

5

220.

1 81

41

55

H

EX

AG

ON

H

EA

D S

CR

EW

4

4 -

-

SE

XK

AN

TS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E E

SA

GO

NA

LE

220.

2 32

0 19

00

C

LEA

NIN

G D

OO

R

1 1

-

RE

NS

LUC

KA

R

EIN

IGU

NG

SD

EC

KE

L R

EG

AR

D D

E N

ET

TO

YA

GE

P

UE

RT

A D

E L

IMP

IEZ

A

PO

RT

A P

ULI

TU

RA

220.

3 32

0 07

00

GA

SK

ET

1

1 -

-

PA

CK

NIN

G

PA

CK

UN

G

JOIN

T

JUN

TA

G

UA

RN

IZIO

NE

74



FLY

GT

.

Sum

p co

mpo

nent

s E

quip

men

t du

pu

isar

d P

umpg

rops

deta

ljer

Equ

ipo

para

poz

o ne

gro

Sch

acht

einb

aute

ile

Com

pone

nti

per

vers

ione

32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n O

ty /

Ver

sion

.-

000

0 O

c0

c0

cr)

ca

0 .-

Csl

C

V

a>

220.

4 82

71

78

PLU

G

1 1

- 1

PR

OP

P

PF

RO

PF

EN

B

OU

CH

ON

T

AP

ON

T

AP

PO

/SP

INA

220

320

06 0

7 D

N

400

(16"

) Lo

w h

ead

vers

ion

lDril

led

to

BS

450

4:19

69

1 1

- 1

Tab

le 5

220.

1 81

41

55

H

EX

AG

ON

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

4 4

- -

4 S

EX

KA

NT

SK

RU

V

SC

HR

AU

BE

V

IS

TO

RN

ILLO

V

ITE

ES

AG

ON

ALE

220.

2 32

0 19

00

CLE

AN

ING

DO

OR

1

1 -

- 1

RE

NS

LUC

KA

R

EIN

IGU

NG

SD

EC

KE

L R

EG

AR

D D

E N

ET

TO

YA

GE

P

UE

RT

A D

E L

IMP

IEZ

A

PO

RT

A P

ULI

TU

RA

220.

3 32

0 07

00

GA

SK

ET

1

1 -

- 1

PA

CK

NIN

G

PA

CK

UN

G

JOIN

T

JUN

TA

G

UA

RN

IZIO

NE

220.

4 82

71

78

PLU

G

1 1

- 1

PR

OP

P

PF

RO

PF

EN

B

OU

CH

ON

T

AP

ON

T

AP

PO

/SP

INA

220

381

77 0

1 D

N

250

(10"

) M

ediu

m h

ead

vers

ion

i D

rille

d to

SM

S 3

42 a

nd

1 1

- -

1

' D

IN 2

532

220.

1 81

41

56

H

EX

AG

ON

H

EA

D S

CR

EW

M

12x3

5-A

2-70

4

4 -

- 4

SE

XK

AN

TS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E E

SA

GO

NA

LE

75

EIL

IVIG

T

Sum

p co

mpo

nent

s E

quip

men

t du

pu

isar

d P

umpg

rops

deta

ljer

Equ

ipo

para

poz

o ne

gro

Sch

acht

einb

aute

ile

Com

pone

nti

per

vers

ione

32

01

Pos

.No.

P

art N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty /V

ersi

on

r-00

00

0)

CO

C

O

0)

CO

0

,--

CM

C

s1 al

220.

2 27

4 45

01

CLE

AN

ING

DO

OR

1

1 -

- 1

RE

NS

LUC

KA

R

EIN

IGU

NG

SD

EC

KE

L R

EG

AR

D D

E N

ET

TO

YA

GE

P

UE

RT

A D

E L

IMP

IEZ

A

PO

RT

A P

ULI

TU

RA

220.

3 27

4 48

00

GA

SK

ET

1

1 -

- 1

PA

CK

NIN

G

PA

CK

UN

G

JOIN

T

JUN

TA

G

UA

RN

IZIO

NE

220

381

77 0

5 D

N 25

0 (1

0°)

Med

ium

hea

d ve

rsio

n O

;

Dril

led

to A

NS

I B

16.1

:196

7 !

Tab

le

5

1 1

- -

1

220.

1 81

41

56

H

EX

AG

ON

H

EA

D S

CR

EW

M

12x3

5-A

2-70

4

4 -

- 4

SE

XK

AN

TS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E E

SA

GO

NA

LE

220.

2 27

4 45

01

CLE

AN

ING

DO

OR

1

1 -

- 1

RE

NS

LUC

KA

R

EIN

IGU

NG

SD

EC

KE

L R

EG

AR

D D

E N

ET

TO

YA

GE

P

UE

RT

A D

E L

IMP

IEZ

A

PO

RT

A P

ULI

TU

RA

220.

3 27

4 48

00

GA

SK

ET

1

1 -

- 1

PA

CK

NIN

G

PA

CK

UN

G

JOIN

T

JUN

TA

G

UA

RN

IZIO

NE

220

381

77 0

7 D

N

250

(10"

) M

ediu

m h

ead

vers

ion

Dril

led

to B

S 4

622:

1970

1

1 -

- 1

, T

able

11

220.

1 81

41

56

H

EX

AG

ON

H

EA

D S

CR

EW

M

12x3

5-A

2-70

4

4 -

- 4

SE

XK

AN

TS

KR

UV

S

CH

RA

UB

E

VIS

T

OR

NIL

LO

VIT

E E

SA

GO

NA

LE

76



81

31AN

YT

IV.0 ,viiN

n viN

tiviv 30 1V1.11N

30 34,11:1V

1V 30 31V

1:11N30

31V81N

3Z1111:1V

1V

1V1:11N

3O1 O:N

1 1

1 1

1 I-

II uSV

ON

11114 lIN

fl 1411:1V

1V

LS 89 C

8 00£

3N01Z

11012:1 la owl.

OO

VH

ON

I1S 30

V1:13110N

V11

30%1131:1d 30 nvA

ni H

ontr1HO

SJcIM

EIH

OS

0N

V1S

dINA

HN

4.0

4.6 01 3901-1)1N

D:11-1S

8L 00 £6

l£Z

CO

IV

IV

- ID

C

O

CO

C

O

CO

C

D

0000-, U

OIM

OIW

OO

ea O

N lied

'ON

'SO

d uoisnA

titto auolsaan

_lad guauodwo3 analnequppiom

ps L

OZ

E

0.160U ozod end odrib3

Jaheopsdoa6dLund pm

s!nd np luatudob3

siusuodwoo dw

nqi, ,LO

Aia

LI.

0A1S

3avoinv O

CIT

IOO

ND

VIN

VI:Id

J1831-10%1

NV

43111:1

N3d131.1193931>

i 1V

>130

1 1

1 1

1 1:J3)10119

10 04 L99 6Z

Z

01W-110-11113S

01N

3IVItrld0O

V R

AM

S

IN31,1131dn000v

11,1139

3.13lYH

SO

NIT

Iddn>1

1 -

- 1

- .,9

1:1 V

A1V

H9O

NIlddO

N

9£ 61 £9

.a 11:1V

d ON

Ildnoo 8Z

91 98

LeZ

- -

- Z

1 el 0L-Z

V-06X

0MA

I '0V

S3 V

iS3.1.3N

oTine

se be 49

- -

- 8

8 O

L-ZN

Y-O

SX

0M

OV

X313V

0 30 0111Nb101

Fle be

178

0L-N-O

LX9101

1VN

00VX

3H 3131V

SIA

60

PC

178

Z1

- -

- -

OL-4V

-06X0M

39114/8H

OS

INV

>iS

HO

3S

£9 S

S

19

0L-17V-09X

06141 A

lltDIS

1NIV

NX

3S

95 60 48

8 0L-17V

-OLX

9 1 IN

1108 0,413H

N

OO

VX

31-1 LE

64 19

ZiZ

3 NO

IZIN

iono viN

nr IN

IOr

t -

- t

I 04Z

tue!O

O

N0>

10Vd

00 tt, SP

E

t -

l I

006 'tlie!O

ON

INN

3Vd

00 91 VIZ

-

- l

I. 04 N

d 00E .u1u10

.13)1SV

O

08 S

9 48 166

3NO

IZIN

I:IVf10

VIN

nr .LN

1Cr

ON

11)43Vd

ON

IN>

10Vd

1 -

- 1

1 J3N

SV

O

00 84 Pa

6.076

VIdninnd V

.LdOd

VZ

31dINI1 30 V

11:13rld 30V

A0113N

30 01:1V038

13)1030S0N

r1eIN131:1

V>

10111SN

31:1 1

- -

1 1

1:1000 ON

INV

310 10

SO

Pa

7'076

CD

N

IV -. 0

CO

C

D

CO

O

D

CD

0000-,

uogeultuouoa 'oN

Ind 'oN

'SO

d uom

IGA

/Am

OuO

ISilan Jed guauodw

o3 apinequmm

oeyos L

OZ

E

0.16OU

ozod end ()climb]

JafielapsdoAdLund

paesiind np tuawd!nb3

swauoduuo3 (R

uns 1,0A

-rid(



IFL

YG

'r R

ecom

men

ded

spar

e pa

rts

3201

80 3

2 79

601

89

32

IS K

IT

IS S

AT

S

IS S

AT

Z

JEU

DE

IS

JU

EG

O D

E I

S

BA

SIC

RE

PA

IR K

IT

GR

UN

DR

EP

AR

AT

ION

SS

AT

S

GR

UN

DR

EP

AR

AT

UR

SA

TZ

K

IT P

ALI

ER

JU

EG

O B

AS

ICO

DE

RE

P.

KIT

DI

RIP

AR

AZ

ION

E

I= I

nter

med

iate

Ser

vice

Kit;

par

ts f

or I

nspe

ctio

n an

d m

aint

enan

ce

1= In

term

edia

te S

ervi

ce K

it; a

rtik

lar

for

insp

ektio

n oc

h un

derh

all

1= In

term

edia

te S

ervi

ce K

it; T

elle

10r

Kon

trol

le a

nd W

artu

ng

I= I

nter

med

iate

Ser

vice

Kit;

pie

ces

pour

ins

pect

ion

at m

aint

enan

ce

1=

Inte

rmde

iate

Ser

vice

Kit;

pie

zas

pare

ins

pect

ion

y m

ante

nim

ient

o I_

In

term

edia

te S

ervi

ce K

it; p

arti

per

ispe

zion

e e

man

teni

men

to

B=

Bas

ic R

epai

r K

it;

part

s fo

r m

ajor

ove

rhau

l 13

= B

asic

Rep

air

Kit;

ar

tikla

r for

ste

rre

geno

mga

ng

B=

Bas

ic

Rep

air

Kit;

Tei

le f

ar G

ener

alO

berh

olun

g

B=

Bas

ic R

epai

r K

it; p

iece

s po

ur r

evis

ion

com

plet

e B

= B

asic

Rep

air

Kit;

pie

zas

pars

re

visi

ones

impo

rtan

tes

B=

Bas

ic R

epai

r K

it;

part

i pe

r re

visi

oni

com

plet

e

Sta

ndar

d 31

70/3

201.

090/

091/

120/

180

3170

.090

/180

+32

01.0

91/1

80

800

IWT

ER

ICO

IAT

E S

EP

VIT

,g,

900

e em

R.4

,,,re

] s

CO

s

Item

No.

P

art

No.

I Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty

Item

No

Par

t No.

B

Den

omin

atio

n O

ty

33

82 7

4 93

0-

RIN

G

1 80

0 80

32

79

0-R

ING

KIT

1

(Ent

ranc

e co

ver)

72

82

75

01

0-R

ING

1

58

319

09 0

1 C

OV

ER

1

(Sta

tor

hous

ing)

83

82

75

05

0-R

ING

1

61

84 5

3 76

R

OLL

ER

BE

AR

ING

1

(Coo

ling

jack

et)

84

82 7

8 80

0-

RIN

G

1 63

56

3 93

00

PR

OT

EC

TIV

E W

AS

HE

R

1

(Coo

ling

jack

et)

122

, 82

73

90

0-R

ING

1

109

83 3

6 98

B

ALL

BE

AR

ING

1

82 7

3 93

(I

nspe

ctio

n sc

rew

) 11

4 28

8 10

04

ME

CH

AN

ICA

L S

EA

L 1

137

382

83 0

0 W

EA

R P

RO

TE

CT

ION

1

141

384

03 0

7 M

EC

HA

NIC

AL

SE

AL

1

79

Rec

omm

ende

d sp

are

part

s 32

01

Item

No

Par

t N

o.

Den

omin

atio

n Q

ty

122

82 7

7 30

0-

RIN

G

1

(Ins

pect

ion

scre

w)

130

82 7

5 08

0-

RIN

G

1

(Pum

p ho

usin

g)

131

82 7

5 09

0-

RIN

G

1

(Pum

p ho

usin

g)

132

646

59 0

0 P

acki

ng C

ompl

. 1

(Coo

ling

syst

em)

160

384

79 0

0 P

acki

ng

1

(Im

pelle

r sc

rew

) 16

1 82

74

65

0-R

ING

1

(Im

pelle

r sc

rew

)

80



IFIL

IDE

VIr

.....

Par

ts f

or S

ervi

ce

3201

Qty

/ Ver

sion

P

os.N

o.

Par

t No.

D

enom

inat

ion

e...0

000

CO

0 C

T)

CO

C

O

Or-

CV

C

V

CI)

901

90 1

7 52

P

AR

AF

FIN

OIL

M

OB

IL O

IL W

HIT

ER

EX

309

7.

5 P

AR

AF

FIN

OLJ

A

PA

RA

FF

IN&

H

UIL

E D

E P

AR

AF

FIN

E

AC

EIT

E D

E P

AR

AF

INA

O

LIO

DI

PA

RA

FF

INA

902

90 2

0 54

B

EA

RIN

G G

RE

AS

E

ES

SO

UN

IRE

X N

3 LA

GE

RF

ET

T

LAG

ER

FE

TT

G

RA

ISS

E A

RO

ULE

ME

NT

G

RA

SA

DE

CO

JIN

ET

E

GR

AS

SO

CU

SC

INE

TT

I

Too

ls

Ran

ge o

f us

e

8206

60

SO

CK

ET

HE

AD

SC

RE

W

SC

RE

W M

12X

140

ST

-CU

RV

ES

: X63

-X65

(TO

GE

TH

ER

W. 84

1363

)

8230

90

LIF

TIN

G E

YE

BO

LT

LIF

T P

UR

PO

SE

8230

91

LIF

TIN

G E

YE

BO

LT

340K

GS

. LI

FT

PU

RP

OS

E

8230

92

LIF

TIN

G E

YE

BO

LT

700K

GS

. R

OT

OR

8408

02

CIR

CLI

P P

LIE

R

SG

A 1

9-60

mm

S

EA

L

8408

10

CIR

CLI

P P

LIE

R

SG

H 4

0-10

0mm

IN

NE

R B

EA

RIN

G

8410

16

RA

TC

HE

T

HA

ND

LE

1/2"

DR

IVE

S

OC

KE

TS

8411

35

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N W

RE

NC

H

N=

8mm

C

AB

LE R

ELI

EF

, H

D-A

DJU

ST

ING

, O

UT

.EA

RT

H IN

G

8411

45

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N W

RE

NC

H

N=

30m

m

HD

-AD

JUS

TIN

G

8412

30

TR

IAN

GU

LAR

WR

EN

CH

M

12

TR

IAN

GU

LAR

HE

AD

SC

RE

WS

(.

120E

X)

8413

01

HE

XA

GO

N B

IT A

DA

PT

OR

N

=14

mm

IM

P.S

CR

EW

(NO

T S

T),

PU

MP

HS

G.

81

'WV

VI if

iGIT

P

arts

for

Ser

vice

32

01

Qty

/Ver

sion

P

os.N

o.

Par

t No.

D

enom

inat

ion

,000

0 0

03

CO

C

O

CO

,-

CN

ICV

CD

8413

03

HE

XA

GO

N B

IT A

DA

PT

OR

N

=S

mm

C

OO

LIN

G S

HU

TT

ING

OF

F,

CA

BLE

RE

LIE

F(E

X)

8413

05

HE

XA

GO

N B

IT A

DA

PT

OR

,

N =

Bm

m

OIL

HS

G, B

OT

TO

M

8413

06

HE

XA

GO

N B

IT A

DA

PT

OR

N

=10

mm

JU

NC

TIO

N B

OX

CO

VE

R,

ST

AT

OR

HS

G.

8413

60

PU

LLE

R C

OM

PL.

S

PR

D20

0/R

CH

150

BE

AR

ING

8413

61

AR

M

JAW

EX

TE

NS

ION

B

EA

RIN

G (

TO

GE

TH

ER

W. 8

4136

0)

8413

63

PU

LLE

R C

OM

PL.

S

P R

D30

0/R

CH

300

ST

-CU

RV

ES

: X63

-X65

(T

OG

ET

HE

R W

. 82

0660

)

8413

84

SO

CK

ET

WR

EN

CH

N

=10

mm

T

ER

MIN

ALS

(.0

90F

M,

.120

EX

)

8413

87

SO

CK

ET

WR

EN

CH

N

=13

mm

T

ER

MIN

AL

BO

AR

D

8413

91

SO

CK

ET

WR

EN

CH

N

=18

mm

C

AB

LE E

NT

RY

8413

92

SO

CK

ET

WR

EN

CH

N

=19

mm

IN

SP

.SC

RE

W T

OO

L (E

X-V

ER

SIO

N)

8413

95

SO

CK

ET

WR

EN

CH

N

=16

mm

IN

SP

.SC

RE

W,

BE

AR

ING

CO

VE

R

8413

96

SO

CK

ET

WR

EN

CH

N

=24

mm

O

IL-P

LUG

, LI

FT

HA

ND

LE

8415

51

EX

TE

NS

ION

BA

R

1/2"

D

RIV

E

IMP

.SC

RE

W

8415

64

TO

RQ

UE

WR

EN

CH

60

-320

N m

TO

RQ

UE

TIG

TH

EN

ING

8416

50

SC

RE

WD

RIV

ER

T

IP=

1.2X

8.0m

m

TE

RM

INA

LS, C

OO

LIN

G V

EN

T T

UB

E

8416

60

SC

RE

WD

RIV

ER

T

IP=

1.0X

5.5m

m

CA

BLE

RE

LIE

F

8416

73

SC

RE

WD

RIV

ER

T

IP=

1.6X

10.0

mm

T

ER

MIN

ALS

, CLS

-SE

NS

OR

82



Pmuki 8V19A1311.1* COTO 'IN( 11.0 1,0 'L0'1.0Z£

eopuos JO) sped

T. 0 ty (")

= 086 E 06Z >) .... 08Z 5 >. On

L60

0) o .- > a)

Cl) L 0 FI W .. i CO

0. c 0 tr. to c - E

C 41)

CI

cm 0 x g x iti w

E> EM

CO D COY

:II 2

I- Z D CC 111 _1 _1 D a. cc w -I CO

0.W 0 CC 2 0

si .°,

x". >5

6 c'i; ;-, x eri 6 w

E w.... > E.Ecr

CO ,r -09 01 0 3 t'.1 5

I- Z D CC w _1 _J D a cc w _I 0 W 0 0-

CC 2 0

A x >c

A A x x wow eri w o w

E ,.0 > Ell"-cc OD..6 D 0 9 u-) 0 .1 ,- 3 3 li

I- I- Z Z D D Cr CC CO w _I _i _I _I n D a a. cc c w w _I (f) _I CJ)

CL CL CL CC CC 2020

E E Ln CO

7 _I

w

ILI < _I LLI co cn

-03'

,,,a' =, X 41

_ c0 cm --- s CO tyi w i

1- CO D o °W0 i 13 b

o_ < 1-

6 c' 0 P V ,L CO

N

V) w tu I

ui D o 00 /3 b

cc 11.1

Cl)

< 3

cr w

0 0 0 Z < Ili m EC w Z Z

cr w __/ D a

cn co 8 x

N /- =x 0 CL co"

OW o > Tr cc

CCU CL CO -1

_i CL

0 0 cc w _I D a

CO

< 11.1

CO

CC CO

3 a_ _1 < w CL Co

_I < Lil co

cc W _I _, D a_

(.1 z Fr CL co

z 0 Ft) CO CO

? 6 w

0 F-

w CC

co0 c co z

-J 0 0 1-

cc 0 co

0 z E 71 0 E S < T 1

cr cs, 0

o 1.7( pi- _ co

w CO _I _1 D a CC 0 I- < I- 0

E E o

te 11

_1

I- CO

CO

0 z p z

< OW 2a)

E E

Ln

1, _1

CO

W < _JW cn cn

E E 10 cn

co II

_I

I- CO Y 8 co 0 z P z D < OW m co

/ENI\ 0 ki ii Ril

6 Z

g

O 0 N co o CO

N cm 0 C3 co CO cn CO

.:1- 0 0 0 0 co co o co cn a, co CO

o 0 on Tr- co cn CO

0 0 co co co n Tr

0 0 Tr CO CO n Tr

0 0 co 0 o o Ln

CD Tr O co Tr CO

0 0 CO CO o vc;

0 0 Cin- co o CO

EI (0 co on oo CO

0 0 0 N cr,' CO

o 0 cr N CO m CO

o 0 cn Ln o cn CO

0 0 0 CO co Ci CO

6 Z ui 0 O.

co co



Church Rd Bellbowrie SPS SP303 Operations and ...

Documents

Transcript of Church Rd Bellbowrie SPS SP303 Operations and ...